Please wait
Exhibit 99.2
p3covera.jpg
Contents
Regulatory framework
Credit risk and credit risk mitigation
Basis of Presentation
General qualitative information on credit risk
Disclosure governance
Credit risk management strategies and processes
Basel 3 and CRR/CRD
Credit risk management structure and organization
MREL and TLAC
Scope and nature of credit risk measurement and reporting
systems
ICAAP, ILAAP and SREP
Policies for hedging and mitigating credit risk
Definitions of past due and impairment
Key metrics
Credit risk adjustments
General quantitative information on credit risk
Capital
Residual maturity breakdown of credit exposure
Quality of non-performing exposures by geography
Development and composition of Own Funds
Credit quality of loans and advances to non-financial
corporations by industry
Scope of application of the regulatory framework
Performing and non-performing exposures and related
provisions
Derogations from prudential requirements for the parent company
and subsidiaries
Credit quality of performing and non-performing exposures
by days past due
Reconciliation of regulatory own funds to the IFRS balance sheet
Development of non-performing loans and advances
IFRS 9 / Article 468 CRR transitional arrangements on own funds
Credit quality of forborne exposures
Main features of capital instruments
Minimum loss coverage for non-performing exposure
Capital buffers
Collateral obtained by taking possession
Prudential requirements and additional buffers
General qualitative information on credit risk mitigation
Geographical distribution of credit exposures
Use of on- and off-balance sheet netting
Institution specific countercyclical capital buffer
Collateral evaluation and management
Indicators of global systemic importance
Main types of collateral
Composition of own funds and eligible liabilities
Main types of guarantor and credit derivative counterparties
Risk concentrations within credit risk mitigation
Capital requirements
General quantitative information on credit risk mitigation
Overview of credit risk mitigation techniques
Summary of Deutsche Bank’s ICAAP approach
Credit risk economic capital model
Credit risk and credit risk mitigation in the
standardized approach
Market risk economic capital model
Operational risk economic capital model
Qualitative information on the use of the standardized approach
Strategic risk economic capital model
External ratings in the standardized approach and usage of
issue rating
Risk type diversification
Quantitative information on the use of the standardized approach
Result of ICAAP
Standardized approach exposure by risk weight before and
after credit mitigation
Overview of RWA and capital requirements
Effect on own funds and RWA that results from applying capital floors
and not deducting items from own funds
Crypto-asset exposures and related activities
Leverage ratio
Leverage ratio according to CRR/CRD framework
Process used to manage the risk of excessive leverage
Factors impacting the leverage ratio in the second half of 2025
Risk management objectives and policies
Enterprise and Treasury Risk
Risk management structure and organization
Risk management strategies and processes
Scope and nature of risk measurement and reporting systems
Policies for hedging and mitigating risk
Concise risk statement approved by the board 
Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in
the internal-rating-based approach
Exposure to securitization positions
Qualitative information on the use of the IRB approach
Objectives in relation to securitization activity
Approval status for IRB approaches
Nature of other risks in securitized assets
Scope of the use of IRB and SA approaches
RWA calculation approaches for securitization positions
Relationship between the risk management function and the
internal audit function
SSPE-related activities
Rating system review
Accounting policies for securitizations
Procedure of independence between reviewing function and
development function
External rating agencies used for securitizations and internal
Assessment Approach
Procedure to ensure accountability of development and
reviewing function
Banking and trading book securitization exposures
Role of the function in the credit risk model process, scope
and main content of credit risk models
Securitization exposures in the non-trading book and associated
regulatory capital requirements - institution acting as originator or as
sponsor
Internal rating-based approaches
Securitization exposures in the non-trading book and associated
regulatory capital requirements - institution acting as investor
Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach
Exposures securitized by the institution - Exposures in default and
specific credit risk adjustments
Foundation IRB exposure
Advanced IRB exposure
Market risk
Total IRB exposure covered by credit derivatives
Total IRB exposure covered by the use of CRM techniques
Risk management objectives and policies
Development of credit risk RWA
Market risk management strategies and processes
Model validation results
Market risk management structure and organization
Scope and nature of market risk measurement and reporting
systems
Specialized lending and equity exposures in the banking book
Policies for hedging and mitigating market risk
Own funds requirements under the Market Risk Standardized
Approach
Counterparty credit risk (CCR)
Qualitative information on the internal model approach
Characteristics of the market risk models
Internal capital and credit limits for counterparty credit risk exposures
Incremental risk charge
Collateral and credit reserves for counterparty credit risk
Market risk stress testing
Management of wrong-way risk exposures
Methodology for backtesting and model validation
Collateral in the event of a rating downgrade
Regulatory approval for market risk models
Estimate of alpha factor
Trading book allocation and prudent valuation
CCR exposures by model approach and development
Own funds requirements for market risk under the IMA
CCR exposures development
Regulatory capital requirements for market risk
CCR exposures to central counterparties
Development of market risk RWA
CCR exposures in the standardized approach
Other quantitative information for market risk under the internal
models approach
CCR exposures within the foundation IRBA
Overview of Value-at-Risk Metrics
CCR exposures within the advanced IRBA
Comparison of end-of-day VaR measures with one-day
changes in portfolio's value
CCR exposures after credit risk mitigation
Prudent valuation adjustments
Credit derivatives exposures
Credit valuation adjustment risk
Exposure to interest rate risk in the banking
book
Qualitative information on interest rate risk in the banking book
Changes in the economic value of equity and net interest income
Operational risk
Reputational Risk
Risk management objectives and policies
Risk management objectives and policies
Operational risk management strategies and processes
Reputational Risk Management strategies and processes
Operational risk management structure and organization
Reputational Risk Management structure and organization
Scope and nature of Operational Risk measurement and
reporting systems
Scope and nature of reputational risk measurement and
reporting systems
Operational risk measurement
Policies for hedging and mitigating reputational risk
Drivers for operational risk capital development
AMA model validation and quality control concept
Model risk
Operational risk management stress testing concept
Operational risk exposure
Risk management objectives and policies
Use of the Advanced Measurement Approaches to operational risk
Model Risk Management strategies and processes
Description of the use of insurance and other risk transfer
mechanisms for the purpose of mitigation of this risk
Model Risk Management structure and organization
Scope and nature of model risk measurement and reporting
systems
Environmental, social and governance (ESG)
risks
Policies for mitigating model risk
Environmental risk
Remuneration policy
Social risk
Governance risk
Number of directorships held by board members
Climate change transition risk
Recruitment policy for board members
Energy efficiency of real estate collateral
Policy on diversity for board members
Alignment metrics on relative scope 3 emissions
Exposures to Top 20 carbon-intensive firms
Compensation of the employees (unaudited)
Climate change - physical risk
Regulatory environment
Liquidity risk
Compensation governance
Compensation and Benefits Strategy
Risk management objectives and policies
Group Compensation Framework
Liquidity risk management strategies and processes
Employee groups with specific compensation structures
Liquidity risk management structure and organization
Determination of performance-based Variable Compensation
Scope and nature of liquidity risk measurement and reporting
system
Variable Compensation structure
Policies for hedging and mitigating liquidity risk
Ex-post risk adjustment of Variable Compensation
Qualitative information on LCR
Material Risk Taker compensation disclosure
Quantitative information on LCR
Net Stable Funding Ratio
List of tables
Unencumbered assets
Qualitative information on unencumbered assets
Quantitative information on unencumbered assets
5
Deutsche Bank
Regulatory framework
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Disclosure governance
Regulatory framework
Basis of Presentation
Article 431 (1), (2) CRR, 433 CRR and 433a CRR
This Pillar 3 Report provides disclosures for the consolidated Deutsche Bank Group (the Group or the bank) as required
by the global regulatory framework for capital and liquidity, which was established by the Basel Committee on Banking
Supervision, also known as Basel 3.
In the European Union (EU), the Basel 3 framework is implemented by the amended versions of Regulation (EU) 575/2013
on prudential requirements for credit institutions (Capital Requirements Regulation or CRR) and the Directive (EU)
2013/36 on access to the activity of credit institutions and the prudential supervision of credit institutions and
investment firms (Capital Requirements Directive or CRD). As a single rulebook, the CRR is directly applicable to credit
institutions in the European Union and provides the grounds for the determination of regulatory capital requirements,
regulatory own funds, leverage and liquidity as well as other relevant requirements. In addition, the CRD was
implemented into German law by means of further amendments to the German Banking Act (Kreditwesengesetz or KWG)
and the German Solvency Regulation (SolvV) and accompanying regulations. Jointly, these laws and regulations
represent the regulatory framework applicable in Germany.
The disclosure requirements are provided in Part Eight of the CRR and in Section 26a of the KWG. Further disclosure
guidance has been provided by the European Banking Authority (EBA) in its “Final draft implementing technical
standards on public disclosures by institutions of the information referred to in Titles II and III of Part Eight of Regulation
(EU) No 575/2013” (EBA ITS). The Group adheres to the frequency of disclosure requirements as per Article 433 and
433a of the CRR and as provided within these EBA Guidelines and includes comparative periods in accordance with the
requirements of EBA ITS. Disclosure requirements stemming from the "Draft Implementing Technical Standards amending
Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2024/3172, as regards the disclosures on ESG risks, equity exposures and the
aggregate exposure to shadow banking entities", such as shadow banking, will be considered as per the required first publication
date given in the Draft ITS.
For those disclosures required on an annual basis, the comparative period is the prior year. For those disclosures only
required on a semi-annual basis, the comparative period is the prior half-year. Disclosures required on a quarterly basis
generally include comparative information for the prior quarter. No comparative information is shown in the event that
CRR3 and related EBA ITS introduce new disclosures or require significant changes to existing disclosures making
comparatives not aligned to current disclosures.
The information provided in this Pillar 3 Report is unaudited.
Numbers presented throughout this document may not add up precisely to the totals and percentages may not precisely
reflect the absolute figures due to rounding. Where applicable prior year's comparatives have been aligned to
presentation in the current year.
Disclosure governance
Article 431 (3), 432 and 434CRR
The Group’s Pillar 3 Report is in compliance with the legal and regulatory requirements described above and is prepared
in accordance with the Group’s internal policies, processes, systems and internal controls as defined by the Group’s risk
disclosure governing document. In line with the Group’s governing document, a dedicated process is followed if the
Group omits certain disclosures due to the disclosures being immaterial, proprietary or confidential. If the Group
classifies information as immaterial in the Pillar 3 Report, this is stated accordingly in the related disclosures. The Group’s
Management Board approved this Pillar 3 Report for publication and affirmed that Deutsche Bank has complied with the
requirements under Article 431 (3) CRR.
Based upon the Group’s assessment and verification it also believes the risk and regulatory disclosures presented
throughout this Pillar 3 Report appropriately and comprehensively convey the Group’s overall risk profile as of December
31, 2025.
This Pillar 3 Report is published on the bank’s website at db.com/ir/en/regulatory-reporting.htm as well as on EBA's
"Pillar 3 Data HUB" website at edap-public.eba.europa.eu.
6
Deutsche Bank
Regulatory framework
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
ICAAP, ILAAP and SREP
In addition, the bank‘s website includes a description of the main features of the Group’s capital instruments as well as its
senior non-preferred subordinated eligible liabilities instruments eligible for subordinated minimum requirement for own
funds and eligible liabilities (MREL) and total loss absorbing capacity (TLAC), to the extent that these do not constitute
private placements and are treated confidentially (db.com/ir/en/capital-instruments.htm).
Article 435 (1)(e) CRR (EU OVA)
Deutsche Bank’s Management Board confirms, for the purpose of Article 435 CRR, that the bank’s risk management
arrangements are adequate for its risk profile and strategy, and that the bank maintains appropriate resources to
implement selected enhancements.
Basel 3 and CRR/CRD
The CRR/CRD lays the foundation for the calculation of the minimum regulatory requirements with respect to own funds
and eligible liabilities, the liquidity coverage ratio and the net stable funding ratio.
Regulation (EU) 2024/1623 introduces fundamental changes to the CRR that are generally applicable from January 1,
2025 (“CRR3”). With respect to own funds requirements for credit risk, for example new floors for internal probability of
default (PD) and loss given default (LGD) estimates are introduced and the advanced Internal Ratings Based Approach
must no longer be applied for large corporates. Hence, for exposures facing large corporates, it is no longer possible to
estimate the LGD based on an internal model, but instead a supervisory LGD must be used. Also the Credit Risk
Standardized Approach is fundamentally revised, e.g. the treatment of exposures secured by residential or commercial
immovable property is changed. For operational risk, the capital requirements can no longer be determined based on an
internal model, instead a standardized approach must be applied.
In 2025, the total risk exposure amount is floored at 50% of the risk exposure amounts determined based on the
standardized approaches (“output floor”). The output floor gradually increases to 72.5% of the risk exposure amounts
determined based on standardized approaches on January 1, 2030.
The amendments for market risk (Fundamental review of the trading book - FRTB) have been delayed by Commission
Delegated Regulations (EU) 2024/2795 and 2025/1496 until January 1, 2027. Accordingly, during 2025 and 2026 market
risk own funds requirements are determined based on the internal model and standardized approach in the version of
Regulation (EU) 575/2013 in force on July 8, 2024. In parallel the FRTB standardized approach is used for the output
floor calculation as well as the reporting obligation. Following the EBA opinions dated February 27, 2023, August 12,
2024 and August 8, 2025 equally the amended FRTB rules on trading book assignment, reclassifications and internal
hedges are delayed until January 1, 2027.
There is still uncertainty as to how some of the CRR/CRD rules should be interpreted and there are still related binding
Technical Standards for which a final version is not yet available. Thus, the Group will continue to refine assumptions and
models in line with evolution of these regulations as well as the industry’s understanding and interpretation of the rules.
Against this background, current CRR/CRD measures may not be comparable to previous expectations. Also, CRR/CRD
measures may not be comparable with similarly labeled measures used by competitors, as their assumptions and
estimates may differ from Deutsche Bank’s.
MREL and TLAC
Banks in the European Union are required to meet at all times a minimum requirement for own funds and eligible
liabilities (MREL) which ensures that banks have sufficient loss absorbing capacity in resolution to avoid recourse to
taxpayers’ money. Relevant laws are the Single Resolution Mechanism Regulation (SRMR) and the Bank Recovery and
Resolution Directive (BRRD) as implemented through the German Recovery and Resolution Act (Sanierungs- und
Abwicklungsgesetz, SAG).
In addition, the CRR requires G-SIIs in Europe to have at least the maximum of 18% plus the combined buffer
requirement of risk weighted assets (RWA) and 6.75% of leverage exposure as total loss absorbing capacity (TLAC).
Instruments which qualify for MREL and TLAC as own funds are Common Equity Tier 1, Additional Tier 1, and Tier 2 along
with certain eligible liabilities (mainly plain-vanilla unsecured bonds). Instruments qualifying for TLAC need to be fully
subordinated to general creditor claims (e.g., senior non-preferred bonds). While this is not required for MREL, MREL
regulations allow the Single Resolution Board (SRB) to also set an additional subordination requirement within the MREL
requirements (but separate from TLAC), which allows only subordinated liabilities and own funds to be counted.
7
Deutsche Bank
Regulatory framework
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
ICAAP, ILAAP and SREP
MREL is determined by the competent resolution authorities for each supervised bank and its preferred resolution
strategy. In the case of Deutsche Bank AG, MREL is determined by the SRB. While there is no statutory minimum level of
MREL, the CRR, SRMR, BRRD and delegated regulations set out criteria which the resolution authority must consider
when determining the relevant required level of MREL. Guidance is provided through a MREL policy published annually
by the SRB. Any binding MREL ratio determined by the SRB is communicated to Deutsche Bank via the German Federal
Financial Supervisory Authority (BaFin). Deutsche Bank AG received its current total MREL and current subordinated
MREL requirement with immediate applicability in the second quarter of 2025.
ICAAP, ILAAP and SREP
The internal capital adequacy assessment process (ICAAP) as stipulated in Pillar 2 of Basel requires banks to identify and
assess risks, to apply effective risk management techniques and to maintain adequate capitalization. The Group’s internal
liquidity adequacy assessment process (ILAAP) aims to ensure that sufficient levels of liquidity are maintained on an
ongoing basis by identifying the key liquidity and funding risks to which the Group is exposed, by monitoring and
measuring these risks, and by maintaining tools and resources to manage and mitigate these risks.
In accordance with Article 97 CRD supervisors regularly review, as part of the supervisory review and evaluation process
(SREP), the arrangements, strategies, processes, and mechanisms implemented by banks and evaluate: (a) risks to which
the institution is or might be exposed; (b) risks the institution poses to the financial system; and (c) risks revealed by stress
testing.
Key metrics
Article 447 (a-g) and Article 438 (b) CRR
The following table highlights Deutsche Bank’s key regulatory metrics and ratios, and related input components as
defined by CRR and CRD. This considers reforms introduced by Regulation (EU) 2024/1623 (CRR3), being applicable
since January 1, 2025. In line with disclosure requirements the Liquidity Coverage Ratio is based on 12 months rolling
averages and the other metrics are based on spot information.
8
Deutsche Bank
  Key metrics
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
ICAAP, ILAAP and SREP
EU KM1 – Key metrics
a
b
c
d
e
in € m. (unless stated otherwise)
Dec 31,
2025
Sep 30,
2025
Jun 30,
2025
Mar 31,
2025
Dec 31,
2024
Available own funds (amounts)
1
Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) capital
49,266
49,346
48,522
48,645
49,457
2
Tier 1 capital
60,784
59,864
60,193
60,316
60,835
3
Total capital
67,834
66,866
67,200
67,741
68,511
Risk-weighted exposure amounts
4
Total risk-weighted exposure amount
347,133
340,387
340,805
351,973
357,427
4a
Total risk exposure pre-floor
347,133
340,387
340,805
351,973
N/M
Capital ratios (as percentage of risk-weighted exposure amount)
5
Common Equity Tier 1 ratio (%)
14.19
14.50
14.24
13.82
13.84
5b
Common Equity Tier 1 ratio considering
unfloored TREA (%)
14.19
14.50
14.24
13.82
N/M
6
Tier 1 ratio (%)
17.51
17.59
17.66
17.14
17.02
6b
Tier 1 ratio considering unfloored TREA (%)
17.51
17.59
17.66
17.14
N/M
7
Total capital ratio (%)
19.54
19.64
19.72
19.25
19.17
7b
Total capital ratio considering unfloored TREA (%)
19.54
19.64
19.72
19.25
N/M
Additional own funds requirements to address
risks other than the risk of excessive leverage (as
a percentage of risk-weighted exposure amount)
EU 7d
Additional own funds requirements to address
risks other than the risk of excessive leverage (%)
2.90
2.90
2.90
2.90
2.65
of which:
EU 7e
to be made up of CET 1 capital (percentage points)
1.63
1.63
1.63
1.63
1.49
EU 7f
to be made up of Tier 1 capital (percentage points)
2.18
2.18
2.18
2.18
1.99
EU 7g
Total SREP own funds requirements (%)
10.90
10.90
10.90
10.90
10.65
Combined buffer and overall capital requirement (as a percentage of risk-
weighted exposure amount)
8
Capital conservation buffer (%)
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
EU 8a
Conservation buffer due to macro-prudential or systemic risk identified at
the level of a Member State (%)
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
9
Institution specific countercyclical capital buffer (%)
0.50
0.48
0.48
0.48
0.49
EU 9a
Systemic risk buffer (%)
0.14
0.14
0.13
0.19
0.22
10
Global Systemically Important Institution buffer (%)
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
EU 10a
Other Systemically Important Institution buffer (%)
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
11
Combined buffer requirement (%)
5.13
5.12
5.11
5.17
5.21
EU 11a
Overall capital requirements (%)
16.03
16.02
16.01
16.07
15.86
12
CET 1 available after meeting the total SREP own funds requirements (%)
8.06
8.37
8.11
7.69
7.85
Leverage ratio
13
Leverage ratio total exposure measure
1,327,441
1,299,655
1,276,035
1,301,804
1,315,906
14
Leverage ratio (%)
4.58
4.61
4.72
4.63
4.62
Additional own funds requirements to address risks of excessive leverage
(as a percentage of leverage ratio total exposure amount)
EU 14a
Additional own funds requirements to address the risk of excessive
leverage (%)
0.10
0.10
0.10
0.10
0.10
EU 14b
of which: to be made up of CET 1 capital (percentage points)
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
EU 14c
Total SREP leverage ratio requirements (%)
3.10
3.10
3.10
3.10
3.10
Leverage ratio buffer and overall leverage ratio requirement (as a
percentage of total exposure measure)
EU 14d
Leverage ratio buffer requirement (%)
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
EU 14e
Overall leverage ratio requirements (%)
3.85
3.85
3.85
3.85
3.85
Liquidity Coverage Ratio
15
Total high-quality liquid assets (HQLA) (Weighted value - average)
238,150
233,383
230,050
226,221
224,205
EU 16a
Cash outflows - Total weighted value
238,512
237,725
234,064
229,743
223,914
EU 16b
Cash inflows - Total weighted value
64,879
64,124
60,641
58,408
57,118
16
Total net cash outflows (adjusted value)
173,633
173,601
173,423
171,335
166,796
17
Liquidity coverage ratio (%)
137.22
134.67
132.65
132.03
134.42
Net Stable Funding Ratio
18
Total available stable funding
648,658
631,781
633,110
631,929
625,189
19
Total required stable funding
544,664
536,762
525,836
532,765
514,802
20
NSFR ratio (%)
119.09
117.70
120.40
118.61
121.44
9
Deutsche Bank
Key metrics
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Key metrics of own funds and eligible liabilities
Key metrics of own funds and eligible liabilities
Article 447 (h) CRR and Article 45i(3)(a,c) BRRD
EU KM2 – Key metrics - MREL and G-SII Requirement for own funds and eligible liabilities (TLAC)
Minimum requirement for
own funds and eligible
liabilities (MREL)
G-SII Requirement for own
funds and eligible liabilities
(TLAC)
a
b
c
d
e
f
in € m. (unless stated otherwise)
Dec 31,
2025
Sep 30,
2025
Dec 31,
2025
Sep 30,
2025
Jun 30,
2025
Mar 31,
2025
Dec 31,
2024
Own funds and eligible liabilities, ratios and
components
1
Own funds and eligible liabilities
131,023
131,512
114,936
117,881
115,925
117,594
118,491
EU 1a
Own funds and subordinated liabilities
114,936
117,881
2
Total risk exposure amount of the
resolution group (TREA)
347,133
340,387
347,133
340,387
340,805
351,973
357,427
3
Own funds and eligible liabilities as
percentage of TREA
37.74
38.64
33.11
34.63
34.02
33.41
33.15
of which:
EU 3a
Own funds and subordinated liabilities
33.11
34.63
4
Total exposure measure of the resolution
group (TEM)
1,327,441
1,299,655
1,327,441
1,299,655
1,276,035
1,301,804
1,315,906
5
Own funds and eligible liabilities as
percentage of TEM
9.87
10.12
8.66
9.07
9.08
9.03
9.00
of which:
EU 5a
Own funds and subordinated liabilities
8.66
9.07
6a
Does the subordination exemption in
Article 72b(4) of the CRR apply? (5%
exemption)
no
no
no
no
no
6b
Pro-memo item - Aggregate amount of
permitted non-subordinated eligible
liabilities instruments if the subordination
discretion as per Article 72b(3) CRR is
applied (max 3.5% exemption)
0
0
0
0
0
6c
Pro-memo item: If a capped subordination
exemption applies under Article 72b (3)
CRR, the amount of funding issued that
ranks pari passu with excluded liabilities
and that is recognized under row 1, divided
by funding issued that ranks pari passu with
excluded Liabilities and that would be
recognized under row 1 if no cap was
applied (%)
0
0
0
0
0
Minimum requirement for own funds and
eligible liabilities (MREL)
EU 7
MREL requirement expressed as
percentage of the TREA
31.11
31.10
of which:
EU 8
to be met with own funds or
subordinated liabilities
24.94
24.93
EU 9
MREL requirement expressed as
percentage of TEM
7.03
7.03
of which:
EU 10
to be met with own funds or
subordinated liabilities
7.03
7.03
As of December 31, 2025 the MREL ratio was 37.74% of Total Risk Exposure Amount (TREA) compared to a requirement
of 31.11% of TREA including a 5.13% combined buffer requirement, equaling a surplus of € 23.0 billion above the bank’s
MREL requirement. The subordinated MREL ratio was 8.66% of Total Exposure Measure (TEM) compared to a requirement
of 7.03% of TEM. The subordinated MREL surplus is € 21.6 billion
As of December 31, 2025 the TLAC ratio was 33.11% of TREA compared to a requirement of 23.13% including a 5.13%
combined buffer requirement, resulting in a surplus of € 34.6 billion. TLAC was 8.66% of TEM compared to a requirement
of 6.75%, which corresponds to a surplus of € 25.3 billion.
10
Deutsche Bank
Capital
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Development and composition of Own Funds
Capital
Development and composition of Own Funds
Article 437 (a, d-f) CRR
The own funds capital ratios provided for Deutsche Bank Group are defined by CRR regulations. Deutsche Bank’s CET 1
capital as of December 31, 2025, amounted to € 49.3 billion, € 0.7 billion higher compared to June 30, 2025. AT1 capital
was € 0.2 billion lower as of December 31, 2025, amounted to € 11.5 billion, compared to € 11.7 billion as of June 30,
2025. Tier 1 capital as of December 31, 2025, amounted to € 60.8 billion compared to € 60.2 billion as of June 30, 2025.
Tier 2 capital was € 7.1 billion as of December 31, 2025, broadly stable compared to June 30, 2025. Total capital as of
December 31, 2025, amounted to € 67.8 billion, which was € 0.6 billion higher compared to € 67.2 billion as of June 30,
2025.
In the second half of 2025, CET 1 capital increased by € 0.7 billion. This was mainly due to net profit of € 3.3 billion
reduced by regulatory deductions for future shareholder distribution and AT1 coupon payments of € 1.8 billion following
requirements of the ECB Decision (EU) (2015/656) on the recognition of interim or year-end profits in CET 1 capital in
accordance with the Article 26(2) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 (ECB/2015/4). In addition, CET 1 capital increased due
to lower deferred tax assets of € 0.5 billion, cumulative fair value movements on available for sale securities and
additional value adjustments of € 0.3 billion and € 0.1 billion from other movements.
These positive effects were partially offset by discontinuation of the temporary treatment of unrealized gains and losses
measured at fair value through OCI in accordance with Article 468 CRR by € 0.8 billion, currency translation adjustments
of € 0.4 billion, higher deduction for non-performing exposures by € 0.3 billion and effects from the completion of the
second share buyback program of € 0.3 billion.
The Additional Tier 1 capital decrease of € 0.2 billion was due to a new AT 1 issuance of € 1.0 billion in the second half of
the year, reduced by the exercised call option with a total principal amount of € 1.2 billion (U.S. $ 1.25 billion equivalent).
EU CC1 – Composition of regulatory own funds
Dec 31, 2025
Jun 30, 2025
in € m.
CRR/CRD
CRR/CRD
Refe-
rences1
Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) capital: instruments and reserves
1
Capital instruments, related share premium accounts and other reserves
42,983
43,354
A
of which: Instrument type 1 (ordinary shares)2
42,983
43,354
A
of which: Instrument type 2
0
0
of which: Instrument type 3
0
0
2
Retained earnings
21,149
21,227
B
3
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
(4,159)
(3,710)
C
3a
Funds for general banking risk
0
0
4
Amount of qualifying items referred to in Art. 484 (3) and the related share premium
accounts subject to phase-out from CET 1
0
0
5
Minority interests (amount allowed in consolidated CET 1)
917
940
5a
Independently reviewed interim profits net of any foreseeable charge or dividend3
3,347
1,536
B
6
Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) capital before regulatory adjustments
64,237
63,347
Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) capital: regulatory adjustments
7
Additional value adjustments (negative amount)4
(1,667)
(1,742)
8
Goodwill and other intangible assets (net of related tax liabilities) (negative amount)
(5,045)
(4,997)
D
10
Deferred tax assets that rely on future profitability excluding those arising from temporary
differences (net of related tax liabilities where the conditions in Art. 38 (3) are met) (negative
amount)
(2,533)
(3,058)
E
11
Fair value reserves related to gains or losses on cash flow hedges of financial instruments
that are not valued at fair value
49
(210)
12
Negative amounts resulting from the calculation of expected loss amounts
(2,579)
(2,617)
13
Any increase in equity that results from securitized assets (negative amount)
(0)
(0)
14
Gains or losses on liabilities designated at fair value resulting from changes in own credit
standing5
247
143
15
Defined benefit pension fund assets (net of related tax liabilities) (negative amount)
(1,135)
(1,110)
F
16
Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings by an institution of own CET 1 instruments (negative
amount)6
0
0
17
Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings of the CET 1 instruments of financial sector entities
where those entities have reciprocal cross holdings with the institution designed to inflate
artificially the own funds of the institution (negative amount)
0
0
11
Deutsche Bank
Capital
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Development and composition of Own Funds
Dec 31, 2025
Jun 30, 2025
in € m.
CRR/CRD
CRR/CRD
Refe-
rences1
18
Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings by the institution of the CET 1 instruments of financial
sector entities where the institution does not have a significant investment in those entities
(amount above 10% threshold and net of eligible short positions) (negative amount)7
0
0
19
Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings by the institution of the CET 1 instruments of financial
sector entities where the institution has a significant investment in those entities (amount
above 10% threshold and net of eligible short positions) (negative amount)
0
0
20a
Exposure amount of the following items which qualify for a risk weight of 1,250%, where the
institution opts for the deduction alternative
0
0
of which:
20b
Qualifying holdings outside the financial sector (negative amount)
0
0
20c
Securitization positions (negative amount)
0
0
20d
Free deliveries (negative amount)
0
0
21
Deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences (amount above 10% threshold, net of
related tax liabilities where the conditions in Article 38 (3) are met) (negative amount)
0
0
E
22
Amount exceeding the 17.65% threshold (negative amount)
0
0
of which:
23
Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings by the institution of the CET 1 instruments of
financial sector entities where the institution has a significant investment in those entities
0
0
25
Deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences
0
0
E
EU
25a
Losses for the current financial year (negative amount)
0
0
EU
25b
Foreseeable tax charges relating to CET 1 items except where the institution suitably adjusts
the amount of CET 1 items insofar as such tax charges reduce the amount up to which those
items may be used to cover risks or losses (negative amount)
0
0
27
Qualifying AT1 deductions that exceed the AT1 items of the institution (negative amount)
0
0
Regulatory adjustments relating to unrealized gains and losses pursuant to Art. 468 CRR
0
811
27a
Other regulatory adjustments (including IFRS 9 transitional adjustments when relevant)8
(2,309)
(2,045)
28
Total regulatory adjustments to Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) capital
(14,971)
(14,826)
29
Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) capital
49,266
48,522
Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital: instruments
30
Capital instruments and the related share premium accounts
11,648
11,801
G
of which:
31
Classified as equity under applicable accounting standards12
11,718
11,871
G
32
Classified as liabilities under applicable accounting standards
0
0
33
Amount of qualifying items referred to in Article 484 (4) and the related share premium
accounts subject to phase out from AT1 as described in Article 486(3) of CRR
0
0
H
of which:
EU
33a
Amount of qualifying items referred to in Article 494a(1) subject to phase out from AT1
0
0
EU
33b
Amount of qualifying items referred to in Article 494b(1) subject to phase out from AT1
0
0
34
Qualifying Tier 1 capital included in consolidated AT1 capital issued by subsidiaries and held
by third parties
0
0
35
of which: instruments issued by subsidiaries subject to phase out
0
0
36
Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital before regulatory adjustments
11,648
11,801
Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital: regulatory adjustments
37
Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings by an institution of own AT1 instruments (negative
amount)
(130)
(130)
G
38
Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings of the AT1 instruments of financial sector entities
where those entities have reciprocal cross holdings with the institution designed to inflate
artificially the own funds of the institution (negative amount)
0
0
39
Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings of the AT1 instruments of financial sector entities
where the institution does not have a significant investment in those entities (amount above
the 10% threshold and net of eligible short positions) (negative amount)7
0
0
40
Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings by the institution of the AT1 instruments of financial
sector entities where the institution has a significant investment in those entities (amount
above the 10% threshold net of eligible short positions) (negative amount)
0
0
42
Qualifying T2 deductions that exceed the T2 items of the institution (negative amount)
0
0
42a
of which: Other regulatory adjustments to AT1 capital
0
0
43
Total regulatory adjustments to Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital
(130)
(130)
44
Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital
11,518
11,671
45
Tier 1 capital (T1 = CET 1 + AT1)
60,784
60,193
12
Deutsche Bank
Capital
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Development and composition of Own Funds
Dec 31, 2025
Jun 30, 2025
in € m.
CRR/CRD
CRR/CRD
Refe-
rences1
Tier 2 (T2) capital: instruments and provisions
46
Capital instruments and the related share premium accounts9
7,225
7,178
I
47
Amount of qualifying items referred to in Article 484 (5) and the related share premium
accounts subject to phase out from T2 as described in Article 486(4) of CRR
0
0
I
of which:
EU
47a
Amount of qualifying items referred to in Article 494a (2) subject to phase out from T2
0
0
EU
47b
Amount of qualifying items referred to in Article 494b (2) subject to phase out from T2
0
0
48
Qualifying own funds instruments included in consolidated T2 capital issued by subsidiaries
and held by third parties
0
0
I
49
of which: instruments issued by subsidiaries subject to phase out
0
0
50
Credit risk adjustments
0
0
51
Tier 2 (T2) capital before regulatory adjustments
7,225
7,178
Tier 2 (T2) capital: regulatory adjustments
52
Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings by an institution of own T2 instruments and
subordinated loans (negative amount)
(170)
(170)
I
53
Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings of the T2 instruments and subordinated loans of
financial sector entities where those entities have reciprocal cross holdings with the
institution designed to inflate artificially the own funds of the institution (negative amount)
0
0
54
Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings of the T2 instruments and subordinated loans of
financial sector entities where the institution does not have a significant investment in those
entities (amount above 10% threshold and net of eligible short positions) (negative amount)7
0
0
55
Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings by the institution of the T2 instruments and
subordinated loans of financial sector entities where the institution has a significant
investment in those entities (net of eligible short positions) (negative amount)
(5)
0
EU
56a
Qualifying eligible liabilities deductions that exceed the eligible liabilities items of the
institution (negative amount)
0
0
EU
56b
Other regulatory adjustments to T2 capital
0
0
57
Total regulatory adjustments to Tier 2 (T2) capital
(175)
(170)
58
Tier 2 (T2) capital
7,050
7,008
59
Total capital (TC = T1 + T2)
67,834
67,200
60
Total risk-weighted assets
347,133
340,805
Capital ratios and buffers
61
Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio (as a percentage of risk-weighted assets)
14.19
14.24
62
Tier 1 capital ratio (as a percentage of risk-weighted assets)
17.51
17.66
63
Total capital ratio (as a percentage of risk-weighted assets)
19.54
19.72
64
Institution CET 1 overall capital requirement (CET 1 requirement in accordance with article
92 (1) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013, plus additional CET 1 requirement which the
institution is required to hold in accordance with Article 104(1)(a) of Directive 2013/36/EU,
plus combined buffer requirement in accordance with Article 128(6) of Directive 2013/36/
EU) expressed as a percentage of risk exposure amount)10
11.26
11.24
of which:
65
Capital conservation buffer requirement
2.50
2.50
66
Countercyclical buffer requirement
0.50
0.48
67
Systemic risk buffer requirement
0.14
0.13
EU
67a
Global Systemically Important Institution (G-SII) or Other Systemically Important
Institution (O-SII) buffer
2.00
2.00
EU
67b
additional own funds requirements to address the risks other than the risk of excessive
leverage
1.63
1.63
68
Common Equity Tier 1 capital available to meet buffers (as a percentage of risk-weighted
assets)11
8.06
8.11
Amounts below the thresholds for deduction (before risk weighting)
72
Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings of the capital of financial sector entities where the
institution does not have a significant investment in those entities (amount below 10%
threshold and net of eligible short positions)7
3,136
2,967
73
Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings by the institution of the CET 1 instruments of financial
sector entities where the institution has a significant investment in those entities (amount
below 10% threshold and net of eligible short positions)
1,087
722
75
Deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences (amount below 10% threshold, net of
related tax liability where the conditions in Article 38 (3) CRR are met)
4,372
3,844
Applicable caps on the inclusion of provisions in Tier 2 capital
76
Credit risk adjustments included in T2 in respect of exposures subject to standardized
approach (prior to the application of the cap)
0
0
13
Deutsche Bank
Capital
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Development and composition of Own Funds
Dec 31, 2025
Jun 30, 2025
in € m.
CRR/CRD
CRR/CRD
Refe-
rences1
77
Cap on inclusion of credit risk adjustments in T2 under standardized approach
720
481
78
Credit risk adjustments included in T2 in respect of exposures subject to internal ratings-
based approach (prior to the application of the cap)
0
0
79
Cap for inclusion of credit risk adjustments in T2 under internal ratings-based approach
1,090
1,186
Capital instruments subject to phase-out arrangements
80
Current cap on CET 1 instruments subject to phase out arrangements
0
0
81
Amount excluded from CET 1 due to cap (excess over cap after redemptions and maturities)
0
0
82
Current cap on AT1 instruments subject to phase out arrangements
0
0
83
Amount excluded from AT1 due to cap (excess over cap after redemptions and maturities)
0
0
84
Current cap on T2 instruments subject to phase out arrangements
0
0
85
Amount excluded from T2 due to cap (excess over cap after redemptions and maturities)
0
0
N/M – Not meaningful
1 References provide the mapping of regulatory balance sheet items used to calculate regulatory capital as reflected in the column “References" and as presented in tables
“EU CC2 – Reconciliation of regulatory own funds to balance sheet in the audited financial statements”. Where applicable, more detailed information is provided in the
respective reference footnote section
2Based on EBA list of Article 26(3) of CRR, competent authorities shall evaluate whether issuances of Common Equity Tier 1 instruments meet the criteria set out in Article
28 or, where applicable, Article 29
3Full year profit is recognized as per ECB Decision (EU) 2015/656 in accordance with the Article 26(2) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 (ECB/2015/4); current year profits
of € 6.9 billion reduced by deductions for future shareholder distribution in relation to FY25 of € 3.1 billion and AT1 coupons of € 0.5 billion
4The € 1.7 billion (June 2025: € 1.7 billion) additional value adjustments were derived from the EBA Regulatory Technical Standard on prudent valuation and are before
consideration of a benefit from the related reduction of the shortfall of provisions to expected losses of € 38.1 million (June 2025: € 0.4 billion)
5Represents gains and losses on liabilities and derivative liabilities carried at fair value that are a result of changes in own credit of the Group according to Article 33 (1) (b)
CRR
6Excludes holdings that are already considered in the accounting base of Common Equity
7Based on the Group’s current interpretation no deduction amount expected
8 Includes capital deductions of € 1.4 billion (June 2025: € 1.4 billion) based on ECB guidance on irrevocable payment commitments related to the Single Resolution Fund
and the Deposit Guarantee Scheme, € 0.7 billion (June 2025: € 0.4 billion) based on ECB’s supervisory recommendation for a prudential provisioning of non-performing
exposures
9Amortization is taken into account
10 Includes CET1 Pillar 2 Requirement
11 Calculated as the CET1 Capital less the Group’s CET1 capital requirements in accordance with article 92(1)(a) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 and following Article
104(1)(a) of Directive 2013/36/EU, and less any Common Equity Tier 1 items used by the Group to meet its additional Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital requirements
12 The reported position exceeds the total due to the delta amount of € 70 million representing a permanent buyback limit, which is not recognized in the accounting
standards
ACommon shares, additional paid-in capital and common shares in treasury reflect regulatory eligible CET 1 capital instruments
BRetained earnings in the regulatory balance sheet include Profit (loss) attributable to DB shareholders and additional equity components of € 6.9 billion (June 2025:
€ 3.7 billion). In the Own funds template (incl. RWA and capital ratios), this item is excluded from retained earnings and shown separately after subtracting the 'AT1
coupon and shareholder distribution deduction' of € 3.6 billion (June 2025: € 1.8 billion) as ‘independently reviewed interim profits net of any foreseeable charge or
dividend’ in row id 5a
CDifference to regulatory balance sheet position driven by prudential filters for unrealized gains and losses
DRegulatory applicable amount in goodwill and other intangible assets of € 7,561 million (June 2025: € 7,413 million) plus goodwill from equity method investments of
€ 59 million (June 2025: € 59 million) as per regulatory balance sheet reduced by deferred tax liabilities on other intangibles of € 466 million (June 2025: € 477 million)
and prudent software assets as per Art. 36 (1) (b) CRR of €2,109 million (June 2025: € 1,998 million)
EDifferences to balance sheet position mainly driven by adjustments as set out in Article 38 (2) to (5) CRR (e.g. regulatory offsetting requirements)
FRegulatory applicable amount is defined benefit pension fund assets of € 1,261 million (June 2025: € 1,233 million) reduced by deferred tax liabilities on defined benefit
pension fund assets of € 126 million (June 2025: € 122 million)
G Additional equity components reflects regulatory eligible AT1 capital instruments
HDifference to regulatory balance sheet driven by regulatory adjustments as set out in Articles 51 to 61 CRR (e.g. current cap on AT1 instruments subject to phase-out
arrangements)
IDifference to regulatory balance sheet driven by regulatory adjustments as set out in Articles 62 to 71 CRR (e.g. amortization, minority interest)
14
Deutsche Bank
Capital
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Derogations from prudential requirements for the parent company and subsidiaries
Scope of application of the regulatory framework
Name of institution
Article 436 (a) CRR
Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft (“Deutsche Bank AG”), headquartered in Frankfurt am Main, Germany, is the parent
institution of the Deutsche Bank Group (the “regulatory group”). Under Section 10a KWG in conjunction with Articles 11
and 18 CRR, a regulatory group of institutions consists of an institution as the parent company, and all other institutions,
financial institutions (comprising inter alia financial holding companies, payment institutions, asset management
companies) and ancillary services undertakings that are its subsidiaries within the meaning of Article 4 (1) (16) CRR, or are
jointly managed together with other parties within the meaning of Article 18 (4) CRR. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated,
while companies which are not subsidiaries but consolidated for regulatory purposes are subject to proportional
consolidation.
Insurance companies and companies outside the banking and financial sector are not consolidated in the regulatory
group. The bank does not qualify as a financial conglomerate and is not subject to the respective supplementary
supervisions.
Differences in the scopes of consolidation
Article 436 (b) CRR
The principles of consolidation for Deutsche Bank’s regulatory group are not identical to those applied for the Group’s
financial statements. Nonetheless, the majority of the bank’s subsidiaries in the regulatory group are also fully
consolidated in accordance with IFRS in the Group’s consolidated financial statements.
The main differences between regulatory and accounting consolidation are:
Subsidiaries outside the banking and financial sector are not consolidated within the regulatory group of institutions
but are included in the consolidated financial statements according to IFRS
Most of the Group’s special purpose entities (SPEs) consolidated under IFRS do not meet the regulatory subsidiary
definition pursuant to Article 4 (1) (16) CRR and are not consolidated in the regulatory group. However, the risks
resulting from the bank’s exposures to such entities are reflected in the regulatory capital requirements
Only two entities included in the regulatory group are not consolidated as subsidiaries for accounting purposes and
are treated differently
For detailed information and the table LI3, please refer to the Pillar 3 Report section “Outline of differences in scopes of
consolidation”.
Derogations from prudential requirements for the parent
company and subsidiaries
Article 436 (h) CRR (EU LIB)
As of December 31, 2025, Deutsche Bank AG fully applied the exemptions pursuant to Section 2a (1) KWG in conjunction
with Article 7 (3) CRR, Art. 6 (5) CRR and Section 2a (2) KWG in conjunction with Section 25a (1) sentence 3 KWG (so-
called “parent waiver”) pursuant to which the bank may waive the application of provisions on own funds and eligible
liabilities, capital requirements, large exposures, exposures to transferred credit risks, leverage, reporting requirements
and disclosure by institutions as well as certain risk management requirements on a stand-alone basis.
Deutsche Bank AG’s subsidiary norisbank GmbH and Deutsche Bank Europe GmbH which both were consolidated within
the Deutsche Bank regulatory group, fully applied the same exemptions outlined above (so-called “subsidiary waiver”)
pursuant to which the above mentioned subsidiaries may waive certain regulatory requirements to the same extent as
Deutsche Bank AG (see preceding paragraph) on a stand-alone basis. In addition, Deutsche Bank AG’s subsidiary
Deutsche Immobilien Leasing GmbH also consolidated within the Deutsche Bank regulatory group, applied the
“subsidiary waiver” rules to the extent applicable to the subsidiary.
These exemptions are available only for group companies in Germany and can only be applied if, amongst others, the risk
strategies and risk management processes of Deutsche Bank AG or the Group also include the companies that apply the
“waiver” rules and there is no material practical or legal impediment to the prompt transfer of own funds or repayment of
liabilities from Deutsche Bank AG to the respective subsidiaries or from subsidiaries to Deutsche Bank AG Group.
15
Deutsche Bank
Capital
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Derogations from prudential requirements for the parent company and subsidiaries
The application of the aforementioned exemptions and the fulfillment of the respective requirements were notified to
the BaFin and Deutsche Bundesbank. Pursuant to Section 2a (5) KWG the exemptions based on these notifications are
grandfathered, i.e. the “waivers” are deemed to be granted under the current CRR and KWG rules.
Additional disclosure requirements for large subsidiaries
Article 13 (1) CRR
The bank’s large subsidiaries are required to disclose information to the extent applicable in respect of own funds, capital
requirements, capital buffers, credit risk adjustments, remuneration policy, leverage and use of credit risk mitigation
techniques on an individual or sub-consolidated basis.
For some of the bank’s subsidiaries located in Germany it is not mandatory to calculate or report regulatory capital or
leverage ratios on a stand-alone basis if they qualify for the exemptions codified in the waiver rule pursuant to Section 2a
KWG in conjunction with Article 7 CRR. In these cases, the above-mentioned disclosure requirements are also not
applicable for those subsidiaries.
Large subsidiaries are identified in accordance with Article 4 No. 146 and 147 CRR, and applied to all subsidiaries
classified as “credit institution” or “investment firm” under the CRR and not qualifying for a waiver status pursuant to
Section 2a KWG in conjunction with Article 7 CRR. A subsidiary is required to comply with the requirements in
Article 13 (1) CRR (as described above) if at least one criterion mentioned in the list below has been met. The total value
of assets referenced below is calculated on an IFRS basis as of December 31, 2025:
The subsidiary is a global systemically important institution
It has been identified as an other systemically important institution (O-SII) in accordance with Article 131(1) and (3) of
Directive 2013/36/EU
The subsidiary is, in the Member State in which it is established, one of the three largest institutions in terms of total
value of assets
Total value of assets on an individual basis or sub-consolidated basis is equal to or greater than € 30 billion
As a result of the selection process described above, the bank identified three subsidiaries as “large” for the Group and
hence required to provide additional disclosure requirements:
DB USA Corporation, United States of America
BHW Bausparkasse AG, Germany
Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A., Luxembourg
The additional disclosures for the large subsidiaries can be found either within the Pillar 3 Reports of the respective
subsidiary as published on its website or on the Group’s website.
Impediments to fund transfers
Article 436 (f) CRR (EU LIB)
The Group entities within the scope of prudential consolidation are subject to local regulatory and tax requirements as
well as potentially exchange controls. Deutsche Bank is not aware of any material impediments existing for capital
distribution within the Group.
Potential capital shortfalls in unconsolidated subsidiaries
Article 436 (g) CRR (EU LIB)
Deutsche Bank’s subsidiaries which were not included in its regulatory consolidation due to their immateriality did not
have to comply with own regulatory minimum capital standards in 2025.
Reconciliation of regulatory own funds to the IFRS balance
sheet
Article 436 (c, d) CRR
The table EU LI1 below provides a comparison between the consolidated balance sheet for accounting and prudential
purposes and also highlights how the amounts reported in the Group’s financial statements, once the regulatory scope of
consolidation is applied, are impacted by the different risk frameworks. The regulatory balance sheet is split further into
sections subject to credit risk, counterparty credit risk, securitization positions in the regulatory banking book, market
risk, and items not subject to capital requirements or relevant for deduction from capital. The market risk framework in
column (f) includes the bank’s trading book exposure, its banking book exposure which is booked in a currency different
16
Deutsche Bank
Capital
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Reconciliation of regulatory own funds to the IFRS balance sheet
from Euro, as well as securitization positions in the regulatory trading book. Specific assets and liabilities may be subject
to more than one regulatory risk framework. Therefore, the sum of values in column (c) to (g) may not be equal to the
amounts in column (b). Moreover, the allocation of positions to the regulatory trading or banking book, as well as the
product definition, impacts the allocation to and treatment within a regulatory framework and might be different to the
product definition or trading classification under IFRS.
Differences between carrying values on the regulatory balance sheet in column (b) and amounts deducted from CRR/
CRD capital are explained further in the footnotes of the table “EU CC1 Composition of regulatory own funds” as
referenced in the last column of this table.
EU LI1 – Differences between accounting and regulatory scopes of consolidation and the mapping of financial statement
categories with regulatory risk categories
Dec 31, 2025
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
Carrying values of items:
in € m.
Carrying
values as
reported in
published
financial
statements
Carrying
values under
scope of
prudential
consolida-
tion
Subject to
the credit
risk
framework
Subject to
the
counterparty
credit risk
framework
Subject to
the securiti-
zation
framework
Subject to
the market
risk
framework
Not subject
to capital
requirements
or subject to
deduction
from capital
References1
Assets:
Cash and central bank balances
164,659
164,659
164,564
0
0
85,917
0
Interbank balances (w/o central
banks)
6,962
6,921
6,560
0
0
4,903
7
Central bank funds sold and
securities purchased under resale
agreements
37,509
37,509
0
37,509
0
22,188
0
Securities borrowed
6
6
0
6
0
0
0
Financial assets at fair value
through profit or loss
Trading assets
153,811
151,914
4,953
112
382
140,502
0
Positive market values from
derivative financial instruments
241,328
241,458
10
241,418
18
241,200
0
Non-trading financial assets
mandatory at fair value through
profit and loss
124,495
124,251
6,298
112,156
668
120,356
0
Financial assets designated at
fair value through profit or loss
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Total financial assets at fair value
through profit or loss
519,635
517,623
11,260
353,686
1,067
502,058
0
Financial assets at Fair Value
through OCI
Financial assets mandatory at
fair value through OCI
43,644
43,377
42,249
1,128
0
25,652
0
Equity Instruments designated
at fair value through OCI
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Total financial assets at fair value
through OCI
43,644
43,377
42,249
1,128
0
25,652
0
Equity method investments
924
938
938
0
0
938
0
of which: Goodwill
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
D
Loans at amortized cost
472,620
472,409
437,626
2,636
31,976
173,755
171
Property and equipment
5,924
5,923
5,923
0
0
2,021
0
Goodwill and other intangible
assets
7,561
7,561
2,109
0
0
0
5,452
D
Other assets
167,472
167,779
53,149
47,759
4,295
46,214
56,088
of which: Defined benefit
pension fund assets
1,263
1,261
0
0
0
0
1,261
F
Assets for current tax
1,609
1,605
1,605
0
0
0
0
Deferred tax assets
6,544
6,535
4,448
0
0
2,814
2,088
E
Total assets
1,435,067
1,432,846
730,431
442,724
37,339
866,459
63,806
17
Deutsche Bank
Capital
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Reconciliation of regulatory own funds to the IFRS balance sheet
Dec 31, 2025
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
Carrying values of items:
in € m.
Carrying
values as
reported in
published
financial
statements
Carrying
values under
scope of
prudential
consolida-
tion
Subject to
the credit
risk
framework
Subject to
the
counterparty
credit risk
framework
Subject to
the securiti-
zation
framework
Subject to
the market
risk
framework
Not subject
to capital
requirements
or subject to
deduction
from capital
References1
Liabilities and equity:
Deposits
691,828
692,329
0
1,050
0
139,334
551,945
Central bank funds purchased and
securities sold under repurchase
agreements
4,177
4,177
0
4,177
0
678
0
Securities loaned
2
2
0
2
0
2
0
Financial liabilities at fair value
through profit or loss
Trading liabilities
42,879
42,921
0
122
0
42,344
(446)
Negative market values
from derivative financial
225,775
225,828
0
225,558
121
225,828
0
Financial liabilities
designated at fair value
115,055
114,814
0
88,519
0
88,726
(2)
Investment contract
469
0
0
0
0
0
0
Total financial liabilities at fair
value through profit or loss
384,179
383,563
0
314,200
122
356,898
(449)
Other short-term borrowings
18,204
18,213
0
0
0
2,787
15,427
Other liabilities
137,713
135,650
0
52,394
0
72,075
18,711
Provisions
2,408
2,399
0
0
0
1,156
1,243
Liabilities for current tax
694
691
0
0
0
165
526
Deferred tax liabilities
623
507
0
0
0
0
507
Long-term debt
114,754
114,852
0
0
0
25,852
89,000
H.I
of which: Subordinated
long-term debt2
8,297
8,297
0
0
0
4,655
3,641
H.I
Trust preferred securities2
283
283
0
0
0
0
283
Obligation to purchase common
shares
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Total liabilities
1,354,863
1,352,667
0
371,822
122
598,947
677,193
Common shares, no par value,
nominal value of € 2.56
4,891
4,891
0
0
0
0
4,891
A
Additional paid-in capital
38,281
38,281
0
0
0
0
38,281
A
Retained earnings
28,096
28,080
0
0
0
0
28,080
B
Common shares in treasury, at cost
(185)
(185)
0
0
0
0
(185)
A
Equity classified as obligation to
purchase common shares
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
A
Accumulated other
comprehensive income, net of tax
(4,150)
(4,159)
0
0
0
0
(4,159)
C
Total shareholders’ equity
66,933
66,909
0
0
0
0
66,909
Additional equity components
11,708
11,708
0
0
0
0
11,708
G
Noncontrolling interests
1,562
1,562
0
0
0
0
1,562
Total equity
80,203
80,179
0
0
0
0
80,179
Total liabilities and equity
1,435,067
1,432,846
0
371,822
122
598,947
757,372
1 References provide the mapping of regulatory balance sheet items used to calculate regulatory capital as reflected in the column “References” in “EU CC1–Composition
of regulatory own funds”. Where applicable, more detailed information are provided in the respective reference footnote section.
2 Eligible Additional Tier 1 and Tier 2 instruments are reflected in these balance sheet positions based on their IFRS carrying values.
18
Deutsche Bank
Capital
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Reconciliation of regulatory own funds to the IFRS balance sheet
Dec 31, 2024
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
Carrying values of items:
in € m.
Carrying
values as
reported in
published
financial
statements
Carrying
values under
scope of
prudential
consolida-
tion
Subject to
the credit
risk
framework
Subject to
the
counterparty
credit risk
framework
Subject to
the securiti-
zation
framework
Subject to
the market
risk
framework
Not subject
to capital
requirements
or subject to
deduction
from capital
References1
Assets:
Cash and central bank balances
147,494
147,462
147,331
0
0
86,770
0
Interbank balances (w/o central
banks)
6,160
6,099
5,543
0
0
4,703
0
Central bank funds sold and
securities purchased under resale
agreements
40,803
40,803
201
40,602
0
25,446
0
Securities borrowed
44
44
0
44
0
11
0
Financial assets at fair value
through profit or loss
Trading assets
139,772
137,779
4,252
118
306
133,247
0
Positive market values from
derivative financial instruments
291,754
291,889
21
291,643
24
291,739
0
Non-trading financial assets
mandatory at fair value through
profit and loss
114,324
114,293
5,427
103,870
701
110,822
0
Financial assets designated at
fair value through profit or loss
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Total financial assets at fair value
through profit or loss
545,849
543,960
9,700
395,631
1,031
535,808
0
Financial assets at Fair Value
through OCI
Financial assets mandatory at
fair value through OCI
42,090
41,901
39,113
2,786
2
27,872
0
Equity Instruments designated
at fair value through OCI
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Total financial assets at fair value
through OCI
42,090
41,901
39,113
2,786
2
27,872
0
Equity method investments
1,028
1,028
965
0
1
1,028
63
of which: Goodwill
63
63
0
0
0
0
63
D
Loans at amortized cost
478,921
483,033
451,620
0
31,274
179,790
139
Property and equipment
6,193
6,192
6,192
0
0
2,216
1
Goodwill and other intangible
assets
7,749
7,749
2,013
0
0
0
5,736
D
Other assets
101,207
101,139
31,519
43,426
4,497
38,557
17,187
of which: Defined benefit
pension fund assets
1,301
1,299
0
0
0
0
1,299
F
Assets for current tax
1,801
1,799
1,799
0
0
0
0
Deferred tax assets
7,839
7,824
4,370
0
0
2,512
3,454
E
Total assets
1,387,177
1,389,033
700,366
482,488
36,805
904,712
26,580
19
Deutsche Bank
Capital
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Reconciliation of regulatory own funds to the IFRS balance sheet
Dec 31, 2024
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
Carrying values of items:
in € m.
Carrying
values as
reported in
published
financial
statements
Carrying
values under
scope of
prudential
consolida-
tion
Subject to
the credit
risk
framework
Subject to
the
counterparty
credit risk
framework
Subject to
the securiti-
zation
framework
Subject to
the market
risk
framework
Not subject
to capital
requirements
or subject to
deduction
from capital
References1
Liabilities and equity:
Deposits
666,261
666,961
0
1,108
0
129,988
535,864
Central bank funds purchased and
securities sold under repurchase
agreements
3,740
3,740
0
3,740
0
1,209
0
Securities loaned
2
2
0
2
0
2
0
Financial liabilities at fair value
through profit or loss
Trading liabilities
43,498
43,498
0
14
0
42,541
(280)
Negative market values
from derivative financial
276,395
276,500
0
276,094
175
276,500
0
Financial liabilities
designated at fair value
92,047
91,803
0
73,179
0
72,664
(7)
Investment contract
454
0
0
0
0
0
0
Total financial liabilities at fair
value through profit or loss
412,395
411,801
0
349,287
175
391,705
(287)
Other short-term borrowings
9,895
9,899
0
0
0
2,811
7,088
Other liabilities
95,631
93,550
0
49,146
0
34,680
17,674
Provisions
3,326
3,320
0
0
0
1,336
1,983
Liabilities for current tax
720
715
0
0
0
159
556
Deferred tax liabilities
590
477
0
0
0
0
477
Long-term debt
114,899
118,890
0
0
0
26,430
92,460
H.I
of which: Subordinated
long-term debt2
11,711
11,711
0
0
0
5,249
6,461
H.I
Trust preferred securities2
287
287
0
0
0
0
287
Obligation to purchase common
shares
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Total liabilities
1,307,745
1,309,642
0
403,284
175
588,322
656,102
Common shares, no par value,
nominal value of € 2.56
5,106
5,106
0
0
0
0
5,106
A
Additional paid-in capital
39,744
39,744
0
0
0
0
39,744
A
Retained earnings
23,368
23,344
0
0
0
0
23,344
B
Common shares in treasury, at cost
(713)
(713)
0
0
0
0
(713)
A
Equity classified as obligation to
purchase common shares
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
A
Accumulated other
comprehensive income, net of tax
(1,229)
(1,229)
0
0
0
0
(1,229)
C
Total shareholders’ equity
66,276
66,252
0
0
0
0
66,252
Additional equity components
11,550
11,550
0
0
0
0
11,550
G
Noncontrolling interests
1,606
1,589
0
0
0
0
1,589
Total equity
79,432
79,391
0
0
0
0
79,391
Total liabilities and equity
1,387,177
1,389,033
0
403,284
175
588,322
735,493
1References provide the mapping of regulatory balance sheet items used to calculate regulatory capital as reflected in the column “References” in “Own funds template
(incl. RWA and Capital Ratios)”. Where applicable, more detailed information are provided in the respective reference footnote section.
2Eligible Additional Tier 1 and Tier 2 instruments are reflected in these balance sheet positions with their values according to IFRS.
Movements in carrying values as reported in published financial statements, i.e. under IFRS scope of consolidation for
December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2025 are primarily driven by the following factors:
Cash, central bank and interbank balances increased by € 18.0 billion, primarily reflecting a € 25.6 billion rise in deposits,
driven by growth in Corporate Cash Management business in the Corporate Bank and higher inflows in the Private Bank
as a result of client acquisition campaigns. Trading assets increased by € 14.0 billion, primarily driven by an increase in
bond positions in the bank’s debt securities portfolio due to client flows and desk positioning, as well as an increase in
precious metal inventory during the year. Positive and negative market values of derivative financial instruments declined
by € 50.4 billion and € 50.6 billion respectively, mainly driven by foreign exchange products due to market volatility,
weakening of the U.S. dollar against the euro and new trades booked at materially lower mark-to-market values. Non
trading financial assets mandatory at fair value through profit and loss increased by € 10.2 billion, driven by an increase in
securities purchased under resale agreements measured under non-trading financial assets mandatory at fair value
through profit and loss, primarily due to increased trading activities. Loans at amortized cost decreased by € 6.3 billion,
mainly driven by a significant impact from foreign exchange movements and strategic reductions in the Private Bank
mortgage portfolio, partly offset by growth in Fixed Income & Currencies business in the Investment Bank. Other assets
20
Deutsche Bank
Capital
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Reconciliation of regulatory own funds to the IFRS balance sheet
increased by € 66.3 billion, primarily driven by increases in brokerage and securities related receivables of € 44.7 billion.
This was mainly attributable to higher receivables from pending settlements of regular way trades owing to increased
customer demand based on market conditions. This trend is also reflected in an increase in brokerage and securities
related payables by € 43.5 billion, driving the € 42.1 billion increase in other liabilities. The increase in other assets also
included growth in debt securities classified as hold to collect of € 18.6 billion, in line with the bank’s asset purchase
program initiative to expand the portfolio of European government bonds.. Financial liabilities designated at fair value
through profit or loss increased by € 23.0 billion,mainly attributable to an increase in securities sold under repurchase
agreements as a result of increased secured funding of trading inventory and client activities; as well as an increase in
long term debt driven by new issuances in FIC business in the Investment Bank. Other short-term borrowings increased
by € 8.3 billion, primarily due to newly issued commercial paper during the year.
The overall movement of the balance sheet included an decrease of € 69.3 billion due to foreign exchange rate
movements, mainly driven by weakening of the U.S. dollar versus the euro.
Table EU LI2 presents a description of the differences between the financial statements’ carrying value amounts under
the regulatory scope of consolidation and the exposure amounts used for regulatory purposes.
EU LI2 – Main sources of differences between regulatory exposure amounts and carrying values in financial statements
Dec 31, 2025
a
b
c
d
e
Items subject to:
in € m.
Total
Credit risk
framework
Securitization
framework
Counterparty
credit risk
framework
Market risk
framework
1
Assets carrying value amount under the scope
of prudential consolidation (as per template LI1)
1,432,846
730,431
37,339
442,724
866,459
2
Liabilities carrying value amount under the scope
of prudential consolidation (as per template LI1)
1,352,667
0
122
371,822
598,947
3
Total net amount under the scope of prudential
consolidation
80,179
730,431
37,217
70,902
267,512 5
4
Off-balance-sheet amounts
349,539
325,452
19,526
354
5
Differences in valuations1
0
0
157
33,457
6
Differences due to different netting rules, other
than those already included in row 2
0
0
0
0
7
Differences due to consideration of provisions3
0
8,042
(32)
5
8
Differences due to the use of credit risk mitigation
techniques (CRMs)
0
(2,055)
0
(1)
9
Differences due to credit conversion factors
0
(187,642)
0
0
10
Differences due to securitization with risk transfer2
0
(42,888)
39,158
0
11
Other differences4
0
15,253
1,029
934
12
Exposure amounts considered for regulatory
purposes
1,052,400
846,594
97,056
105,650
3,100 6
1Includes effects due to differences in exposure modelling applying the effective expected positive exposure as well as the SA-CCR for derivatives and financial collateral
comprehensive method for Securities Financing Transactions (SFT) respectively; that also reflects differences as a result of the application of credit risk mitigation and
regulatory netting rules
2Included in the sum of € 39.2 billion are FX mismatches amounting to € 1.6 billion; the amount represents the retained synthetic tranches after consideration of bought
credit protection
3Includes credit-risk related purchase price adjustments arising in the context of asset purchases as well as business combinations
4Primarily reflects valuation differences as a result of regulatory product definition being different from the accounting product definition; moreover, under the
counterparty credit risk framework funded default fund contribution in form of securities are considered in the exposure amounts for regulatory purposes
5Included in the sum of € 267.5 billion are € 2.9 billion net carrying amount attributable to securitization positions in the regulatory trading book covered under the market
risk standardized approach
6Exposure at default is only considered for securitization positions in the regulatory trading book as the remaining exposure is considered within the internally developed
market risk models
21
Deutsche Bank
Capital
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Reconciliation of regulatory own funds to the IFRS balance sheet
Dec 31, 2024
a
b
c
d
e
Items subject to:
in € m.
Total
Credit risk
framework
Securitization
framework
Counterparty
credit risk
framework
Market risk
framework
1
Assets carrying value amount under the scope
of prudential consolidation (as per template LI1)
1,389,033
700,366
36,805
482,488
904,712
2
Liabilities carrying value amount under the scope
of prudential consolidation (as per template LI1)
1,309,642
0
175
403,284
588,322
3
Total net amount under the scope of prudential
consolidation
79,391
700,366
36,630
79,205
316,390 5
4
Off-balance-sheet amounts
339,804
318,362
18,123
37
5,6
Differences in valuations (incl. impact from different
netting rules)1
0
0
206
28,118
7
Differences due to consideration of provisions3
0
7,485
(30)
1
8
Differences due to the use of credit risk mitigation
techniques (CRMs)
0
(2,898)
0
0
9
Differences due to credit conversion factors
0
(181,789)
0
0
10
Differences due to securitization with risk transfer2
0
(36,883)
33,709
0
(118)
11
Other differences4
0
19,461
396
1,214
12
Exposure amounts considered for regulatory
purposes
1,024,355
824,105
89,035
108,574
2,641 6
1Includes effects due to differences in exposure modelling applying the effective expected positive exposure as well as the SA-CCR for derivatives and financial collateral
comprehensive method for Securities Financing Transactions (SFT) respectively; that also reflects differences as a result of the application of credit risk mitigation and
regulatory netting rules
2Included in the sum of € 33.7 billion are FX mismatches amounting to € 1.3 billion; the amount represents the retained synthetic tranches after consideration of bought
credit protection
3Includes credit-risk related purchase price adjustments arising in the context of asset purchases as well as business combinations
4Primarily reflects valuation differences as a result of regulatory product definition being different from the accounting product definition; moreover, under the
counterparty credit risk framework funded default fund contribution in form of securities are considered in the exposure amounts for regulatory purposes
5Included in the sum of € 316.4 billion are € 2.8 billion net carrying amount attributable to securitization positions in the regulatory trading book covered under the market
risk standardized approach
6Exposure at default is only considered for securitization positions in the regulatory trading book as the remaining exposure is considered within the internally developed
market risk models
Article 437 (a) CRR
The table below highlights the difference in the basis of consolidation for accounting and prudential reporting purposes
as it compares the carrying values as reported under IFRS with the carrying values under the scope of the regulatory
consolidation. References in the last column of the table provide the mapping of regulatory balance sheet items used to
calculate regulatory capital. The reference columns presented below reconcile to the reference columns as presented in
the template “EU CC1– Composition of regulatory own funds”.
EU CC2 – Reconciliation of regulatory own funds to balance sheet in the audited financial statements
Dec 31, 2025
Jun 30, 2025
a
b
a
b
in € m.
Carrying
values as
reported in
published
financial
statements
Carrying
values under
scope of
prudential
consolida-
tion
References
Carrying
values as
reported in
published
financial
statements
Carrying
values under
scope of
prudential
consolida-
tion
References
Assets:
Cash and central bank balances
164,659
164,659
137,124
137,124
Interbank balances (w/o central banks)
6,962
6,921
6,766
6,737
Central bank funds sold and securities purchased under
resale agreements
37,509
37,509
32,938
32,938
Securities borrowed
6
6
35
35
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
of which:
Trading assets
153,811
151,914
158,116
156,341
Positive market values from derivative financial
instruments
241,328
241,458
256,029
256,158
Non-trading financial assets mandatory at fair value
through profit and loss
124,495
124,251
118,053
117,888
Financial assets designated at fair value through profit
or loss
0
0
0
0
Total financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
519,634
517,623
532,198
530,386
22
Deutsche Bank
Capital
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Reconciliation of regulatory own funds to the IFRS balance sheet
Dec 31, 2025
Jun 30, 2025
a
b
a
b
in € m.
Carrying
values as
reported in
published
financial
statements
Carrying
values under
scope of
prudential
consolida-
tion
References
Carrying
values as
reported in
published
financial
statements
Carrying
values under
scope of
prudential
consolida-
tion
References
Financial assets at Fair Value through OCI
Financial assets mandatory at fair value through OCI
43,644
43,377
41,586
41,392
Equity Instruments designated at fair value through OCI
0
0
0
0
Total financial assets at fair value through OCI
43,644
43,377
41,586
41,392
Financial assets available for sale
0
0
0
0
Equity method investments
924
938
890
907
of which: Goodwill
59
59
D
59
59
D
Loans at amortized cost
472,620
472,409
466,581
466,360
Securities held at maturity
0
0
0
0
Property and equipment
5,924
5,923
6,039
6,038
Goodwill and other intangible assets
7,561
7,561
D
7,413
7,413
D
Other assets
167,472
167,779
157,679
157,974
of which: Defined benefit pension fund assets
1,263
1,261
F
1,235
1,233
F
Assets for current tax
1,609
1,605
1,735
1,734
Deferred tax assets
6,544
6,535
E
6,847
6,842
E
Total assets
1,435,067
1,432,846
1,397,830
1,395,880
Liabilities and equity:
Deposits
691,828
692,329
653,367
653,976
Central bank funds purchased and securities sold under
repurchase agreements
4,177
4,177
4,371
4,371
Securities loaned
2
2
2
2
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
of which:
Trading liabilities
42,879
42,921
43,990
43,979
Negative market values from derivative financial
instruments
225,775
225,828
235,609
235,696
Financial liabilities designated at fair value through
profit or loss
115,055
114,814
104,783
104,553
Investment contract liabilities
469
0
451
0
Total financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
384,179
383,563
384,833
384,228
Other short-term borrowings
18,204
18,213
18,090
18,082
Other liabilities
137,713
135,650
141,167
139,256
Provisions
2,408
2,399
2,791
2,788
Liabilities for current tax
694
691
950
947
Deferred tax liabilities
623
507
590
487
Long-term debt
114,754
114,852
113,531
113,628
of which: Subordinated long-term debt1
8,297
8,297
H.I
8,269
8,269
H.I
Trust preferred securities1
283
283
H.I
286
286
H.I
Obligation to purchase common shares
0
0
0
0
Total liabilities
1,354,863
1,352,667
1,319,978
1,318,049
Common shares, no par value, nominal value of € 2.56
4,891
4,891
A
4,988
4,988
A
Additional paid-in capital
38,281
38,281
A
38,849
38,849
A
Retained earnings
28,096
28,080
B
24,897
24,882
B
Common shares in treasury, at cost
(185)
(185)
A
(477)
(477)
A
Equity classified as obligation to purchase common shares
0
0
A
0
0
A
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax
(4,150)
(4,159)
C
(3,702)
(3,710)
C
Total shareholders’ equity
66,933
66,909
64,555
64,531
Additional equity components
11,708
11,708
G
11,840
11,840
G
Noncontrolling interests
1,562
1,562
1,457
1,460
Total equity
80,203
80,179
77,852
77,831
Total liabilities and equity
1,435,067
1,432,846
1,397,830
1,395,880
1Eligible Additional Tier 1 and Tier 2 instruments are reflected in these balance sheet positions based on their IFRS carrying values.
Outline of differences in scopes of consolidation
Article 436 (b) CRR
As of year-end 2025, Deutsche Banks’ regulatory group comprised 327 entities (excluding the parent Deutsche Bank
Aktiengesellschaft). The classification applied for these entities is in accordance with CRR. The regulatory group
comprised 20 credit institutions, one payment service provider, three investment firms, 218 financial institutions, three
financial holding companies, nine asset management companies and 73 ancillary services undertakings.
23
Deutsche Bank
Capital
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Reconciliation of regulatory own funds to the IFRS balance sheet
As of year-end 2024, the regulatory group comprised 293 entities (excluding the parent Deutsche Bank
Aktiengesellschaft). The regulatory group comprised 22 credit institutions, one payment institution, two investment
firms, 185 financial institutions, three financial holding companies, ten asset management companies and 70 ancillary
services undertakings.
The increase of entities part of Deutsche Banks’ regulatory group compared to 2024 was mainly driven by the
introduction of CRR3 requirements.
13 entities were exempted from regulatory consolidation pursuant to Section 31 (3) KWG in conjunction with Article 19
CRR as per year end 2025 (year end 2024: 15 entities). These regulations allow the exclusion of small entities in the
regulatory scope of application from consolidated regulatory reporting if either their total assets (including off-balance
sheet items) are below € 10 million or below 1% of Deutsche Bank's Group’s total assets. Also, these entities were not
required to be consolidated in Deutsche Bank's financial statements in accordance with IFRS.
These regulatory unconsolidated entities have to be included in the deduction treatment for significant investments in
financial sector entities pursuant to Article 36 (1) (i) CRR in conjunction with Article 43 (c) CRR. The book values of
participations in their equity included in the deduction treatment amounted to in total € 1.8 million as per year end 2025
(year end 2024: € 2.2 million).
Table EU LI3 below illustrates the differences in the scopes of consolidation for financial accounting and regulatory
purposes for the Group. It considers all entities for which the method of the accounting consolidation is different from
the method of the regulatory consolidation. On an entity-by-entity level the table presents the method of accounting
consolidation and then in the following columns whether and how – under the regulatory scope of consolidation – the
entity is recognized. This is then finally supplemented by a short description of the entity.
EU LI3 – Outline of the differences in the scopes of consolidation (entity by entity)
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
Method of prudential consolidation
Name of the entity
Method of
accounting
consolidation
Full
con-
soli-
dation
Pro-
por-
tional
con-
soli-
dation
Equity
me-
thod
Nei-
ther
con-
soli-
dated
nor
de-
duc-
ted
De-
duc-
ted
Description of the entity
Al Mi'yar Capital 2 Cayman Ltd
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
Al Mi'yar Capital SA
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
Altersvorsorge Fonds Hamburg Alter Wall Dr.
Juncker KG
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
Ansbacher I S.à r.l.
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
Ansbacher II S.à r.l.
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
Atlas SICAV - FIS, en liquidation volontaire
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
Australian Secured Personal Loans Trust
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
Axia Insurance, Ltd.
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
Benefit Trust GmbH
No consolidation
x
Financial Institution
Borfield Sociedad Anonima
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
BT Globenet Nominees Limited
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
Capital Trust Japan Company Limited (Trust
Account Project Spark Agreement No. 7536)
Full consolidation
x
Financial Institution
Cathay Advisory (Beijing) Co., Ltd.
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
Cathay Capital Company (No 2) Limited
No consolidation
x
Financial Institution
CLASS Limited
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
Crofton Invest, S.L.
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
Danube Properties S.à r.l., en faillite
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
DB Holding Fundo de Investimento
Multimercado Investimento no Exterior Crédito
Privado
Full consolidation
x
Financial Institution
DB International Trust (Singapore) Limited
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
DB Management Support GmbH
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB Nominees (Hong Kong) Limited
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB Nominees (Jersey) Limited
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
DB Nominees (Singapore) Pte Ltd
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
DB Re S.A.
Full consolidation
x
Reinsurance Undertaking
24
Deutsche Bank
Capital
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Reconciliation of regulatory own funds to the IFRS balance sheet
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
Method of prudential consolidation
Name of the entity
Method of
accounting
consolidation
Full
con-
soli-
dation
Pro-
por-
tional
con-
soli-
dation
Equity
me-
thod
Nei-
ther
con-
soli-
dated
nor
de-
duc-
ted
De-
duc-
ted
Description of the entity
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8092 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8093 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8095 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8096 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8097 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8103 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8108 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8139 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8147 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8148 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8149 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8151 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8154 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8156 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8157 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8160 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8162 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8163 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8164 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8165 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8166 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8167 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8168 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8174 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8175 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8179 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8182 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8183 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8184 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8185 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8186 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8187 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8188 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8189 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8190 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8191 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8192 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8193 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8194 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8195 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8196 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8197 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8198 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8199 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8201 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8203 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8210 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8211 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8212 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8213 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8214 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8215 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8216 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
25
Deutsche Bank
Capital
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Reconciliation of regulatory own funds to the IFRS balance sheet
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
Method of prudential consolidation
Name of the entity
Method of
accounting
consolidation
Full
con-
soli-
dation
Pro-
por-
tional
con-
soli-
dation
Equity
me-
thod
Nei-
ther
con-
soli-
dated
nor
de-
duc-
ted
De-
duc-
ted
Description of the entity
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8217 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8218 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8219 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8220 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8221 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8222 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8223 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8224 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8225 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8226 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DB-8227 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8057 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8060 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8070 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8071 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8090 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8099 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8100 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8101 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8105 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8106 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8109 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8118 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8121 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8122 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8123 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8124 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8125 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8126 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8128 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8130 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8133 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8134 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8135 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8140 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8152 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8153 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8158 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8159 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8161 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8178 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8909 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB SPEARs/LIFERs, Series DBE-8910 Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
DB Trustee Services Limited
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
DB Trustees (Hong Kong) Limited
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
DB VersicherungsManager GmbH
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
DB Vita S.A.
Full consolidation
x
Insurance Undertaking
DBX ETF Trust
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
Deutsche Bank (Cayman) Limited
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
Deutsche Bank Immobilien GmbH
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
Deutsche Bank Insurance Agency Incorporated
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A. - Fiduciary
Deposits
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
26
Deutsche Bank
Capital
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Reconciliation of regulatory own funds to the IFRS balance sheet
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
Method of prudential consolidation
Name of the entity
Method of
accounting
consolidation
Full
con-
soli-
dation
Pro-
por-
tional
con-
soli-
dation
Equity
me-
thod
Nei-
ther
con-
soli-
dated
nor
de-
duc-
ted
De-
duc-
ted
Description of the entity
Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A. - Fiduciary
Note Programme
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
Deutsche Bank Representative Office Nigeria
Limited
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
Deutsche Custody N.V.
Full consolidation
x
Financial Institution
Deutsche Gesellschaft für Immobilien-Leasing
mit beschränkter Haftung i.L.
Full consolidation
x
Financial Institution
Deutsche Grundbesitz-Anlagegesellschaft mit
beschränkter Haftung
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
Deutsche Securities (Proprietary) Limited
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
Deutsche Securities (SA) (Proprietary) Limited
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
Deutsche StiftungsTrust GmbH
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
Deutsche Trustee Company Limited
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
Deutsche Trustees Malaysia Berhad
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
Deutsches Institut für Altersvorsorge GmbH
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
DI Deutsche Immobilien Treuhandgesellschaft
mbH
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
DWS Alternatives (IE) ICAV
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
DWS Alternatives France
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
DWS Consulting Shanghai Limited
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
DWS Corporate Management Beijing Limited
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
DWS EREP Lux 1 S.à r.l.
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
DWS European Real Estate Partners S.C.A.
SICAV-RAIF
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
DWS Funds
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
DWS Garant
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
DWS Invest
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
DWS Invest (IE) ICAV
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
DWS Zeitwert Protect
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
DWS-Fonds Treasury Liquidity (EUR)
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
Earls Eight Limited
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
Earls Four Limited
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
EC EUROPA IMMOBILIEN FONDS NR. 3 GmbH
& CO. KG i.I.
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
Einkaufszentrum "HVD Dresden" S.à.r.l & Co.
KG i.I.
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
Emerging Markets Capital Protected
Investments Limited
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
FCT Orchid
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
Fiduciaria Sant' Andrea S.r.l.
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
Finanzberatungsgesellschaft mbH der
Deutschen Bank
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
Fir (Luxembourg) S.à r.l.
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
Fondo Privado de Titulización PYMES I
Designated Activity Company
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
Franz Urbig- und Oscar Schlitter-Stiftung
Gesellschaft mit beschränkter Haftung
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
Freddie Mac Class A Taxable Multifamily M
Certificates Series M-037
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
Freddie Mac Class A Taxable Multifamily M
Certificates Series M-041
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
Freddie Mac Class A Taxable Multifamily M
Certificates Series M-043
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
Freddie Mac Class A Taxable Multifamily M
Certificates Series M-044
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
27
Deutsche Bank
Capital
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Reconciliation of regulatory own funds to the IFRS balance sheet
 
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
Method of prudential consolidation
Name of the entity
Method of
accounting
consolidation
Full
con-
soli-
dation
Pro-
por-
tional
con-
soli-
dation
Equity
me-
thod
Nei-
ther
con-
soli-
dated
nor
de-
duc-
ted
De-
duc-
ted
Description of the entity
Fünfte SAB Treuhand und Verwaltung GmbH &
Co. Suhl "Rimbachzentrum" KG
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
Greenheart (Luxembourg) S.à r.l.
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
Grundstücksgesellschaft Wiesbaden
Luisenstraße/Kirchgasse GbR
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
Immobilienfonds Büro-Center Erfurt am
Flughafen Bindersleben I GbR
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
Infrastructure Debt Fund S.C.Sp. SICAV-RAIF
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
Inn Properties S.à r.l., en faillite
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
Investor Solutions Limited
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
Isar Properties S.à r.l., en faillite
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
Kuiper Credit Opportunities
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
Life Mortgage S.r.l.
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
Numis Nominees (Client) Limited
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
Numis Nominees Limited
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
Oasis Securitisation S.r.l.
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
Oder Properties S.à r.l., en faillite
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
OPB-Oktava GmbH
Full consolidation
x
Financial Institution
OPPENHEIM PRIVATE EQUITY
Verwaltungsgesellschaft mbH
Full consolidation
x
Financial Institution
Palladium Global Investments S.A.
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
Palladium Securities 1 S.A.
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
PEFCO Finance Issuer One S.A.R.L.
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
PEIF IV SLP DWS Feeder 2, SCSp
No consolidation
x
Financial Institution
Plantation Bay, Inc.
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
Property Debt Fund S.C.Sp. SICAV-RAIF
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
PUTTERs Series 3009DB Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
PUTTERs Series 3010DB Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
PUTTERs Series 3011DB Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
PUTTERs Series 3012DB Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
PUTTERs Series 3013DB Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
PUTTERs Series 3014DB Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
PUTTERs/DRIVERs, Series 3005DB Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
PUTTERs/DRIVERs, Series 3007DB Trust
Full consolidation
x
Ancillary Services Undertaking
Rhine Euro CLO I Designated Activity Company
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
Rhine Properties S.à r.l., en faillite
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
ROCKY 2021-1 SPV S.r.l.
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
Somkid Immobiliare S.r.l.
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
SP Mortgage Trust
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
Stelvio Immobiliare S.r.l.
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
Swabia 1 Designated Activity Company (in
liquidation)
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
Tagus - Sociedade de Titularização de Creditos,
S.A.
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
Tasman NZ Residential Mortgage Trust
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
Trave Properties S.à r.l., en faillite
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
Treuinvest Service GmbH
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
Wendelstein 2017-1 UG (haftungsbeschränkt)
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
Wendelstein 2024-1 UG (haftungsbeschränkt)
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
Wendelstein 2025-1 UG (haftungsbeschränkt)
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
5353 WHMR LLC
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
Xtrackers (IE) Public Limited Company
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
Xtrackers II
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
Xtrackers UCITS Common Contractual Fund
Full consolidation
x
Other Enterprise
28
Deutsche Bank
Capital
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Main features of capital instruments
Main features of capital instruments
Article 437 (b-c) CRR
A description of the main features of the Common Equity Tier 1, Additional Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital instruments issued by
Deutsche Bank is published on Deutsche Bank’s website (db.com/ir/en/capital-instruments.htm). In addition, this website
provides full terms and conditions of all Common Equity Tier 1, Additional Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital instruments to the
extent that these do not constitute private placements and are treated confidentially.
Capital buffers
Prudential requirements and additional buffers
Article 438 (b) CRR
The Pillar 1 CET 1 minimum capital requirement applicable to the Group is 4.50% of RWA. The Pillar 1 total capital
requirement of 8.00% demands further resources that may be met with up to 1.50% Additional Tier 1 capital and up to
2.00% Tier 2 capital.
Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can result in supervisory measures such as restrictions of profit
distributions or limitations on certain businesses such as lending. Deutsche Bank complied with the minimum regulatory
capital adequacy requirements in 2025.
In addition to these minimum capital requirements, the following combined capital buffer requirements were fully
effective beginning 2025 onwards. These buffer requirements must be met in addition to the Pillar 1 minimum capital
requirements but can be drawn down in times of economic stress.
The capital conservation buffer is implemented in Section 10c German Banking Act, based on Article 129 CRD and
equals a requirement of 2.50% CET 1 capital of RWA.
The countercyclical capital buffer is deployed in a jurisdiction when excess credit growth is associated with an increase in
system-wide risk. It may vary between 0% and 2.50% CET 1 capital of RWA. In exceptional cases, it could also be higher
than 2.50%. The institution-specific countercyclical buffer that applies to Deutsche Bank is the weighted average of the
countercyclical capital buffers that apply in the jurisdictions where relevant credit exposures are located. As per
December 31, 2025, the institution-specific countercyclical capital buffer was at 0.50%.
In addition to the aforementioned buffers, national authorities, such as the BaFin, may require a systemic risk buffer to
prevent and mitigate long-term non-cyclical systemic or macro-prudential risks that are not covered by the CRR. They
can require an additional buffer of up to 5.00% CET 1 capital of RWA. As of the year end 2025, the systemic risk buffer
applied to Deutsche Bank is 0.14%. 
Deutsche Bank continues to be designated as a global systemically important institution (G-SII) by the BaFin resulting in
a G-SII buffer requirement of 1.50% CET 1 capital of RWA in 2025. 2025 BaFin has announced that the G-SII buffer
requirement for Deutsche Bank will be reduced to 1.00% for the year 2026.
Additionally, Deutsche Bank has been classified by BaFin as an “other systemically important institution” (O-SII) with an
additional capital buffer requirement of 2.00% in 2025 which has to be met on a consolidated level and remains
unchanged for 2026. The higher of the buffers for systemically important institutions (G-SII buffer or O-SII buffer) must
be applied. 
Pursuant to the Pillar 2 SREP, the ECB may impose capital requirements on individual banks which are more stringent
than statutory requirements (so-called Pillar 2 requirement). 
In December 2024, the ECB informed Deutsche Bank of its decision effective January 1, 2025, that the bank’s Pillar 2
requirement changed compared to 2024. This resulted in ECB’s Pillar 2 requirement amounting to 2.90% of RWA. As of
December 31, 2025, Deutsche Bank needs to maintain on a consolidated basis a CET 1 ratio of at least 11.26%, a Tier 1
ratio of at least 13.31% and a Total Capital ratio of at least 16.03%. The CET 1 requirement comprises the Pillar 1
minimum capital requirement of 4.50%, the Pillar 2 requirement (SREP add-on) of 1.63%, the capital conservation buffer
of 2.50%, the countercyclical buffer of 0.50% and the systemic risk buffer of 0.14% (both subject to changes throughout
the year) as well as the higher of the bank´s G-SII/O-SII buffer of 2.00%. Correspondingly, the Tier 1 capital requirement
includes additionally a Tier 1 minimum capital requirement of 1.50% plus a Pillar 2 requirement of 0.54%, and the Total
Capital requirement includes further a Tier 2 minimum capital requirement of 2.00% and a Pillar 2 requirement of 0.72%.
In addition, ECB communicated to Deutsche Bank an individual expectation to maintain a further Pillar 2 CET 1 capital
29
Deutsche Bank
Capital
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Capital buffers
add-on commonly referred to as the Pillar 2 guidance. This capital add-on is separate from and in addition to the Pillar 2
requirement. The ECB expects banks to meet the Pillar 2 guidance although it is not legally binding, and failure to meet
the Pillar 2 guidance does not lead to automatic restrictions of capital distributions.
On October 28, 2025, Deutsche Bank was informed by the ECB of its decision regarding prudential minimum capital
requirements for 2026 that applies from January 1, 2026, onwards, following the results of the 2025 SREP. The decision
set ECB’s Pillar 2 requirement to 2.85% of RWA, effective as of January 1, 2026, of which at least 1.60% must be covered
by CET 1 capital and 2.14% by Tier 1 capital.
The following table gives an overview of the different Pillar 1 and Pillar 2 minimum capital buffer requirements (but
excluding the Pillar 2 guidance) as applicable to Deutsche Bank for the years 2025 and 2026.
Overview prudential requirements and additional buffers
2025
2026
Pillar 1
Minimum CET 1 requirement
4.50%
4.50%
Combined buffer requirement
5.13%
5.15%
Capital Conservation Buffer
2.50%
2.50%
Countercyclical Buffer¹
0.50%
0.52%
Systemic Risk Buffer²
0.14%
0.14%
Maximum of:
2.00%
2.00%
G-SII Buffer
1.50%
1.00%
O-SII Buffer
2.00%
2.00%
Pillar 2
Pillar 2 SREP Add-on of Total capital
2.90%
2.85%
of which covered by CET 1 capital
1.63%
1.60%
of which covered by Tier 1 capital
2.18%
2.14%
of which covered by Tier 2 capital
0.72%
0.71%
Total CET 1 requirement from Pillar 1 and 2³
11.26%
11.25%
Total Tier 1 requirement from Pillar 1 and 2
13.31%
13.29%
Total capital requirement from Pillar 1 and 2
16.03%
16.00%
Pillar 1 Leverage Ratio minimum requirement
3.00%
3.00%
Pillar 2 Leverage Ratio requirement
0.10%
0.10%
G-SII Leverage Ratio Buffer
0.75%
0.50%
Total Leverage Ratio requirement
3.85%
3.60%
1Deutsche Bank’s countercyclical buffer requirement is subject to country-specific buffer rates decreed by EBA and the Basel Committee of Banking Supervision (BCBS)
as well as Deutsche Bank’s relevant credit exposures as per respective reporting date; the countercyclical buffer rate for 2026 has been calculated to be 0.52% based on
known countercyclical buffer changes in 2026; the countercyclical buffer is subject to Deutsche Bank portfolio changes and further changes of countercyclical buffer
rates throughout the year
2The Systemic risk buffer rate for 2026 has been calculated to be 0.14% based on known systemic risk buffer changes in 2026; the systemic risk buffer is subject to
Deutsche Bank portfolio changes and further changes in systemic risk buffer rates throughout the year
3The total Pillar 1 and Pillar 2 CET 1 requirement (excluding the “Pillar 2” guidance) is calculated as the sum of the SREP requirement, the systemic risk buffer requirement,
the capital conservation buffer requirement and countercyclical buffer requirement as well as the higher of the G-SII/O-SII requirement
Article 451 (1)(f) CRR
The Group’s Pillar 1 Tier 1 applicable capital requirement is 3.00% of leverage exposure. An additional leverage ratio
buffer requirement, equivalent to 50% of the applicable G-SII buffer rate, also applies. For Deutsche Bank, this additional
requirement equals 0.75% for 2025 and 0.50% for 2026. Furthermore, the ECB has set a Pillar 2 requirement for the
leverage ratio of 0.10%. This adds up to a total leverage ratio requirement of 3.85% for 2025. In addition, ECB
communicated to Deutsche Bank an individual expectation to maintain a further Pillar 2 Tier 1 capital add-on in relation
to leverage ratio, commonly referred to as the Pillar 2 guidance. This capital add-on is separate from and in addition to
the Pillar 2 requirement. The ECB expects banks to meet the Pillar 2 guidance although it is not legally binding, and
failure to meet the Pillar 2 guidance does not lead to automatic restrictions of capital distributions.
Geographical distribution of credit exposures
Article 440 (a) CRR
The following tables disclose the amount of Deutsche Bank´s countercyclical buffer as well as the geographical
distribution of credit exposures relevant for its calculation in the standard format as set out in Commission Delegated
Regulation (EU) 2015/1555. The geographical split table shows countries on an individual basis if each country imposes a
countercyclical capital buffer rate or the total own funds requirements exceed € 20 million. The values for the remaining
countries are shown as “Other”.
30
Deutsche Bank
Capital
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Capital buffers
Countercyclical capital buffer rates are determined by Basel Committee member jurisdictions. Countercyclical capital
buffer varies according to a percentage of risk weighted assets. The “General credit exposures” include only credit
exposures to the private sector. Exposures to the public sector and to institutions are not in scope. The “Trading book
exposures” contain market risk standardized approach non-securitization and trading book securitization positions as
well as the IRC (“Incremental Risk Charge”).
31
Deutsche Bank
Capital
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Capital buffers
   
EU CCyB1 – Geographical distribution of credit exposures relevant for the calculation of the countercyclical capital buffer
Dec 31, 2025
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
m
General credit exposures
Relevant credit exposures –
Market risk
Securitization
exposures
Exposure
value for non-
trading book
Total
exposure
value
Own funds requirements
in € m.
Exposure
value
for SA
Exposure
value
for IRB
Sum of long
and
short
positions of
trading book
exposures for
SA
Value of
trading
book
exposures
for Internal
models
Relevant
credit risk
exposures -
Credit risk
Relevant
credit
exposures –
Market risk
Relevant
credit
exposures –
Securitization
positions in
the non-
trading book
Total
Risk-
weighted
exposure
amounts
Own fund
requirements
weights (%)
Countercycli
cal buffer
rate (%)
Armenia
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0.00
1.75
Australia
427
6,204
555
291
3,980
11,456
231
12
45
288
3,605
1.41
1.00
Austria
33
1,006
0
0
0
1,039
33
0
0
33
407
0.16
0.00
Belgium
334
3,746
0
0
30
4,110
87
0
0
87
1,091
0.43
1.00
Bermuda
90
1,870
3
31
51
2,045
65
1
1
67
831
0.33
0.00
Brazil
109
1,470
0
519
0
2,098
55
31
0
86
1,080
0.42
0.00
British Virgin Islands
109
5,370
0
47
0
5,526
96
3
0
99
1,234
0.48
0.00
Bulgaria
0
16
0
0
0
16
0
0
0
0
6
0.00
2.00
Canada
115
3,212
0
816
533
4,675
90
1
7
97
1,217
0.48
0.00
Cayman Islands
989
15,429
221
24
401
17,065
425
49
13
487
6,086
2.39
0.00
Chile
34
259
0
0
0
294
12
0
0
12
146
0.06
0.50
China
439
3,888
0
804
0
5,132
176
6
0
183
2,284
0.90
0.00
Croatia
0
54
0
0
0
54
3
0
0
3
34
0.01
1.50
Cyprus
1
248
0
6
0
255
6
0
0
6
74
0.03
1.00
Czech Republic
2
793
0
0
0
794
30
0
0
30
369
0.14
1.25
Denmark
19
814
0
0
0
833
28
0
0
28
346
0.14
2.50
Egypt
132
384
0
27
0
542
21
0
0
21
258
0.10
0.00
Estonia
3
214
0
0
0
217
6
0
0
6
74
0.03
1.50
Faroe Islands
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0.00
1.00
France
302
8,453
12
0
554
9,321
265
1
14
279
3,488
1.37
1.00
Germany
21,320
227,921
0
0
10,808
260,049
7,147
0
157
7,303
91,290
35.79
0.75
Greece
5
74
0
0
0
79
2
0
0
2
28
0.01
0.25
Hong Kong
208
4,051
0
162
0
4,421
95
4
0
99
1,238
0.49
0.50
Hungary
3
403
0
0
0
406
12
0
0
12
147
0.06
1.00
Iceland
2
7
0
0
0
9
0
0
0
0
4
0.00
2.50
India
2,691
8,155
0
600
85
11,531
604
18
1
623
7,793
3.06
0.00
Indonesia
134
1,425
0
54
3
1,617
59
0
3
62
779
0.31
0.00
Ireland
499
10,251
439
0
2,551
13,740
207
66
98
371
4,640
1.82
1.50
Israel
26
525
0
541
0
1,093
23
5
0
28
352
0.14
0.00
Italy (incl. San Marino)
2,458
24,095
28
0
1,292
27,872
1,032
3
40
1,075
13,439
5.27
0.00
Japan
275
2,268
0
628
32
3,204
114
12
1
127
1,586
0.62
0.00
Jersey
308
2,269
39
0
559
3,175
107
4
7
117
1,467
0.58
0.00
Latvia
60
5
0
0
0
65
4
0
0
4
52
0.02
1.00
Lithuania
0
5
0
0
0
5
0
0
0
0
2
0.00
1.00
Luxembourg
4,099
18,341
31
0
6,087
28,558
580
3
79
662
8,278
3.25
0.50
32
Deutsche Bank
Capital
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Capital buffers
Dec 31, 2025
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
m
General credit exposures
Relevant credit exposures –
Market risk
Securitization
exposures
Exposure
value for non-
trading book
Total
exposure
value
Own funds requirements
in € m.
Exposure
value
for SA
Exposure
value
for IRB
Sum of long
and
short
positions of
trading book
exposures for
SA
Value of
trading
book
exposures
for Internal
models
Relevant
credit risk
exposures -
Credit risk
Relevant
credit
exposures –
Market risk
Relevant
credit
exposures –
Securitization
positions in
the non-
trading book
Total
Risk-
weighted
exposure
amounts
Own fund
requirements
weights (%)
Countercycli
cal buffer
rate (%)
Malaysia
9
791
0
0
0
801
21
0
0
21
263
0.10
0.00
Mauritius
29
475
0
8
0
513
31
1
0
31
392
0.15
0.00
Mexico
15
2,325
0
27
0
2,366
82
0
0
82
1,024
0.40
0.00
Netherlands
1,040
10,949
38
0
204
12,231
328
2
4
333
4,165
1.63
2.00
Nigeria
222
257
0
0
0
479
23
0
0
23
282
0.11
0.00
Norway
41
810
0
0
0
850
31
0
0
31
387
0.15
2.50
Poland
31
1,778
0
0
0
1,809
50
0
0
50
623
0.24
1.00
Qatar
24
1,611
0
0
0
1,634
26
0
0
26
330
0.13
0.00
Romania
3
159
0
0
0
162
6
0
0
6
80
0.03
1.00
Russian Federation
15
16
0
0
0
31
2
0
0
2
22
0.01
0.50
Saudi Arabia
95
1,273
0
0
77
1,446
32
0
3
35
439
0.17
0.00
Singapore
1,594
5,653
253
668
0
8,168
250
7
0
257
3,208
1.26
0.00
Slovakia
0
76
0
0
0
77
2
0
0
2
28
0.01
1.50
Slovenia
3
78
0
0
0
81
2
0
0
2
28
0.01
1.00
South Korea
35
2,171
0
773
0
2,980
50
10
0
59
742
0.29
1.00
South Africa
12
461
0
208
0
681
22
5
0
27
341
0.13
0.00
Spain
332
18,006
36
0
20
18,394
569
3
2
575
7,185
2.82
0.50
Sri Lanka
10
150
0
56
0
216
9
14
0
23
282
0.11
0.00
Sweden
53
2,448
0
0
0
2,501
80
0
0
80
1,001
0.39
2.00
Switzerland
294
9,520
0
0
0
9,814
220
0
0
220
2,754
1.08
0.00
Taiwan
72
1,270
0
47
0
1,389
24
2
0
26
324
0.13
0.00
Thailand
22
915
0
0
0
937
27
1
0
28
346
0.14
0.00
Turkey
85
961
0
0
0
1,046
33
0
0
33
416
0.16
0.00
United Arab Emirates
86
3,467
0
0
0
3,552
63
1
0
63
793
0.31
0.00
United Kingdom
1,162
20,930
500
2,189
2,425
27,207
708
40
44
792
9,905
3.88
2.00
United States of America
(incl. Puerto Rico)
4,770
117,770
945
0
64,663
188,148
3,519
173
882
4,574
57,172
22.42
0.00
Vietnam
13
586
0
0
0
599
35
0
0
35
433
0.17
0.00
Other
2,469
10,139
0
17,936
2,700
33,243
378
266
23
668
8,349
3.27
0.00
Total
47,764
568,270
3,100
26,462
97,056
742,653
18,236
745
1,423
20,403
255,040
100.00
0.50
 
33
Deutsche Bank
Capital
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Capital buffers
Jun 30, 2025
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
m
General credit exposures
Relevant credit exposures –
Market risk
Securitizatio
n exposures
Exposure
value for
non-trading
book
Total
exposure
value
Own funds requirements
in € m.
Exposure
value for SA
Exposure
value for IRB
Sum of long
and short
positions of
trading book
exposures for
SA
Value of
trading book
exposures for
Internal
models
Relevant
credit risk
exposures -
Credit risk
Relevant
credit
exposures –
Market risk
Relevant
credit
exposures –
Securitizatio
n positions in
the non-
trading book
Total
Risk-
weighted
exposure
amounts
Own fund
requirements
weights (%)
Countercycli
cal buffer
rate (%)
Armenia
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0.00
1.50
Australia
270
5,081
394
0
3,567
9,311
170
9
42
221
2,763
1.11
1.00
Austria
12
1,183
0
0
0
1,195
29
0
0
29
361
0.14
0.00
Belgium
277
3,716
0
0
25
4,019
85
0
0
86
1,075
0.43
1.00
Benin
0
766
0
0
0
767
30
0
0
30
378
0.15
0.00
Bermuda
162
2,289
0
0
51
2,502
102
0
1
103
1,290
0.52
0.00
Brazil
100
1,614
0
0
0
1,714
75
0
0
75
935
0.37
0.00
British Virgin Islands
15
5,613
0
0
0
5,628
75
0
0
75
940
0.38
0.00
Bulgaria
0
20
0
0
0
20
1
0
0
1
7
0.00
2.00
Canada
100
2,856
0
0
558
3,513
104
0
9
113
1,411
0.56
0.00
Cayman Islands
730
13,710
59
0
426
14,926
446
3
7
457
5,707
2.29
0.00
Chile
52
151
0
0
0
203
8
0
0
8
99
0.04
0.50
China
422
4,022
1
0
0
4,445
164
1
0
164
2,056
0.82
0.00
Croatia
0
33
0
0
0
34
1
0
0
1
9
0.00
1.50
Cyprus
3
285
0
0
0
288
7
0
0
7
93
0.04
1.00
Czech Republic
1
519
0
0
0
520
18
0
0
18
227
0.09
1.25
Denmark
30
795
0
0
0
825
30
0
0
30
371
0.15
2.50
Egypt
2
750
0
0
0
751
35
0
0
35
440
0.18
0.00
Estonia
3
230
0
0
0
233
7
0
0
7
90
0.04
1.50
France
224
8,467
242
0
737
9,670
245
34
12
291
3,638
1.46
1.00
Germany
15,709
233,860
72
0
10,233
259,873
7,157
4
167
7,328
91,600
36.68
0.75
Ghana
0
283
0
0
0
283
25
0
0
25
306
0.12
0.00
Guernsey
15
1,364
0
0
0
1,379
44
0
0
44
555
0.22
0.00
Hong Kong
71
3,847
0
0
0
3,917
81
0
0
81
1,008
0.40
0.50
Hungary
34
384
0
0
0
419
13
0
0
13
165
0.07
0.50
Iceland
2
7
0
0
0
9
0
0
0
0
5
0.00
2.50
India
2,907
8,524
0
0
138
11,569
701
0
2
703
8,785
3.52
0.00
Indonesia
8
1,392
0
0
0
1,400
66
0
0
66
826
0.33
0.00
Ireland
417
8,140
45
0
2,766
11,367
197
6
66
269
3,368
1.35
1.50
Israel
21
623
0
0
0
644
29
0
0
29
358
0.14
0.00
Italy (incl. San Marino)
2,369
24,943
50
0
149
27,511
1,056
4
6
1,066
13,323
5.34
0.00
Japan
270
2,299
0
0
35
2,603
112
0
0
113
1,408
0.56
0.00
Jersey
226
2,628
1
0
563
3,418
103
1
7
110
1,381
0.55
0.00
Latvia
59
5
0
0
0
64
4
0
0
4
51
0.02
1.00
Lithuania
0
5
0
0
0
5
0
0
0
0
2
0.00
1.00
Luxembourg
4,442
18,115
0
0
5,867
28,425
669
0
93
762
9,531
3.82
0.50
34
Deutsche Bank
Capital
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Capital buffers
Jun 30, 2025
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
m
General credit exposures
Relevant credit exposures –
Market risk
Securitizatio
n exposures
Exposure
value for
non-trading
book
Total
exposure
value
Own funds requirements
in € m.
Exposure
value for SA
Exposure
value for IRB
Sum of long
and short
positions of
trading book
exposures for
SA
Value of
trading book
exposures for
Internal
models
Relevant
credit risk
exposures -
Credit risk
Relevant
credit
exposures –
Market risk
Relevant
credit
exposures –
Securitizatio
n positions in
the non-
trading book
Total
Risk-
weighted
exposure
amounts
Own fund
requirements
weights (%)
Countercycli
cal buffer
rate (%)
Malaysia
12
848
4
0
0
864
25
3
0
28
347
0.14
0.00
Mauritius
28
462
0
0
0
490
26
0
0
26
321
0.13
0.00
Mexico
5
1,172
0
0
0
1,177
29
0
0
29
359
0.14
0.00
Netherlands
457
11,941
72
0
158
12,628
376
5
4
385
4,807
1.92
2.00
New Zealand
5
340
0
0
1
346
29
0
1
30
381
0.15
0.00
Norway
13
841
0
0
0
855
21
0
0
21
265
0.11
2.50
Pakistan
0
182
0
0
0
182
23
0
0
23
281
0.11
0.00
Poland
14
1,947
0
0
0
1,961
50
0
0
50
619
0.25
0.00
Qatar
29
1,824
0
0
0
1,852
32
0
0
32
405
0.16
0.00
Romania
0
139
0
0
0
139
5
0
0
5
63
0.03
1.00
Russian Federation
16
44
0
0
0
60
2
0
0
2
28
0.01
0.25
Saudi Arabia
78
967
0
0
204
1,249
20
0
5
24
306
0.12
0.00
Singapore
1,491
5,270
172
0
0
6,933
263
3
0
266
3,324
1.33
0.00
Slovakia
0
80
0
0
0
80
2
0
0
2
27
0.01
1.50
Slovenia
1
76
0
0
0
77
2
0
0
2
21
0.01
1.00
South Korea
35
1,991
0
0
0
2,026
34
0
0
34
425
0.17
1.00
Spain
527
18,002
52
0
25
18,605
598
3
3
603
7,542
3.02
0.00
Sweden
36
2,240
0
0
0
2,276
60
0
0
60
746
0.30
2.00
Switzerland
226
9,927
0
0
0
10,152
227
0
0
227
2,839
1.14
0.00
Taiwan
51
748
0
0
0
799
23
0
0
23
284
0.11
0.00
Thailand
9
865
0
0
0
874
25
0
0
25
313
0.13
0.00
Turkey
15
807
0
0
0
822
28
0
0
28
354
0.14
0.00
United Arab Emirates
28
3,021
0
0
0
3,049
58
0
0
58
723
0.29
0.00
United Kingdom
1,075
21,947
531
0
2,691
26,244
649
50
48
747
9,333
3.74
2.00
United States of America
(incl. Puerto Rico)
4,958
111,334
989
0
62,158
179,439
2,983
129
838
3,949
49,364
19.77
0.00
Uzbekistan
0
528
0
0
0
528
24
0
0
24
298
0.12
0.00
Vietnam
4
634
0
0
0
638
28
0
0
28
356
0.14
0.00
Other
945
9,915
3
17,070
3,038
30,971
362
487
32
881
11,016
4.41
0.00
Total
39,014
566,608
2,686
17,070
93,390
718,768
17,892
742
1,343
19,977
249,711
100.00
0.48
 
35
Deutsche Bank
Capital
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Indicators of global systemic importance
Institution specific countercyclical capital buffer
Article 440 (b) CRR
The following table shows an overview of Deutsche Bank´s countercyclical buffer rate and requirements.
EU CCyB2 – Institution-specific countercyclical capital buffer
Dec 31, 2025
Jun 30, 2025
a
a
1
Total risk exposure amount (in € m.)
347,133
340,805
2
Institution specific countercyclical buffer rate
0.50%
0.48%
3
Institution specific countercyclical buffer requirement (in € m.)
1,721
1,626
 
Indicators of global systemic importance
Article 441 CRR
Global systemic importance is measured in terms of the impact an institution's failure might have on the global financial
system and the wider economy, rather than the risk that a failure could actually occur. The measurement approach of the
global systemic importance is indicator-based, with the indicators reflecting size, interconnectedness, substitutability, or
financial institution infrastructure for the services provided, as well as complexity and global (cross-jurisdictional)
activity.
EBA issued revised guidelines on the specification of the indicators of global systemic importance and how they
determine the score of G-SII’s under Article 441 CRR as published in the Commission Implementing Regulation (EU)
2016/818 amending Implementing Regulation (EU) No 1030/2014. This regulation sets forth implementing technical
standards regarding the uniform formats and date for the disclosure of the values used to identify global systemically
important institutions according to Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council.
Moreover, the Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2016/1608 as well as the EBA Guideline “EBA/RTS/2020/08”
amended Delegated Regulation (EU) No 1222/2014 regarding regulatory technical standards for the specification of the
methodology for the identification of global systemically important institutions and for the definition of subcategories of
global systemically important institutions. Further specifications are laid down in the Instructions for year end 2025 G-
SIB assessment, as published by the BCBS on January 20, 2026.
It falls under the aegis of the Financial Stability Board (FSB) and is intended to develop a methodology comprising both
quantitative and qualitative indicators that can contribute to the assessment of the systemic importance of financial
institutions at a global level.
The systemic importance of banks is assessed by the FSB in a global context. In the European Union, national competent
authorities are responsible for identifying G-SIIs. In Germany, the BaFin is responsible for this assessment as prescribed
by the German Banking Act.
Deutsche Bank continues to be designated as a G-SII by the BaFin in agreement with the Deutsche Bundesbank,
resulting in a G-SII buffer requirement of 1.50% CET 1 capital of RWA in the year 2025 as a result of the 2024 assessment
cycle based on the indicators as published for year end 2023. In the year 2026, Deutsche Bank's G-SII buffer requirement
will drop to 1.00% CET 1 capital of RWA as a result of the 2025 assessment cycle based on the indicators published for
year end 2024.
The disclosure as of December 31, 2024 provided below shows indicators used for determining the score of the
institutions which are calculated based on the aforementioned specific instructions and thus are not directly comparable
to other disclosed information. The EBA respectively the BCBS instructions are based on the regulatory, not the IFRS
accounting consolidated Group. Further, calculation methods as per EBA’s/BCBS’ instructions may lead to further
deviations from other disclosures.
The template below shows the final submission of G-SIB 2024 indicator data to the regulator along with their industry
wide review process that was carried out during the second quarter of 2025 and based on initial publication of the G-SIB
2024 template. Indicator data for the G-SIB assessment reporting template as of December 31, 2025, will be shown in an
update to this Pillar 3 report to be provided with the regulatory submission in April 2026.
36
Deutsche Bank
Capital
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Indicators of global systemic importance
G-SIB Assessment Exercise reporting template
in € m. (unless stated otherwise)
G-SIB
Dec 31, 2024
General Bank Data
Section 1 - General information
a. General information provided by the relevant supervisory authority:
(1) Country code
1001
DE
(2) Bank name
1002
Deutsche Bank AG
(3) Reporting date (yyyy-mm-dd)
1003
2024-12-31
(4) Reporting currency
1004
EUR
(5) Euro conversion rate
1005
1
(6) Submission date (yyyy-mm-dd)
1006
2024-07-16
b. General Information provided by the reporting institution:
(1) Reporting unit
1007
1,000,000
(2) Accounting standard
1008
IFRS
(3) Date of public disclosure (yyyy-mm-dd)
1009
2025-04-10
(4) Language of public disclosure
1010
English
(5) Web address of public disclosure
1011
https://
www.db.com/ir/en/
regulatory-
reporting.htm
(6) LEI code
2015
7LTWFZYICNSX8D621
K86
Size Indicator
Section 2 - Total exposures
a. Derivatives
(1) Counterparty exposure of derivatives contracts
1012
41,699
(2) Capped notional amount of credit derivatives
1201
20,226
(3) Potential future exposure of derivative contracts
1018
74,620
b. Securities financing transactions (SFTs)
(1) Adjusted gross value of SFTs
1013
147,221
(2) Counterparty exposure of SFTs
1014
4,660
c. Other assets
1015
880,439
d. Gross notional amount of off-balance sheet items
(1) Items subject to a 10% credit conversion factor (CCF)
1019
273,232
(2) Items subject to a 20% CCF
1022
102,152
(3) Items subject to a 40% CCF
2300
0
(3) Items subject to a 50% CCF
1023
204,914
(4) Items subject to a 100% CCF
1024
9,862
e. Regulatory adjustments
1031
14,437
f. Total exposures prior to regulatory adjustments (sum of items 2.a.(1) thorough 2.c, 0.1 times 2.d.(1),
0.2 times 2.d.(2), 0.5 times 2.d.(3), and 2.d.(4))
1103
1,328,937
g. Exposures of insurance subsidiaries not included in 2.f net of intragroup:
(1) On-balance sheet and off-balance sheet insurance assets
1701
888
(2) Potential future exposure of derivatives contracts for insurance subsidiaries
1205
0
(3) Investment value in consolidated entities
1208
319
h. Intragroup exposures with insurance subsidiaries reported in 2.g that are included in 2.f
2101
3
i. Total exposures indicator, including insurance subsidiaries (sum of items 2.f, 2.g.(1) thorough 2.g.(2)
minus 2.g.(3) thorough 2.h)
1117
1,329,504
Interconnectedness Indicators
Section 3 - Intra-Financial System Assets
a. Funds deposited with or lent to other financial institutions
1216
46,523
(1) Certificates of deposit
2102
19
b. Unused portion of committed lines extended to other financial institutions
1217
25,855
c. Holdings of securities issued by other financial institutions
(1) Secured debt securities
2103
1,580
(2) Senior unsecured debt securities
2104
13,889
(3) Subordinated debt securities
2105
883
(4) Commercial paper
2106
0
(5) Equity securities
2107
3,923
(6) Offsetting short positions in relation to the specific equity securities included in item 3.c.(5)
2108
0
37
Deutsche Bank
Capital
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Indicators of global systemic importance
in € m. (unless stated otherwise)
G-SIB
Dec 31, 2024
d. Net positive current exposure of SFTs with other financial institutions
1219
10,274
e. OTC derivatives with other financial institutions that have a net positive fair value
(1) Net positive fair value
2109
7,529
(2) Potential future exposure
2110
26,723
f. Intra-financial system assets indicator, including insurance subsidiaries (sum of items 3.a, 3.b
through 3.c.(5), 3.d, 3.e.(1), and 3.e.(2), minus 3.c.(6))
1215
137,179
Section 4 - Intra-Financial System Liabilities
a. Funds deposited by or borrowed from other financial institutions
(1) Deposits due to depository institutions
2111
25,673
(2) Deposits due to non-depository financial institutions
2112
66,394
(3) Loans obtained from other financial institutions
2113
0
b. Unused portion of committed lines obtained from other financial institutions
1223
0
c. Net negative current exposure of SFTs with other financial institutions
1224
21,224
d. OTC derivatives with other financial institutions that have a net negative fair value
(1) Net negative fair value
2114
8,854
(2) Potential future exposure
2115
26,723
e. Intra-financial system liabilities indicator, including insurance subsidiaries (sum of items 4.a.(1)
through 4.d.(2))
1221
148,078
Section 5 - Securities Outstanding
a. Secured debt securities
2116
15,554
b. Senior unsecured debt securities
2117
89,325
c. Subordinated debt securities
2118
11,913
d. Commercial paper
2119
5,954
e. Certificates of deposit
2120
7,945
f. Common equity
2121
34,017
g. Preferred shares and any other forms of subordinated funding not captured in item 5.c.
2122
11,550
h. Securities outstanding indicator, including the securities issued by insurance subsidiaries (sum of
items 5.a through 5.g)
1226
174,607
Substitutability/Financial Institution Infrastructure Indicators
Section 6 - Payments made in the reporting year (excluding intragroup payments)
a. Australian dollars (AUD)
1061
79,394
b. Canadian dollars (CAD)
1063
259,196
c. Swiss francs (CHF)
1064
233,265
d. Chinese yuan (CNY)
1065
2,538,984
e. Euros (EUR)
1066
33,818,266
f. British pounds (GBP)
1067
2,783,044
g. Hong Kong dollars (HKD)
1068
204,726
h. Indian rupee (INR)
1069
583,573
i. Japanese yen (JPY)
1070
783,966
j. Swedish krona (SEK)
1071
42,348
k. Singapore dollar (SGD)
2133
162,697
l. United States dollars (USD)
1072
103,119,366
m. Payments activity indicator (sum of items 6.a through 6.l)
1073
144,608,824
Section 7 - Assets Under Custody
a. Assets under custody indicator
1074
3,756,991
Section 8 - Underwritten Transactions in Debt and Equity Markets
a. Equity underwriting activity
1075
10,033
b. Debt underwriting activity
1076
265,974
c. Underwriting activity indicator (sum of items 8.a and 8.b)
1077
276,007
Section 9 - Trading Volume
a. Trading volume of securities issued by other public sector entities, excluding intragroup
transactions
2123
2,847,441
b. Trading volume of other fixed income securities, excluding intragroup transactions
2124
603,351
38
Deutsche Bank
Capital
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Indicators of global systemic importance
in € m. (unless stated otherwise)
G-SIB
Dec 31, 2024
c. Trading volume fixed income sub-indicator (sum of items 9.a and 9.b)
2125
3,450,793
d. Trading volume of listed equities, excluding intragroup transactions
2126
677,773
e. Trading volume of all other securities, excluding intragroup transactions
2127
447
f. Trading volume equities and other securities sub-indicator (sum of items 9.d and 9.e)
2128
678,220
Complexity indicators
Section 10 - Notional Amount of Over-the-Counter (OTC) Derivatives
a. OTC derivatives cleared through a central counterparty
2129
27,726,320
b. OTC derivatives settled bilaterally
1905
16,186,326
c. Notional amount of over-the-counter (OTC) derivatives indicator, including insurance subsidiaries
(sum of items 10.a and 10.b)
1227
43,912,646
Section 11 - Trading and Available-for-Sale Securities
a. Held-for-trading securities (HFT)
1081
148,709
b. Available-for-sale securities (AFS)
1082
34,047
c. Trading and AFS securities that meet the definition of Level 1 assets
1083
119,840
d. Trading and AFS securities that meet the definition of Level 2 assets, with haircuts
1084
16,673
e. Trading and AFS securities indicator (sum of items 11.a and 11.b, minus the sum of 11.c and 11.d)
1085
46,243
Section 12 - Level 3 Assets
a. Level 3 assets indicator, including insurance subsidiaries
1229
24,274
Cross-Jurisdictional Activity Indicators
Section 13 - Cross-Jurisdictional Claims
a. Total foreign claims on an ultimate risk basis
1087
694,100
b. Foreign derivative claims on an ultimate risk basis
1146
62,684
c. Cross-jurisdictional claims indicator (sum of items 13.a and 13.b)
2130
756,784
Section 14 - Cross-Jurisdictional Liabilities
a. Foreign liabilities on an immediate risk basis, excluding derivatives and including local liabilities in
local currency
2131
428,140
b. Foreign derivative liabilities on an immediate risk basis
1149
48,186
c. Cross-jurisdictional liabilities indicator (sum of items 14.a and 14.b)
1148
476,326
Memorandum Items
Section 21 - Cross-Jurisdictional Activity Items
d. Total foreign claims on an ultimate risk basis (considering SRM as a single jurisdiction)
1280
493,094
e. Foreign derivatives claims on an ultimate risk basis (considering SRM as a single jurisdiction)
1281
42,992
f. Foreign liabilities on an immediate risk basis, including derivatives (considering SRM as a single
jurisdiction)
1282
370,553
   
39
Deutsche Bank
Capital
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Composition of own funds and eligible liabilities
Composition of own funds and eligible liabilities
Article 437a CRR and Article 45i(3)(b) BRRD
This section provides detailed information on the composition of Deutsche Bank’s own funds and eligible liabilities, its
main features, its ranking in the creditor hierarchy and its maturities.
As of December 31, 2025 the Group’s available own funds and eligible liabilities amounted to € 131.0 billion, consisting
of € 67.8 billion own funds, € 47.1 billion subordinated liabilities and € 16.1 billion non-subordinated liabilities. The
Group’s regulatory CET1 capital included in the own funds currently contains no impact from the IFRS 9 transitional
impact.
Deutsche Bank predominantly relies on own funds and subordinated eligible liabilities counting towards TLAC and
subordinated MREL for meeting its MREL requirement, while 12.27% of the Group’s MREL capacity is contributed from
eligible liabilities which are not subordinated. Deutsche Bank has no permission as per CRR Article 72b (3) or (4) to use
non-subordinated eligible liabilities for meeting subordinated MREL or TLAC.
As of December 31, 2025, Deutsche Bank has excess of CET 1 capital of 8.06% of TREA after meeting the resolution
group’s requirements. This is well above the institution specific combined buffer requirement of 5.13% and establishes a
comfortable distance to triggering distribution restrictions under the MREL Maximum Distributable Amount (M-MDA)
rules.
40
Deutsche Bank
Capital
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Composition of own funds and eligible liabilities
EU TLAC1 – Composition of MREL and G-SII requirement for own funds end eligible liabilities
Dec 31, 2025
a
b
c
in € m.
Minimum
requirement for
own funds and
eligible liabilities
(MREL)
G-SII
Requirement for
own funds and
eligible liabilities
(TLAC)
Memo item:
Amounts
eligible for the
purposes of
MREL, but not
TLAC
Own funds and eligible liabilities and adjustments
1
Common Equity Tier 1 capital (CET1)
49,266
49,266
2
Additional Tier 1 capital (AT1)
11,518
11,518
6
Tier 2 capital (T2)
7,050
7,050
11
Own funds for the purpose of Articles 92a CRR and 45 BRRD
67,834
67,834
Own funds and eligible liabilities: Non-regulatory capital elements
12
Eligible liabilities instruments issued directly by the resolution entity that are
subordinated to excluded liabilities (not grandfathered)
41,719
41,719
EU 12a
Eligible liabilities instruments issued by other entities within the resolution group
that are subordinated to excluded liabilities (not grandfathered)
0
0
EU 12b
Eligible liabilities instruments that are subordinated to excluded liabilities, issued
prior to 27 June 2019 (subordinated grandfathered)
7,417
7,417
EU 12c
Tier 2 instruments with a residual maturity of at least one year to the extent they
do not qualify as Tier 2 items
30
30
13
Eligible liabilities that are not subordinated to excluded liabilities (not
grandfathered pre cap)
14,647
14,647
EU 13a
Eligible liabilities that are not subordinated to excluded liabilities issued prior to 27
June 2019 (pre-cap)
1,440
1,440
14
Amount of non subordinated instruments eligible, where applicable after
application of Article 72b (3) CRR
17
Eligible liabilities items before adjustments
65,253
49,166
16,087
of which:
EU 17a
subordinated
49,166
49,166
Own funds and eligible liabilities: Adjustments to non-regulatory capital elements
18
Own funds and eligible liabilities items before adjustments
133,087
117,000
16,087
19
(Deduction of exposures between MPE resolution groups)
20
(Deduction of investments in other eligible liabilities instruments)
(2,065)
(2,065)
22
Own funds and eligible liabilities after adjustments
131,023
114,936
16,087
of which:
EU 22a
Own funds and subordinated
114,936
Risk-weighted exposure amount and leverage exposure measure of the resolution
group
23
Total risk exposure amount
347,133
347,133
24
Total exposure measure
1,327,441
1,327,441
Ratio of own funds and eligible liabilities
25
Own funds and eligible liabilities (as a percentage of total risk exposure amount)
37.74
33.11
of which:
EU 25a
Own funds and subordinated
33.11
26
Own funds and eligible liabilities (as a percentage of total exposure measure)
9.87
8.66
of which:
EU 26a
Own funds and subordinated
8.66
27
CET1 (as a percentage of TREA) available after meeting the resolution group’s
requirements
8.06
8.06
28
Institution-specific combined buffer requirement
5.13
of which:
29
Capital conservation buffer requirement
2.50
30
Countercyclical buffer requirement
0.50
31
Systemic risk buffer requirement
0.14
EU 31a
Global Systemically Important Institution (G-SII) or Other Systemically Important
Institution (O-SII) buffer
2.00
Memorandum items
EU 32a
Total amount of excluded liabilities referred to in Article 72a(2) CRR
421,482
41
Deutsche Bank
Capital
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Composition of own funds and eligible liabilities
Jun 30, 2025
a
b
c
in € m.
Minimum
requirement for
own funds and
eligible liabilities
(MREL)
G-SII
Requirement for
own funds and
eligible liabilities
(TLAC)
Memo item:
Amounts
eligible for the
purposes of
MREL, but not
TLAC
Own funds and eligible liabilities and adjustments
1
Common Equity Tier 1 capital (CET1)
48,522
48,522
2
Additional Tier 1 capital (AT1)
11,671
11,671
6
Tier 2 capital (T2)
7,008
7,008
11
Own funds for the purpose of Articles 92a CRR and 45 BRRD
67,200
67,200
Own funds and eligible liabilities: Non-regulatory capital elements
12
Eligible liabilities instruments issued directly by the resolution entity that are
subordinated to excluded liabilities (not grandfathered)
41,233
41,233
EU 12a
Eligible liabilities instruments issued by other entities within the resolution group
that are subordinated to excluded liabilities (not grandfathered)
0
0
EU 12b
Eligible liabilities instruments that are subordinated to excluded liabilities, issued
prior to 27 June 2019 (subordinated grandfathered)
9,886
9,886
EU 12c
Tier 2 instruments with a residual maturity of at least one year to the extent they
do not qualify as Tier 2 items
44
44
13
Eligible liabilities that are not subordinated to excluded liabilities (not
grandfathered pre cap)
11,734
11,734
EU 13a
Eligible liabilities that are not subordinated to excluded liabilities issued prior to 27
June 2019 (pre-cap)
1,535
1,535
14
Amount of non subordinated instruments eligible, where applicable after
application of Article 72b (3) CRR
17
Eligible liabilities items before adjustments
64,432
51,163
13,269
of which:
EU 17a
subordinated
51,163
51,163
Own funds and eligible liabilities: Adjustments to non-regulatory capital elements
18
Own funds and eligible liabilities items before adjustments
131,632
118,363
13,269
19
(Deduction of exposures between MPE resolution groups)
20
(Deduction of investments in other eligible liabilities instruments)
(2,438)
(2,438)
22
Own funds and eligible liabilities after adjustments
129,194
115,925
13,269
of which:
EU 22a
Own funds and subordinated
115,925
Risk-weighted exposure amount and leverage exposure measure of the resolution
group
23
Total risk exposure amount
340,805
340,805
24
Total exposure measure
1,276,035
1,276,035
Ratio of own funds and eligible liabilities
25
Own funds and eligible liabilities (as a percentage of total risk exposure amount)
37.91
34.02
of which:
EU 25a
Own funds and subordinated
34.02
26
Own funds and eligible liabilities (as a percentage of total exposure measure)
10.12
9.08
of which:
EU 26a
Own funds and subordinated
9.08
27
CET1 (as a percentage of TREA) available after meeting the resolution group’s
requirements
8.11
8.11
28
Institution-specific combined buffer requirement
5.11
of which:
29
Capital conservation buffer requirement
2.50
30
Countercyclical buffer requirement
0.48
31
Systemic risk buffer requirement
0.13
EU 31a
Global Systemically Important Institution (G-SII) or Other Systemically Important
Institution (O-SII) buffer
2.00
Memorandum items
EU 32a
Total amount of excluded liabilities referred to in Article 72a(2) CRR
411,572
 
Main features of eligible liabilities instruments
A description of the main features of the Group’s senior non-preferred subordinated eligible liabilities instruments
eligible for subordinated MREL and TLAC and issued by Deutsche Bank is published on Deutsche Bank’s website
(db.com/ir/en/capital-instruments.htm) to the extent that these do not constitute private placements and are treated
confidentially.
42
Deutsche Bank
Capital
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Composition of own funds and eligible liabilities
Ranking in the creditor hierarchy and maturity
The following table provides a simplified overview of the ranking of liabilities in an insolvency proceeding under German
law. The ranking is presented from the more junior liabilities to the more senior liabilities. Deutsche Bank AG’s
subordinated eligible liability instruments qualifying for MREL and TLAC through meeting all the conditions in CRR
Article 72b (2) or being grandfathered pursuant to CRR Article 494b (3) exclusively rank at position 11 in the below order.
Non-subordinated eligible liabilities instruments which are eligible for MREL rank in position 12. Deutsche Bank’s eligible
liabilities instruments do not include any eligible liability according to CRR Article 72b (3) or (4).
Ranking of liabilities in an insolvency proceeding under German law
Rank
Label of claims
Code
1
Common equity Tier 1 instruments
Section 199 of the Insolvency Code
2
Additional Tier 1 instruments
Section 39 (2) of the Insolvency Code
3
Tier 2 instruments
4
Claims subordinated by virtue of a contractual subordination clause not specifying the
pertinent rank (other than Additional Tier 1 or Tier 2 instruments)
5
Claims for repayment of shareholder loans and accrued interest thereon
Section 39 (1) no. 5 of the Insolvency Code
6
Claims for the delivery of goods or provision of services free of charge
Section 39 (1) no. 4 of the Insolvency Code
7
Criminal and administrative fines
Section 39 (1) no. 3 of the Insolvency Code
8
Creditors’ costs related to the insolvency proceeding
Section 39 (1) no. 2 of the Insolvency Code
9
Interest and late payment surcharges accrued after the opening of insolvency proceedings
Section 39 (1) no. 1 of the Insolvency Code
10
Claims subordinated by virtue of a contractual subordination clause which specifies the
relevant ranking
Section 39 (2) of the Insolvency Code
11
Non-preferred creditor claims arising from non-subordinated, unsecured non-structured
debt instruments which
(i) are issued before 21 July 2018 and are neither deposits within the positions of no. 13 and
14 nor money market instruments
(ii) are issued from 21 July 2018 onwards, have an original contractual maturity of at least
one year, do not qualify as deposits within the position of no. 13 and 14 and the contractual
documentation and, where applicable, the prospectus explicitly refer to the lower ranking
12
General creditors’ claims
Section 38 of the Insolvency Code in
conjunction with Section 46f (5) of the
Banking Act, including instruments
covered by Section 46f (6) sentence 3 and
46f (7) of the Banking Act
13
Deposits not covered, but preferential
Section 46f (4) no. 2 of the Banking Act
14
Deposits covered and preferential
Section 46f (4) no. 1 of the Banking Act
15
Costs of proceeding and obligations binding on the estate
Sections 53 to 55 of the Insolvency Code
16
Claims subject to a right of separation in insolvency proceedings
Sections 49 to 51 of the Insolvency Code
17
Claims subject to a right of segregation in insolvency proceedings
Sections 47 and 48 of the Insolvency Code
Deutsche Bank’s own funds and eligible liabilities fall into these insolvency ranks as per below table EU TLAC3a based on
German insolvency law. Liabilities fulfilling the MREL eligibility criteria as per CRR Art 72 are shown in the section “subset
of liabilities and own funds less excluded liabilities that are own funds and liabilities potentially eligible for meeting
MREL” and are issued out of the resolution entity Deutsche Bank AG.
43
Deutsche Bank
Capital
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Composition of own funds and eligible liabilities
   
EU TLAC3a – Creditor ranking
Dec 31, 2025
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
in € m.
Total
Description of insolvency rank
R1
R2
R3
R4
R11
R12
R13
R14
R16
R17
Liabilities and own funds
49,266
11,518
7,080
600
54,273
549,008
146,032
195,334
176,100
6,142
1,195,355
of which:
Excluded liabilities
0
0
0
0
0
56,543
0
195,334
163,463
6,142
421,482
Liabilities and own funds less excluded liabilities
49,266
11,518
7,080
600
54,273
492,465
146,032
0
12,637
0
773,872
Subset of Liabilities and own funds less excluded liabilities that are own funds and
liabilities potentially eligible for meeting TLAC/MREL
49,266
11,518
7,080
0
47,071
16,087
0
0
0
0
131,023
of which:
Residual maturity ≥ 1 year < 2 years
0
0
104
0
6,638
1,795
0
0
0
0
8,536
Residual maturity ≥ 2 year < 5 years
0
0
22
0
21,438
5,360
0
0
0
0
26,820
Residual maturity ≥ 5 years < 10 years
0
0
6,955
0
13,123
6,289
0
0
0
0
26,367
Residual maturity ≥ 10 years, but excluding perpetual securities
0
0
0
0
5,873
2,643
0
0
0
0
8,516
Perpetual securities
49,266
11,518
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
60,784
 
Jun 30, 2025
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
in € m.
Total
Description of insolvency rank
R1
R2
R3
R4
R11
R12
R13
R14
R16
R17
Liabilities and own funds
48,522
11,671
7,052
0
54,175
532,990
127,834
191,207
169,744
6,838
1,150,033
of which:
Excluded liabilities
0
0
0
0
0
56,951
0
191,207
156,576
6,838
411,572
Liabilities and own funds less excluded liabilities
48,522
11,671
7,052
0
54,175
476,040
127,834
0
13,168
0
738,462
Subset of Liabilities and own funds less excluded liabilities that are own funds and
liabilities potentially eligible for meeting TLAC/MREL
48,522
11,671
7,052
0
48,681
13,269
0
0
0
0
129,195
of which:
Residual maturity ≥ 1 year < 2 years
0
0
186
0
8,393
859
0
0
0
0
9,438
Residual maturity ≥ 2 year < 5 years
0
0
41
0
19,780
6,234
0
0
0
0
26,055
Residual maturity ≥ 5 years < 10 years
0
0
6,825
0
12,127
3,817
0
0
0
0
22,769
Residual maturity ≥ 10 years, but excluding perpetual securities
0
0
0
0
8,381
2,359
0
0
0
0
10,740
Perpetual securities
48,522
11,671
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
60,193
 
44
Deutsche Bank
Capital requirements
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Summary of Deutsche Bank’s ICAAP approach
Capital requirements
Summary of Deutsche Bank’s ICAAP approach
Article 438 (a) CRR (EU OVC)
The internal capital adequacy assessment process (ICAAP) consists of several elements that aim to ensure that Deutsche
Bank maintains, on an ongoing basis, an adequate capitalization to cover the risks to which it is exposed.
Risk identification and assessment:
The risk identification process forms the basis of the ICAAP and results in an inventory of risks for the Group, and
where appropriate, material legal entities, key branches and business units; the process identifies risks across risk
types (e.g., credit, market, operational) and incorporates input from both the first line and second line of defense
Materiality of all identified risks is assessed, based on their severity and likelihood to materialize in stressed conditions
The risk identification process adopts a descriptive, as opposed to taxonomy-driven, risk approach, eliciting how                           
identified risks could manifest themselves based on potential real-world scenarios and events; this descriptive risk
approach ensures the inventory covers both normative and economic perspectives and allows contributors to focus
on future developments, risk behavior under stress, and impact of mitigating actions
The risks in the risk inventory are mapped to Deutsche Bank's Group risk type taxonomy
The resulting inventory of risks, after review and challenge by senior management, informs key risk management
processes, including the development of stress scenarios tailored to Deutsche Bank’s risk profile, informing business
unit risk appetite statements, and risk profile monitoring and reporting
Capital demand/risk measurement:
Risk measurement methodologies and models are applied to quantify the capital demand required to cover all
material risks, excluding those that cannot be adequately limited by capital, e.g. liquidity risk
ICAAP differentiates between the normative and economic perspective and this is reflected in the risk measurement
process, which distinguishes between regulatory capital models which form an input into the normative perspective
and economic capital models which form an input into the economic perspective
Under the normative perspective, Deutsche Bank applies regulatory models to measure risk-weighted assets in order
to determine the regulatory capital demand:
Credit risks are predominantly measured via the Advanced Internal Ratings Based Approach (A-IRBA); for the
majority of the derivative counterparty exposures as well as securities financing transactions (SFT), internal model
method (IMM) is used in accordance with the CRR
Market risks are measured by internally developed risk metrics (as approved by the regulator) and regulatory-
defined market risk approaches, namely the Value-at-Risk (VaR), Stressed Value-at-Risk (sVaR) and Incremental
Risk Charge (IRC); the Market Risk Standardized Approach (MRSA) is used to determine the regulatory capital
charge for the specific market risk arising on securitizations in the trading book
Operational risks are measured using the Standardized Measurement Approach (SMA) since beginning of 2025
For the measurement of capital demand under the economic perspective, Deutsche Bank applies various internally
developed capital models in line with the economic capital framework and set at a level to absorb, with a confidence
level of 99.9%, aggregate unexpected losses within a one-year time period
The economic capital model landscape covers all material risks, i.e. quantifies credit, market, operational and strategic
risk; diversification and concentrations are calculated on a group-wide basis; further details on the economic capital
models are provided in the following sections
Capital supply:
Capital supply quantification refers to the definition of available capital resources to absorb losses; capital supply is
defined for the normative and for the economic perspectives
The capital supply definition under the normative perspective follows the regulatory requirements in the CRR/CRD
while the economic perspective follows an internal capital supply definition
Risk appetite:
Risk appetite is an expression of the level of risk that Deutsche Bank is willing to assume to achieve its strategic
objectives
Risk appetite plays an integral part in the business planning processes via risk strategy and plan, and promotes the
appropriate alignment of risk, capital and performance targets
Compliance of the plan with risk appetite and capacity is also tested under stressed market conditions
45
Deutsche Bank
Capital requirements
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Summary of Deutsche Bank’s ICAAP approach
From an ICAAP perspective, risk appetite is set for key capital adequacy metrics and thereby covers the normative (via
the CET 1 ratio, leverage ratio and MREL) and the economic (via the economic capital adequacy (ECA) ratio)
perspective
These metrics are fully integrated across strategic planning, risk appetite framework, stress testing, and recovery and
resolution planning practices
Limit breaches are subject to a dedicated governance framework triggering management actions up to the execution
of Deutsche Bank’s recovery plan
The Management Board reviews and approves the risk appetite on an annual basis, or more frequently in the event of
unexpected changes to the risk environment, with the aim of ensuring that they are consistent with the Group’s
strategy, business and regulatory environment and stakeholders’ requirements
Capital planning:
Deutsche Bank’s capital management steers the bank's capital stack and capital demand in the short, middle and long
term, specifically via the strategic and capital plan, the rolling forecast, and the downside and countermeasures
analysis process; the holistic management of Deutsche Bank’s capital position looks at each of these elements, with
differing focuses driven by the decision-making context
The integrated strategic and capital plan translates Deutsche Bank’s overall risk and business objectives as well as
external targets into risk, capital, liquidity, and performance targets for the Group, divisions/business units, and
infrastructure functions
The strategic plan is based on assumptions regarding the future development of regulatory requirements and
supervisory practices, the banking market and revenue pools, expected client behavior and relative strengths and
capabilities to serve the clients in a competitive environment
The strategic and capital plan is built over a 5-year horizon and thoroughly reviewed on an annual basis, including
changes to the macro-economic and competitive landscape as well as any other updates to key planning
assumptions, e.g. to the regulatory environment; the strategic plan is finalized with the Management Board approval
and thereafter sent to the Supervisory Board
As actual developments might deviate from the strategic plan, Deutsche Bank conducts a monthly rolling forecast;
the granularity of each forecast is designed to cover the development of Deutsche Bank’s earnings as well as balance
sheet, resources and capital components; the development of capital and resources is part of the discussions in the
Group Risk Committee (GRC) and Asset and Liability Committee (ALCO); the forecast develops a best estimate of the
base case development at the time, including all material impacts of likely events at an expected level; these
assumptions contain a judgmental element and might include a range of outcomes; to address this, Deutsche Bank
complements the base case with a well-established downside and countermeasure analysis framework
Stress testing:
Capital plan figures are also considered under various stress test scenarios to prove resilience and overall viability of
Deutsche Bank
Regulatory and economic capital adequacy metrics are also subject to regular stress tests throughout the year to
constantly evaluate Deutsche Bank’s capital position in hypothetical stress scenarios and to detect vulnerabilities
The stress testing framework comprises regular, sensitivity-based and scenario-based approaches addressing
different severities and regional hotspots; these activities are complemented by portfolio- and country-specific
downside analyses as well as regulatory-driven exercises such as reverse stress tests
Capital adequacy assessment:
In addition to the constant monitoring process that capital adequacy undergoes throughout the year, the ICAAP
concludes with a dedicated annual capital adequacy assessment
The assessment consists of a Management Board statement about Deutsche Bank’s capital adequacy that is linked to
specific conclusions and management actions to be taken to safeguard capital adequacy on a forward-looking basis
Credit risk economic capital model
Deutsche Bank calculates economic capital for counterparty risk, transfer risk and settlement risk as elements of credit
risk. In line with the bank’s economic capital framework, economic capital for credit risk is set at a level to absorb with a
probability of 99.9% very severe aggregate unexpected losses within one year.
The Group’s economic capital for credit risk is derived from the loss distribution of a portfolio via Monte Carlo Simulation
of correlated rating migrations. The portfolio loss distribution is calculated as follows: in a first step, potential credit
losses are quantified on transactional level based on available exposure and loss-given-default information, where loss-
given-default is stochastic. In a second step, the probability of joint defaults is modeled stochastically in terms of risk
46
Deutsche Bank
Capital requirements
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Summary of Deutsche Bank’s ICAAP approach
factors representing the relevant countries and industries that the counterparties are linked to. The simulation of
portfolio losses is then performed by an internally developed model, which takes rating migration and maturity effects
into account. Effects due to wrong-way derivatives risk (i.e., the credit exposure of a derivative in the default case is
higher than in non-default scenarios) are modeled by applying an own alpha factor when deriving the exposure value for
derivatives and securities financing transactions under the Internal Models Method (IMM). The bank allocates expected
losses and economic capital derived from loss distributions down to transaction level to enable management on
transaction, customer and business level.
Deutsche Bank’s asset value credit portfolio model is based on the assumption that an obligor firm defaults when its
value is no longer high enough to cover its liabilities. The obligor’s asset value or "ability to pay" is modeled as a random
process, the ability to pay process. An obligor is taken to default when its asset value or ability to pay falls below a given
default point. Changes in the value of systematic and specific factors are simulated in terms of multivariate distributions.
The weight assigned to systematic and specific components and the covariance of systematic factors are estimated
using equity, credit spread and rating time series or are based on standard settings for particular portfolio segments.
Modeling correlations via a factor model: A factor model describes the dynamics of a large number of random variables
by making use of a reduced and fixed number of other random variables, called factors. The approach has the advantage
of reducing computing time: fewer correlations need to be evaluated, and the factor correlation matrix does not change
when new obligors are introduced. The parameters that specify the factor model are:
The factor model characteristics for the different borrowers, i.e., the weights for the systematic country and industry
factors (the model uses 41 systematic factors) and the R2, which determines the weight for the specific factor
The covariance matrix between the country and industry factors
Modeling rating migration: The rating migration methodology requires additional information, namely yield curves and
transition matrices describing the probabilities of migrating between different credit ratings.
Migration matrix: For K non-default credit rating grades and 1 default credit rating, a migration matrix is a (K + 1) × (K +
1) matrix with entries πij. It expresses in percentage terms the probability πij that any borrower with the credit rating i
moves to the credit rating j in the next time-step.
Risk-free curve: The risk-free curve required as an input for different points in time is used to derive the corresponding
risk-free discount factors.
Economic capital is derived from Value-at-Risk (VaR) with confidence level α = 99.9%. The economic capital is allocated
to individual transactions using expected shortfall allocation. Portfolio information includes exposure, loss given default,
one-year default probability and maturity. The parameters are largely consistent with the best-estimate components of
the parameters used for regulatory reporting, with the exception of those for derivatives and securities financing
exposure.
Market risk economic capital model
Economic capital for market risk measures the amount of capital needed to absorb very severe, unexpected losses arising
from exposures over the period of one year. “Very severe” in this context means that the underlying economic capital is
set at a level which covers, with a probability of 99.9%, all unexpected losses over a one-year time horizon. Market Risk
Economic Capital consists of the following three components:
Traded Market Risk, capturing the risk due to valuation changes from market price movements
Traded Default Risk, capturing the risk due to valuation changes caused by issuer default and migration risk
Non-traded Market Risk, market risk arising outside of the core trading activities
Traded market risk economic capital (TMR EC)
Deutsche Bank’s market risk economic capital model migrated to historical simulation approach from Monte Carlo in the
second quarter of 2025. This change aligns the scenario generation concept in Economic Capital calculation with the
one used for regulatory capital (i.e. VaR/SVaR). The model comprises two core components, the “common risk”
component covering risk drivers across all businesses and the “business-specific risk” component, which enriches the
Common Risk via a suite of Business Specific Stress Tests (BSSTs). Both components are calibrated to historically-
observed severe market shocks.
Common risk is calculated using a scaled version of the SVaR framework. The SVaR measure itself replicates the Value-
at-Risk calculation that would be generated on the bank’s current portfolio if the relevant market factors were
experiencing a period of stress. In particular, the model inputs are calibrated to historical data from a continuous 12-
month period of significant financial stress relevant to the bank’s portfolio. The SVaR model is then scaled-up to cover a
47
Deutsche Bank
Capital requirements
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Summary of Deutsche Bank’s ICAAP approach
different liquidity horizon (up to 1 year) and confidence level (99.9%). The liquidity horizon framework that is utilized in
the SVaR-based EC model accounts for different levels of market liquidity as well as risk concentrations in the bank’s
portfolios. In terms of coverage, the “common risk” captures systematic and idiosyncratic risks using full revaluation,
although some portfolios remain on sensitivity-based approach. The model incorporates the following risk factors:
interest rates, credit spreads, equity prices, foreign exchange rates, commodity prices, volatilities and correlations.
The “business-specific risk” captures more product/business-related bespoke risks (e.g. complex basis risks) as well as
higher order risks not captured in the common risk component. The concept of business-specific risk is in particular
important in areas where the lack of meaningful market data prevents direct use of the common risk model. BSSTs are in
general calibrated to available historical data to obtain a stress scenario. Where appropriate, risk managers use their
expert judgment to define severe market shocks, based upon the knowledge of past extreme market conditions. In
addition to the BSSTs the business specific risk component of the SVaR based EC model also contains placeholders
which carry an estimated EC component on a temporary basis, while efforts are being made to cover those risks with a
proper business-specific stress test or integrate it in the common risk framework.
The Group continuously assesses and refines its market risk EC model to ensure the capture of new material risks as well
as the appropriateness of the shocks applied. The calculation of the Traded Market Risk EC is performed weekly.
Traded default risk economic capital (TDR EC)
TDR refers to changes in the value of instruments caused by default or rating changes of the issuer. For credit derivatives
like credit default swaps (CDS), the rating of the issuer of the reference asset is modeled. TDR covers the following
positions:
Fair value assets in the banking book;
Unsecuritized credit products in the trading book;
Securitized products in the trading book.
The TDR methodology is similar to the credit risk methodology. An important difference between the EC calculation for
traded default risk and credit risk is the capital horizon of 6 months which is used for most TDR positions compared to
12 months used for credit risk. Recognizing traded default risk EC for unsecuritized credit products corresponds to the
calculation of the incremental risk charge for the trading book for regulatory purposes. EC for TDR represents an
estimate of the default and migration risks of credit products at a 99.9% confidence level, taking into account the
liquidity horizons of the respective sub-portfolios.
TDR EC captures the relevant credit exposures across its trading and fair value banking books. Trading book exposures
are monitored by market risk management via single name concentration and portfolio thresholds which are set based
upon rating, size and liquidity. Single name concentration risk thresholds are set for two key metrics: Default Exposure,
i.e., the impact on profit and loss of an instantaneous default at the current recovery rate, and bond equivalent market
value, i.e. default exposure at 0% recovery. In order to capture diversification and concentration effects the bank
performs a joint calculation for traded default risk economic capital and credit risk economic capital. Important
parameters for the calculation of traded default risk are exposures, recovery rates and default probabilities as well as
maturities. For trading book positions exposures, recovery rates and default probabilities are derived from market
information and external ratings and for banking book positions from internal assessments analogous to the credit risk
economic capital model. Rating migrations are governed by issuer type specific migration matrices, which are obtained
from historical rating time series from rating agencies and internal observations. The probability of joint rating
downgrades and defaults is determined by the default and rating correlations of the portfolio model. These correlations
are specified through systematic factors that represent countries, geographical regions and industries.
Non-traded market risk economic capital (NTMR EC)
Non-traded market risk arises from market movements, primarily outside the activities of the Group’s trading units, in the
banking book and from off-balance sheet items. Significant market risk factors which the bank is exposed to and are
overseen by risk management groups in that area are:
Interest rate risk (including risk from embedded optionality and changes in behavioral patterns for relevant product
types), credit spread risk, foreign exchange risk, equity risk (including investments in public and private equity as well
as real estate, infrastructure and fund assets); and
Market risks from off-balance sheet items such as pension schemes and guarantees as well as structural foreign
exchange risk and equity compensation risk.
Non-traded market risk economic capital is being calculated either by applying the standard traded market risk EC
methodology (SVaR-based EC model leveraging historical simulation approach) or through the use of non-traded market
risk models that are specific to each risk class and which consider, among other factors, large historically observed
48
Deutsche Bank
Capital requirements
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Summary of Deutsche Bank’s ICAAP approach
market moves, the liquidity of each asset class, and changes in client’s behavior in relation to products with behavioral
optionalities. The calculation of EC for non-traded market risk is performed monthly.
An independent model validation team reviews all quantitative aspects of the MR EC model on a regular basis. The
review covers, but is not limited to, model assumptions and calibration approaches for risk parameters.
Operational risk economic capital model
For the quantification of its economic capital demands the Deutsche Bank Group uses the Advanced Measurement
Approach (AMA). To absorb very severe unexpected losses within one year, economic capital is calculated at a 99.9%
confidence level.
Strategic risk economic capital model
The strategic risk category captures the economic capital arising from earnings volatility risk (which also includes
potential losses from software assets), tax redetermination risk, and a capital charge for the risk related to deferred tax
assets on temporary differences.
The earnings volatility risk economic capital model projects the earnings distribution for the next twelve months on
group level. Important input parameters of the model are the expected revenues and costs from the strategic plan and
monthly forecasts on business unit level. This ensures that the model includes strategic decisions or changes to the
business environment in a timely manner. These projections determine the mean values of the revenue and cost
distributions. The volatilities of the revenue distributions are derived from historical revenue time series of the business
units. Risk concentrations within and across businesses are calibrated using historical revenue time series. Revenues are
then simulated together with costs to allow for a partial offset of revenue decreases by cost reductions, e.g. reduced
bonus payments. Potential cost increases related to software assets are also modelled. The resulting earnings
distribution for the Group is used to derive the economic capital amount, which is held to protect against potential
operating losses covering twelve months with a confidence level of 99.9%, in line with the general economic capital
definition.
Tax risk is determined by reference to corporate income tax, indirect and operational tax re-determination risk with
respect to transactions undertaken by the bank. Tax re-determination risk is the risk that the eventual tax treatment of a
transaction differs from that initially determined by the bank because of a judicial determination or a compromise by the
bank with a tax authority. Examples of tax re-determination risk include a tax ceasing to be creditable, taxable income
being treated as arising, a tax deduction not being granted, a tax consolidated group not being respected, or an anti-
avoidance rule being determined to apply. Tax related inputs of the process are under the direction and control of tax
professionals of the bank who are independent of business units. The calculation of tax risk economic capital is
performed in a portfolio model which incorporates issues with a one-year time horizon. The notional exposure for each
“tax issue” is determined and is then modified for reserves and a settlement adjustment. A probability is assigned to each
“tax issue”. Tax risk economic capital is computed at the 99.9% confidence level of the portfolio loss distribution, which is
obtained through a Monte Carlo simulation.
The capital charge to account for the risk of deferred tax assets on temporary differences mirrors regulatory treatment
and is incorporated through an economic capital placeholder.
Risk type diversification
The economic capital model for risk type diversification is a key component of Deutsche Bank’s economic capital
framework. The purpose of the risk type diversification model is to reflect the diversification effects across all risk types,
resulting in the diversified economic capital at group level. The risk type diversification methodology is based on the
specification of analytical loss distributions for individual risk types (i.e. credit, market, operational and strategic risk),
which are linked via a copula function to reflect their dependence structure. Using advanced simulation techniques, an
aggregate loss distribution across all risk types is calculated for the whole portfolio. Total diversified economic capital is
then derived from the aggregate loss distribution at the 99.9% quantile, i.e. to capture aggregate unexpected losses at
group level over a one-year horizon with a confidence level of 99.9%.
49
Deutsche Bank
Capital requirements
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Result of ICAAP
Result of ICAAP
Article 438 (c) CRR (EU OVC)
The internal capital adequacy assessment process concludes that Deutsche Bank is adequately capitalized to cover its
material risks and relevant regulatory requirements under the economic and normative perspective.
The bank assesses capital adequacy from an economic perspective as the ratio of economic capital supply divided by
economic capital demand as shown in the table below. A ratio of more than 100% indicates that the available capital is
sufficient to cover the risk positions. The economic capital adequacy ratio was 194% as of December 31, 2025, compared
with  199% as of December 31, 2024. The overall decline was due to an increase in economic capital demand for market
risk, credit risk and operational risk. This was partly offset by an increase in economic capital supply.
Total economic capital supply and demand
in € m.
(unless stated otherwise)
Dec 31, 2025
Dec 31, 2024
Components of economic capital supply
Shareholders' equity1
66,933
66,276
Noncontrolling interests2
922
957
AT1 coupon and shareholder distribution deduction1
(3,585)
(2,565)
Gain on sale of securitizations, cash flow hedges
49
(36)
Fair value gains on own debt and debt valuation adjustments, subject to own credit risk
247
131
Additional valuation adjustments
(1,667)
(1,680)
Intangible assets
(3,513)
(3,847)
IFRS deferred tax assets excl. temporary differences
(3,006)
(4,073)
Expected loss shortfall
(2,579)
(3,037)
Defined benefit pension fund assets
(1,137)
(1,174)
Other adjustments1
(2,192)
(2,833)
Economic capital supply
50,474
48,119
Components of economic capital demand
Credit risk
13,395
12,507
Market risk
9,970
8,667
Operational risk
4,960
4,645
Strategic risk
1,980
1,936
Diversification benefit
(4,234)
(3,530)
Total economic capital demand
26,071
24,225
Economic capital adequacy ratio
194%
199%
1Prior year’s comparatives aligned to presentation in the current year
2Includes noncontrolling interest up to the economic capital requirement for each subsidiary
The increase in economic capital supply by € 2.4 billion compared to year-end 2024 was mainly driven by a positive net
income of € 6.9 billion, lower capital deductions from deferred tax assets of € 1.1 billion, from valuation differences
between carrying and fair values for debt securities held to collect of € 0.7 billion, from expected loss shortfall of
€ 0.5 billion and from intangible assets of € 0.3 billion as well as unrealized gains and losses of € 0.3 billion. These
increases were partly offset by € 3.6 billion from deductions for future shareholder distributions relating to the Group’s
50% payout ratio policy in respect of financial year 2025 and accrued AT1 coupon payments, € 3.2 billion from foreign
currency translation adjustments, € 0.3 billion of executed share buyback program, € 0.1 billion from equity
compensation and € 0.1 billion from actuarial gains and losses.
As of December 31, 2025, Deutsche Bank’s economic capital demand amounted to € 26.1 billion, which was € 1.8 billion
or 8% higher than € 24.2 billion economic capital demand as of December 31, 2024. Market risk increased by € 1.3 billion
mainly due to migration of economic capital model used for structural foreign exchange risk, including the application of
extended liquidity horizons, as well as transition of market risk economic capital from Monte Carlo simulation to historical
simulation. Credit risk increased by € 0.9 billion due to higher transfer risk driven by increase in exposures from
Investment Bank, Corporate Bank and Corporate & Other as well as higher counterparty risk driven by increase in
Treasury and sovereign exposures. Operational risk increased by € 0.3 billion primarily driven by model changes in the
forward-looking qualitative adjustment component as well as the simplification of the advanced measurement approach
model. These increases were partly offset by an increase in diversification benefit of € 0.7 billion due to the change in risk
type profile and market risk model changes.
50
Deutsche Bank
Capital requirements
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Result of ICAAP
The development of capital adequacy ratios under the normative perspective and respective SREP requirements are
described in this report in sections “Development and composition of Own funds”, “Overview of RWA and capital
requirements” and “Leverage ratio”.
Overview of RWA and capital requirements
Article 438 (d) CRR
The table below shows the composition of RWA by risk types and model approaches compared to the previous quarter
end. It also shows the corresponding minimum capital requirements, which is derived by multiplying the respective RWA
by an 8% capital ratio.
EU OV1 – Overview of RWA
Dec 31, 2025
Sep 30, 2025
a
c1
b
c2
in € m.
RWA
Minimum
capital
requirements
RWA
Minimum
capital
requirements
1
Credit risk (excluding CCR)
207,019
16,562
208,804
16,704
of which:
2
The standardized approach (SA)
42,116
3,369
42,505
3,400
3
The foundation IRB (FIRB) approach
56,105
4,488
56,931
4,554
4
Slotting approach
200
16
202
16
EU 4a
Equities under the simple riskweighted approach
0
0
0
0
5
The advanced IRB (AIRB) approach
108,598
8,688
109,167
8,733
6
Counterparty credit risk (CCR)
21,720
1,738
21,136
1,691
of which:
7
The standardized approach
1,567
125
1,517
121
8
Internal model method (IMM)
14,635
1,171
15,373
1,230
EU 8a
Exposure to a CCP
3,442
275
3,449
276
9
Other CCR
2,076
166
798
64
10
Credit Valuation Adjustment (CVA)1
2,591
207
2,695
216
of which:
EU 10a
The standardized approach (SA)2
0
0
0
0
EU 10b
The basic approach (F-BA and R-BA)
2,584
207
2,692
215
EU 10c
The simplified approach
0
0
0
0
15
Settlement risk
135
11
105
8
16
Securitization exposures in the banking book (after the cap)
17,787
1,423
16,859
1,349
of which:
17
SEC-IRBA approach
9,580
766
9,608
769
18
SEC-ERBA (including IAA)
583
47
439
35
19
SEC-SA approach
6,613
529
6,047
484
EU 19a
1250% / deduction
1,011
81
765
61
20
Position, foreign exchange and commodities risks (Market risk)
21,050
1,684
18,921
1,514
of which:
Standardized approach
3,583
287
3,382
271
IMA
17,467
1,397
15,539
1,243
21
Alternative standardized approach (A-SA)³
N/M
N/M
N/M
N/M
EU 21a
Simplified standardized approach (S-SA)³
N/M
N/M
N/M
N/M
22
Alternative Internal Models Approach (A-IMA)³
N/M
N/M
N/M
N/M
EU 22a
Large exposures
0
0
0
0
23
Reclassifications between trading and non-trading books
0
0
0
0
24
Operational risk
63,183
5,055
58,941
4,715
EU 24a
Exposures to crypto-assets
0
0
0
0
25
Amounts below the thresholds for deduction (subject
to 250% risk weight)
13,648
1,092
12,928
1,034
26
Output floor applied (%)
50.00
50.00
27
Floor adjustment (before application of transitional cap)
0
0
28
Floor adjustment (after application of transitional cap)
0
0
29
Total
347,133
27,771
340,387
27,231
1As of December 31, 2025, total Credit Valuation Adjustment (CVA) RWA includes € 7 million (September 30, 2025: € 3 million) from simplified treatment for derivative
positions in collective investment undertakings which are not listed separately in this table
2As Deutsche Bank does not have any credit valuation adjustment RWA under the standardized approach, template EU CVA4 – RWEA flow statements of credit valuation
adjustment risk under the Standardized Approach will not be shown in this report
3 On the basis of Article 461a CRR the European Commission decided to postpone the application of the Fundamental Review of the Trading Book (FRTB) for market risk
to January 1, 2027; therefore, the new models market risk RWA and respective reporting templates are not yet applicable
51
Deutsche Bank
Capital requirements
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Overview of RWA and capital requirements
As of December 31, 2025, RWA were € 347.1 billion compared to € 340.4 billion as of September 30, 2025. The increase
of € 6.7 billion was primarily driven by operational risk RWA, market risk RWA, RWA for securitization exposures in the
banking book (after the cap), RWA for amounts below thresholds for deduction (subject to 250% risk weight) and RWA for
counterparty credit risk (CCR), which was partly offset by RWA for credit risk (excluding counterparty credit risk).
Deutsche Bank´s operational risk RWA increased by € 4.2 billion, driven by the annual update of the bank’s revenue data
as its primary driver.
Market risk RWA increased by € 2.1 billion, primarily driven by higher Stressed-Value-at-Risk (SVaR) due to SVaR window
change, which was partly offset by lower incremental risk charge due to reduction in sovereign bond inventory.
RWA for securitization exposures in the banking book (after the cap) increased by € 0.9 billion mainly driven by increased
exposures calculated with the securitization standardized approach (SEC-SA), a risk weight of 1,250% and the
securitization external rating-based approach (SEC-ERBA).
Furthermore, RWA for amounts below the thresholds for deduction (subject to 250% risk weight) increased by
€ 0.7 billion, primarily driven by higher RWA for deferred tax assets, including the effects from the discontinuation of the
temporary treatment of unrealized gains and losses measured at fair value through OCI in accordance with Article 468
CRR, and investments in financial sector entities.
Counterparty credit risk RWA increased by € 0.6 billion, mainly driven by an increase of € 1.3 billion in other CCR,
reflecting increased securities financing transaction (SFT) exposures under the financial collateral comprehensive
method. This increase was partly offset by counterparty credit risk under the internal model method, which decreased by
€ 0.7 billion, predominantly reflecting reduced exposures for derivatives and SFTs. 
The aforementioned increases were partly offset by credit risk RWA (excluding counterparty credit risk) which decreased
by € 1.8 billion, mainly driven by a decrease of € 1.4 billion for RWA under the internal rating-based approach. This
reduction mainly reflects impacts from new synthetic securitizations, impacts from the remediation of regulatory
obligations and foreign exchange movements, partly offset by improved data quality, counterparty rating deteriorations
and refinements of Deutsche Bank´s IRBA model. Additionally, RWA under the standardized approach (excluding RWA
for amounts below the thresholds for deduction) decreased by € 0.4 billion mainly due to reduced exposures along with
lower risk weights in exposure class "Equity" as well as decreased exposures in exposure classes "Exposures in default",
"Central governments and central banks" as well as "Other items". These decreases were partly offset by increased
exposures along with higher risk weights in exposure class "Collective investment undertakings" as well as increased
exposures in exposure class "Retail".
The movements of RWA for credit, credit valuation adjustment, market and operational risk are discussed below in
sections “Development of credit risk RWA”, “CCR exposures development”, “Credit valuation adjustment risk”,
“Development of market risk RWA” and “Operational risk measurement”.
Effect on own funds and RWA that results from applying
capital floors and not deducting items from own funds
Article 438 (da) CRR
The table below shows the composition of RWA by risk type and separated by modelled approaches for which Deutsche
Bank has supervisory approval and where the standardized approaches are used.
In addition, the table provides an overview of RWA calculated using the full standardized approach and RWA that is the
base of the output floor. RWA using the full standardized approach do not reflect rules and regulations applicable at the
reporting date, but instead they are based on CRR3 rules applicable in 2033 assuming no change in regulation between
the reporting date and January 2033. Moreover, the disclosure is based on a static balance sheet assumption which is a
hypothetical scenario. Deutsche Bank will adapt its balance sheet over time and undertake mitigating actions with
respect to RWA under the standardized approach to minimize future output floor impacts.
As of December 31, 2025, the output floor for RWA according to CRR3 has no impact on Deutsche Bank´s RWA. As of
January 1, 2025, Deutsche Bank decided to adopt the rule to deduct exposures for collective investment undertakings
that are assigned to a risk weight of 1,250% from CET1 capital. As of December 31, 2025, this decision reduces the CET1
capital by € 214 million and RWA by € 2.7 billion.
52
Deutsche Bank
Capital requirements
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Effect on own funds and RWA that results from applying capital floors and not deducting items from own funds
EU CMS1 – Comparison of modelled and standardized risk weighted exposure amounts at risk level
Dec 31, 2025
a
b
c
d
EU d
in € m.
RWEAs for
modelled
approaches that
banks have
supervisory
approval to use
RWEAs for
portfolios
where
standardized
approaches
are used
Total actual
RWEAs
(a + b)
RWEAs
calculated
using full
standardized
approach
RWEAs that
is the base of
the output
floor
1
Credit risk (excluding counterparty credit risk)
164,903
55,764
220,667
400,239
336,932
2
Counterparty credit risk
16,728
4,992
21,720
83,199
68,283
3
Credit valuation adjustment
2,591
2,591
2,591
2,591
4
Securitization exposures in the banking book
9,580
8,207
17,787
35,704
17,904
5
Market risk
17,375
3,674
21,050
55,967
55,967
6
Operational risk
63,183
63,183
63,183
63,183
7
Other risk weighted exposure amounts
135
135
135
135
8
Total
208,587
138,546
347,133
641,017
544,994
 
Sep 30, 2025
a
b
c
d
EU d
in € m.
RWEAs for
modelled
approaches that
banks have
supervisory
approval to use
RWEAs for
portfolios
where
standardized
approaches
are used
Total actual
RWEAs
(a + b)
RWEAs
calculated
using full
standardized
approach
RWEAs that
is the base of
the output
floor
1
Credit risk (excluding counterparty credit risk)
166,299
55,433
221,732
403,615
341,060
2
Counterparty credit risk
16,376
4,759
21,136
80,086
65,896
3
Credit valuation adjustment
2,695
2,695
2,695
2,695
4
Securitization exposures in the banking book
9,608
7,251
16,859
34,498
17,182
5
Market risk
14,541
4,380
18,921
56,108
56,108
6
Operational risk
58,941
58,941
58,941
58,941
7
Other risk weighted exposure amounts
105
105
105
105
8
Total
206,824
133,563
340,387
636,048
541,988
 
As of December 31, 2025, RWA calculated using full standardized approach amounted to € 641.0 billion compared to
€ 636.0 billion as of September 30, 2025. The increase of € 5.0 billion was primarily driven by operational risk,
counterparty credit risk and securitization exposures in the banking book, partly offset by credit risk. Deutsche Bank´s
operational risk increased by € 4.2 billion, driven by the annual update of the bank’s revenue data as its primary driver.
The increase in counterparty credit risk of € 3.1 billion is mainly driven by increased exposures for derivatives and SFTs
which for the purpose of the output floor are calculated completely under standardized approach for counterparty
credit risk (SA-CCR) and supervisory volatility adjustment approach respectively. Additionally, securitization exposures in
the banking book increased by € 1.2 billion. These increases were partly offset by a reduction of € 3.4 billion, mainly
reflecting impacts from new synthetic securitizations and reduced exposures.
The table below shows credit risk (excluding counterparty credit risk) RWA broken down by regulatory exposure classes
as per Article 112 CRR. For this purpose, RWA which are calculated with the internal rating-based (IRB) approach and
assigned to exposure classes as per Article 147 CRR need to be reported in accordance with exposure classes as per
Article 112 CRR for the standardized approach. The IRB exposure classes which are most affected by this reclassification
are "Retail" and “Corporates”. In exposure class “Retail” the movements are predominantly to “Secured by immovable
properties and ADC” (Acquisition, Development and Construction). Main movements in exposure class “Corporates” can
be observed to “Secured by immovable properties and ADC” and “Defaulted exposures”.
The table shows in the first two columns the credit risk (excluding counterparty credit risk) RWA for which Deutsche Bank
is using a supervisory approved model and the respective RWA as if computed by standardized approach. Additionally,
the total actual RWA is reported, which include the RWA calculated in the IRB approach and the standardized approach.
Furthermore, the table shows the RWA calculated using the full standardized approach and RWA that is the base for the
output floor. RWA using the full standardized approach do not reflect rules and regulations applicable at the reporting
date, but instead they are based on CRR3 rules applicable in 2033 assuming no change in regulation between the
reporting date and January 2033. Moreover, the disclosure is based on a static balance sheet assumption which is a
hypothetical scenario. Deutsche Bank will adapt its balance sheet over time and undertake mitigating actions with
respect to RWA under the standardized approach to minimize future output floor impacts.
53
Deutsche Bank
Capital requirements
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Effect on own funds and RWA that results from applying capital floors and not deducting items from own funds
EU CMS2 – Comparison of modelled and standardized risk weighted exposure amounts for credit risk at asset class level
Dec 31, 2025
a
b
c
d
EU d
in € m.
RWEAs for
modelled
approaches that
banks have
supervisory
approval to use
RWEAs for
column (a) if
re-computed
using the
standardized
approach
Total actual
RWEAs
RWEAs
calculated
using full
standardized
approach
RWEAs that
is the base of
the output
floor
1
Central governments and central banks
4
0
15,011
15,007
15,007
EU 1a
Regional governments or local authorities
0
0
111
111
111
EU 1b
Public sector entities
93
113
96
116
116
EU 1c
Categorized as Multilateral Development Banks in SA
4
3
4
3
3
EU 1d
Categorized as International organizations in SA
0
0
0
0
0
2
Institutions
5,122
7,771
5,638
8,288
8,288
3
Equity
233
233
6,823
6,823
6,823
5
Corporates
86,504
161,021
99,770
222,037
174,288
of which
5.1
F-IRB is applied
50,982
87,295
50,982
105,526
87,295
5.2
A-IRB is applied
57,250
122,100
57,250
151,766
122,100
EU 5a
Corporates - General
79,118
139,992
92,302
198,436
153,176
EU 5b
Corporates - Specialized lending
7,385
21,029
7,469
23,601
21,112
EU 5c
Corporates - Purchased receivables
4,493
10,918
4,493
14,548
10,918
6
Retail
17,400
20,383
18,749
21,731
21,731
of which:
6.1
Qualifying revolving
1,320
845
1,320
845
845
EU 6.1a
Purchased receivables
12
31
12
31
31
EU 6.1b
Other
16,068
19,507
17,417
20,856
20,856
6.2
Secured by residential real estate
30,249
31,971
30,631
47,731
32,353
EU 7a
Categorized as secured by immovable properties and
ADC exposures in SA
47,250
77,467
49,166
94,941
79,383
EU 7b
Collective investment undertakings (CIU)
323
560
7,610
7,846
7,846
EU 7c
Categorized as exposures in default in SA
7,970
13,616
8,981
14,627
14,627
EU 7d
Categorized as subordinated debt exposures in SA
0
0
0
0
0
EU 7e
Categorized as covered bonds in SA
0
0
0
0
0
EU 7f
Categorized as claims on institutions and corporates
with a short-term credit assessment in SA
0
0
0
0
0
8
Other non-credit obligation assets
0
0
8,708
8,708
8,708
9
Total
164,903
281,168
220,667
400,239
336,932
 
54
Deutsche Bank
Capital requirements
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Effect on own funds and RWA that results from applying capital floors and not deducting items from own funds
Sep 30, 2025
a
b
c
d
EU d
in € m.
RWEAs for
modelled
approaches that
banks have
supervisory
approval to use
RWEAs for
column (a) if
re-computed
using the
standardized
approach
Total actual
RWEAs
RWEAs
calculated
using full
standardized
approach
RWEAs that
is the base of
the output
floor
1
Central governments and central banks
5
0
14,667
14,662
14,662
EU 1a
Regional governments or local authorities
0
0
125
125
125
EU 1b
Public sector entities
96
120
154
178
178
EU 1c
Categorized as Multilateral Development Banks in SA
7
4
7
4
4
EU 1d
Categorized as International organizations in SA
0
0
0
0
0
2
Institutions
3,831
5,799
4,232
6,200
6,200
3
Equity
0
0
7,006
7,006
7,006
5
Corporates
83,721
160,794
96,885
220,792
173,958
of which
5.1
F-IRB is applied
52,960
89,241
52,960
107,915
89,241
5.2
A-IRB is applied
55,071
123,405
55,071
151,760
123,405
EU 5a
Corporates - General
77,608
142,197
90,760
199,919
155,348
EU 5b
Corporates - Specialized lending
6,113
18,597
6,125
20,873
18,610
EU 5c
Corporates - Purchased receivables
3,786
9,831
3,786
13,246
9,831
6
Retail
19,076
21,499
20,160
22,583
22,583
of which:
6.1
Qualifying revolving
1,215
541
1,215
541
541
EU 6.1a
Purchased receivables
17
28
17
28
28
EU 6.1b
Other
17,844
20,930
18,928
22,014
22,014
6.2
Secured by residential real estate
31,254
31,599
31,638
47,453
31,983
EU 7a
Categorized as secured by immovable properties and
ADC exposures in SA
49,207
79,876
51,165
97,555
81,835
EU 7b
Collective investment undertakings (CIU)
289
510
6,906
7,128
7,128
EU 7c
Categorized as exposures in default in SA
7,380
13,028
8,856
14,505
14,505
EU 7d
Categorized as subordinated debt exposures in SA
0
0
0
0
0
EU 7e
Categorized as covered bonds in SA
0
0
0
0
0
EU 7f
Categorized as claims on institutions and corporates
with a short-term credit assessment in SA
0
0
0
0
0
8
Other non-credit obligation assets
2,689
3,996
11,570
12,877
12,877
9
Total
166,299
285,628
221,732
403,615
341,060
 
55
Deutsche Bank
Capital requirements
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Crypto-asset exposures and related activities
Crypto-asset exposures and related activities
Article 451b CRR
The following table shows the exposure values, RWA and own funds requirements for the types of exposures to crypto-
assets referred to in Article 501d(2) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013. Additionally, the exposure to other crypto assets is
expressed as a percentage of the Tier1 capital.
EU CAE1 – Exposures to crypto-assets
Dec 31, 2025
a
b
c
Type of exposures, in € m. (unless stated otherwise)
Exposure value
Risk weighted
exposures
amounts
(RWEA)
Own funds
requirements
1
Tokenised traditional assets
6
0
0
2
Asset referencered tokens
0
0
0
3
Exposures to other crypto assets
0
0
0
4
Total
6
0
0
Memorandum item
5
Exposures to other crypto assets expressed as a percentage of the institutions's T1
capital
0.00
Dec 31, 2024
a
b
c
Type of exposures, in € m. (unless stated otherwise)
Exposure value
Risk weighted
exposures
amounts
(RWEA)
Own funds
requirements
1
Tokenised traditional assets
10
0
0
2
Asset referencered tokens
0
0
0
3
Exposures to other crypto assets
0
0
0
4
Total
10
0
0
Memorandum item
5
Exposures to other crypto assets expressed as a percentage of the institutions's T1
capital
0.00
Deutsche Bank holds tokenised and other crypto assets to enable its strategic product build for custody & tokenization.
In addition, the bank is currently building a custody solution capable of institutional-grade safekeeping for selected
digital assets to enable clients to benefit from the decentralized ledger technology. The scope is currently limited to
administration and transfer of digital assets on behalf of the bank’s clients. Go-live (subject to regulatory approval) is
planned for the second half of 2026. Management of risks resulting from crypto-assets and crypto-asset services are
embedded within the Group’s risk management framework and covered by the existent risk appetite statement and
applicable Group-wide policies. In addition, bespoke documentation has been established to cover the crypto-assets and
Markets in Crypto Assets (MiCA) requirement ((EU) 2023/1114).
56
Deutsche Bank
Leverage ratio
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Leverage ratio according to CRR/CRD framework
Leverage ratio
Leverage ratio according to CRR/CRD framework
The non-risk-based leverage ratio is intended to act as a supplementary measure to the risk-based capital requirements.
Its objectives are to constrain the build-up of leverage in the banking sector, helping avoid destabilizing deleveraging
processes which can damage the broader financial system and the economy, and to reinforce the risk-based
requirements with a simple, non-risk based “backstop” measure.
Deutsche Bank calculates its leverage ratio exposure in accordance with Articles 429 to 429g of the CRR.
The Group’s total leverage ratio exposure includes derivatives, securities financing transactions (SFTs), off-balance sheet
exposure and other on-balance sheet exposure (excluding derivatives and SFTs).
The leverage exposure for derivatives is calculated by using a modified version of the standardized approach for
counterparty credit risk (SA-CCR), comprising the current replacement cost plus a regulatory defined add-on for the
potential future exposure. The effective notional amount of written credit derivatives, i.e., the notional reduced by any
negative fair value changes that have been incorporated in Tier 1 capital is included in the leverage ratio exposure
measure; the resulting exposure measure is further reduced by the effective notional amount of purchased credit
derivative protection on the same reference name provided certain conditions are met.
The SFT component includes the gross receivables for SFTs, which are netted with SFT payables if specific conditions are
met. In addition to the gross exposure a regulatory add-on for the counterparty credit risk is included.
The off-balance sheet exposure component follows the standardized approach for credit risk with credit risk conversion
factors (CCF) based on five different buckets (100% for bucket 1, 50% for bucket 2, 40% for bucket 3, 20% for bucket 4
and 10% for bucket 5).
The on-balance sheet exposures (excluding derivatives and SFTs) component reflects the accounting values of the assets
(excluding derivatives, SFTs and regular-way purchases and sales awaiting settlement). The exposure value of regular-
way purchases and sales awaiting settlement is determined as offset between those cash receivables and cash payables
where the related regular-way sales and purchases are both settled on a delivery-versus payment basis.
Assets can be excluded from the leverage ratio exposure measure if they have been deducted in the determination of
Tier 1 capital. The corresponding regulatory adjustments are reflected in the asset amounts deducted in determining
Tier 1 capital component.
Article 451 (1)(a-c),(2) and (3) CRR
The following tables show the leverage ratio exposure and the leverage ratio. The first table EU LR1 delivers a
reconciliation of accounting assets reported in the IFRS financial statements to the leverage ratio exposure. The leverage
ratio common disclosure table EU LR2 presents the components of the leverage exposure, the Tier 1 capital and the
leverage ratio as well as the mean value for gross securities financing transaction (SFT) assets. Table EU LR3 provides a
further breakdown of the balance sheet exposures (excluding derivatives, SFTs and exempted exposures).
57
Deutsche Bank
Leverage ratio
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Leverage ratio according to CRR/CRD framework
EU LR1 – LRSum: Summary reconciliation of accounting assets and leverage ratio exposures
a
a
in € m.
(unless stated otherwise)
Dec 31, 2025
Jun 30, 2025
1
Total assets as per published financial statements
1,435,067
1,397,830
2
Adjustment for entities which are consolidated for accounting purposes but are outside the scope
of prudential consolidation
(2,220)
(1,950)
3
(Adjustment for securitised exposures that meet the operational requirements for the recognition
of risk transference)
0
0
4
(Adjustment for temporary exemption of exposures to central banks (if applicable))
0
0
5
(Adjustment for fiduciary assets recognised on the balance sheet pursuant to the applicable
accounting framework but excluded from the total exposure measure in accordance with point (i)
of Article 429a(1) CRR)
N/M
N/M
6
Adjustment for regular-way purchases and sales of financial assets subject to trade date
accounting
(48,542)
(46,753)
7
Adjustment for eligible cash pooling transactions
552
650
8
Adjustment for derivative financial instruments
(113,227)
(133,956)
9
Adjustment for securities financing transactions (SFTs)
4,159
6,019
10
Adjustment for off-balance sheet items (ie conversion to credit equivalent amounts of off-balance
sheet exposures)
130,156
125,420
11
(Adjustment for prudent valuation adjustments and specific and general provisions which have
reduced Tier 1 capital)
(6,538)
(6,139)
EU-11a
(Adjustment for exposures excluded from the total exposure measure in accordance with point (c)
and point (ca) of Article 429a(1) CRR)
N/M
N/M
EU-11b
(Adjustment for exposures excluded from the total exposure measure in accordance with point (j)
of Article 429a(1) CRR)
N/M
N/M
12
Other adjustments
(71,966)
(65,085)
13
Total exposure measure
1,327,441
1,276,035
N/M – Not meaningful
58
Deutsche Bank
Leverage ratio
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Leverage ratio according to CRR/CRD framework
EU LR2 – LRCom: Leverage ratio common disclosure
a
b
in € m.
(unless stated otherwise)
Dec 31, 2025
Jun 30, 2025
On-balance sheet exposures (excluding derivatives and SFTs)
1
On-balance sheet items (excluding derivatives, SFTs, but including collateral)
975,681
937,679
2
Gross-up for derivatives collateral provided, where deducted from the balance sheet assets
pursuant to the applicable accounting framework
1
0
3
(Deductions of receivables assets for cash variation margin provided in derivatives transactions)
(32,067)
(29,144)
4
(Adjustment for securities received under securities financing transactions that are recognised as
an asset)
0
0
5
(General credit risk adjustments to on-balance sheet items)
(6,225)
(5,861)
6
(Asset amounts deducted in determining Tier 1 capital)
(12,798)
(12,144)
7
Total on-balance sheet exposures (excluding derivatives and SFTs)
924,592
890,530
Derivative exposures
8
Replacement cost associated with SA-CCR derivatives transactions (ie net of eligible cash variation
margin)
45,507
45,156
EU-8a
Derogation for derivatives: replacement costs contribution under the simplified standardised
approach
N/M
N/M
9
Add-on amounts for potential future exposure associated with SA-CCR derivatives transactions
85,970
78,186
EU-9a
Derogation for derivatives: Potential future exposure contribution under the simplified
standardised approach
N/M
N/M
EU-9b
Exposure determined under Original Exposure Method
N/M
N/M
10
(Exempted CCP leg of client-cleared trade exposures) (SA-CCR)
(18,323)
(14,572)
EU-10a
(Exempted CCP leg of client-cleared trade exposures) (simplified standardised approach)
N/M
N/M
EU-10b
(Exempted CCP leg of client-cleared trade exposures) (Original exposure method)
N/M
N/M
11
Adjusted effective notional amount of written credit derivatives
597,235
550,855
12
(Adjusted effective notional offsets and add-on deductions for written credit derivatives)
(580,784)
(535,251)
13
Total derivatives exposures
129,604
124,374
Securities financing transaction (SFT) exposures
14
Gross SFT assets (with no recognition of netting), after adjustment for sales accounting
transactions
426,472
383,660
15
(Netted amounts of cash payables and cash receivables of gross SFT assets)
(273,298)
(240,307)
16
Counterparty credit risk exposure for SFT assets
5,658
6,423
EU-16a
Derogation for SFTs: Counterparty credit risk exposure in accordance with Articles 429e(5) and 222
CRR
N/M
N/M
17
Agent transaction exposures
132
127
EU-17a
(Exempted CCP leg of client-cleared SFT exposure)
0
0
18
Total securities financing transaction exposures
158,965
149,903
Other off-balance sheet exposures
19
Off-balance sheet exposures at gross notional amount
410,781
377,108
20
(Adjustments for conversion to credit equivalent amounts)
(280,624)
(251,688)
21
(General provisions deducted in determining Tier 1 capital and specific provisions associated with
off-balance sheet exposures)
(313)
(278)
22
Off-balance sheet exposures
129,843
125,142
Excluded exposures
EU-22a
(Exposures excluded from the total exposure measure in accordance with point (c) and point (ca) of
Article 429a(1) CRR)
N/M
N/M
EU-22b
(Exposures exempted in accordance with point (j) of Article 429a(1) CRR (on and off balance sheet))
N/M
N/M
EU-22c
(Excluded exposures of public development banks (or units) - Public sector investments)
N/M
N/M
EU-22d
(Excluded exposures of public development banks (or units) - Promotional loans)
N/M
N/M
EU-22e
(Excluded passing-through promotional loan exposures by non-public development banks (or
units))
N/M
N/M
EU-22f
(Excluded guaranteed parts of exposures arising from export credits)
(10,326)
(8,726)
EU-22g
(Excluded excess collateral deposited at triparty agents)
N/M
N/M
EU-22h
(Excluded CSD related services of CSD/institutions in accordance with point (o) of Article 429a(1)
CRR)
N/M
N/M
EU-22i
(Excluded CSD related services of designated institutions in accordance with point (p) of Article
429a(1) CRR)
N/M
N/M
59
Deutsche Bank
Leverage ratio
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Leverage ratio according to CRR/CRD framework
a
b
in € m.
(unless stated otherwise)
Dec 31, 2025
Jun 30, 2025
EU-22j
(Reduction of the exposure value of pre-financing or intermediate loans)
(5,238)
(5,188)
EU-22k
(Excluded exposures to shareholders according to Article 429a (1), point (da) CRR)
0
0
EU-22l
(Exposures deducted in accordance with point (q) of Article 429a(1) CRR)
0
0
EU-22m
(Total exempted exposures)
(15,564)
(13,914)
Capital and total exposure measure
23
Tier 1 capital
60,784.3
60,192.5
24
Total exposure measure
1,327,441
1,276,035
Leverage ratio
25
Leverage ratio (in %)
4.58%
4.72%
EU-25
Leverage ratio (excluding the impact of the exemption of public sector investments and
promotional loans) (%)
4.58%
4.72%
25a
Leverage ratio (excluding the impact of any applicable temporary exemption of central bank
reserves) (%)
4.58%
4.72%
26
Regulatory minimum leverage ratio requirement (%)
3.00%
3.00%
EU-26a
Additional own funds requirements to address the risk of excessive leverage (%)
0.10%
0.10%
EU-26b
of which: to be made up of CET1 capital
0.00%
0.00%
27
Leverage ratio buffer requirement (%)
0.75%
0.75%
EU-27a
Overall leverage ratio requirement (%)
3.85%
3.85%
Choice on transitional arrangements and relevant exposures
EU-27b
Choice on transitional arrangements for the definition of the capital measure
Transitional
Transitional
Disclosure of mean values
28
Mean of daily values of gross SFT assets, after adjustment for sale accounting transactions and
netted of amounts of associated cash payables and cash receivable
188,949
182,878
29
Quarter-end value of gross SFT assets, after adjustment for sale accounting transactions and
netted of amounts of associated cash payables and cash receivables
153,174
143,353
30
Total exposure measure (including the impact of any applicable temporary exemption of central
bank reserves) incorporating mean values from row 28 of gross SFT assets (after adjustment for sale
accounting transactions and netted of amounts of associated cash payables and cash receivables)
1,363,216
1,315,560
30a
Total exposure measure (excluding the impact of any applicable temporary exemption of central
bank reserves) incorporating mean values from row 28 of gross SFT assets (after adjustment for sale
accounting transactions and netted of amounts of associated cash payables and cash receivables)
1,363,216
1,315,560
31
Leverage ratio (including the impact of any applicable temporary exemption of central bank
reserves) incorporating mean values from row 28 of gross SFT assets (after adjustment for sale
accounting transactions and netted of amounts of associated cash payables and cash receivables)
4.46%
4.58%
31a
Leverage ratio (excluding the impact of any applicable temporary exemption of central bank
reserves) incorporating mean values from row 28 of gross SFT assets (after adjustment for sale
accounting transactions and netted of amounts of associated cash payables and cash receivables)
4.46%
4.58%
N/M – Not meaningful
60
Deutsche Bank
Leverage ratio
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Leverage ratio according to CRR/CRD framework
EU LR3 – LRSpl: Split-up of on balance sheet exposures (excluding derivatives, SFTs and exempted exposures)
a
a
in € m.
(unless stated otherwise)
Dec 31, 2025
Jun 30, 2025
EU-1
Total on-balance sheet exposures (excluding derivatives, SFTs, and exempted exposures)
921,513
888,482
of which:
EU-2
Trading book exposures
153,055
157,631
EU-3
Banking book exposures
768,458
730,851
of which:
EU-4
Covered bonds
0
253
EU-5
Exposures treated as sovereigns
245,697
210,745
EU-6
Exposures to regional governments, MDB, international organizations and PSE, not treated as
sovereigns
552
109
EU-7
Institutions
12,669
9,486
EU-8
Secured by mortgages of immovable properties
201,897
206,428
EU-9
Retail exposures
38,068
39,082
EU-10
Corporates
189,141
185,264
EU-11
Exposures in default
12,064
11,619
EU-12
Other exposures (e.g. equity, securitizations, and other non-credit obligation assets)
68,370
67,865
Process used to manage the risk of excessive leverage
Article 451 (1)(d) CRR and EU LRA
The Group Risk Committee is mandated to oversee, control and monitor integrated planning of the Group’s risk profile
and capital capacity. The Group Asset and Liability Committee (ALCO) actively manages leverage exposure capacity
within the Risk Appetite Framework via a limit setting process to
Allocate group leverage exposure capacity to businesses
Support business achievement of strategic performance plans
Provide a firm basis for achieving the target leverage ratio
Incentivize businesses to make appropriate decisions on its portfolios, with consideration to asset maturity and
encumbrance amongst others
Maintain risk and leverage exposure discipline
The governance framework ensures that the leverage exposure capacity is carefully decided to reach the Group’s
external leverage ratio target and avoids an excessive leverage of the bank and its divisions. The resulting leverage
exposure limits include all assets including those inflating the Group’s balance sheet through asset encumbrance. In the
case of divisions exceeding its agreed limits, charges are imposed on the division for the excess amount. The limit excess
charges are calculated in accordance with the Group-wide limit-setting framework for leverage.
Factors impacting the leverage ratio in the second half of 2025
Article 451 (1)(e) CRR and EU LRA
In the second half of 2025 the leverage exposure increased by € 51.4 billion.
The leverage exposure for the asset items not related to derivatives and SFTs increased by € 34.1 billion. This largely
reflects the development of the balance sheet: increases in cash and central bank/interbank balances of € 27.8 billion
and in loans by € 5.3 billion were partly offset by decreases in non-derivative trading assets by € 7.4 billion; remaining
asset items not outlined separately increased by € 9.0 billion. Furthermore, asset amounts deducted in determining Tier 1
capital are included which decreased by € 0.7 billion mainly driven by the discontinuation of the temporary treatment of
unrealized gains and losses measured at fair value through OCI in accordance with Article 468 CRR.
The leverage exposure for securities financing transactions (SFTs) increased by € 9.1 billion, largely in line with the
development on the balance sheet.
The leverage exposure related to derivatives increased by € 5.2 billion.
Off-balance sheet leverage exposure increased by € 4.7 billion corresponding to higher notional amounts for lending
commitments and guarantees.
61
Deutsche Bank
Leverage ratio
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Factors that had an impact on the leverage ratio in the second half of 2025
The increase in leverage exposure in the second half of 2025 included a negative foreign exchange impact of
€ 1.9 billion. The effects from foreign exchange rate movements are embedded in the movement of the leverage
exposure items discussed in this section.
As of December 31, 2025, Deutsche Bank’s leverage ratio was 4.58%, compared to 4.72% as of June 30, 2025. This takes
into account a Tier 1 capital of € 60.8 billion over an applicable exposure measure of € 1,327.4 billion as of December 31,
2025 (€ 60.2 billion and € 1,276.0 billion as of June 30, 2025, respectively).
For the main drivers of the Tier 1 capital development please refer to section “Development and composition of Own
Funds”.
62
Deutsche Bank
Risk management objectives and policies
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Enterprise and Treasury Risk
Risk management objectives and policies
Enterprise and Treasury Risk
Risk management structure and organization
Article 435 (1)(b) CRR (EU OVA)
Governance principles
The Management Board is responsible for managing Deutsche Bank AG in accordance with the law, the Articles of
Association, and its Terms of Reference.
The Management Board is responsible for ensuring the proper business organization of the Group, which includes
appropriate and effective risk management as well as compliance with legal requirements and internal guidelines, along
with taking the necessary measures to ensure that adequate internal guidelines are developed and implemented.
The bank’s Code of Conduct is designed to ensure ethical conduct, in accordance with Deutsche Bank’s policies and
procedures as well as the laws and regulations that apply to the Group worldwide.
Accountability of senior management is ensured through transparency of its specific position and associated decision-
making authority. Each position requires a separate position description with responsibilities against which individual
performance is assessed.
Management committees (i.e. decision-making bodies) are only permitted where true joint decision making is required.
When committees are established, all members are equally accountable for all topics and decisions within the
committees’ scope of responsibility.
Risk management principles
Deutsche Bank’s business model inherently involves taking risks. Risks can be of financial or operational nature and
include on and off-balance sheet risks. Deutsche Bank’s objective is to create sustainable value in the interests of the
company, taking into consideration shareholders, employees and other company-related stakeholders. The risk
management framework contributes to this by aligning planned and actual risk taking with risk appetite as expressed by
the Management Board, while being in line with available capital and liquidity.
Deutsche Bank’s risk management framework consists of various components, which include the established internal
control mechanisms. Principles and standards are set for each component:
Risk governance structures provide oversight of the Bank’s risk profile against Risk Appetite
Organizational structures follow the Three Lines of Defense (3LoD) model with a clear definition of roles and
responsibilities for all risk types
The 1st Line of Defense (1st LoD) refers to roles in the Bank whose activities generate risks, whether financial or
operational, and who own and are accountable for these risks. The 1st LoD manages these risks within the defined
risk appetite, establishes an appropriate risk governance, and adheres to the risk type frameworks defined by the
2nd Line of Defense (2nd LoD)
The 2nd LoD refers to the roles in the Bank who define the risk management framework for a specific risk type. The
2nd LoD independently assesses and challenges the implementation of the risk type framework and adherence to
the risk appetite, and acts as an advisor to the 1st LoD on how to identify, assess and manage risks
The 3rd Line of Defense (3rd LoD) is Group Audit. This function provides independent and objective assurance on
the adequacy of the design, operating effectiveness and efficiency of the risk management system and systems of
internal control
The Management Board-approved risk appetite must be cascaded and adhered to across all dimensions of the Group,
with appropriate consequences in the event of a breach
Risks must be identified and assessed
Risks must be actively managed including via appropriate risk mitigation and effective internal control systems
Risks must be measured and reported using accurate, complete and timely data using approved models
Regular stress tests must be performed against adverse scenarios and appropriate crisis response planning must be
established
The Group promotes a strong risk culture where every employee must fully understand and take a holistic view of the
risks which could result from their actions, understand the consequences and manage them appropriately against the
63
Deutsche Bank
Risk management objectives and policies
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Enterprise and Treasury Risk
risk appetite of the bank. The bank expects employees to exhibit behaviors that support a strong risk culture in line with
the bank’s Code of Conduct. To promote this, Deutsche Bank’s policies require that risks taken (including against risk
appetite) must be taken into account during the bank’s performance assessment and compensation processes. This
expectation continues to be reinforced through communications campaigns and mandatory training courses for all DB
employees. In addition, Management Board members and senior management frequently communicate the importance
of a strong risk culture to support a consistent tone from the top.
Risk governance
Deutsche Bank’s operations throughout the world are regulated and supervised by relevant authorities in each of the
jurisdictions in which the bank conducts business. Such regulation focuses on licensing, capital adequacy, liquidity, risk
concentration, conduct of business as well as organizational and reporting requirements. The European Central Bank
(ECB) in connection with the competent authorities of EU countries which joined the Single Supervisory Mechanism via
the Joint Supervisory Team act in cooperation as Deutsche Bank’s primary supervisors to monitor the bank’s compliance
with the German Banking Act and other applicable laws and regulations.
Several layers of management provide cohesive risk governance:
Deutsche Bank’s Supervisory Board is informed regularly on the risk situation, risk management and risk controlling,
including reputational risk related items as well as material litigation cases. It has formed various committees to handle
specific topics as outlined below.
At the meetings of the Risk Committee, the Management Board reports on current and forward-looking risk
exposures, portfolios, on risk appetite and strategy and on matters deemed relevant for the assessment and oversight
of the risk situation of Deutsche Bank, including material legal and reputational risks; it also reports on loans requiring
a Supervisory Board resolution pursuant to law or the Articles of Association; the Risk Committee oversees that the
Management Board has in place processes to promote the adherence of Deutsche Bank AG to the applicable risk
policies and regulations, also covering legal and reputational risks; the Risk Committee advises on issues related to the
overall risk appetite, aggregate risk position and the risk strategy and keeps the Supervisory Board informed of its
activities
The Audit Committee, among other matters, supports the Supervisory Board in monitoring the effectiveness of the
risk management system, particularly of the internal control system including the compliance management system as
well as sustainability-related issues and the internal audit system; it also monitors the Management Board’s
remediation of deficiencies identified
The Management Board established the Group Risk Committee as the central forum for review and decision on material
risk and capital-related topics. The Group Risk Committee has various duties and dedicated authority, including approval
of new or changed material risk and capital models and review of the inventory of risks, high-level risk portfolios, risk
exposure developments, and internal and regulatory Group-wide stress testing results and approval of resource limits,
endorsed by the Group Asset & Liability Committee, for Total Capital Demand, Leverage Exposure and Economic Capital
Demand. In addition, the Group Risk Committee reviews and recommends items for Management Board approval, such
as key risk management principles, the Group risk appetite statement, the Group recovery plan and the contingency
funding plan, over-arching risk appetite parameters, and recovery and escalation indicators. The Group Risk Committee
also supports the Management Board during Group-wide risk and capital planning processes.
The Group Reputational Risk Committee has been established by the Management Board with the responsibility to
review, decide and manage all transactions, client relationships or other primary reputational risk matters escalated in
line with the underlying reputational risk policies and framework, including from the Regional Reputational Risk
Committees.
The Financial Resource Management Council is an ad-hoc governance body, chaired by the Chief Financial Officer and
the Chief Risk Officer, with delegated authority from the Management Board, to oversee financial crisis management at
the bank. The Financial Resource Management Council provides a single forum to oversee execution of both the
contingency funding plan and the Group recovery plan. The council recommends mitigating actions to be taken in a time
of anticipated or actual capital or liquidity stress. Specifically, the Financial Resource Management Council is tasked with
analyzing the bank’s capital and liquidity position, in anticipation of a stress scenario recommending proposals for capital
and liquidity related matters and overseeing the execution of decisions.
The Group Asset & Liability Committee has been established by the Management Board. Its mandate is to optimize the
sourcing and deployment of the bank’s balance sheet and financial resources within the overarching risk appetite set by
the Management Board.
Deutsche Bank’s Chief Risk Officer, who is a member of the Management Board, has Group-wide, supra-divisional
responsibility for establishing a risk management framework with appropriate identification, measurement, monitoring,
64
Deutsche Bank
Risk management objectives and policies
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Enterprise and Treasury Risk
mitigation and reporting of liquidity, credit, market, enterprise, model and operational risks. However, frameworks for
certain risks are established by other functions as per the business allocation plan.
The Chief Risk Officer has direct management responsibility for the Chief Risk Office function. Risk management and
control duties in the Chief Risk Office function are generally assigned to specialized risk management units focusing on
the management of specific risk types, risks within a specific business or risks in a specific region.
These specialized risk management units generally handle the following core tasks:
Foster consistency with the risk appetite set by the Management Board and applied to business divisions and their
business units
Determine and implement risk and capital management policies, procedures and methodologies that are appropriate
to the businesses within each division
Establish and approve risk limits
Conduct periodic portfolio reviews to keep the portfolio of risks within acceptable parameters
Develop and implement risk and capital management infrastructures and systems that are appropriate for each
division.
Risk committee and number of meetings
Article 435 (2)(d) CRR (EU OVB)
Dedicated risk committees are in place both to support the Supervisory Board (the Risk Committee of the Supervisory
Board) as well as the Management Board (the Group Risk Committee).
In 2025, the Risk Committee of the Supervisory Board held eight meetings - four in person, three in hybrid format, and
one via video conference. Two of the meetings were joint sessions with the Compensation Control Committee..
The Group Risk Committee held 27 meetings in 2025.
Risk management strategies and processes
Article 435 (1)(a) CRR (EU OVA)
Enterprise risk relates to the potential losses or adverse consequences from strategic risk and unduly portfolio
concentrations on an enterprise level:
Strategic risk is the risk of a shortfall in earnings (excluding other material risks) due to incorrect business plans (owing
to flawed assumptions), ineffective plan execution or a lack of responsiveness to material plan deviations
Portfolio concentration risk is the risk of exposures to common drivers, including on a country, industry or asset class
basis
Treasury risk relates to the structural balance sheet risks inherent to the banking activities, including interrelated risks
such as liquidity & funding risk, and capital risk:
Capital risk is the risk that Deutsche Bank has an insufficient level or composition of capital supply to support its
current and planned business activities and associated risks during normal and stressed conditions
Liquidity & funding risk relates to the risk that Deutsche Bank is unable to meet its payment obligations as they fall
due or can only meet its obligations at an excessive cost; for more detailed information please refer to the Liquidity
Risk section of this report
The Enterprise & Treasury Risk Management (ETRM) function establishes strategies and processes to manage enterprise
and treasury risks. This includes inter alia the establishment of an appropriate risk governance, setting of a risk appetite
and risk measurement and reporting. ETRM also acts as the risk controlling function for credit risk including frameworks,
risk appetite, reporting and portfolio analytics, as well as model monitoring.
Enterprise & Treasury Risk Management is also responsible for defining a bank-wide framework for risk management,
integrating and aggregating risks to provide greater enterprise risk transparency and support decision making,
commissioning forward-looking stress tests and managing group recovery plans.
The stress test framework defined by Enterprise & Treasury Risk Management satisfies internal as well as external stress
test requirements. The internal stress tests are based on in-house developed methods and inform a variety of risk
management use cases (risk type specific as well as cross risk). Internal stress tests form an integral part of Deutsche
Bank’s risk management framework, complementing traditional risk measures. The cross-risk stress test framework, the
Group Wide Stress Test (GWST), serves a variety of bank management processes, in particular the strategic planning
65
Deutsche Bank
Risk management objectives and policies
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Enterprise and Treasury Risk
process, the ICAAP, the risk appetite framework and capital allocation. Capital plan stress testing is performed to assess
the resilience of the bank’s capital plan in adverse circumstances and to demonstrate a clear link between risk appetite,
business strategy, capital plan and stress testing. The time-horizon of internal stress tests is between one and five years,
depending on the use-case and scenario assumptions. In addition to the internal stress test approach, regulatory stress
tests, e.g. the EBA stress test and the US-based CCAR (Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review) stress tests are
performed which strictly follow the processes and methodologies prescribed by the regulatory authorities.
Deutsche Bank’s internal stress tests are performed on a regular basis to assess the impact of a severe economic
downturn as well as adverse bank-specific events on the bank’s risk profile and financial position. The stress test
framework comprises regular, sensitivity-based and scenario-based approaches addressing different severities and is
aligned to increased geopolitical uncertainties. The Group includes all material risk types in its stress testing activities.
These activities are complemented by portfolio- and country-specific downside analysis as well as further regulatory
requirements, such as reverse stress tests and additional stress tests requested by the regulators at group or legal entity
level. The results of the stress tests also inform the bank’s recovery planning. The bank’s methodologies undergo regular
scrutiny from Deutsche Bank’s internal validation team (Model Risk Management) to ensure they correctly capture the
impact of a given stress scenario.
Scope and nature of risk measurement and reporting systems
Article 435 (1)(c), Article 435 (2)(e) CRR (EU OVA)
Overview
Deutsche Bank’s risk measurement systems support regulatory reporting and external disclosures, as well as internal
management reporting across all risk types. The risk infrastructure incorporates the relevant legal entities and business
divisions and provides the basis for reporting on risk positions, capital adequacy and limits, thresholds, or targets
utilization to the relevant functions on a regular and ad-hoc basis. Established units within the CFO and CRO function
assume responsibility for measurement, analysis and reporting of risk while promoting sufficient quality and integrity of
risk-related data and consider, where relevant, the principles for effective risk data aggregation and risk reporting as per
the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision's regulation number 239 (“BCBS 239”). The Group’s risk management
systems are reviewed by Group Audit following a risk-based audit approach.
Deutsche Bank’s reporting is an integral part of Deutsche Bank’s risk management framework and as such aligns with the
organizational setup by delivering consistent information on Group level and for material legal entities as well as
breakdowns by risk types, business division and material business units.
The following principles guide Deutsche Bank’s risk measurement and reporting practices:
Deutsche Bank monitors risks taken against risk appetite and risk-reward considerations on various levels across the
Group, e.g. Group, business divisions, material business units, material legal entities, risk types, material asset classes,
portfolio and counterparty levels
Risk reporting is required to be accurate, clear, useful and complete and must convey reconciled and validated risk
data to communicate information in a concise manner to ensure, across material Financial and Non-Financial Risks,
the bank’s risk profile is clearly understood
Senior risk committees, such as the Group Risk Committee, as well as the Management Board who are responsible for
risk and capital management receive regular reporting (as well as ad-hoc reporting as required)
Dedicated teams within Deutsche Bank proactively manage material financial and non-financial risks and must ensure
that required management information is in place to enable proactive identification and management of risks and
avoid undue concentrations within a specific risk type and across risks (cross-risk view)
In applying the previously mentioned principles, Deutsche Bank maintains a common basis for all risk reports and aims to
minimize segregated reporting efforts to allow Deutsche Bank to provide consistent information, which only differs by
granularity and audience focus.
Key risk metrics
The Bank identifies a large number of metrics within its risk measurement systems which support regulatory reporting
and external disclosures, as well as internal management reporting across risks and for material risk types. Deutsche Bank
designates a subset of those as “Key Risk Metrics” that represent the most critical ones for which the Bank places an
appetite, limit, threshold or target at Group level and / or are reported routinely to senior management for discussion or
decision making. The identified Key Risk Metrics include Capital Adequacy and Liquidity metrics; further details can be
found in the section “Key risk metrics”.
66
Deutsche Bank
Risk management objectives and policies
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Enterprise and Treasury Risk
Key Risk Reports
While a large number of reports are used across the Bank, Deutsche Bank designates a subset of these as “Key Risk
Reports” that are critical to support Deutsche Bank’s Risk Management Framework through the provision of risk
information to senior management and therefore enable the relevant governing bodies to monitor, steer and control the
Bank’s risk taking activities effectively. To ensure that Key Risk Reports meet recipients’ requirements, report producing
functions regularly check whether the Key Risk Reports are clear and useful.
The main reports on risk and capital management that are used to provide Deutsche Bank’s central governance bodies
with information relating to the Group risk profile are the following:
The monthly Risk and Capital Profile report is a Cross-Risk report, provides a comprehensive view of Deutsche Bank’s
risk profile and is used to inform the the Group Risk Committee as well as the Management Board and subsequently
the Risk Committee of the Supervisory Board; the Risk and Capital Profile includes risk type-specific and Business-
aligned overviews and Enterprise-wide risk topics; it also includes updates on Key Group Risk Appetite Metrics and
other Key Portfolio Risk Type Control Metrics as well as updates on Key Risk Developments, highlighting areas of
particular interest with updates on corresponding risk management strategies
The Weekly Risk Report is a weekly briefing covering high-level topical issues across key risk areas and is submitted
every Friday to the Members of the Group Risk Committee and the Management Board and subsequently to the
Members of the Risk Committee of the Supervisory Board; the Weekly Risk Report is characterized by the ad-hoc
nature of its commentary as well as coverage of themes and focuses on more volatile risk metrics
Deutsche Bank runs several Group-wide macroeconomic stress tests. A monthly Risk Appetite scenario serves the
purpose to set and regularly monitor the bank’s stress loss appetite; in addition, there are topical scenarios which are
presented to senior management up to the Management Board if deemed necessary; the stressed key performance
indicators are benchmarked against the Group Risk Appetite thresholds.
While the above reports are used at a Group level to monitor and review the risk profile of Deutsche Bank holistically,
there are other, supplementing standard and ad-hoc management reports, including for risk types or focus portfolios,
which are used to monitor and control the risk profile.
Policies for hedging and mitigating risk
Article 435 (1)(d) CRR (EU OVA)
The bank utilizes a variety of risk mitigation techniques to manage financial and non-financial risk exposures. More
detailed risk type specific considerations can be found in the following chapters.
Concise risk statement approved by the board 
Article 435 (1)(f) CRR (EU OVA & EU LIQA)
Deutsche Bank’s Management Board approves, for the purpose of Article 435 CRR, this concise risk statement succinctly
describing the institution's overall risk profile associated with the business strategy.
The Group’s business model inherently involves taking risks. Risk types as reflected in the risk type taxonomy include
credit risk, market risk, treasury risk, enterprise risk, model risk, reputational risk and operational risk.
The risk management framework aims to align the bank’s planned and actual risk taking with the risk appetite as
expressed by the Management Board, while being in line with the bank’s available capital and liquidity. Deutsche Bank’s
risk management framework consists of various components including risk governance, risk organization, risk culture, risk
appetite, strategy & planning, risk identification & assessment, mitigation & controls, risk measurement & reporting, stress
planning & execution.
Risk appetite is an integral element in the business planning processes via the bank’s risk strategy and plan, to promote
the appropriate alignment of risk, capital and performance targets, while at the same time considering risk capacity and
appetite constraints from both financial and non-financial risks. Compliance of the plan with risk appetite and capacity is
also tested under stressed market conditions. Top-down risk appetite serves as the limit for risk-taking for the bottom-up
planning from the business functions.
The table below shows Deutsche Bank’s overall risk position as measured by the economic capital demand calculated for
the dates specified. Deutsche Bank’s overall economic risk position also considers diversification benefits across risk
types.
67
Deutsche Bank
Risk management objectives and policies
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Concise risk statement approved by the board
Risk profile of Deutsche Bank’s business divisions as measured by economic capital
Dec 31, 2025
in € m. (unless
stated otherwise)
Corporate Bank
Investment
Bank
Private Bank
Asset
Management
Corporate &
Other
Total
Total
(in %)
Credit risk
3,720
4,650
2,255
45
2,725
13,395
51
Market risk
507
2,004
789
316
6,354
9,970
38
Operational risk
821
1,390
1,187
393
1,168
4,960
19
Strategic risk
0
0
0
0
1,980
1,980
8
Diversification benefit¹
(780)
(1,339)
(863)
(238)
(1,013)
(4,234)
(16)
Total EC
4,269
6,706
3,368
516
11,213
26,071
100
Total EC in %
16
26
13
2
43
100
N/M
1 Diversification benefit across credit, market, operational and strategic risk
Deutsche Bank’s mix of business activities results in diverse risk-taking. The Group measures key risks inherent to the
respective business models (credit, market, operational and strategic risk) through the economic capital metric, which
captures the business segment’s risk profile and considers cross-risk effects at Group level.
Corporate Bank’s risk profile mainly arises from the products and services offered in Corporate Treasury Services
(including Trade Finance, Lending and Corporate Cash Management), Strategic Corporate Lending and Business Banking.
Economic capital demand in these segments arises largely from credit risk.
Investment Bank’s risk profile is dominated by its financing and trading activities, which give rise to all major risk types.
Credit risk in the Investment Bank is broadly distributed across business units but most prominent in Fixed Income &
Currencies and Leveraged Debt Capital Markets. Market risk arises mainly from trading and market making activities.
Private Bank’s risk profile comprises credit risks from business with German and international retail clients, business
clients and wealth management clients as well as non-trading market risks mainly from modeling of client deposits.
Asset Management, as a fiduciary asset manager, invests money on behalf of clients. As such, the main risk drivers are of
operational nature. The economic capital demand for market risk is mainly driven by non-trading market risks, which arise
from guaranteed products and co-investments in the funds.
Corporate & Other’s risk profile embeds a range of different risk drivers including those pertaining to Treasury, certain
corporate items, and legacy portfolios. The economic capital demand mainly comprises non-trading market risk from
interest rate risk in Treasury, structural foreign exchange risk and equity compensation risk, credit risk from Treasury’s
investments, strategic risk from tax-related risks and software asset risks and operational risk from legacy portfolios.
The table below shows the results of the bank’s stressed Net Liquidity Position (sNLP) under various scenarios. The sNLP
is an internal liquidity risk management tool.
Global All Currency Daily Stress Testing Results
Dec 31, 2025
Dec 31, 2024
in € bn.
Funding Gap1
Gap Closure2
Net Liquidity
Position
Funding Gap1
Gap Closure2
Net Liquidity
Position
Systemic market risk
187
306
119
208
265
56
1 notch downgrade (DB specific)
39
215
176
34
174
140
Severe downgrade (DB specific)
107
235
128
142
241
99
Combined³
231
325
94
216
275
59
1Funding gap caused by impaired rollover of liabilities and other projected outflows
2Based on liquidity generation through Liquidity Reserves and other business mitigants
3Combined impact of systemic market risk and severe downgrade
As part of the stress testing and scenario analysis the business portfolios are categorized under various liquidity risk
drivers and appropriate models are defined for each of the liquidity risk drivers to arrive at the above results. The
Corporate Bank and Private Bank are primarily loan and deposit businesses, which on a net basis generate liquidity for
Deutsche Bank due to their surplus deposits, i.e. in excess of their loan portfolios. This surplus liquidity is passed to Group
Treasury. The Investment Bank by contrast is a net consumer of liquidity, predominantly due to its large loan and
securities portfolios, and borrows from Group Treasury. The Investment Bank holds a portion of its liquid securities
unencumbered as part of Deutsche Bank’s liquidity reserves. Group Treasury raises funding primarily from long-term
debt issuance, participation in central bank money market operations as well as short-term wholesale deposits. Group
Treasury holds Deutsche Bank’s liquidity reserves in the form of Central Bank cash and a highly liquid unencumbered
securities portfolio.
Additional key risk ratios and figures are included in EU KM1, EU KM2, EU OVC and the various risk type specific sections.
68
Deutsche Bank
Risk management objectives and policies
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Concise risk statement approved by the board
Information on capital and risk measurement is based on the principles of consolidation. Intragroup transactions and
transactions with related parties do not have any material impact on the Group’s capital risk profile. For the Bank’s
consolidated LCR, NSFR (Pillar 1) and sNLP (Pillar 2), available surplus that resides in entities with restriction to transfer
liquidity to other group entities, for example due to regulatory lending requirements, is considered to be trapped and as
such not counted in the calculation of the consolidated group liquidity surplus.
69
Deutsche Bank
Risk management objectives and policies
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Concise risk statement approved by the board
Credit risk and credit risk mitigation
General qualitative information on credit risk
Credit risk management strategies and processes
Article 435 (1)(a) CRR (EU OVA & EU CRA)
Credit risk arises from all transactions where actual, contingent or potential claims against any counterparty, borrower,
obligor or issuer (which Deutsche Bank refers to collectively as “counterparties”) exist, including those claims that
Deutsche Bank plans to distribute. It captures the risk of loss because of a deterioration of a counterparty’s
creditworthiness or the failure of a counterparty to meet the terms of any contract with DB Group or otherwise
performed as agreed.
Based on the Risk Type Taxonomy, credit risk is grouped into four material categories, namely default/migration risk,
transaction/settlement risk (exposure risk), mitigation risk and concentration risk. This is complemented by a regular risk
identification and materiality assessment.
Default/migration risk as the main element of credit risk, is the risk that a counterparty defaults on its payment
obligations or experiences material credit quality deterioration increasing the likelihood of a default
Transaction/settlement risk (exposure risk) is the risk that arises from any existing, contingent or potential future
positive exposure
Mitigation risk is the risk of higher losses due to risk mitigation measures not performing as anticipated
Credit concentration risk is the risk of an adverse development in a specific single counterparty, country, industry or
product leading to a disproportionate deterioration in the risk profile of Deutsche Bank’s credit exposures to that
counterparty, country, industry or product
An appropriate set of credit metrics is used to properly monitor Deutsche Bank Group’s Credit Risk:
To manage counterparties and portfolios the Bank uses gross/ net credit limits and other credit exposure metrics. Where
deemed appropriate, additional risk metrics (Probability of Default (PD), Excepted Loss (EL), Loss Given Default (LGD),
loan loss provisions) are applied and related capital consumption (EC, RWA) as well as risk/ reward are referenced.
Enhanced focus is put on balance sheet consumption and stress losses.
The management of Credit Risk follows clearly defined and documented credit processes.
Key elements are:
deriving a credit rating for the counterparties
approving individual counterparty credit limits with the required credit authority
setting credit limits for certain counterparties or portfolios, the latter in line with the allocated risk appetite also
ensuring adequate limit/ exposure reflection in risk systems
deciding on the requirement for credit risk mitigation (including collateral and risk transfer)
monitoring of the credit exposures on a counterparty level; monitoring on a portfolio level including specific stress
testing to ensure adherence to the allocated risk appetite (in addition to the tasks of the independent Risk Control
function)
managing higher risk counterparties via watchlist process and transfer to Workout Units
proactively managing concentration risks and identifying quality trends to adhere to the allocated risk appetite.
The credit rating is an essential part of Deutsche Bank’s credit process and builds – amongst others – the basis for
maximum credit limit determination on a borrower level and adequate pricing of the transaction and credit decision. The
bank performs an appropriate risk assessment of all borrowers and the associated exposure on at least an annual basis. 
Ongoing active monitoring and management of individual credit risk positions is an integral part of credit risk
management and is regarded as the responsibility of all functions being part of the credit process. A credit rating is a
prerequisite for any credit limit established approved. For each credit rating the appropriate rating approach has to be
applied and the derived credit rating has to be established in the relevant systems. Different rating approaches have
been established to best reflect the specific characteristics of exposure classes, including specific product types, central
governments and central banks, institutions, corporates and retail.
70
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk and credit risk mitigation
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
General qualitative information on credit risk
Counterparties in the bank’s non-homogenous portfolios are rated by Deutsche Bank’s independent Credit Risk
Management function. Country risk ratings are provided by Enterprise and Treasury Risk Management Risk Research.
Deutsche Bank’s rating analysis is based on a combination of qualitative and quantitative factors. When rating a
counterparty Deutsche Bank applies in-house assessment methodologies as well as the bank’s 21-grade rating scale.
Deutsche Bank measures risk-weighted assets to determine the regulatory capital demand for credit risk using
“advanced”, “foundation” and “standard” approaches of which “advanced” and “foundation” are approved by the bank’s
regulator.
The advanced Internal Ratings Based Approach (IRBA) is the most sophisticated approach available under the regulatory
framework for credit risk and allows Deutsche Bank to make use of the bank’s internal credit rating models as well as
internal estimates of specific further risk parameters. These methods and parameters represent long-used key
components of the internal risk measurement and management process supporting the credit approval process, the
economic capital and expected loss calculation and the internal monitoring and reporting of credit risk. The relevant
parameters include the PD, LGD and the maturity (M) driving the regulatory risk-weight and the credit conversion factor
(CCF) as part of the regulatory exposure at default (EAD) estimation. For the majority of derivative counterparty
exposures as well as securities financing transactions (SFT), Deutsche Bank makes use of the internal model method
(IMM) in accordance with the CRR in order to calculate EAD. For most of the bank’s internal rating systems more than
seven years of historical information is available to assess these parameters. Deutsche Bank’s internal rating
methodologies aim at point-in-time rather than a through-the-cycle rating, but in line with regulatory solvency
requirements, they are calibrated based on long-term averages of observed default rates.
The foundation IRBA is an approach available under the regulatory framework for credit risk allowing institutions to make
use of their internal rating methodologies while using pre-defined regulatory values for all other risk parameters.
Parameters subject to internal estimates include the PD while the LGD and the CCF are defined in the regulatory
framework. Foundation IRBA is applied mandatorily for some exposure classes since introduction of CRR3 and some
exposures stemming from ex-Postbank.
Deutsche Bank applies the standardized approach to a subset of the bank’s credit risk exposures. The standardized
approach measures credit risk either pursuant to fixed risk weights, which are predefined by the regulator, or through the
application of external ratings. Deutsche Bank assigns certain credit exposures permanently to the standardized
approach. Exposures to central governments or central banks make up the majority of the exposures carried in the
standardized approach and receive predominantly a risk weight of zero percent. Sovereign exposures that were treated
under IRBA previously have been moved to standardized approach under art. 494d CRR in 2025. For internal purposes,
however, these exposures are subject to an internal credit assessment and fully integrated in the risk management and
economic capital processes.
In addition to the above-described regulatory capital demand, Deutsche Bank determines the internal capital demand
for credit risk via an economic capital model.
Deutsche Bank calculates economic capital for the default risk, country risk and settlement risk as elements of credit risk.
In line with the bank’s economic capital framework, economic capital for credit risk is set at a level to absorb with a
probability of 99.9% very severe aggregate unexpected losses within one year. Deutsche Bank’s economic capital for
credit risk is derived from the loss distribution of a portfolio via Monte Carlo Simulation of correlated rating migrations.
The loss distribution is modeled in two steps. First, individual credit exposures are specified based on parameters for the
probability of default, exposure at default and loss given default. In a second step, the probability of joint defaults is
modeled through the introduction of economic factors, which correspond to geographic regions and industries. The
simulation of portfolio losses is then performed by an internally developed model, which takes rating migration and
maturity effects into account. Effects due to wrong-way derivatives risk (i.e., the credit exposure of a derivative in the
default case is higher than in non-default scenarios) are modeled by applying the bank’s own alpha factor when deriving
the exposure at default for derivatives and securities financing transactions under the CRR. Deutsche Bank allocates
expected losses and economic capital derived from loss distributions down to transaction level to enable management
on transaction, customer and business level.
In determining the credit limit for a counterparty, Deutsche Bank considers the counterparty’s credit quality by reference
to its internal credit rating. Credit limits and credit exposures are both measured on a gross and net basis where net is
derived by deducting hedges and certain collateral from respective gross figures. For derivatives, Deutsche Bank looks at
current market values and the potential future exposure over the relevant time horizon which is based upon the bank’s
legal agreements with the counterparty. Deutsche Bank also takes into consideration the risk-return characteristics of
individual transactions and portfolios. Risk-return metrics explain the development of client revenues as well as capital
consumption.
71
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk and credit risk mitigation
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
General qualitative information on credit risk
Credit risk management structure and organization
Article 435 (1)(b) CRR EU OVA & EU CRA
Deutsche Bank manages its credit risk using the following principles:
Credit Risk is only accepted:
for adopted clients
after completed proper due diligence involving the Business as 1st LoD
for explicitly approved businesses, products and locations; new, products and changes to existing products having
been assessed within the Group’s Product Lifecycle Policy
if a Rating has been assigned in line with agreed and approved processes
if all credit relevant exposures are correctly reflected in the relevant risk systems
if plans for an orderly termination of the risk positions have been considered
Credit Risk is assumed within the applicable risk appetite
Profit & Loss responsibility for credit exposures is kept and remains with the sponsoring Corporate Division
Risk taken needs to be adequately compensated
Risk must be continuously monitored and managed across 1LoD and CRM / "Marktfolge" as well as 2LoD
Credit standards are applied consistently across all Units in order to maintain a favorable risk profile in line with the
risk appetite
Collateral or other risk mitigating, hedging or rating transfer instruments which can be an alternative source of
repayment do not substitute for underwriting standards and a thorough assessment of the debt service ability of the
counterparty has to be performed during the credit process
Deutsche Bank strives to adequately secure, guarantee or hedge outright cash risk and longer tenor exposures with
acceptable remuneration. This approach does usually not include lower risk short-term transactions and facilities
supporting specific trade finance or other lower risk products where the margin allows for adequate loss coverage
Deutsche Bank measures and consolidates globally all exposure and facilities to the same obligor. A Key Contact
Person (KCP) within a Credit Team is assigned to each group of connected clients (Obligor) to globally co-ordinate the
Credit Risk process for the respective Obligor
Deutsche Bank has established within Credit Risk Management – where appropriate – specialized teams for deriving
internal client ratings, analyzing and approving transactions or covering workout clients; for transaction approval
purposes, structured credit risk management teams are aligned to the respective lending business areas to ascertain
adequate product expertise
Where required, Deutsche Bank has established processes to manage credit exposures at a legal entity level
To meet the requirements of Article 190 CRR, DB Group has allocated the various control requirements for the credit
processes to units / role holders that are best suited to perform such controls
The model change process and the relevant governance bodies are described in the chapter “Role of the function in the
credit risk model process, scope and main content of credit risk models”.
Climate and environmental risks are integrated across the different stages of the credit lifecycle including transaction
approval / client onboarding, risk classification and credit ratings, portfolio analysis and monitoring and, collateral
valuation.
Climate and environmental risks are incorporated into the credit approval process for corporate clients via enhanced due
diligence requirements. New loan requests (defined as increments, renewals/tenor extensions) above selected tenor and
rating-based thresholds to corporate clients in high-carbon intensive sectors as well as those in sectors vulnerable to
climate-physical and nature (or “other environmental”) risks require dedicated climate risk assessment from the front
office and review by Credit Risk Management. More information on additional controls and processes around the
appetite and management of environmental risks in the bank’s lending portfolio are reported in the following sections of
this chapter.
Scope and nature of credit risk measurement and reporting systems
Article 435 (1)(c) CRR (EU OVA & EU CRA)
Both credit and non-credit risk measurement systems support credit risk related management reporting and provide the
basis for reporting on credit risk positions and utilization under established limits to relevant stakeholders on a regular
and ad-hoc basis. Established units within the Chief Risk Officer function assume responsibility for measurement,
analysis and reporting of risk while promoting sufficient quality and integrity of credit risk-related data.
The main reports on credit risk that are used to provide stakeholders with information relating to the group credit risk
profile are the following:
72
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk and credit risk mitigation
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
General qualitative information on credit risk
The Key Risk Report focused on credit risk is the credit risk appetite & Portfolio Management Report, issued monthly;
this Key Risk Report holistically covers credit risk across Deutsche Bank Group; it has been established to monitor and
promote discussion on qualitative and quantitative credit portfolio developments and the current macroeconomic
environment including market trends and events; the material typically covers key credit risk themes, the credit
portfolio risk profile, credit portfolio appetite, informs on potential counterparty and portfolio concentrations,
provides information on the development of financial resources such as credit risk RWA and credit risk economic
capital including stress testing, updates on credit portfolio risk mitigation across the banking and trading book
positions and wrong way risk as well as the development and outlook of Credit Loss Provisions (CLP)
The Weekly Credit Risk Wrap, a summary that provides an update of latest credit risk developments over the week,
including recent news, CLP, and underwriting pipeline trends
While the above reports are used at a Group level to monitor and review the credit risk profile of Deutsche Bank
holistically, there are other, supplementing standard and ad-hoc management reports, including for sub- and focus
portfolios, asset classes as well as legal entities, which are used to monitor and control the risk profile. Fully automated
credit portfolio overview reports can be also utilized and show, for the selected portfolio scope, key credit risk metrics
and various portfolio splits, such as top movers by product classification, tenor and country. In addition, credit risk feeds
information into the bank’s cross risk reports as outlined earlier.
Policies for hedging and mitigating credit risk
Article 435 (1)(d) CRR (EU OVA & EU CRA)
Deutsche Bank has regulated the acceptance, valuation and management of risk mitigating and hedging instruments in a
framework of approved global, local and product or business specific documents which determine the bank´s standards
and consider legal and regulatory requirements. Tasks, responsibilities and respective authorities are dedicated here
while the processes are executed mainly decentralized or locally or in specific teams with delegated tasks.
Under the framework of the “Principles for Managing Credit Risk” as well as the “Policy for Managing Credit Risk” the
bank´s main respective documents for hedging and mitigating credit risk are:
The Global Collateral Management Guide (for Banking Book Collateral)
The Global Collateral Guideline (for Derivatives and Securities Financing Transactions)
Mandated Hedge Guidance for CPM Framework
Leveraged and Hedge Funds Process Guide - CRO CRM
supplemented by divisional credit policies and process guides and a comprehensive regime of local, divisional and
business specific collateral management and valuation procedures, directives and manuals. All these regulations are
reviewed, updated and approved at least annually and distributed to the relevant staff as well as accessible on the bank´s
Policy Portal.
Article 431 (5) CRR
Deutsche Bank Group, if requested, provides explanations of rating decisions to small and medium entities and other
corporates.
Definitions of past due and impairment
Article 442 (a) CRR (EU CRB)
Exposures are considered to be past due if contractually agreed payments of principal and/or interest remain unpaid by
the borrower, except if those are acquired through consolidation. The latter are considered to be past due if payments of
principal and/or interest, which were expected at a certain payment date at the time of the initial consolidation of the
loans, are unpaid by the borrower.
The Group has aligned its definition of “credit impaired” under IFRS 9 to the default definition as per Art. 178 of the
Capital Requirements Regulation for regulatory purposes. As a consequence, credit impaired financial assets (or Stage 3
financial assets) consist of two types of defaulted financial assets: financial assets where the Group expects an
impairment loss and the amount is reflected in the allowance for credit losses and financial assets, where the Group does
not expect an impairment loss (e.g., due to high quality collateral or sufficient expected future cash flows following
thorough due diligence).
73
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk and credit risk mitigation
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
General qualitative information on credit risk
Credit risk adjustments
Article 442 (b) CRR (EU CRB)
The determination of impairment losses and allowances is based on the expected credit loss model under IFRS 9, where
allowances for loan losses are recorded upon initial recognition of the financial asset, based on expectations of potential
credit losses at the time of initial recognition.
The impairment requirements of IFRS 9 apply to all credit exposures that are measured at amortized cost or fair value
through other comprehensive income and to off balance sheet lending commitments, such as loan commitments and
financial guarantees. For purposes of the Group’s impairment approach, the bank refers to these instruments as financial
assets.
The Group determines its allowance for credit losses in accordance with IFRS 9 as follows:
Stage 1 reflects financial instruments where it is assumed that credit risk has not increased significantly after initial
recognition
Stage 2 contains all financial assets, that are not defaulted, but have experienced a significant increase in credit risk
since initial recognition
Stage 3 consists of financial assets of clients which are defaulted in accordance with Deutsche Bank’s policies on
regulatory default, which are based on the Capital Requirements Regulation (CRR) under Art. 178; the Group defines
these financial assets as impaired, non-performing and defaulted
Significant increase in credit risk is determined using quantitative and qualitative information based on the Group’s
historical experience, credit risk assessment and forward-looking information
Purchased or Originated Credit Impaired (POCI) financial assets are assets where at the time of initial recognition
there is objective evidence of impairment
The IFRS 9 impairment approach is an integral part of the Group’s Credit Risk Management procedures. The estimation of
expected credit losses (ECL’s) is either performed via the automated, parameter based ECL calculation using the Group’s
ECL model or determined by Credit Officers. In both cases, the calculation takes place for each financial asset
individually. Similarly, the determination of the need to transfer between stages is made on an individual asset basis. The
Group’s ECL model is used to calculate the allowance for credit losses for all financial assets in Stage 1 and Stage 2, as
well as for Stage 3 in the homogeneous portfolio (i.e. retail and small business loans with similar credit risk
characteristics). For financial assets in the bank’s non-homogeneous portfolio in Stage 3 and for POCI assets, the
allowance for credit losses is determined by Credit Officers.
The Group uses three main components to measure ECL. These are PD, LGD and EAD. The Group leverages existing
parameters used for determination of capital demand under the Basel Internal Ratings Based Approach and internal risk
management practices as much as possible to calculate ECL. These parameters are adjusted where necessary to comply
with IFRS 9 requirements (e.g. use of point in time ratings and removal of downturn add-ons in the regulatory
parameters). Incorporating forecasts of future economic conditions into the measurement of expected credit losses
influences the allowance for credit losses. In order to calculate lifetime expected credit losses, the Group’s calculation
derives the corresponding lifetime PDs from migration matrices that reflect economic forecasts.
General quantitative information on credit risk
Residual maturity breakdown of credit exposure
Article 442 (g) CRR
Table EU CR1-A provides the net credit exposures by maturities and exposure classes. The exposure amount includes on-
balance sheet items, whereby the net exposure value is calculated by deducting credit risk adjustments from its gross
carrying amount. The net exposure is split into the below 5 categories based on the residual contractual maturity of the
instrument.
On demand: where the counterparty has a choice of when the amount is repaid
Bucketing remaining maturity: 0 to 1 year, 1 to 5 years, and more than 5 years
No stated maturity: where an exposure has no stated maturity for reasons other than the counterparty having the
choice of the repayment date
The breakdown into the exposure classes follows those as defined for the IRBA (i.e., combining the advanced and
foundation IRB) as well as for the standardized approach. In the IRB approach, the line item “Central governments and
central banks” includes exposures to regional governments or local authorities, public sector entities, multilateral
74
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk and credit risk mitigation
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
General qualitative information on credit risk
developments banks and international organizations. The exposure class “Other items” within the standardized approach
includes all exposures not covered in the other categories.
EU CR1-A – Maturity of exposures
Dec 31, 2025
a
b
c
d
e
f
Net exposure value
in € m.
On demand
<= 1 year
> 1 year
<= 5 years
> 5 years
No stated
maturity
Total
Loans and advances
17,723
112,309
131,819
196,451
0
458,301
Debt securities
0
10,165
15,942
49,772
0
75,878
Total
17,723
122,473
147,761
246,222
0
534,179
 
Jun 30, 2025
a
b
c
d
e
f
Net exposure value
in € m.
On demand
<= 1 year
> 1 year
<= 5 years
> 5 years
No stated
maturity
Total
Loans and advances
19,591
113,143
129,514
191,571
0
453,819
Debt securities
0
8,907
14,850
46,901
0
70,658
Total
19,591
122,050
144,364
238,472
0
524,477
Quality of non-performing exposures by geography
The following tables (EU CQ4, EU CQ5, EU CR1, EU CQ3, EU CR2 and EU CQ1) provide information on performing and
non-performing exposures.
Relevant exposures are debt instruments (debt securities, loans, advances, cash at central bank balances, demand
deposits) as well as off-balance sheet exposures (loan commitments given, financial guarantees given and any other
commitments) excluding those exposures held for trading.
The amounts shown are based on the IFRS gross carrying and nominal values according to the regulatory scope of
consolidation. The gross carrying amount reflects the exposure value before deduction of accumulated impairment,
provisions and accumulated negative changes due to credit risk for non-performing exposures.
An exposure is being classified as non-performing if it meets the non-performing criteria in Article 47a of the CRR and an
exposure is classified as defaulted if it meets the definition of default as per Article 178 of the CRR. Exposures subject to
impairment under IFRS 9 include debt instruments at amortized cost and fair value through OCI as well as off-balance
sheet exposures.
Article 442 (c+e) CRR
Table EU CQ4 provides information about performing and non-performing exposures broken down by individual
significant countries for both, December 31, 2025 and June 30, 2025. For each reporting period Deutsche Bank
considers the top 25 countries exceeding an individual exposure greater than € 5.2 billion to be significant, as it
represents more than 90% of the Group’s total exposure. Immaterial exposures, with individual exposures being below
€ 5.2 billion, are included in “Other countries”. The geographical distribution is based on the legal domicile of the
counterparty or issuer.
75
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk and credit risk mitigation
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
General qualitative information on credit risk
EU CQ4 – Quality of non-performing exposures by geography
Dec 31, 2025
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
Gross carrying/nominal amount
Accumulated
impairment
Provisions on
off-balance-
sheet
commitments
and financial
guarantees
Accumulated
negative
changes in fair
value due to
credit risk on
non-performing
exposures
of which non-performing
of which subject
to impairment
in € m.
of which
defaulted
1
On-balance-sheet
exposures¹
1,008,515
16,054
16,030
888,083
(6,233)
(17)
2
Australia
9,239
107
107
7,904
(26)
0
3
Austria
5,619
2
2
5,513
(2)
0
4
Belgium
11,652
54
54
11,590
(5)
0
5
Canada
7,705
64
64
3,506
(24)
0
6
Cayman Islands
26,622
111
111
11,273
(6)
0
7
China
6,545
17
17
6,303
(2)
0
8
Czech Republic
5,408
0
0
5,386
(1)
0
9
France
26,421
427
427
21,912
(132)
0
10
Germany
306,809
4,945
4,929
305,596
(2,909)
0
11
Hong Kong
4,515
146
146
3,777
(99)
0
12
India
12,260
144
144
11,991
(50)
0
13
Ireland
9,206
207
207
7,644
(109)
0
14
Italy
41,646
1,082
1,080
40,807
(721)
0
15
Japan
19,362
43
43
12,155
(15)
0
16
Jersey
5,115
20
20
2,490
(20)
0
17
Luxembourg
30,273
175
173
25,916
(83)
0
18
Netherlands
10,708
223
223
10,638
(65)
(13)
19
Poland
6,800
67
66
6,609
(27)
0
20
Singapore
11,847
128
128
10,865
(45)
0
21
Spain
20,457
863
862
20,384
(399)
0
22
Sweden
2,026
307
307
1,783
(7)
0
23
Switzerland
8,858
41
41
8,597
(19)
0
24
Turkey
5,913
98
98
5,439
(3)
0
25
U.S.
283,166
5,421
5,419
231,689
(1,048)
0
26
United Kingdom
63,753
102
102
47,056
(54)
0
27
Other countries
66,590
1,260
1,260
61,260
(362)
(4)
28
Off-balance-sheet
exposures
348,051
2,853
2,851
(404)
29
Australia
4,922
1
1
(4)
30
Austria
1,795
0
0
0
31
Belgium
2,248
1
1
(1)
32
Canada
3,475
1
1
(3)
33
Cayman Islands
3,777
2
2
(1)
34
China
2,663
0
0
0
35
Czech Republic
206
0
0
0
36
France
10,812
100
100
(5)
37
Germany
87,277
433
430
(140)
38
Hong Kong
3,942
7
7
(4)
39
India
4,959
2
2
(3)
40
Ireland
6,209
7
7
(5)
41
Italy
9,541
26
26
(16)
42
Japan
1,188
9
9
0
43
Jersey
691
0
0
0
44
Luxembourg
10,138
99
99
(12)
45
Netherlands
10,464
59
59
(10)
46
Poland
2,204
1
1
(2)
47
Singapore
3,206
9
9
(1)
48
Spain
8,056
64
64
(14)
49
Sweden
3,165
11
11
(2)
50
Switzerland
12,680
14
14
(4)
51
Turkey
1,689
0
0
0
52
U.S.
111,509
1,743
1,743
(113)
53
United Kingdom
13,868
33
33
(16)
54
Other countries
27,367
231
232
(48)
55
Total
1,356,566
18,907
18,881
888,083
(6,233)
(404)
(17)
1The on-balance sheet exposure includes debt securities and loans and advances.
76
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk and credit risk mitigation
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
General qualitative information on credit risk
Jun 30, 2025
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
Gross carrying/nominal amount
Accumulated
impairment
Provisions on
off-balance-
sheet
commitments
and financial
guarantees
Accumulated
negative
changes in fair
value due to
credit risk on
non-performing
exposures
of which non-performing
of which subject
to impairment
in € m.
of which
defaulted
1
On-balance-sheet
exposures¹
951,892
15,354
15,340
837,385
(6,040)
(17)
2
Australia
8,187
60
60
7,993
(14)
0
3
Austria
4,572
30
30
4,493
(2)
0
4
Belgium
9,655
58
58
9,576
(4)
0
5
Canada
8,269
188
188
3,336
(10)
0
6
Cayman Islands
24,797
108
108
11,234
(5)
0
7
China
6,114
16
16
6,083
(6)
0
8
France
22,067
437
437
20,547
(113)
0
9
Germany
293,982
4,826
4,819
292,946
(2,965)
0
10
Hong Kong
4,941
212
212
4,490
(172)
0
11
India
12,836
136
136
12,576
(56)
0
12
Ireland
9,397
230
230
7,493
(103)
0
13
Italy
40,086
1,067
1,067
38,241
(665)
0
14
Japan
21,197
50
50
13,129
(5)
0
15
Jersey
5,767
21
21
2,501
(17)
0
16
Luxembourg
29,330
135
135
25,269
(64)
0
17
Netherlands
11,369
284
284
11,290
(61)
(13)
18
Poland
6,351
73
72
6,323
(31)
0
19
Singapore
11,352
128
128
10,891
(39)
0
20
Spain
20,188
934
933
20,079
(394)
0
21
Sweden
1,883
286
286
1,678
(3)
0
22
Switzerland
10,444
41
41
10,029
(16)
0
23
Turkey
6,377
99
99
5,458
(2)
0
24
U.S.
251,277
4,431
4,427
202,436
(863)
0
25
United Kingdom
67,856
84
84
49,417
(66)
0
26
Virgin Islands,
British
4,239
241
241
4,239
(33)
0
27
Other countries
59,356
1,180
1,180
55,639
(331)
(4)
28
Off-balance-sheet
exposures
328,535
2,662
2,661
(345)
29
Australia
4,280
0
0
(3)
30
Austria
1,326
0
0
0
31
Belgium
2,311
1
1
0
32
Canada
2,949
1
1
(3)
33
Cayman Islands
3,586
0
0
(1)
34
China
2,396
0
0
0
35
France
9,610
217
217
(8)
36
Germany
85,784
426
424
(107)
37
Hong Kong
1,476
8
8
(6)
38
India
4,768
2
2
(4)
39
Ireland
6,580
2
2
(4)
40
Italy
9,817
24
24
(13)
41
Japan
1,346
6
6
0
42
Jersey
724
0
0
0
43
Luxembourg
10,468
90
90
(14)
44
Netherlands
10,632
74
74
(12)
45
Poland
2,962
1
1
0
46
Singapore
2,134
11
11
(1)
47
Spain
8,257
46
46
(13)
48
Sweden
2,988
14
14
(1)
49
Switzerland
10,632
14
14
(2)
50
Turkey
1,439
0
0
0
51
U.S.
104,822
1,280
1,280
(100)
52
United Kingdom
14,368
27
27
(15)
53
Virgin Islands,
British
263
51
51
(2)
54
Other countries
22,617
366
366
(32)
55
Total
1,280,427
18,016
18,000
837,385
(6,040)
(345)
(17)
1The on-balance sheet exposure includes debt securities and loans and advances.
77
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk and credit risk mitigation
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
General qualitative information on credit risk
Credit quality of loans and advances to non-financial corporations by industry
Article 442 (c+e) CRR
Table EU CQ5 provides information about performing and non-performing exposures to non-financial corporations
broken down by industry. The industry classification is based on NACE codes. NACE (Nomenclature des Activités
Économiques dans la Communauté Européenne) is a European industry standard classification system for classifying
business activities.
EU CQ5 – Credit quality of loans and advances to non-financial corporations by industry
Dec 31, 2025
a
b
c
d
e
f
Gross carrying amount
Accumulated
impairment
Accumulated
negative
changes in fair
value due to
credit risk on
non-performing
exposures
of which non-performing
of which loans
and advances
subject to
impairment
in € m.
of which
defaulted
1
Agriculture, forestry and fishing
288
11
11
288
(6)
0
2
Mining and quarrying
1,953
29
29
1,912
(19)
0
3
Manufacturing
27,228
1,249
1,248
26,916
(600)
0
4
Electricity, gas, steam and air
conditioning supply
4,926
161
161
4,890
(81)
0
5
Water supply
625
8
8
625
(6)
0
6
Construction
4,041
232
232
3,877
(99)
0
7
Wholesale and retail trade
20,881
928
928
20,703
(461)
0
8
Transport and storage
4,937
267
267
4,934
(77)
0
9
Accommodation and food service
activities
3,128
78
78
3,094
(32)
0
10
Information and communication
9,351
501
501
9,325
(116)
0
11
Financial and insurance activities
47,377
3,987
3,987
43,997
(839)
(4)
12
Real estate activities
44,151
978
976
46,515
(463)
0
13
Professional, scientific and
technical activities
6,663
199
199
6,655
(111)
0
14
Administrative and support service
activities
6,726
140
140
6,542
(47)
0
15
Public administration and defense,
compulsory social security
406
0
0
406
0
0
16
Education
256
7
7
256
(2)
0
17
Human health services and social
work activities
1,831
109
109
1,831
(21)
0
18
Arts, entertainment and recreation
666
28
28
666
(8)
0
19
Other service activities
19,987
388
388
18,720
(174)
0
20
Total
205,420
9,298
9,295
202,153
(3,162)
(4)
 
78
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk and credit risk mitigation
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
General qualitative information on credit risk
Jun 30, 2025
a
b
c
d
e
f
Gross carrying amount
Accumulated
impairment
Accumulated
negative
changes in fair
value due to
credit risk on
non-performing
exposures
of which non-performing
of which loans
and advances
subject to
impairment
in € m.
of which
defaulted
1
Agriculture, forestry and fishing
464
11
11
464
(6)
0
2
Mining and quarrying
2,398
6
6
2,353
(9)
0
3
Manufacturing
27,432
1,260
1,256
27,377
(609)
0
4
Electricity, gas, steam and air
conditioning supply
4,510
138
138
4,429
(73)
0
5
Water supply
674
5
5
674
(4)
0
6
Construction
4,625
290
290
4,477
(100)
0
7
Wholesale and retail trade
22,469
1,045
1,045
22,361
(527)
0
8
Transport and storage
4,794
147
147
4,723
(76)
0
9
Accommodation and food service
activities
3,574
80
80
3,574
(39)
0
10
Information and communication
9,278
289
289
9,268
(90)
0
11
Financial and insurance activities
54,479
1,079
1,079
53,890
(642)
0
12
Real estate activities
49,866
3,475
3,475
49,711
(749)
(4)
13
Professional, scientific and
technical activities
9,771
246
246
9,771
(129)
0
14
Administrative and support service
activities
8,473
163
163
8,290
(65)
0
15
Public administration and defense,
compulsory social security
695
0
0
305
0
0
16
Education
281
6
6
281
(3)
0
17
Human health services and social
work activities
3,950
182
182
3,950
(33)
0
18
Arts, entertainment and recreation
740
42
42
740
(7)
0
19
Other service activities
19,974
566
566
18,764
(189)
0
20
Total
228,448
9,030
9,025
225,403
(3,351)
(4)
Performing and non-performing exposures and related provisions
Article 442 (c) CRR
Table EU CR1 provides information about performing and non-performing exposures broken down by Supervisory
Reporting counterparty classes.
79
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk and credit risk mitigation
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
General quantitative information on credit risk
EU CR1 - Performing and non-performing exposures and related provisions
Dec 31, 2025
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
m
n
o
Gross carrying amount/nominal amount
Accumulated impairment, accumulated negative changes
in fair value due to credit risk and provisions
Performing exposures
Non-performing exposures
Performing exposures - accumulated
impairment and provisions
Non-performing exposures -
accumulated impairment, accumulated
negative changes in fair value due to
credit risk and provisions
Collaterals and financial
guarantees received on
in € m.
Total
of which:
stage 1
of which:
stage 2
Total
of which:
stage 2
of which:
stage 3
Total
of which:
stage 1
of which:
stage 2
Total
of which:
stage 2
of which:
stage 3
Accumula-
ted partial
write-off
performing
exposures
non-
performing
exposures
Cash balances at central banks
and other demand deposits
170,039
169,180
859
47
0
47
(8)
(3)
(5)
0
0
0
0
17
0
Loans and advances
Central banks
2,383
1,551
2
9
0
9
0
0
0
(8)
0
(8)
0
1,892
0
General governments
27,553
24,997
1,215
571
0
548
(8)
(3)
(5)
(41)
0
(41)
0
7,016
483
Credit institutions
46,178
37,965
102
9
0
0
(3)
(3)
0
0
0
0
0
24,208
0
Other financial corporations
267,506
161,040
3,503
966
0
905
(73)
(46)
(27)
(240)
0
(237)
(3)
163,569
474
Non-financial corporations
196,121
168,369
24,630
9,298
3
8,646
(590)
(193)
(397)
(2,576)
0
(2,333)
(318)
101,446
4,735
of which: SMEs
40,621
32,392
7,778
3,973
1
3,790
(174)
(45)
(129)
(794)
0
(778)
(213)
30,551
2,960
Households
201,044
178,093
22,950
4,784
20
4,716
(614)
(150)
(464)
(2,029)
0
(2,005)
(17)
152,221
2,000
Total Loans and advances
740,785
572,015
52,401
15,638
23
14,824
(1,289)
(396)
(893)
(4,895)
(1)
(4,624)
(339)
450,352
7,691
Debt securities
Central banks
1,776
1,776
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
General governments
62,728
62,032
38
13
0
0
(6)
(4)
(2)
0
0
0
0
98
13
Credit institutions
4,819
4,707
10
5
0
5
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Other financial corporations
8,705
6,846
332
132
0
119
(16)
(3)
(13)
(20)
0
(7)
(6)
508
0
Non-financial corporations
3,609
2,014
207
219
0
35
(14)
(4)
(10)
(2)
0
(2)
(32)
1,622
173
Total Debt securities
81,637
77,374
587
369
0
159
(36)
(12)
(25)
(22)
0
(9)
(38)
2,228
186
Off-balance sheet exposures
Central banks
224
224
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
118
0
General governments
11,021
10,720
302
133
0
133
(2)
(1)
(1)
(2)
0
(2)
0
722
0
Credit institutions
7,501
7,423
78
0
0
0
(1)
(1)
0
0
0
0
0
1,382
0
Other financial corporations
62,802
61,425
1,377
83
0
83
(19)
(14)
(5)
(7)
0
(7)
0
11,862
7
Non-financial corporations
235,786
219,552
16,234
2,584
2
2,560
(155)
(72)
(83)
(169)
0
(167)
0
26,037
344
Households
27,864
26,832
1,033
53
0
53
(28)
(20)
(8)
(20)
0
(20)
0
6,959
11
Total Off-balance sheet exposures
345,198
326,175
19,024
2,853
2
2,829
(206)
(109)
(97)
(198)
0
(196)
0
47,081
362
Total¹
992,461
1,144,744
72,871
18,907
26
17,859
(1,539)
(519)
(1,020)
(5,115)
(1)
(4,830)
(377)
499,677
8,239
1 Total including Cash balances at central banks and other demand deposits.
80
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk and credit risk mitigation
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
General quantitative information on credit risk
Jun 30, 2025
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
m
n
o
Gross carrying amount/nominal amount
Accumulated impairment, accumulated negative changes
in fair value due to credit risk and provisions
Performing exposures
Non-performing exposures
Performing exposures - accumulated
impairment and provisions
Non-performing exposures -
accumulated impairment, accumulated
negative changes in fair value due to
credit risk and provisions
Collaterals and financial
guarantees received on
in € m.
Total
of which:
stage 1
of which:
stage 2
Total
of which:
stage 2
of which:
stage 3
Total
of which:
stage 1
of which:
stage 2
Total
of which:
stage 2
of which:
stage 3
Accumula-
ted partial
write-off
performing
exposures
non-
performing
exposures
Cash balances at central banks
and other demand deposits
142,443
135,403
7,040
46
0
46
(6)
(2)
(4)
0
0
0
0
7
0
Loans and advances
Central banks
1,669
941
168
11
0
11
0
0
0
(7)
0
(7)
0
1,378
3
General governments
24,042
22,865
461
557
0
557
(3)
(2)
(1)
(25)
0
(25)
0
4,753
489
Credit institutions
49,036
38,708
21
5
0
2
(2)
(2)
0
0
0
0
0
26,011
2
Other financial corporations
237,555
137,914
2,691
950
0
876
(55)
(46)
(9)
(84)
0
(82)
0
142,765
612
Non-financial corporations
219,418
182,114
34,402
9,030
5
8,400
(712)
(267)
(444)
(2,643)
0
(2,432)
(269)
124,774
4,249
of which: SMEs
44,250
34,214
9,705
2,999
1
2,842
(180)
(48)
(132)
(673)
0
(651)
(122)
32,895
1,939
Households
186,140
165,120
21,020
4,361
9
4,308
(570)
(147)
(423)
(1,883)
0
(1,861)
(11)
139,756
1,821
Total Loans and advances
717,861
547,660
58,763
14,915
14
14,155
(1,342)
(465)
(877)
(4,643)
(1)
(4,407)
(280)
439,438
7,175
Debt securities
Central banks
2,138
2,138
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
General governments
58,109
53,823
3,874
0
0
0
(5)
(4)
(1)
0
0
0
0
88
0
Credit institutions
3,279
3,251
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Other financial corporations
7,718
6,991
0
19
0
0
(1)
(1)
0
(13)
0
0
0
423
0
Non-financial corporations
4,990
2,848
601
375
0
186
(28)
(4)
(24)
(19)
0
(19)
(4)
2,086
174
Total Debt securities
76,234
69,051
4,475
393
0
186
(34)
(9)
(25)
(32)
0
(19)
(4)
2,597
174
Off-balance sheet exposures
Central banks
196
196
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
111
0
General governments
9,069
8,750
320
190
0
190
(1)
0
0
(2)
0
(2)
0
97
0
Credit institutions
7,939
7,821
118
0
0
0
(1)
(1)
0
0
0
0
0
1,600
0
Other financial corporations
56,497
54,158
2,339
112
0
112
(18)
(15)
(3)
(8)
0
(8)
0
12,676
14
Non-financial corporations
233,179
214,424
18,756
2,269
1
2,245
(151)
(82)
(69)
(139)
0
(136)
0
28,421
204
Households
18,992
17,997
996
91
0
91
(9)
(3)
(6)
(16)
0
(16)
0
2,616
62
Total Off-balance sheet exposures
325,873
303,345
22,527
2,662
1
2,637
(180)
(101)
(78)
(165)
0
(162)
0
45,521
280
Total¹
1,262,411
1,055,460
92,806
18,016
15
17,024
(1,562)
(578)
(984)
(4,840)
(1)
(4,589)
(284)
487,563
7,629
1 Total including Cash balances at central banks and other demand deposits.
81
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk and credit risk mitigation
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
General quantitative information on credit risk
Credit quality of performing and non-performing exposures by days past due
Article 442 (c-d) CRR
Table EU CQ3 provides information about performing and non-performing exposures by days past due broken down by
Supervisory Reporting counterparty classes.
82
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk and credit risk mitigation
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
General quantitative information on credit risk
   
EU CQ3 – Credit quality of performing and non-performing exposures by past due days
Dec 31, 2025
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
Performing exposures
Non-performing exposure
in € m.
Total
Not past
due
or past
due
<= 30 days
Past due
>30d
and <=90d
Total
Unlikely to
pay that
are not
past due
or past
due <=
90d
Past due
>90d
and
<=180d
Past due
>180d
and <=1yr
Past due
>1yr
and
<=2yrs
Past due
>2 and
<=5 yrs
Past due
>5 and
<=7yrs
Past due
>7 years
of which
defaulted
Cash balances at central banks and other demand deposits
170,039
169,506
533
47
47
0
0
0
0
0
0
47
Loans and advances
Central banks
2,383
2,383
0
9
9
0
0
0
0
0
0
9
General governments
27,553
27,551
2
571
328
0
1
0
241
0
0
571
Credit institutions
46,178
46,153
25
9
9
0
0
0
0
0
0
9
Other financial corporations
267,506
267,175
331
966
845
4
33
14
63
0
7
966
Non-financial corporations
196,121
195,462
659
9,298
6,377
409
556
903
616
99
338
9,295
of which: SME's
40,621
40,483
138
3,973
2,432
280
261
618
292
21
69
3,972
Households
201,044
200,415
629
4,784
1,635
454
691
862
915
79
147
4,764
Total Loans and advances
740,785
739,140
1,645
15,638
9,204
867
1,282
1,779
1,836
178
493
15,614
Debt securities
Central banks
1,776
1,776
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
General governments
62,728
62,728
0
13
13
0
0
0
0
0
0
13
Credit institutions
4,819
4,819
0
5
5
0
0
0
0
0
0
5
Other financial corporations
8,705
8,705
0
132
132
0
0
0
0
0
0
132
Non-financial corporations
3,609
3,609
0
219
211
0
0
0
8
0
0
219
Total Debt securities
81,637
81,637
0
369
360
0
0
0
8
0
0
369
Off-balance sheet exposures
Central banks
224
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
General governments
11,021
0
0
133
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
133
Credit institutions
7,501
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Other financial corporations
62,802
0
0
83
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
83
Non-financial corporations
235,786
0
0
2,584
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2,582
Households
27,864
0
0
53
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
53
Total Off-balance sheet exposures
345,198
0
0
2,853
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2,851
Total¹
1,337,659
990,283
2,178
18,907
9,611
867
1,282
1,779
1,844
178
493
18,881
1Total including Cash balances at central banks and other demand deposits.
83
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk and credit risk mitigation
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
General quantitative information on credit risk
Jun 30, 2025
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
Performing exposures
Non-performing exposure
in € m.
Total
Not past
due
or past due
<= 30 days
Past due
>30d
and <=90d
Total
Unlikely to
pay that are
not past
due or past
due <= 90d
Past due
>90d
and <=180d
Past due
>180d
and <=1yr
Past due
>1yr
and <=2yrs
Past due
>2 and <=5
yrs
Past due
>5 and
<=7yrs
Past due
>7 years
of which
defaulted
Cash balances at central banks and other demand deposits
142,443
141,959
484
46
46
0
0
0
0
0
0
46
Loans and advances
Central banks
1,669
1,669
0
11
9
0
0
0
0
0
2
11
General governments
24,042
24,036
6
557
317
0
0
0
239
0
0
557
Credit institutions
49,036
49,024
12
5
5
0
0
0
0
0
0
5
Other financial corporations
237,555
237,433
121
950
885
24
16
14
3
0
7
950
Non-financial corporations
219,418
218,765
654
9,030
5,992
275
697
870
689
151
356
9,025
of which: SME's
44,250
44,144
106
2,999
1,846
58
277
505
217
17
79
2,998
Households
186,140
185,448
691
4,361
1,660
420
606
793
674
79
130
4,352
Total Loans and advances
717,861
716,376
1,485
14,915
8,868
719
1,320
1,678
1,605
231
495
14,901
Debt securities
Central banks
2,138
2,138
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
General governments
58,109
58,109
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Credit institutions
3,279
3,279
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Other financial corporations
7,718
7,718
0
19
19
0
0
0
0
0
0
19
Non-financial corporations
4,990
4,990
0
375
366
0
0
0
8
0
0
375
Total Debt securities
76,234
76,234
0
393
385
0
0
0
8
0
0
393
Off-balance sheet exposures
Central banks
196
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
General governments
9,069
0
0
190
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
190
Credit institutions
7,939
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Other financial corporations
56,497
0
0
112
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
112
Non-financial corporations
233,179
0
0
2,269
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2,268
Households
18,992
0
0
91
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
91
Total Off-balance sheet exposures
325,873
0
0
2,662
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2,661
Total¹
1,262,411
934,569
1,969
18,016
9,299
719
1,320
1,678
1,613
231
495
18,000
1Total including Cash balances at central banks and other demand deposits.A
84
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk and credit risk mitigation
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
General quantitative information on credit risk
Development of non-performing loans and advances
Article 442 (f) CRR
EU CR2 – Changes in the stock of non-performing loans and advances
Dec 31, 2025
Jun 30, 2025
a
a
in € m.
Gross carrying
amount
Gross carrying
amount
1
Initial stock of non-performing loans and advances
14,915
15,938
2
Inflows to non-performing portfolios
3,062
3,540
3
Outflows from non-performing portfolios
(2,338)
(4,564)
4
Outflows due to write-offs
(535)
(442)
5
Outflow due to other situations¹
(1,804)
(4,121)
6
Final stock of non-performing loans and advances
15,638
14,915
1Inflows and outflows include restructurings and modifications
Credit quality of forborne exposures
Article 442 (c) CRR
Exposures are being classified as forborne according to the criteria in Article 47b of the CRR.
EU CQ1 – Credit quality of forborne exposures
Dec 31, 2025
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
Gross carrying amount of forborne exposures
Accumulated impairment,
accumulated negative
changes
in fair value due to credit risk
and provisions
Collateral received and
financial guarantees received
on forborne exposures
in € m.
Performing
forborne
Non-
performing
forborne
Non-
performing
forborne, of
which
defaulted
Non-
performing
forborne, of
which
impaired
on
performing
forborne
exposures
on non-
perfor-
ming
forborne
exposures
Total
of which,
non-
performing
ex-
posures with
forbearance
measures
Cash balances at central banks
and other demand deposits
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Loans and advances
7,345
6,791
6,770
6,652
(154)
(1,682)
8,723
3,731
Central banks
0
9
9
9
0
(8)
0
0
General governments
7
42
42
42
0
(17)
23
17
Credit institutions
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Other financial corporations
271
481
481
481
(2)
(27)
580
356
Non-financial corporations
5,979
5,535
5,531
5,413
(114)
(1,350)
7,468
3,068
Households
1,088
725
707
707
(38)
(279)
652
290
Debt securities
119
21
21
21
(0)
(2)
119
0
Loan commitments given
1,354
746
743
743
(9)
(69)
271
123
Total¹
8,818
7,557
7,535
7,417
(163)
(1,753)
9,113
3,854
1Total including Cash balances at central banks and other demand deposits.
85
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk and credit risk mitigation
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
General quantitative information on credit risk
Jun 30, 2025
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
Gross carrying amount of forborne exposures
Accumulated impairment,
accumulated negative
changes
in fair value due to credit risk
and provisions
Collateral received and
financial guarantees received
on forborne exposures
in € m.
Performing
forborne
Non-
performing
forborne
Non-
performing
forborne, of
which
defaulted
Non-
performing
forborne, of
which
impaired
on
performing
forborne
exposures
on non-
perfor-
ming
forborne
exposures
Total
of which,
non-
performing
ex-
posures with
forbearance
measures
Cash balances at central banks
and other demand deposits
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Loans and advances
8,406
5,845
5,835
5,748
(141)
(1,483)
9,240
2,991
Central banks
0
9
9
9
0
(7)
0
0
General governments
6
3
3
3
0
0
6
1
Credit institutions
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Other financial corporations
132
422
422
422
(1)
(14)
421
331
Non-financial corporations
7,157
4,830
4,825
4,738
(104)
(1,225)
8,151
2,421
Households
1,112
581
576
576
(37)
(237)
662
238
Debt securities
119
40
40
40
(0)
(1)
134
14
Loan commitments given
1,337
562
561
561
(9)
(56)
221
27
Total¹
9,863
6,446
6,435
6,348
(151)
(1,541)
9,595
3,033
1Total including Cash balances at central banks and other demand deposits.
Minimum loss coverage for non-performing exposure
Minimum loss coverage for non-performing exposure under Pillar 1
On April 25, 2019 the European Commission published the amendment on Regulation (EU) 2019/630 on minimum loss
coverage on non-performing exposure. This regulation established a prudential treatment for NPEs arising from loans
originated from April 26, 2019 onwards (“CRR – new NPE’s originated after April 26, 2019”) and represents a Pillar 1
measure which is legally binding and applies to all banks established in the EU.
The CRR regulation on minimum loss coverage for non-performing exposure does not focus on NPEs arising from loans
originated before April 26, 2019 (“CRR - NPE Stock”).
The following table provides an overview on Deutsche Bank’s CRR – new NPE’s originated after April 26, 2019 as of
December 31, 2025 and June 30, 2025.
CRR – new NPE’s originated after April 26, 2019
Dec 31, 2025
Time passed since exposures classified as non-
performing
in € m.
up to 2yrs
>2 and <=9yrs
>9yrs
Total
Non-Performing Exposure
9,613
3,306
0
12,919
Exposure value¹
10,999
3,623
0
14,623
Total minimum coverage requirement
0
1,820
0
1,820
Total provisions and adjustments or deductions (uncapped)
3,914
1,991
0
5,904
Total provisions and adjustments or deductions (capped)
0
1,287
0
1,287
Applicable amount of insufficient coverage
0
533
0
533
1Exposure value in accordance with Article 47c CRR
Jun 30, 2025
Time passed since exposures classified as non-
performing
in € m.
up to 2yrs
>2 and <=9yrs
>9yrs
Total
Non-Performing Exposure
8,308
2,654
0
10,962
Exposure value¹
9,298
2,954
0
12,251
Total minimum coverage requirement
0
1,263
0
1,263
Total provisions and adjustments or deductions (uncapped)
2,896
1,588
0
4,484
Total provisions and adjustments or deductions (capped)
0
918
0
918
Applicable amount of insufficient coverage
0
345
0
345
1Exposure value in accordance with Article 47c CRR
86
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk and credit risk mitigation
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
General quantitative information on credit risk
Minimum loss coverage for non-performing exposure under Pillar 2
Non-performing exposures arising from clients defaulting after April 1, 2018
In March 2018 ECB published its “Addendum to the ECB Guidance to banks on non-performing loans: supervisory
expectations for prudential provisioning of non-performing exposures”. The guidance focuses on NPEs arising from
clients defaulting after April 1, 2018 (“ECB – new NPE’s after April 1, 2018”). Like for the CRR – new NPE’s originated
after April 26, 2019 a time dependent minimum loss coverage is required. The ECB guidance represents a Pillar 2
measure and its application is subject to a supervisory dialog between the bank and the ECB in context of the annual
SREP process.
The ECB – new NPE’s after April 1, 2018 and the CRR – new NPE’s originated after April 26, 2019 differ in the following
three key aspects:
Timing of application: Exposures defaulting after April 1, 2018 are in scope of the ECB – new NPE’s after April 1, 2018,
but are only in scope of the CRR – new NPE’s originated after April 26, 2019, if loans are originated after April 26,
2019
Treatment of loans in the trading book / traded assets: the CRR – new NPE’s originated after April 26, 2019 excludes
all loans in the regulatory trading book whereas the ECB – new NPE’s after April 1, 2018 excludes traded assets in
accordance with the accounting classifications
Treatment of Forbearance Measuring: the CRR – new NPE’s originated after April 26, 2019 considers a one year freeze
period of minimum loss coverage for exposures where a forbearance measure has been granted. This freeze period for
loans with forbearance measure does not exist under the ECB – new NPE’s after April 1, 2018
As long as the aforementioned differences exist, Deutsche Bank will report in the following table all NPE exposures
under the ECB – new NPE’s after April 1, 2018, which are not covered in the CRR – new NPE’s originated after April 26,
2019.
The following table provides an overview on Deutsche Bank’s ECB – new NPE’s after April 1, 2018 as of December 31,
2025 and June 30, 2025, not reflected within the CRR – new NPE’s originated after April 26, 2019:
ECB – new NPE’s after April 1, 2018
Dec 31, 2025
Time passed since exposures classified as non-
performing
in € m.
up to 2yrs
>2 and <=9yrs
>9yrs
Total
Non-Performing Exposure
2,344
2,605
0
4,949
Exposure value¹
2,471
2,554
0
5,025
Total minimum coverage requirement
0
1,264
0
1,264
Total provisions and adjustments or deductions (uncapped)
748
1,470
0
2,218
Total provisions and adjustments or deductions (capped)
0
1,160
0
1,160
Applicable amount of insufficient coverage
0
105
0
105
1Exposure value in accordance with Article 47c CRR
Jun 30, 2025
Time passed since exposures classified as non-
performing
in € m.
up to 2yrs
>2 and <=9yrs
>9yrs
Total
Non-Performing Exposure
3,373
2,648
0
6,021
Exposure value¹
3,447
2,682
0
6,129
Total minimum coverage requirement
0
1,342
0
1,342
Total provisions and adjustments or deductions (uncapped)
751
1,756
0
2,507
Total provisions and adjustments or deductions (capped)
0
1,309
0
1,309
Applicable amount of insufficient coverage
0
33
0
33
1 Exposure value in accordance with Article 47c CRR
Non-performing exposures arising from clients defaulting before April 1, 2018
ECB announced on July 11, 2018 that legacy stock of NPEs would be addressed by discussing bank-specific supervisory
expectations for the provisioning of NPEs.
In August 2019, the ECB published its “Communication on supervisory coverage expectations for NPEs” introducing a
minimum loss coverage expectation for NPEs arising from clients defaulting before April 1, 2018 (ECB – NPE Stock).
87
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk and credit risk mitigation
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
General quantitative information on credit risk
In a first step, banks were allocated to three comparable groups on the basis of the bank’s net NPL ratios at the end of
2017 and in a second step an assessment of capacity regarding the potential impact was carried out for each individual
bank with a horizon of end 2026.
Deutsche Bank has been assigned to Group 1, which requires 100% minimum loss coverage by year end 2024 for secured
loans and by year end 2023 for unsecured loans.
The following table provides an overview on Deutsche Bank’s ECB - NPE Stock as of December 31, 2025 and June 30,
2025.
ECB – NPE Stock
Dec 31, 2025
Time passed since exposures classified as non-
performing
in € m.
up to 2yrs
>2 and <=9yrs
>9yrs
Total
Non-Performing Exposure
0
576
462
1,038
Exposure value¹
0
1,275
1,028
2,304
Total minimum coverage requirement
0
1,275
1,028
2,304
Total provisions and adjustments or deductions (uncapped)
0
1,386
1,055
2,441
Total provisions and adjustments or deductions (capped)
0
1,270
1,014
2,285
Applicable amount of insufficient coverage
0
5
14
19
1Exposure value in accordance with Article 47c CRR
Jun 30, 2025
Time passed since exposures classified as non-
performing
in € m.
up to 2yrs
>2 and <=9yrs
>9yrs
Total
Non-Performing Exposure
0
621
411
1,033
Exposure value¹
0
1,456
937
2,393
Total minimum coverage requirement
0
1,439
937
2,376
Total provisions and adjustments or deductions (uncapped)
0
1,621
961
2,582
Total provisions and adjustments or deductions (capped)
0
1,437
922
2,359
Applicable amount of insufficient coverage
0
2
15
17
1Exposure value in accordance with Article 47c CRR
The shortfall between the minimum loss coverage requirements for non-performing exposure for the CRR – new NPE’s
originated after April 26, 2019, the ECB – new NPE’s after April 1, 2018 and the ECB - NPE Stock and the risk reserves
recorded in line with IFRS 9 for defaulted (Stage 3) assets amounted to € 0.7 billion as of December 31, 2025 versus € 0.4
billion as of June 30, 2025 and was deducted from CET 1. This additional CET 1 charge can be considered as additional
regulatory loss reserve and led to a € 2.6 billion RWA relief as of December 31, 2025 and € 2.3 billion as of June 30, 2025.
Reconciliation of non-performing exposure
The following table reconciles the non-performing exposure reported in template EU CR1 into the minimum loss
coverage framework.
Reconciliation of non-performing exposure
Dec 31, 2025
in € m.
Exposure
Provisions
Total Non-Performing Exposure and related provisions
18,907
5,115
of which:
CRR – new NPE’s originated after April 26, 2019¹
12,919
1,407
ECB – new NPE’s after April 1, 2018¹
4,949
3,259
ECB – NPE Stock
1,038
450
1Treatment of loans in the Trading Book / Traded Assets: the CRR – new NPE’s originated after April 26, 2019 exclude all loans in the regulatory Trading Book whereas the
ECB – new NPE’s after April 1, 2018 exclude Traded Assets in accordance with the accounting classifications
Jun 30, 2025
in € m.
Exposure
Provisions
Total Non-Performing Exposure and related provisions
18,016
4,840
of which:
CRR – new NPE’s originated after April 26, 2019¹
10,962
1,585
ECB – new NPE’s after April 1, 2018¹
6,021
2,784
ECB – NPE Stock
1,033
470
1Treatment of loans in the Trading Book / Traded Assets: the CRR – new NPE’s originated after April 26, 2019 exclude all loans in the regulatory Trading Book whereas the
ECB – new NPE’s after April 1, 2018 exclude Traded Assets in accordance with the accounting classifications
88
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk and credit risk mitigation
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
General quantitative information on credit risk
Collateral obtained by taking possession
Article 442 (c) CRR
Table EU CQ7 provides information about the collateral that has been obtained at the reporting date. Collateral obtained
by taking possession includes assets that were not pledged by the debtor as collateral but obtained in exchange for the
cancellation of debt.
The value at initial recognition reflects the gross carrying amount at the point in time of the initial recognition in the
Group’s balance sheet, while accumulated negative changes reflect the difference between the value at initial
recognition and the carrying amount at the reporting date.
EU CQ7 – Collateral obtained by taking possession and execution processes
Dec 31, 2025
Jun 30, 2025
a
b
a
b
Collateral obtained by taking
possession
Collateral obtained by taking
possession
in € m.
Value at initial
recognition
Accumulated
negative
changes
Value at initial
recognition
Accumulated
negative
changes¹
1
Property, plant and equipment (PP&E)
0
0
0
0
2
Other than PP&E
403
(104)
406
(101)
3
Residential immovable property
50
(31)
52
(32)
4
Commercial immovable property
348
(71)
349
(69)
5
Movable property (auto, shipping, etc.)
0
0
0
0
6
Equity and debt instruments
0
0
0
0
7
Other
5
(1)
5
0
8
Total
403
(104)
406
(101)
 
General qualitative information on credit risk mitigation
Article 453 (a-e) CRR (EU CRC)
Use of on- and off-balance sheet netting
Article 453 (a) CRR
Netting (i.e. credit line netting for purpose of the internal capital adequacy assessment process under the Capital
Requirements Directive (Directive 2013/36/EU) and regulatory netting under CRR) is applicable to both exchange traded
derivatives and OTC derivatives. Netting is also applied to securities financing transactions (e.g. repurchase, securities
lending and margin lending transactions) as far as documentation, structure and nature of the risk mitigation allow
netting with the underlying credit risk in accordance with applicable law and the bank’s Financial Contracts Netting and
Collateral KOD– Legal (“Netting Policy”). While cross-product netting between derivatives and securities financing
transactions may be used in certain cases, the bank does not make use of cross-product netting for regulatory purposes.
All exchange traded derivatives are cleared through central counterparties (CCPs), which interpose themselves between
the trading entities by becoming the counterparty to each of the entities. Where legally required or where available and
to the extent agreed with the bank’s counterparties, Deutsche Bank also uses CCP clearing for its OTC derivative
transactions.
The Dodd-Frank Act and related Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) rules require CCP clearing in the
United States for certain standardized OTC derivative transactions, including certain interest rate swaps and index credit
default swaps, subject to limited exceptions when facing certain counterparties. The European Regulation (EU) No
648/2012 on OTC Derivatives, Central Counterparties and Trade Repositories (EMIR) and the Commission Delegated
Regulations (EU) 2015/2205, (EU) 2015/592 and (EU) 2016/1178 based thereupon introduced mandatory CCP clearing
in the EU for certain standardized OTC derivatives transactions. Mandatory CCP clearing in the EU began for certain
interest rate derivatives on June 21, 2016 and for certain iTraxx-based credit derivatives and additional interest rate
derivatives on February 9, 2017. Article 4 (2) of EMIR authorizes competent authorities to exempt intragroup transactions
from mandatory CCP clearing, provided certain requirements, such as full consolidation of the intragroup transactions
and the application of an appropriate centralized risk evaluation, measurement and control procedure are met. The bank
successfully applied for the clearing exemption for a number of its regulatory consolidated subsidiaries with intragroup
derivatives, including e.g., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A. The extent of the
exemptions granted differs as not all entities enter into relevant transaction types subject to the clearing obligation. Of
the exempted intragroup relationships, approximately two thirds are relationships where one entity is established in a
89
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk and credit risk mitigation
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
General quantitative information on credit risk
third country (Third Country Relationship). Third Country Relationships required repeat applications for each new asset
class being subject to the clearing obligation; the process took place in the course of 2017. Due to “Brexit”, the status of
some group entities has changed from an EU entity to a third country entity, but there has not been an impact for the
bank in respect of clearing exemptions. Since 2017, no new clearing exemption application has been filed. EMIR
amendments in force since December 24, 2024 change the requirements for intragroup exemptions, but, as a matter of
principle, Deutsche Bank is able to continue the use of pre-existing clearing exemptions.
The rules and regulations of CCPs typically allow for the bilateral set off of all amounts payable on the same day and in
the same currency (“payment netting”) thereby reducing the bank’s settlement risk. Depending on the business model
applied by the CCP, this payment netting applies either to all of the bank’s derivatives cleared by the CCP or at least to
those that form part of the same class of derivatives. Many CCPs’ rules and regulations also provide for the termination,
close-out and netting of all cleared transactions upon the CCP’s default (close-out netting), which reduces the bank’s
credit risk further. In its risk measurement and risk assessment processes Deutsche Bank applies close-out netting only to
the extent Deutsche Bank believes that the relevant CCP’s close-out netting provisions are legally valid and enforceable
and enforceable and have been approved in accordance with the bank’s Netting Policy.
In order to reduce the credit risk resulting from OTC derivative transactions, where CCP clearing is not available,
Deutsche Bank regularly seeks the execution of standard master agreements with the bank’s counterparties (such as
master agreements for derivatives published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. (ISDA) or the
“German Master Agreement for Financial Derivative Transactions” sponsored by the German Banking Association). A
master agreement, upon the counterparty’s default, allows for the close-out netting of rights and obligations arising
under derivative transactions that have been entered into under such an agreement, resulting in a single net claim owed
by or to the counterparty. Payment netting may be agreed from time to time with the bank’s counterparties for multiple
transactions having the same payment dates (e.g., foreign exchange transactions) pursuant to the terms of master
agreement which can reduce the bank’s settlement risk. In its risk measurement and risk assessment processes, Deutsche
Bank applies close-out netting only to the extent Deutsche Bank has concluded that the master agreement is legally
valid and enforceable in all relevant jurisdictions and the recognition of close-out netting has been approved in
accordance with the bank’s Netting Policy.
Deutsche Bank also enters into credit support annexes (CSAs) to master agreements in order to further reduce the bank’s
derivatives-related credit risk. These annexes generally provide risk mitigation through periodic, usually daily, margining
of the covered exposure. The CSAs also provide for the right to terminate the related derivative transactions upon the
counterparty’s failure to honor a margin call. As with netting, when Deutsche Bank believes the annex is enforceable,
Deutsche Bank reflects this in its exposure measurement.
Certain CSAs to master agreements provide for rating-dependent triggers, where additional collateral must be pledged if
a party’s rating is downgraded. Deutsche Bank also enters into master agreements that provide for an additional
termination event upon a party’s rating downgrade. These downgrade provisions in CSAs and master agreements usually
apply to both parties but in some agreements may apply to Deutsche Bank only. Deutsche Bank analyzes and monitors
its potential contingent payment obligations resulting from a rating downgrade in its stress testing and liquidity coverage
ratio approach for liquidity risk on an ongoing basis. For an assessment of the quantitative impact of a downgrading of
the bank’s credit rating please refer to table “Stress Testing Results” in the section “Liquidity Risk”.
The Dodd-Frank Act and CFTC rules thereunder, including CFTC rule § 23.504, as well as EMIR and Commission
Delegated Regulation based thereon, namely Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2016/2251, introduced the
mandatory use of master agreements and related CSAs, which must be executed prior to or contemporaneously with
entering into an uncleared OTC derivative transaction. Certain documentation is also required by the U.S. margin rules
adopted by U.S. prudential regulators. Under the U.S. prudential regulators’ margin rules, Deutsche Bank is required to
post and collect initial margin for its uncleared derivatives exposures with other derivatives dealers, as well as with the
bank’s counterparties that (a) are “financial end users,” as that term is defined in the U.S. margin rules, and (b) have an
average daily aggregate notional amount of uncleared swaps, uncleared security-based swaps, foreign exchange
forwards and foreign exchange swaps exceeding U.S.$ 8 billion in June, July and August of the previous calendar year.
The U.S. margin rules additionally require Deutsche Bank to post and collect variation margin for its derivatives with
other derivatives dealers and certain financial end user counterparties. These margin requirements are subject to a U.S.$
50 million threshold for initial margin, but no threshold for variation margin, with a combined U.S.$ 500,000 minimum
transfer amount. The U.S. margin requirements have been in effect for large banks since September 2016, with additional
variation margin requirements having come into effect March 1, 2017, and additional initial margin requirements being
phased in from September 2017 through September 2022.
Under Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2016/2251, which implements the EMIR margin requirements, the CSA
must provide for daily valuation and daily variation margining based on a zero threshold and a minimum transfer amount
of not more than € 500,000. For large derivative exposures exceeding € 8 billion, initial margin has to be posted as well.
The variation margin requirements under EMIR apply as of March 1, 2017; the initial margin requirements originally were
subject to a staged phase-in until September 1, 2021. However, legislative changes published on February 17, 2021
90
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk and credit risk mitigation
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
General quantitative information on credit risk
extended deadlines into 2023. Under Article 31 of Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2016/2251, an EU party may
decide to not exchange margin with counterparties in certain non-netting jurisdictions provided certain requirements are
met. Pursuant to Article 11 (5) to (10) of EMIR, competent authorities are authorized to exempt intragroup transactions
from the margining obligation, provided certain requirements are met. While some of those requirements are the same as
for the EMIR clearing exemptions (see above), there are additional requirements such as the absence of any current or
foreseen practical or legal impediment to the prompt transfer of funds or repayment of liabilities between intragroup
counterparties. The bank is making use of this exemption. The bank has successfully applied for the collateral exemption
for some of its regulatory-consolidated subsidiaries with intragroup derivatives, including, e.g., Deutsche Securities Inc.
and Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A. The bank is allowed to use intragroup exemptions from the EMIR collateral
obligation for a number of bilateral intragroup relationships which are published under https://www.db.com/legal-
resources/european-market-infrastructure-regulation/intra-group-exemptions-margining. For some bilateral intragroup
relationships, the EMIR margining exemption may be used based on Article 11 (5) of EMIR, i.e. without the need for any
application, because both entities are established in the same EU Member State. For third country subsidiaries, the
intragroup exemption was originally limited until the earlier of June 30, 2025 and four months after the publication of an
equivalence decision by the EU Commission under Article 13(2) EMIR, unless, in the case of an equivalence decision
being applicable, a follow-up exemption application is made and granted. With the EMIR amendments having entered
into force on December 24, 2024 (Regulation (EU) 2024/2987), a so-called “equivalence decision” is no longer a
requirement for a margin exemption. As a matter of principle, Deutsche Bank is able to continue to use pre-existing
margin exemptions.
Collateral evaluation and management
Article 453 (b) CRR
Deutsche Bank’s processes seek to ensure that the collateral accepted for risk mitigation purposes is of high quality. This
includes processes to generally ensure legally effective and enforceable documentation for realizable and measurable
collateral or assets which are evaluated within the on-boarding process by dedicated internal appraisers or teams with
the respective qualification, skills and experience or adequate external valuers mandated in regulated processes. The
applied valuations follow generally accepted valuation methods or models and include the identification of material
climate physical and transition risks. Ongoing correctness of values is monitored by collateral type specific appropriate
frequent and event-driven reviews considering relevant risk parameters. Revaluations are applied in cases of identified
probable material deteriorations and future monitoring may be adjusted respectively. The assessment of the suitability of
collateral for a specific transaction is part of the credit decision and must be undertaken in a conservative way. Deutsche
Bank strives to avoid “wrong-way” risk characteristics where the counterparty’s risk is positively correlated with the risk of
deterioration in the collateral value. If collateral with material correlation risk is accepted anyhow, a potential impact on
its value is considered conservatively in the valuation. For unfunded credit protection like guarantees, the process for the
analysis of the guarantor’s creditworthiness is aligned to the credit assessment process for credit-relevant
counterparties.
For funded collateral, the value depends on the type and quality of the respective collateral as well as its suitability for
third-party use, its lifespan and other value-influencing factors. Haircuts reflecting risks of liquidation in a default
scenario are implicitly considered in the LGD estimation. Collateral can either move in value over time (dynamic value) or
not (static value). Deutsche Bank uses value deductions to reflect i.a.:
price fluctuations
insufficient third-party usability
limitations on liquidation / realization
currency mismatch between the secured exposure and the collateral
maturity mismatch
environmental risks
asset specific aspects (age-related discounts, encumbrances and restrictions)
correlation between the performance of the borrower and the value of the collateral, e.g., in the case of the pledge of
a borrower’s own shares or securities (in this case generally full correlation leads to a 100% value deduction)
These value deductions are either applied within the scope of the assessment and hence directly considered in the
market value or deducted afterwards.
Main types of collateral
Article 453 (c) CRR
Deutsche Bank regularly agrees on collateral to be received from customers that are subject to credit risk or to be
provided by third parties agreed by legally effective and enforceable contracts, documented by a written and reasoned
legal opinion. Collateral is credit protection in the form of (funded) assigned or pledged assets or (unfunded) third-party
obligations that serves to mitigate the inherent risk of credit loss in an exposure, by either improving recoveries in the
91
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk and credit risk mitigation
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
General quantitative information on credit risk
event of a default or substituting the counterparty default risk. Deutsche Bank generally takes all types of valuable and
eligible collateral for its respective businesses but may limit accepted collateral types for specific businesses or regions
as customary in the respective market or driven by purpose of efficiency. While collateral can be an alternative source of
repayment, it does not replace the necessity of high-quality underwriting standards and a thorough assessment of the
debt service ability of the counterparty in line with Article 194 (9) CRR.
Deutsche Bank distinguishes the following two types of credit protection approaches:
Funded credit protection in forms of financial and other collateral, which enables Deutsche Bank to recover all or part
of the outstanding exposure by liquidating the collateral asset provided, in cases where the counterparty is unable or
unwilling to fulfill its primary obligations. Cash collateral, securities (equity, bonds), collateral pledges or assignments
of other claims or inventory, movable assets (i.e., plant, machinery, ships and aircraft) and real estate typically fall into
this category; all financial collateral is regularly, mostly daily, revalued and measured against the respective credit
exposure; the value of other collateral, including real estate, is monitored based upon established processes that
include regular reviews or revaluations by internal and/or external experts with appropriate qualification, skills and
experience
Unfunded credit protection in forms of guarantees, which complements the counterparty’s ability to fulfill its
obligation under the legal contract and as such is provided by uncorrelated third parties. Letters of credit, credit
insurance, export credit insurance, guarantees, credit derivatives and (unfunded) risk participations typically fall into
this category. Guarantees and strong letters of comfort provided by correlated group members of customers
(generally the parent company) are also accepted and considered in approved rating approaches; guarantee collateral
with a non-investment grade rating of the guarantor is limited
Main types of guarantor and credit derivative counterparties
Article 453 (d) CRR
Deutsche Bank accepts different types of unfunded credit protection, which complements the counterparty’s ability to
fulfill its obligation under the legal contract and as such is provided by uncorrelated third parties with checked
creditworthiness. The process for the analysis of the guarantor’s creditworthiness is aligned to the credit assessment
process for counterparties. Letters of credit, credit insurance, export credit insurance, guarantees, credit derivatives and
risk participations typically fall into this category. Main guarantor types are banks, export credit agencies and other
public-sector undertakings and insurance companies whose obligations are recognized via several methodologies, e.g.
substitution of risk parameters approach or modelling approach. Also, corporate clients play an important role in
providing declarations of liability. Guarantees and strong letters of comfort provided by correlated group members of
customers (generally the parent company) are accepted and considered in approved rating approaches. Guarantee
collateral with a non-investment grade rating of the guarantor is limited.
Risk concentrations within credit risk mitigation
Article 453 (e) CRR
Concentrations within credit risk mitigations taken may occur if a number of guarantors and credit derivative providers
with similar economic characteristics are engaged in comparable activities with changes in economic or industry
conditions affecting their ability to meet contractual obligations. Concentration risk may also occur in collateral
portfolios (e.g. multiple claims and receivables against third parties) which are considered conservatively within the
valuation process and/or on-site inspections where applicable. Deutsche Bank uses a range of tools and metrics to
monitor concentrations in its credit risk mitigating activities and initiate respective actions if deemed necessary.
92
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk and credit risk mitigation
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
General quantitative information on credit risk
General quantitative information on credit risk mitigation
Overview of credit risk mitigation techniques
Article 453 (f) CRR
The table EU CR3 below shows a breakdown of unsecured and secured credit risk exposures and credit risk exposures
secured by various credit risk mitigants for all loans and debt securities including the carrying amounts of the total
population which are in default. Exposures unsecured (column a) represent the carrying amount of credit risk exposures
(net of credit risk adjustments) that do not benefit from a credit risk mitigation technique, regardless of whether this
technique is recognized in the CRR. Exposures secured (column b) represent the carrying amount of exposures that have
at least one credit risk mitigation mechanism (collateral, financial guarantees, credit derivatives) associated with them.
Exposure secured by various credit risk mitigants (column c-e) are the carrying amount of exposures (net of credit risk
adjustments) partly or totally secured by collateral, financial guarantees and credit derivatives, whereby only the secured
portion of the overall exposure is presented. The allocation of the carrying amount of multi-secured exposures to their
different credit risk mitigation mechanisms is made by order of priority, starting with the credit risk mitigation mechanism
expected to be called first in the event of a loss, and within the limits of the carrying amount primarily observed of the
secured exposures. Moreover, no overcollateralization is considered.
EU CR3 – Credit Risk Mitigation techniques – Overview
Dec 31, 2025
a
b
c
d
e
Secured carrying amount
Of which secured by financial
guarantees
in € m.
Unsecured
carrying amount
Secured
carrying
amount, Total
Of which
secured by
collateral
Of which
secured by
financial
guarantees,
Total
Of which
secured by
credit
derivatives
1
Loans and advances
462,274
458,043
406,901
51,141
0
2
Debt securities
79,533
2,414
2,357
57
3
Total
541,807
460,457
409,259
51,198
0
4
of which: non-performing exposures
3,213
7,877
6,762
1,115
0
EU-5
of which: defaulted
3,189
7,859
 
Jun 30, 2025
a
b
c
d
e
Secured carrying amount
Of which secured by financial
guarantees
in € m.
Unsecured
carrying amount
Secured
carrying
amount, Total
Of which
secured by
collateral
Of which
secured by
financial
guarantees,
Total
Of which
secured by
credit
derivatives
1
Loans and advances
422,936
446,337
398,708
47,629
0
2
Debt securities
73,791
2,771
2,579
193
3
Total
496,727
449,108
401,287
47,821
0
4
of which: non-performing exposures
3,284
7,349
6,188
1,161
0
EU-5
of which: defaulted
3,270
7,274
 
Secured and unsecured total exposures increased to € 1,002 billion in December 2025 compared to € 946 billion in June
2025, driven by increase in unsecured exposure by € 45.1 billion and secured exposure by € 11.3 billion.
93
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk and credit risk mitigation in the standardized approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach
Credit risk and credit risk mitigation in the
standardized approach
Qualitative information on the use of the standardized
approach
Deutsche Bank applies the standardized approach to a subset of the credit risk exposures. The standardized approach
measures credit risk either pursuant to fixed risk weights, which are regulatory predefined or determined through the
application of external ratings.
Certain credit exposures are permanently assigned to the standardized approach. Exposures to central governments or
central banks make up the majority of the exposures carried in the standardized approach and receive predominantly a
risk weight of zero percent. Exposures to central governments or central banks that were treated under IRBA previously
have been moved to standardized approach under article 494d CRR in 2025.
For internal purposes, however, these exposures are subject to an internal credit assessment and fully integrated in the
risk management and economic capital processes.
External ratings in the standardized approach and usage of issue rating
Article 444 (a-d) CRR and EU CRD
In order to calculate the regulatory capital requirements under the standardized approach, Deutsche Bank uses eligible
external ratings from Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s, Fitch Ratings and in some cases from DBRS. Ratings are applied to all
relevant exposure classes in the standardized approach. If more than one rating is available for a specific counterparty,
the selection criteria as set out in Article 138 CRR are applied in order to determine the relevant risk weight for the
capital calculation.
Given the low volume of exposures covered under the standardized approach and the high percentage of (externally
rated) central government exposures therein, Deutsche Bank principally does not consider impacts from inferring issue
ratings from issuer ratings.
This information does not need to be disclosed separately as Deutsche Bank complies with the standard association
published by EBA.
Quantitative information on the use of the standardized
approach
Standardized approach exposure by risk weight before and after credit mitigation
Article 444 (e) CRR and Article 453 (g-i) CRR
The table below shows the credit risk exposure before and post credit conversion factors and credit risk mitigation
obtained in the form of eligible financial collateral, guarantees and credit derivatives based on the exposure-at-default
(EAD) in the standardized approach as well as related RWA and average risk weights broken down by regulatory exposure
classes and a split into on- and off-balance sheet exposures.
94
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk and credit risk mitigation in the standardized approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach
EU CR4 – Standardized approach – credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation (CRM) effects
Dec 31, 2025
a
b
c
d
e
f
in € m.
(unless stated otherwise)
Exposures before CCF and
CRM
Exposures post-CCF and
CRM
RWEAs and RWEA density
Exposure classes
On-balance
sheet
amount
Off-balance
sheet
amount
On-balance
sheet
amount
Off-balance
sheet
amount
RWEAs
RWEAs
density
[in %]
1
Central governments or central banks
236,429
4,592
242,442
3,031
15,007
6.11%
2
Non-central government public sector entities
5,667
5,378
6,964
4,094
114
1.03%
EU 2a
Regional government or local authorities
1,778
5,325
2,583
4,078
111
1.67%
EU 2b
Public sector entities
3,889
52
4,381
16
3
0.06%
3
Multilateral development banks
4,330
0
5,598
306
0
0.00%
EU 3a
International organizations
6,711
0
6,711
0
0
0.00%
4
Institutions
324
82
485
100
517
88.31%
5
Covered bonds
0
0
0
0
0
0.00%
6
Corporates
13,238
5,386
14,178
1,894
13,267
82.55%
6.1
Of which: Specialized Lending
38
112
37
45
83
101.90%
7
Subordinated debt exposures and equity
2,539
476
2,539
476
6,590
218.57%
EU 7a
Subordinated debt exposures
0
0
0
0
0
0.00%
EU 7b
Equity
2,539
476
2,539
476
6,590
218.57%
8
Retail
1,799
1,430
1,692
166
1,348
72.54%
9
Secured by mortgages on immovable property and
ADC exposures
5,056
214
4,765
45
1,916
39.82%
9.1
Secured by mortgages on residential immovable
property - non IPRE
4,205
176
3,918
41
1,375
34.73%
9.2
Secured by mortgages on residential immovable
property - IPRE
35
0
33
0
9
25.97%
9.3
Secured by mortgages on commercial immovable
property - non IPRE
795
38
794
3
516
64.71%
9.4
Secured by mortgages on commercial immovable
property - IPRE
21
0
20
0
16
77.93%
9.5
Acquisition, Development and Construction (ADC)
0
0
0
0
0
150.00%
10
Exposures in default
1,206
233
838
4
1,011
120.11%
EU 10a
Claims on institutions and corporates with a short-
term credit assessment
0
0
0
0
0
0.00%
EU 10b
Collective investments undertakings (CIU)
628
18,822
628
4,407
7,286
144.71%
EU 10c
Other items
10,294
69
10,294
69
8,708
84.03%
12
Total
288,222
36,681
297,136
14,593
55,764
17.89%
 
95
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk and credit risk mitigation in the standardized approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach
Jun 30, 2025
a
b
c
d
e
f
in € m.
(unless stated otherwise)
Exposures before CCF and
CRM
Exposures post-CCF and
CRM
RWEAs and RWEA density
Exposure classes
On-balance
sheet
amount
Off-balance
sheet
amount
On-balance
sheet
amount
Off-balance
sheet
amount
RWEAs
RWA
density
[in %]
1
Central governments or central banks
85,843
303
91,892
1,064
85
0.09%
2
Non-central government public sector entities
5,053
5,333
5,892
4,043
24
0.24%
EU 2a
Regional government or local authorities
1,115
5,283
1,313
4,036
6
0.11%
EU 2b
Public sector entities
3,938
50
4,579
7
18
0.40%
3
Multilateral development banks
2,023
0
2,031
2
0
0.00%
EU 3a
International organizations
5,526
0
5,526
0
0
0.00%
4
Institutions
235
64
1,049
21
305
28.50%
5
Covered bonds
0
0
0
0
0
0.00%
6
Corporates
13,309
4,457
10,465
1,518
11,113
92.74%
6.1
Of which: Specialized Lending
17
51
11
15
29
111.74%
7
Subordinated debt exposures and equity
2,675
473
2,675
473
6,646
211.06%
EU 7a
Subordinated debt exposures
0
0
0
0
0
0.00%
EU 7b
Equity
2,675
473
2,675
473
6,646
211.06%
8
Retail
1,368
1,397
1,246
155
1,026
73.24%
9
Secured by mortgages on immovable property and
ADC exposures
5,068
192
4,867
31
2,037
41.58%
9.1
Secured by mortgages on residential immovable
property - non IPRE
3,994
149
3,795
27
1,320
34.55%
9.2
Secured by mortgages on residential immovable
property - IPRE
31
0
31
0
9
30.22%
9.3
Secured by mortgages on commercial immovable
property - non IPRE
1,012
41
1,011
3
680
67.00%
9.4
Secured by mortgages on commercial immovable
property - IPRE
31
2
31
1
27
87.31%
9.5
Acquisition, Development and Construction
(ADC)
0
0
0
0
0
150.00%
10
Exposures in default
1,200
17
1,157
6
1,470
126.38%
EU 10a
Claims on institutions and corporates with a short-
term credit assessment
0
0
0
0
0
0.00%
EU 10b
Collective investments undertakings (CIU)
927
16,639
927
3,716
5,715
123.08%
EU 10c
Other items
10,350
69
10,350
69
8,765
84.13%
12
Total
133,577
28,944
138,078
11,097
37,186
24.93%
RWA for credit risk (excluding CCR) in the standardized approach were € 55.8 billion as of December 31, 2025, compared
to € 37.2 billion as of June 30, 2025. The increase of € 18.6 billion was mainly driven by a simplification of the internal
rating-based approach resulting in the calculation of exposures to "Central governments and central banks" using the
standardized approach. Additionally, the increase in exposure class "corporates" is mainly driven by higher exposures and
the increase in exposure class "Collective investments undertakings (CIU)” is due to increased exposures along with
higher risk weights. These increases were partly offset by reduced exposures in exposure class “Exposures in default”.
In the following tables the EAD per regulatory exposure class are assigned to their standardized risk weights. Deducted
or unrated items are split out separately. The exposures are shown after the shift to the exposure class of the protection
seller, if applicable.
96
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk and credit risk mitigation in the standardized approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach
EU CR5 – Standardized approach
Dec 31, 2025
in € m.
Risk Weight
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
Exposure classes
0%
2%
4%
10%
20%
30%
35%
1
Central governments or central banks
233,303
0
0
0
2,235
0
0
2
Non-central government public sector entities
10,488
0
0
0
570
0
0
EU 2a
Regional governments or local authorities
6,106
0
0
0
556
0
0
EU 2b
Public sector entities
4,382
0
0
0
14
0
0
3
Multilateral development banks
5,904
0
0
0
0
0
0
EU 3a
International organizations
6,711
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
Institutions
0
0
0
0
82
210
0
5
Covered bonds
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
6
Corporates
0
0
170
0
2,956
0
0
6.1
Of which: Specialized Lending
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
7
Subordinated debt exposures and equity
107
0
0
0
0
0
0
EU 7a
Subordinated debt exposures
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
EU 7b
Equity
107
0
0
0
0
0
0
8
Retail
0
0
0
0
0
0
184
9
Secured by mortgages on immovable property
and ADC exposures
3
0
0
0
3,074
3
3
9.1
Secured by mortgages on residential
immovable property - non IPRE
3
0
0
0
3,048
3
0
9.1.1
no loan splitting applied
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
9.1.2
loan splitting applied (secured)
0
0
0
0
3,048
3
0
9.1.3
loan splitting applied (unsecured)
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
9.2
Secured by mortgages on residential
immovable property - IPRE
0
0
0
0
26
0
3
9.3
Secured by mortgages on commercial
immovable property - non IPRE
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
9.3.1
no loan splitting applied
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
9.3.2
loan splitting applied (secured)
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
9.3.3
loan splitting applied (unsecured)
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
9.4
Secured by mortgages on commercial
immovable property - IPRE
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
9.5
Acquisition, Development and Construction
(ADC)
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
10
Exposures in default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
EU 10a
Claims on institutions and corporates with a
short-term credit assessment
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
EU 10b
Collective investment undertakings (CIU)
1,286
0
0
0
324
0
0
EU 10c
Other items
1,635
0
0
0
25
0
0
EU 11c
Total
259,438
0
170
0
9,267
213
187
 
97
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk and credit risk mitigation in the standardized approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach
Dec 31, 2025
in € m.
Risk Weight
h
i
j
k
l
m
n
Exposure classes
40%
45%
50%
60%
70%
75%
80%
1
Central governments or central banks
0
0
2,557
0
0
0
0
2
Non-central government public sector entities
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
EU 2a
Regional governments or local authorities
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
EU 2b
Public sector entities
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
Multilateral development banks
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
EU 3a
International organizations
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
Institutions
0
0
2
0
0
0
0
5
Covered bonds
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
6
Corporates
0
0
567
0
0
3
0
6.1
Of which: Specialized Lending
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
7
Subordinated debt exposures and equity
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
EU 7a
Subordinated debt exposures
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
EU 7b
Equity
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
8
Retail
0
0
0
0
0
1,421
0
9
Secured by mortgages on immovable property
and ADC exposures
0
2
0
690
2
560
0
9.1
Secured by mortgages on residential
immovable property - non IPRE
0
0
0
0
0
558
0
9.1.1
no loan splitting applied
0
0
0
0
0
27
0
9.1.2
loan splitting applied (secured)
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
9.1.3
loan splitting applied (unsecured)
0
0
0
0
0
532
0
9.2
Secured by mortgages on residential
immovable property - IPRE
0
2
0
0
0
1
0
9.3
Secured by mortgages on commercial
immovable property - non IPRE
0
0
0
687
0
1
0
9.3.1
no loan splitting applied
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
9.3.2
loan splitting applied (secured)
0
0
0
687
0
0
0
9.3.3
loan splitting applied (unsecured)
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
9.4
Secured by mortgages on commercial
immovable property - IPRE
0
0
0
3
2
0
0
9.5
Acquisition, Development and Construction
(ADC)
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
10
Exposures in default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
EU 10a
Claims on institutions and corporates with a
short-term credit assessment
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
EU 10b
Collective investment undertakings (CIU)
0
0
49
0
0
0
0
EU 10c
Other items
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
EU 11c
Total
0
2
3,175
690
2
1,985
0
 
98
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk and credit risk mitigation in the standardized approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach
Dec 31, 2025
in € m.
Risk Weight
o
p
q
r
s
t
u
Exposure classes
90%
100%
105%
110%
130%
150%
250%
1
Central governments or central banks
0
1,776
0
0
0
217
0
2
Non-central government public sector entities
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
EU 2a
Regional governments or local authorities
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
EU 2b
Public sector entities
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
Multilateral development banks
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
EU 3a
International organizations
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
Institutions
0
0
0
0
0
291
0
5
Covered bonds
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
6
Corporates
0
12,257
0
0
15
97
0
6.1
Of which: Specialized Lending
0
67
0
0
15
0
0
7
Subordinated debt exposures and equity
0
136
0
0
0
0
1,917
EU 7a
Subordinated debt exposures
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
EU 7b
Equity
0
136
0
0
0
0
1,917
8
Retail
0
226
0
0
0
27
0
9
Secured by mortgages on immovable property
and ADC exposures
13
457
0
0
0
3
0
9.1
Secured by mortgages on residential
immovable property - non IPRE
0
348
0
0
0
0
0
9.1.1
no loan splitting applied
0
182
0
0
0
0
0
9.1.2
loan splitting applied (secured)
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
9.1.3
loan splitting applied (unsecured)
0
166
0
0
0
0
0
9.2
Secured by mortgages on residential
immovable property - IPRE
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
9.3
Secured by mortgages on commercial
immovable property - non IPRE
0
109
0
0
0
0
0
9.3.1
no loan splitting applied
0
51
0
0
0
0
0
9.3.2
loan splitting applied (secured)
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
9.3.3
loan splitting applied (unsecured)
0
58
0
0
0
0
0
9.4
Secured by mortgages on commercial
immovable property - IPRE
13
0
0
0
0
1
0
9.5
Acquisition, Development and Construction
(ADC)
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
10
Exposures in default
0
503
0
0
0
339
0
EU 10a
Claims on institutions and corporates with a
short-term credit assessment
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
EU 10b
Collective investment undertakings (CIU)
0
711
0
0
0
84
2,480
EU 10c
Other items
0
8,703
0
0
0
0
0
EU 11c
Total
13
24,768
0
0
15
1,057
4,398
99
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk and credit risk mitigation in the standardized approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach
Dec 31, 2025
in € m.
Risk Weight
v
w
x
y
z
aa
Exposure classes
370%
400%
1250%
Others
Total
Of which:
unrated
1
Central governments or central banks
0
0
0
5,385
245,474
119,202
2
Non-central government public sector entities
0
0
0
0
11,058
4,614
EU 2a
Regional governments or local authorities
0
0
0
0
6,661
3,992
EU 2b
Public sector entities
0
0
0
0
4,397
622
3
Multilateral development banks
0
0
0
0
5,904
1,574
EU 3a
International organizations
0
0
0
0
6,711
0
4
Institutions
0
0
0
0
585
585
5
Covered bonds
0
0
0
0
0
0
6
Corporates
0
0
8
0
16,072
15,845
6.1
Of which: Specialized Lending
0
0
0
0
82
82
7
Subordinated debt exposures and equity
0
17
0
838
3,015
2,584
EU 7a
Subordinated debt exposures
0
0
0
0
0
0
EU 7b
Equity
0
17
0
838
3,015
2,584
8
Retail
0
0
0
1
1,859
1,859
9
Secured by mortgages on immovable property and ADC
exposures
0
0
0
0
4,810
4,810
9.1
Secured by mortgages on residential immovable property -
non IPRE
0
0
0
0
3,959
3,959
9.1.1
no loan splitting applied
0
0
0
0
210
210
9.1.2
loan splitting applied (secured)
0
0
0
0
3,051
3,051
9.1.3
loan splitting applied (unsecured)
0
0
0
0
699
699
9.2
Secured by mortgages on residential immovable property -
IPRE
0
0
0
0
33
33
9.3
Secured by mortgages on commercial immovable property -
non IPRE
0
0
0
0
797
797
9.3.1
no loan splitting applied
0
0
0
0
51
51
9.3.2
loan splitting applied (secured)
0
0
0
0
687
687
9.3.3
loan splitting applied (unsecured)
0
0
0
0
59
59
9.4
Secured by mortgages on commercial immovable property -
IPRE
0
0
0
0
20
20
9.5
Acquisition, Development and Construction (ADC)
0
0
0
0
0
0
10
Exposures in default
0
0
0
0
842
420
EU 10a
Claims on institutions and corporates with a short-term credit
assessment
0
0
0
0
0
0
EU 10b
Collective investment undertakings (CIU)
0
4
6
91
5,035
1,668
EU 10c
Other items
0
0
0
0
10,363
10,338
EU 11c
Total
0
21
14
6,315
311,728
163,500
 
100
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk and credit risk mitigation in the standardized approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach
Jun 30, 2025
in € m.
Risk Weight
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
Exposure classes
0%
2%
4%
10%
20%
30%
35%
1
Central governments or central banks
92,859
0
0
0
15
0
0
2
Non-central government public sector entities
9,826
0
0
0
107
0
0
EU 2a
Regional governments or local authorities
5,322
0
0
0
26
0
0
EU 2b
Public sector entities
4,504
0
0
0
81
0
0
4
Multilateral development banks
2,032
0
0
0
0
0
0
EU 3a
International organizations
5,526
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
Institutions
0
0
0
0
882
126
0
5
Covered bonds
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
6
Corporates
0
0
376
0
368
0
0
6.1
Of which: Specialized Lending
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
7
Subordinated debt exposures and equity
83
0
0
0
0
0
0
EU 7a
Subordinated debt exposures
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
EU 7b
Equity
83
0
0
0
0
0
0
8
Retail
0
0
0
0
0
0
185
9
Secured by mortgages on immovable property and
ADC exposures
0
0
0
0
2,953
10
13
9.1
Secured by mortgages on residential immovable
property - non IPRE
0
0
0
0
2,951
0
0
9.1.1
no loan splitting applied
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
9.1.2
loan splitting applied (secured)
0
0
0
0
2,951
0
0
9.1.3
loan splitting applied (unsecured)
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
9.2
Secured by mortgages on residential immovable
property - IPRE
0
0
0
0
2
10
13
9.3
Secured by mortgages on commercial immovable
property - non IPRE
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
9.3.1
no loan splitting applied
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
9.3.2
loan splitting applied (secured)
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
9.3.3
loan splitting applied (unsecured)
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
9.4
Secured by mortgages on commercial immovable
property - IPRE
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
9.5
Acquisition, Development and Construction
(ADC)
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
10
Exposures in default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
EU 10a
Claims on institutions and corporates with a short-
term credit assessment
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
EU 10b
Collective investment undertakings (CIU)
1,412
0
0
0
412
0
0
EU 10c
Other items
1,630
0
0
0
29
0
0
EU 11c
Total
113,369
0
376
0
4,765
135
197
 
101
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk and credit risk mitigation in the standardized approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach
Jun 30, 2025
in € m.
Risk Weight
h
i
j
k
l
m
n
Exposure classes
40%
45%
50%
60%
70%
75%
80%
1
Central governments or central banks
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
Non-central government public sector entities
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
EU 2a
Regional governments or local authorities
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
EU 2b
Public sector entities
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
Multilateral development banks
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
EU 3a
International organizations
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
Institutions
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
5
Covered bonds
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
6
Corporates
0
0
74
0
0
28
0
6.1
Of which: Specialized Lending
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
7
Subordinated debt exposures and equity
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
EU 7a
Subordinated debt exposures
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
EU 7b
Equity
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
8
Retail
0
0
0
0
0
964
0
9
Secured by mortgages on immovable property and
ADC exposures
0
6
0
810
4
546
0
9.1
Secured by mortgages on residential immovable
property - non IPRE
0
0
0
0
0
544
0
9.1.1
no loan splitting applied
0
0
0
0
0
19
0
9.1.2
loan splitting applied (secured)
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
9.1.3
loan splitting applied (unsecured)
0
0
0
0
0
526
0
9.2
Secured by mortgages on residential immovable
property - IPRE
0
6
0
0
0
1
0
9.3
Secured by mortgages on commercial immovable
property - non IPRE
0
0
0
810
0
1
0
9.3.1
no loan splitting applied
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
9.3.2
loan splitting applied (secured)
0
0
0
810
0
0
0
9.3.3
loan splitting applied (unsecured)
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
9.4
Secured by mortgages on commercial immovable
property - IPRE
0
0
0
0
4
0
0
9.5
Acquisition, Development and Construction
(ADC)
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
10
Exposures in default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
EU 10a
Claims on institutions and corporates with a short-
term credit assessment
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
EU 10b
Collective investment undertakings (CIU)
0
0
28
0
0
0
0
EU 10c
Other items
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
EU 11c
Total
0
6
103
810
4
1,539
0
102
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk and credit risk mitigation in the standardized approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach
Jun 30, 2025
in € m.
Risk Weight
o
p
q
r
s
t
u
Exposure classes
90%
100%
105%
110%
130%
150%
250%
1
Central governments or central banks
0
82
0
0
0
0
0
2
Non-central government public sector entities
0
2
0
0
0
0
0
EU 2a
Regional governments or local authorities
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
EU 2b
Public sector entities
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
4
Multilateral development banks
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
EU 3a
International organizations
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
Institutions
0
4
0
0
0
58
0
5
Covered bonds
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
6
Corporates
0
10,964
0
0
26
18
0
6.1
Of which: Specialized Lending
0
0
0
0
26
0
0
7
Subordinated debt exposures and equity
0
201
0
0
0
0
1,658
EU 7a
Subordinated debt exposures
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
EU 7b
Equity
0
201
0
0
0
0
1,658
8
Retail
0
225
0
0
0
27
0
9
Secured by mortgages on immovable property and
ADC exposures
1
526
0
22
0
4
0
9.1
Secured by mortgages on residential immovable
property - non IPRE
0
323
0
0
0
0
0
9.1.1
no loan splitting applied
0
168
0
0
0
0
0
9.1.2
loan splitting applied (secured)
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
9.1.3
loan splitting applied (unsecured)
0
155
0
0
0
0
0
9.2
Secured by mortgages on residential immovable
property - IPRE
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
9.3
Secured by mortgages on commercial immovable
property - non IPRE
0
203
0
0
0
0
0
9.3.1
no loan splitting applied
0
84
0
0
0
0
0
9.3.2
loan splitting applied (secured)
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
9.3.3
loan splitting applied (unsecured)
0
119
0
0
0
0
0
9.4
Secured by mortgages on commercial immovable
property - IPRE
1
0
0
22
0
4
0
9.5
Acquisition, Development and Construction
(ADC)
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
10
Exposures in default
0
549
0
0
0
614
0
EU 10a
Claims on institutions and corporates with a short-
term credit assessment
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
EU 10b
Collective investment undertakings (CIU)
0
532
0
0
0
24
0
EU 10c
Other items
0
8,759
0
0
0
0
0
EU 11c
Total
1
21,844
0
22
26
746
1,658
103
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk and credit risk mitigation in the standardized approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach
Jun 30, 2025
in € m.
Risk Weight
v
w
x
y
z
aa
Exposure classes
370%
400%
1250%
Others
Total
Of which:
unrated
1
Central governments or central banks
0
0
0
0
92,956
60,836
2
Non-central government public sector entities
0
0
0
0
9,935
3,892
EU 2a
Regional governments or local authorities
0
0
0
0
5,349
3,154
EU 2b
Public sector entities
0
0
0
0
4,586
737
4
Multilateral development banks
0
0
0
0
2,032
13
EU 3a
International organizations
0
0
0
0
5,526
5
4
Institutions
0
0
0
0
1,070
1,065
5
Covered bonds
0
0
0
0
0
0
6
Corporates
0
0
0
128
11,983
11,517
6.1
Of which: Specialized Lending
0
0
0
0
26
26
7
Subordinated debt exposures and equity
0
3
0
1,199
3,145
2,705
EU 7a
Subordinated debt exposures
0
0
0
0
0
0
EU 7b
Equity
0
3
0
1,199
3,145
2,705
8
Retail
0
0
0
1
1,401
1,401
9
Secured by mortgages on immovable property and ADC
exposures
0
0
0
3
4,898
4,898
9.1
Secured by mortgages on residential immovable property -
non IPRE
0
0
0
3
3,821
3,821
9.1.1
no loan splitting applied
0
0
0
0
187
187
9.1.2
loan splitting applied (secured)
0
0
0
0
2,951
2,951
9.1.3
loan splitting applied (unsecured)
0
0
0
3
683
683
9.2
Secured by mortgages on residential immovable property -
IPRE
0
0
0
0
31
31
9.3
Secured by mortgages on commercial immovable property -
non IPRE
0
0
0
0
1,014
1,014
9.3.1
no loan splitting applied
0
0
0
0
84
84
9.3.2
loan splitting applied (secured)
0
0
0
0
810
810
9.3.3
loan splitting applied (unsecured)
0
0
0
0
120
120
9.4
Secured by mortgages on commercial immovable property -
IPRE
0
0
0
0
31
31
9.5
Acquisition, Development and Construction (ADC)
0
0
0
0
0
0
10
Exposures in default
0
0
0
0
1,163
1,090
EU 10a
Claims on institutions and corporates with a short-term credit
assessment
0
0
0
0
0
0
EU 10b
Collective investment undertakings (CIU)
0
0
0
2,234
4,643
1,690
EU 10c
Other items
0
0
0
0
10,419
10,390
EU 11c
Total
0
3
0
3,566
149,171
99,502
 
104
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Qualitative information on the use of the IRB approach
Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the
internal-rating-based approach
Qualitative information on the use of the IRB approach
Approval status for IRB approaches
Article 452 (a) CRR
For the majority of the Group’s credit portfolios, the bank applies the advanced IRBA to calculate the regulatory capital
requirements according to the CRR/CRD 4 framework, based on respective approvals received from BaFin and ECB.
Overall, IRB approved models cover all of the bank’s material exposures in the IRB eligible exposure classes “Institutions”,
“Corporates”, and “Retail”. For the exposure class “Central governments and central banks”, the Group reverted to
standardized approach in 2025.
The Group’s exposures reported under foundation IRB include exposure classes where foundation IRB is mandatory since
introduction of CRR3 and parts of former Postbank’s corporate portfolios, which partially receive regulatory risk weights
using the so-called ‘supervisory slotting criteria’ approach. Further details of the Foundation Approach are provided in
the section “Foundation Internal Ratings Based Approach”.
At Group level, the bank assigns some portfolios to the standardized approach. Details of the standardized approach and
the standardized approach exposures are discussed in the section “Credit risk and credit risk mitigation in the
standardized approach” within this report.
The bank is in regular exchange with ECB on model enhancements, changes in the IRB model landscape and other model
related changes that are monitored jointly with ECB based on a model map.
Details on the number of IRB approved models and their performance are shown in the section “Model Validation
Results”.
Scope of the use of IRB and SA approaches
Article 452 (b) CRR (EU CRE)
The table EU CR6-A below shows exposures and percentages covered by the IRB and standardized approaches, also
showing exposures subject to the permanent partial use. It splits the exposures further down into the major regulatory
exposure classes.
105
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Qualitative information on the use of the IRB approach
EU CR6-A - Scope of the use of IRB and SA approaches
Dec 31, 2025
a
b
c
d
e
in € m. (unless stated otherwise)
Exposure
value as
defined in
Article 166
CRR for
exposures
subject to IRB
approach
Total
exposure
value for
exposures
subject to the
Standardized
approach and
to the IRB
approach
Percentage
of total
exposure
value subject
to the
permanent
partial use of
the SA
Percentage
of total
exposure
value subject
to IRB
Approach
Percentage
of total
exposure
value subject
to a roll-out
plan
1
Central governments or central banks
0
246,883
100.00
0.00
0.00
2
Regional governments or local authorities
0
1,962
100.00
0.00
0.00
3
Public sector entities
496
4,403
88.23
11.77
0.00
4
Institutions
17,188
4.24
95.76
0.00
5
Corporates
305,075
346,185
7.80
92.20
0.00
of which:
5.1
General
0
275,112
9.81
90.19
0.00
5.2
Specialized lending
51,319
0.00
100.00
0.00
of which:
5.2.1
excluding slotting approach
50,999
0.00
100.00
0.00
5.2.2
including slotting approach
320
0.00
100.00
0.00
5.3
Purchased Receivables
0
19,754
0.00
100.00
0.00
6
Retail
202,000
191,856
1.02
98.98
0.00
of which:
6.1
Qualifying revolving
3,121
0.00
100.00
0.00
6.2
Secured by residential immovable property
140,942
0.00
100.00
0.00
6.3
Purchased receivables
68
67
0.00
100.00
0.00
6.4
Other retail exposures
44,022
43,045
0.00
100.00
0.00
7
Equity
0
1,483
100.00
0.00
0.00
EU 7a
Collective investment undertakings (CIU)
1,948
5,139
85.39
14.61
0.00
8
Other non-credit obligation assets
0
730
100.00
0.00
0.00
9
Total
526,927
815,828
35.43
64.57
0.00
 
Dec 31, 2024
a
b
c
d
e
in € m. (unless stated otherwise)
Exposure
value as
defined in
Article 166
CRR for
exposures
subject to IRB
approach
Total
exposure
value for
exposures
subject to the
Standardized
approach and
to the IRB
approach
Percentage
of total
exposure
value subject
to the
permanent
partial use of
the SA
Percentage
of total
exposure
value subject
to IRB
Approach
Percentage
of total
exposure
value subject
to a roll-out
plan
1
Central governments or central banks
128,696
205,981
43.35
56.65
0.00
of which:
1.1
Regional governments or local authorities
1,353
100.00
0.00
0.00
1.2
Public sector entities
691
100.00
0.00
0.00
2
Institutions
15,331
13,860
0.72
99.28
0.00
3
Corporates
329,598
389,488
4.37
95.63
0.00
of which:
3.1
Corporates - Specialised lending, excluding slotting approach
52,882
0.00
100.00
0.00
3.2
Corporates - Specialised lending under slotting approach
486
0.00
100.00
0.00
4
Retail
212,024
203,497
2.82
97.18
0.00
of which:
4.1
Retail – Secured by real estate SMEs
983
0.00
100.00
0.00
4.2
Retail – Secured by real estate non-SMEs
160,471
0.00
100.00
0.00
4.3
Retail – Qualifying revolving
1,989
0.00
100.00
0.00
4.4
Retail – Other SMEs
4,395
0.00
100.00
0.00
4.5
Retail – Other non-SMEs
29,912
0.00
100.00
0.00
5
Equity
5,069
4,041
2.55
97.45
0.00
6
Other non-credit obligation assets
11,056
10,340
0.11
99.89
0.00
7
Total
701,774
827,207
13.57
86.43
0.00
 
106
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Qualitative information on the use of the IRB approach
Relationship between the risk management function and the internal audit
function
Article 452 (c)(i) CRR (EU CRE)
As discussed in the Enterprise and Treasury Risk section “Risk Management structure and organization”, Deutsche Bank’s
risk management framework consists of various components and the organizational structures follow the 3LoD model
with a clear definition of roles and responsibilities for all risk types.
Group Audit is a part of the 3LoD and an instrument of the Management Board and the Global Head of Group Audit
reports administratively to the CEO. Group Audit supports the Management Board in identifying significant known and
emerging weaknesses in the control framework, assessing whether risks, including the potential occurrences of fraud, are
appropriately identified and managed. Group Audit is also responsible for assessing the effectiveness and efficiency of
risk management, internal controls, governance processes and systems in a holistic and forward-looking manner. Group
Audit is not responsible for the design, installation, procedures, or operations of the institution's internal control.
Rating system review
Article 452 (c)(ii) CRR (EU CRE)
The 2nd LoD for model risk is Model Risk Management. The Model Risk Management function comprises the Credit
Validation unit which performs different types of independent validations across the rating system’s lifecycle in
accordance with the standards set in the applicable Model Risk Management Policy.
Procedure of independence between reviewing function and development
function
Article 452 (c)(iii) CRR (EU CRE)
A high level of independence of the Model Risk Management function (including the Credit Validation unit) is ensured
through organizational set-up independent from the Credit Risk Control Unit (comprising credit model owners and
developers). The Head of Model Risk Management reports into the Chief Risk Officer. The independent Credit Validation
unit reports into the Head of Model Risk Management.
Procedure to ensure accountability of development and reviewing function
Article 452 (c)(iv) CRR (EU CRE)
The model development function is accountable for reflecting IRB requirements in the design, development and
documentation of IRB models. Furthermore, it is accountable to provide model users, model owners and control
functions with accurate information on IRB models including relevant assumptions and limitations.
Credit Validation unit as part of Model Risk Management function is accountable for ongoing review of IRB models and
assumptions taken in the development of these models.
Group Audit as 3rd LoD is accountable for providing independent and objective assurance on the adequacy of the
design, operating effectiveness and efficiency of the risk management system and systems of internal control.
Role of the function in the credit risk model process, scope and main content of
credit risk models
Model change process
New model development or changes to existing models are agreed between model developers within Group Strategic
Analytics and users of the models within CRM. Other departments of the bank are involved as required e.g., to support on
the provision of data required for model development or on the implementation of models in production systems.
Changes to existing credit models and introduction of new models are approved by the Regulatory Credit Risk Model
Committee chaired by the Head of CRM before the models are used for credit decisions and capital calculation for the
first time or before they are significantly changed. Separately, an approval by the Head of Model Risk Management is
required. Where appropriate, less significant changes can be approved by a delegate or function under a delegated
authority – mainly to the Regulatory Credit Risk Model Forum. Proposals with high impact are recommended for approval
to the Group Risk Committee. Regulatory notification or approval may also be required.
The model validation is performed independently of model development by Model Risk Management. The results of the
regular validation processes as stipulated by internal policies are brought to the attention of the Regulatory Credit Risk
Model Forum and the Regulatory Credit Risk Model Committee, even if the validation results do not lead to a change.
107
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Qualitative information on the use of the IRB approach
Credit Risk Model reporting
Aggregate model risk for credit risk is reported on a quarterly basis by Model Risk Management in a dedicated credit risk
section of the CRO Model Risk Profile report. The main scope of the credit risk section of this report is to inform on model
usages in credit risk contributing to or towards a breach of the Group Risk Appetite metrics for model risk related to
Model Risk Framework requirements like unapproved model use, material validation findings remediation, and gaps in
ongoing performance monitoring.
Significant model risk matters and model risk contribution to Risk Appetite metrics for model risk are outlined by
individual model usage. Reported details cover amongst others, key issue for contribution, status of remedial actions, the
responsible issue owner and duration of issue since identification. The latter builds the basis for the assessment of
application of internal consequences in case remediation exceeds the remediation timeline.
Furthermore, there is also a standing agenda item on Credit Risk Models in the Regulatory Credit Risk Model Committee
that covers model risk focus topics as well as the status and development of Credit Risk Models and remediation of
related validation findings.
Internal rating-based approaches
Article 452 (f) CRR (EU CRE)
Advanced Internal Ratings Based Approach
The advanced IRBA is the most sophisticated approach available under the regulatory framework for credit risk and
allows Deutsche Bank to make use of internal rating methodologies as well as internal estimates of specific other risk
parameters. These methods and parameters represent long-used key components of the internal risk measurement and
management process supporting the credit approval process, the economic capital and expected loss calculation and
the internal monitoring and reporting of credit risk. The relevant parameters include the probability of default, the loss-
given-default and the maturity driving the regulatory risk-weight and the credit conversion factor as part of the
regulatory exposure at default estimation. For most of Deutsche Bank’s internal rating systems more than seven years of
historical information is available to assess these parameters. Deutsche Bank’s internal rating methodologies aim at
point-in-time rather than a through-the-cycle rating.
The probability of default for customers is derived from Deutsche Bank’s internal rating systems. A probability of default
is assigned to each relevant counterparty credit exposure as a function of a transparent and consistent 21-grade master
rating scale for all of Deutsche Bank’s exposure. The probability of default used for RWA calculation is subject to the
regulatory probability of default floors.
A prerequisite for the development of rating methodologies and the determination of risk parameters is a proper
definition, identification and recording of the default event of a customer. A default definition is applied in accordance
with the requirements of Article 178 CRR as confirmed by the BaFin and ECB as part of the IRBA approval process. In
2022, modifications to Deutsche Bank’s definition of default reflecting EBA/RTS/2016/06 and EBA/GL/2016/07 were
implemented after ECB approval. 
The borrower ratings are derived on the grounds of internally developed rating models which specify consistent and
distinct customer-relevant criteria and assign a rating grade based on a specific set of criteria as given for a certain
customer. The set of criteria is generated from information sets relevant for the respective customer segments like
general customer behavior, financial and external data. The methods in use range from statistical scoring models to
expert-based models taking into account the relevant available quantitative and qualitative information. For the majority
of exposures the statistical scoring or hybrid models combining both approaches are commonly used. Expert-based
rating models, calibrated to internal default rates are partially applied for counterparts in the exposure classes
“Institutions” and “Corporates”. Quantitative rating methodologies are developed based on applicable statistical
modeling techniques, such as logistic regression. In line with Article 174 CRR, these models are complemented by
human judgment and oversight to review model-based assignments and are intended to ensure that the models are used
appropriately. When Deutsche Bank assigns internal risk ratings, it allows the comparison with external risk ratings
assigned to Deutsche Bank’s counterparties by the major international rating agencies, where possible, as Deutsche
Bank’s internal rating scale has been designed to principally correspond to the external rating scales from rating
agencies.
The majority of ratings for “Corporates” and “Institutions” combine quantitative analysis of financial information with
qualitative assessments of, inter alia, industry trends, market position and management experience. Financial analysis has
a specific focus on cash flow generation and the counterparty’s capability to service its debts, also in comparison to
peers. Deutsche Bank supplements the analysis of financials by an internal forecast of the counterparty’s financial profile
where deemed to be necessary. For purchased corporate receivables the corporate rating approach is applied. The
108
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Qualitative information on the use of the IRB approach
exposure classes “Institutions” and “Corporates” hold customer segments which often only have few observed
occurrences of defaults, so-called “low default portfolios”. For low-default portfolios, a larger amount of expert
judgment enters the rating and related probability of default assignment than for other segments. Such ratings are
subject to rigorous reviews by Deutsche Bank’s Asset Quality Review team.
Ratings for SME clients are based on automated sub-ratings for e.g. financial aspects and behavior on their bank account.
Specialized lending is managed by specific credit risk management teams, e.g. for real estate, ship finance or leveraged
transactions. Following the individual characteristic of the underlying credit transactions Deutsche Bank have developed
bespoke scorecards where appropriate to derive credit ratings.
In Deutsche Bank’s retail business, creditworthiness checks and counterparty ratings are generally derived by utilizing an
automated decision engine. The decision engine incorporates quantitative aspects (i.e., financial figures), behavioral
aspects, credit bureau information (such as SCHUFA in Germany) and general customer data. These input factors are
used by the decision engine to determine the creditworthiness of the borrower and, after consideration of collateral, the
expected loss. The established rating procedures in Deutsche Bank’s retail business are based on multivariate statistical
methods.
They are used to support Deutsche Bank’s individual credit decisions for the retail portfolio as well as to continuously
monitor it in an automated fashion. In case elevated risks are identified as part to this monitoring process or new
regulatory requirements apply, credit ratings are reviewed.
Although different rating methodologies are applied to the various customer segments in order to properly reflect
customer-specific characteristics, they all adhere to the same risk management principles. Credit process policies
provide guidance on the classification of customers into the various rating systems.
Drivers for differences between probability of default and actual default rates are described in the section on
Article 452 (h).
Deutsche Bank applies internally estimated loss-given-default factors as part of the advanced IRBA capital requirement
calculation as approved by the ECB. Loss-given-default is defined as the likely loss intensity in case of a counterparty
default. It provides an estimation of the exposure that cannot be recovered in a default event and therefore captures the
severity of a loss. Conceptually, loss-given-default estimates are independent of a customer’s probability of default. The
loss-given-default models ensure that the main drivers for losses (i.e. different levels and quality of collateralization,
customer or product types or seniority of facility) are reflected in specific loss-given-default factors. Deutsche Bank’s
loss-given-default parameters are derived from statistical models based on empirical realized loss-given-defaults. In
some portfolios, loss-given-default parameters incorporate further available information in addition to empirical loss-
given-defaults, in particular for low-default portfolios.
Loss-given-default estimates used for regulatory purposes are estimated to be appropriate for an economic downturn.
As part of the application of the advanced IRBA specific credit conversion factors are applied in order to calculate an
exposure at default value. Conceptually the exposure at default is defined as the expected amount of the credit
exposure to a counterparty at the time of its default. For advanced IRBA calculation purposes general principles as
defined in Article 166 CRR are applied to determine the exposure at default of a transaction. In instances, however,
where a transaction involves an unused limit, a percentage share of this unused limit is added to the outstanding amount
in order to appropriately reflect the expected outstanding amount in case of a counterparty default. This reflects the
assumption that for commitments the utilization at the time of default might be higher than the current utilization. When
a transaction involves an additional contingent component (i.e., guarantees) a further percentage share (usage factor) is
applied as part of the credit conversion factor model in order to estimate the amount of guarantees drawn in case of
default. Where allowed under the advanced IRBA, the credit conversion factors are internally estimated. The calibrations
of such parameters are based on statistical analysis of internal historical data and consider customer and product type
specifics. As part of the approval process, the ECB assessed Deutsche Bank’s credit conversion factor models and stated
their appropriateness for use in the process of regulatory capital requirement calculations.
The exposure at default for Deutsche Bank’s derivatives and securities financing transactions (“SFT”) portfolios are
primarily calculated based on the IMM approach as described in the section “Counterparty credit risk” of this report.
Foundation Internal Ratings Based Approach
The foundation IRBA is an approach available under the regulatory framework for credit risk allowing institutions to make
use of their internal rating methodologies while using pre-defined regulatory values for all other risk parameters.
Parameters subject to internal estimates include the probability of default while the loss-given-default and the credit
conversion factor are defined in the regulatory framework.
109
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Qualitative information on the use of the IRB approach
A probability of default is assigned to each relevant counterparty credit exposure as a function of a transparent and
consistent rating master scale. The borrower ratings assigned are derived on the grounds of internally developed rating
models which specify consistent and distinct customer-relevant criteria and assign a rating grade based on a specific set
of criteria as given for a certain customer following the approaches as outlined for Deutsche Bank’s Advanced IRBA
rating systems. Currently, exposure classes not qualifying for application of internal estimates of LGD or CCF under
CRR3 art. 151 as well as the former Postbank rating systems Factoring and Special Rating are reported under the
foundation IRBA. For the latter, regulatory risk weights are applied using the so-called ‘supervisory slotting criteria’
approach as defined by Article 153 (5) CRR.
For the foundation IRBA the same default definition is applied as for Advanced IRBA in accordance with the
requirements of Article 178 CRR as confirmed by the BaFin and ECB as part of its IRBA approval process.
Assignment to regulatory exposure classes
The advanced and foundation IRBA requires differentiating a bank’s credit portfolio into various regulatory defined
exposure classes. The relevant regulatory exposure class for each exposure is identified by considering factors like
customer-specific characteristics, the rating system used as well as certain materiality thresholds which are regulatory
defined.
All investments in equity positions in the banking book are treated under the credit risk standardized approach since
2025. This includes exposures attracting a risk weight of 250% according to Article 48 (4) for significant investments in
the CET 1 instruments of financial sector entities which are subject to the threshold exemptions as outlined in Article 48
CRR. Exposures which are assigned to the exposure class “Other non-credit obligation assets” are now assigned to the
CRSA exposure class "Other items" and receive a risk weight of 0% in case of cash positions and a risk weight of 100% for
all other cases.
For collective investment undertakings a “look through”-approach is applied, where applicable, and the risk weighs are
derived based on the underlying positions. In case a look-through approach cannot be applied the fall-back position is to
use a risk weight of 1,250%.
Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach
Foundation IRB exposure
Article 452 (g) (i-v) CRR
The following series of tables details Deutsche Bank´s foundation internal rating based (FIRB) exposures distributed on its
internal rating scale for all relevant regulatory exposure classes. The tables exclude the counterparty credit risk position
from derivatives and securities financing transactions which are presented separately in the section “Counterparty credit
risk” in this report.
The tables show the on-balance sheet as well as the off-balance sheet exposure with their corresponding exposure-
weighted credit conversion factors. In addition, the exposure post credit conversion factor (CCF) and credit risk
mitigation (CRM) is presented in conjunction with exposures-weighted average PD, LGD, maturity as well as well as the
RWA and the average risk weight. The tables provide the defaulted exposure separately. Further details in the tables are
number of obligors, regulatory expected loss and provisions comprising specific risk adjustments.
110
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach
EU CR6 – FIRB approach – Credit risk exposures by exposure class and PD range
Dec 31, 2025
in € m.
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
(unless stated otherwise)
Exposure class/
PD scale
On-balance
sheet exposures
Off-balance-
sheet exposures
pre-CCF
Exposure
weighted
average CCF
(in %)
Exposure post
CCF and post
CRM
Exposure
weighted
average PD (%)
Number of
obligors (in
1,000s)
Exposure
weighted
average LGD
(%)
Exposure
weighted
average
maturity (in
years)¹
Risk weighted
exposure
amount after
supporting
factors
Density of risk
weighted
exposure
amount (in %)
Expected Loss
amount
Value
adjustments
and Provisions
Central governments
and central banks
0.00 to <0.15
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
0.00 to <0.10
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
0.10 to <0.15
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
0.15 to <0.25
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
0.25 to <0.50
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
0.50 to <0.75
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
0.75 to <2.50
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
0.75 to <1.75
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
1.75 to <2.5
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
2.50 to <10.00
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
2.50 to <5
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
5 to <10
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
10.00 to <100.00
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
10 to <20
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
20 to <30
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
30.00 to <100.00
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
100.00 (Default)
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
Sub-total
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
Regional governments
and local authorities
0.00 to <0.15
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
0.00 to <0.10
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
0.10 to <0.15
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
0.15 to <0.25
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
0.25 to <0.50
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
0.50 to <0.75
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
0.75 to <2.50
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
0.75 to <1.75
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
1.75 to <2.5
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
2.50 to <10.00
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
2.50 to <5
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
5 to <10
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
10.00 to <100.00
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
10 to <20
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
20 to <30
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
30.00 to <100.00
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
100.00 (Default)
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
Sub-total
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
111
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach
Dec 31, 2025
in € m.
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
(unless stated otherwise)
Exposure class/
PD scale
On-balance
sheet exposures
Off-balance-
sheet exposures
pre-CCF
Exposure
weighted
average CCF
(in %)
Exposure post
CCF and post
CRM
Exposure
weighted
average PD (%)
Number of
obligors (in
1,000s)
Exposure
weighted
average LGD
(%)
Exposure
weighted
average
maturity (in
years)¹
Risk weighted
exposure
amount after
supporting
factors
Density of risk
weighted
exposure
amount (in %)
Expected Loss
amount
Value
adjustments
and Provisions
Public sector entities
0.00 to <0.15
1
1
0.00
1
0.03
0.0
54.14
2.5
0
9.79
0
0
0.00 to <0.10
1
1
0.00
1
0.03
0.0
54.14
2.5
0
9.79
0
0
0.10 to <0.15
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
0.15 to <0.25
0
0
0.00
0
0.20
0.0
45.00
2.5
0
20.61
0
0
0.25 to <0.50
0
0
0.00
0
0.27
0.0
11.48
2.5
0
9.26
0
0
0.50 to <0.75
1
1
0.00
1
0.54
0.0
54.13
2.5
1
66.97
0
0
0.75 to <2.50
1
1
0.02
1
1.03
0.0
66.54
2.5
1
126.56
0
0
0.75 to <1.75
1
1
0.02
1
1.03
0.0
66.54
2.5
1
126.56
0
0
1.75 to <2.5
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
2.50 to <10.00
0
0
0.00
0
5.34
0.0
17.31
2.5
0
70.43
0
0
2.50 to <5
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
5 to <10
0
0
0.00
0
5.34
0.0
17.31
2.5
0
70.43
0
0
10.00 to <100.00
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
10 to <20
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
20 to <30
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
30.00 to <100.00
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
100.00 (Default)
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
Sub-total
3
3
0.01
3
0.76
0.0
57.32
2.5
2
76.92
0
0
Institutions
0.00 to <0.15
7,061
12,150
37.54
11,623
0.07
0.4
54.11
2.5
1,660
14.28
3
2
0.00 to <0.10
5,183
10,383
37.24
9,049
0.06
0.3
56.54
2.5
1,111
12.28
2
1
0.10 to <0.15
1,879
1,767
39.34
2,574
0.11
0.1
45.56
2.5
549
21.31
1
0
0.15 to <0.25
442
933
15.83
590
0.18
0.1
41.30
2.5
179
30.37
0
0
0.25 to <0.50
1,746
1,395
34.45
2,227
0.37
0.2
30.69
2.5
780
35.01
3
1
0.50 to <0.75
163
140
26.45
200
0.66
0.1
43.40
2.5
161
80.40
1
0
0.75 to <2.50
1,900
779
35.23
2,174
1.16
0.1
45.53
2.5
1,944
89.41
14
5
0.75 to <1.75
1,892
766
35.05
2,161
1.16
0.1
45.66
2.5
1,938
89.66
14
5
1.75 to <2.5
7
12
46.18
13
2.00
0.0
23.67
2.5
6
48.44
0
0
2.50 to <10.00
104
128
34.86
149
6.24
0.0
43.07
2.5
249
167.70
6
2
2.50 to <5
22
110
33.87
60
3.42
0.0
38.66
2.5
67
112.27
1
1
5 to <10
81
18
40.86
89
8.13
0.0
46.02
2.5
182
204.89
5
1
10.00 to <100.00
18
5
0.27
18
22.01
0.0
26.57
2.5
26
140.28
1
0
10 to <20
15
5
0.27
15
15.68
0.0
27.66
2.5
21
145.80
1
0
20 to <30
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
30.00 to <100.00
4
0
40.00
4
46.77
0.0
22.33
2.5
4
118.70
0
0
100.00 (Default)
70
13
14.60
72
100.00
0.0
44.86
2.5
0
0.06
30
36
Sub-total
11,505
15,543
35.69
17,053
0.76
1.0
49.23
2.5
4,998
29.31
58
46
112
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach
Dec 31, 2025
in € m.
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
(unless stated otherwise)
Exposure class/
PD scale
On-balance
sheet exposures
Off-balance-
sheet exposures
pre-CCF
Exposure
weighted
average CCF
(in %)
Exposure post
CCF and post
CRM
Exposure
weighted
average PD (%)
Number of
obligors (in
1,000s)
Exposure
weighted
average LGD
(%)
Exposure
weighted
average
maturity (in
years)¹
Risk weighted
exposure
amount after
supporting
factors
Density of risk
weighted
exposure
amount (in %)
Expected Loss
amount
Value
adjustments
and Provisions
Corporates
0.00 to <0.15
26,184
87,171
31.17
53,353
0.08
22.6
40.41
2.5
10,445
19.58
18
2
0.00 to <0.10
16,527
50,011
32.22
32,640
0.06
6.8
40.45
2.5
5,361
16.42
9
0
0.10 to <0.15
9,658
37,160
29.75
20,713
0.11
15.8
40.35
2.5
5,084
24.54
9
2
0.15 to <0.25
10,275
33,785
30.44
20,559
0.17
5.8
40.65
2.5
6,545
31.84
14
6
0.25 to <0.50
17,238
33,678
26.14
26,042
0.33
5.0
37.66
2.5
11,100
42.62
34
19
0.50 to <0.75
6,115
9,985
26.65
8,766
0.68
6.7
38.29
2.5
5,542
63.22
33
11
0.75 to <2.50
7,060
14,938
30.95
11,684
1.34
7.2
37.71
2.5
9,479
81.13
65
33
0.75 to <1.75
5,710
11,344
30.10
9,125
1.18
6.6
37.31
2.5
7,124
78.07
44
23
1.75 to <2.5
1,350
3,594
33.62
2,558
1.93
0.6
39.13
2.5
2,355
92.04
21
10
2.50 to <10.00
2,978
6,447
36.67
5,342
4.50
2.6
36.20
2.5
6,234
116.70
100
61
2.50 to <5
1,723
5,078
37.31
3,618
3.33
1.4
36.08
2.5
3,815
105.46
48
27
5 to <10
1,255
1,369
34.28
1,724
6.95
1.2
36.44
2.5
2,418
140.27
51
34
10.00 to <100.00
522
1,019
29.71
825
20.19
0.3
33.84
2.5
1,397
169.26
59
37
10 to <20
395
516
41.59
610
14.55
0.1
36.86
2.5
1,093
179.24
34
27
20 to <30
37
126
1.14
38
22.54
0.1
38.78
2.5
80
207.67
4
0
30.00 to <100.00
90
377
23.19
177
39.00
0.1
22.47
2.5
224
126.58
21
10
100.00 (Default)
2,045
1,054
45.87
2,515
100.00
0.3
39.50
2.5
46
1.84
947
924
Sub-total
72,417
188,076
30.14
129,086
2.56
50.4
39.27
2.5
50,788
39.34
1,270
1,092
of which:
General
0.00 to <0.15
20,798
81,937
33.05
47,879
0.08
2.7
40.56
2.5
9,971
20.83
16
2
0.00 to <0.10
13,790
48,278
33.24
29,838
0.06
1.4
40.53
2.5
5,313
17.81
8
0
0.10 to <0.15
7,008
33,659
32.78
18,041
0.11
1.3
40.61
2.5
4,658
25.82
8
1
0.15 to <0.25
7,078
31,661
32.48
17,362
0.17
1.6
40.86
2.5
5,792
33.36
12
5
0.25 to <0.50
12,543
30,672
28.66
21,334
0.34
3.6
37.27
2.5
9,437
44.24
28
17
0.50 to <0.75
5,075
8,751
30.40
7,726
0.68
0.9
38.37
2.5
4,983
64.50
30
10
0.75 to <2.50
5,305
13,410
34.44
9,924
1.35
1.7
37.67
2.5
8,167
82.30
56
30
0.75 to <1.75
4,315
10,118
33.71
7,726
1.18
1.3
37.33
2.5
6,120
79.22
38
21
1.75 to <2.5
990
3,293
36.70
2,198
1.92
0.3
38.88
2.5
2,047
93.10
18
9
2.50 to <10.00
2,456
6,058
38.93
4,814
4.54
0.7
35.79
2.5
5,662
117.62
91
57
2.50 to <5
1,396
4,801
39.34
3,285
3.34
0.5
35.58
2.5
3,482
106.00
44
26
5 to <10
1,060
1,257
37.35
1,529
7.12
0.3
36.24
2.5
2,181
142.57
47
31
10.00 to <100.00
473
889
33.93
774
20.08
0.2
33.42
2.5
1,284
165.86
55
36
10 to <20
375
511
41.62
588
14.62
0.1
36.56
2.5
1,032
175.64
33
26
20 to <30
14
7
20.18
15
25.28
0.0
40.45
2.5
36
231.66
2
0
30.00 to <100.00
84
370
23.59
171
38.39
0.1
21.98
2.5
216
126.27
20
10
100.00 (Default)
2,041
1,052
45.94
2,510
100.00
0.2
39.49
2.5
46
1.85
945
918
Sub-total
55,769
174,430
32.44
112,323
2.86
11.7
39.30
2.5
45,344
40.37
1,232
1,076
113
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach
Dec 31, 2025
in € m.
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
(unless stated otherwise)
Exposure class/
PD scale
On-balance
sheet exposures
Off-balance-
sheet exposures
pre-CCF
Exposure
weighted
average CCF
(in %)
Exposure post
CCF and post
CRM
Exposure
weighted
average PD (%)
Number of
obligors (in
1,000s)
Exposure
weighted
average LGD
(%)
Exposure
weighted
average
maturity (in
years)¹
Risk weighted
exposure
amount after
supporting
factors
Density of risk
weighted
exposure
amount (in %)
Expected Loss
amount
Value
adjustments
and Provisions
Specialized lending
0.00 to <0.15
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
2.5
0
0.00
0
0
0.00 to <0.10
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
2.5
0
0.00
0
0
0.10 to <0.15
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
0.15 to <0.25
132
0
40.00
132
0.18
0.0
45.00
2.5
63
47.68
0
0
0.25 to <0.50
165
18
39.50
172
0.37
0.0
36.95
2.5
73
42.21
0
0
0.50 to <0.75
44
1
40.00
45
0.64
0.0
41.63
2.5
28
61.76
0
0
0.75 to <2.50
632
11
40.00
636
1.27
0.0
39.55
2.5
545
85.69
3
1
0.75 to <1.75
581
11
40.00
586
1.20
0.0
39.08
2.5
500
85.32
3
1
1.75 to <2.5
51
0
0.00
51
2.08
0.0
45.00
2.5
46
89.90
0
0
2.50 to <10.00
251
15
40.00
257
4.34
0.0
45.75
2.5
314
122.08
5
3
2.50 to <5
140
15
40.00
146
3.37
0.0
46.32
2.5
160
109.49
2
1
5 to <10
111
0
0.00
111
5.62
0.0
45.00
2.5
154
138.62
3
2
10.00 to <100.00
20
5
25.30
22
13.47
0.0
44.88
2.5
60
275.73
1
0
10 to <20
20
5
40.00
22
12.67
0.0
45.00
2.5
60
275.73
1
0
20 to <30
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
30.00 to <100.00
0
0
2.29
0
100.00
0.0
32.00
2.5
0
0.00
0
0
100.00 (Default)
0
0
40.00
0
100.00
0.0
45.00
2.5
0
0.00
0
0
Sub-total
1,244
50
38.37
1,264
1.85
0.0
41.19
2.5
1,083
85.66
10
4
Purchased receivables
0.00 to <0.15
5,386
5,234
1.68
5,474
0.08
20.2
39.11
2.5
474
8.65
2
0
0.00 to <0.10
2,736
1,733
3.76
2,802
0.06
5.5
39.62
2.5
48
1.71
1
0
0.10 to <0.15
2,650
3,501
0.65
2,672
0.11
14.7
38.57
2.5
426
15.94
1
0
0.15 to <0.25
3,065
2,124
0.03
3,065
0.16
4.4
39.26
2.5
690
22.51
2
1
0.25 to <0.50
4,530
2,988
0.22
4,536
0.32
1.8
39.49
2.5
1,590
35.05
6
2
0.50 to <0.75
996
1,233
0.00
996
0.68
5.8
37.57
2.5
532
53.39
3
1
0.75 to <2.50
1,123
1,516
0.00
1,123
1.36
5.7
37.00
2.5
767
68.24
6
1
0.75 to <1.75
814
1,215
0.00
814
1.12
5.4
35.89
2.5
504
61.93
3
1
1.75 to <2.5
309
301
0.00
309
2.00
0.3
39.93
2.5
262
84.87
2
0
2.50 to <10.00
270
374
0.00
270
3.90
1.9
34.37
2.5
257
95.22
4
1
2.50 to <5
187
262
0.00
187
3.16
1.0
36.94
2.5
174
92.99
2
0
5 to <10
83
112
0.00
83
5.56
0.9
28.59
2.5
84
100.22
2
1
10.00 to <100.00
29
126
0.00
29
28.11
0.1
36.70
2.5
53
179.67
3
1
10 to <20
0
0
0.00
0
17.68
0.0
39.98
2.5
0
180.99
0
0
20 to <30
23
119
0.00
23
20.71
0.1
37.66
2.5
44
191.65
2
0
30.00 to <100.00
6
6
0.00
6
55.86
0.0
36.16
2.5
8
134.89
1
0
100.00 (Default)
5
2
0.00
5
100.00
0.1
45.43
2.5
0
0.00
2
5
Sub-total
15,404
13,597
0.70
15,499
0.45
39.9
38.91
2.5
4,362
28.14
28
12
All exposure classes
Total
83,925
203,622
30.57
146,142
2.35
51.4
40.43
2.5
55,789
38.17
1,328
1,139
114
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach
June 30, 2025
in € m.
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
(unless stated otherwise)
Exposure class/
PD scale
On-balance
sheet
exposures
Off-balance-
sheet
exposures pre-
CCF
Exposure
weighted
average CCF
(in %)
Exposure post
CCF and post
CRM
Exposure
weighted
average PD (%)
Number of
obligors (in
1,000s)
Exposure
weighted
average LGD
(%)
Exposure
weighted
average
maturity (in
years)¹
Risk weighted
exposure
amount after
supporting
factors
Density of risk
weighted
exposure
amount (in %)
Expected Loss
amount
Value
adjustments
and Provisions
Central governments
and central banks
0.00 to <0.15
3,358
1,959
36.68
4,076
0.01
0.0
45.00
2.5
101
2.48
0
0
0.00 to <0.10
3,358
1,959
36.68
4,076
0.01
0.0
45.00
2.5
101
2.48
0
0
0.10 to <0.15
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
0.15 to <0.25
0
0
0.00
0
0.15
0.0
16.88
2.5
0
9.49
0
0
0.25 to <0.50
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
0.50 to <0.75
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
0.75 to <2.50
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
0.75 to <1.75
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
1.75 to <2.5
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
2.50 to <10.00
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
2.50 to <5
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
5 to <10
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
10.00 to <100.00
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
10 to <20
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
20 to <30
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
30.00 to <100.00
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
100.00 (Default)
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
Sub-total
3,358
1,959
36.68
4,076
0.01
0.0
45.00
2.5
101
2.48
0
0
Regional governments
and local authorities
0.00 to <0.15
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
0.00 to <0.10
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
0.10 to <0.15
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
0.15 to <0.25
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
0.25 to <0.50
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
0.50 to <0.75
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
0.75 to <2.50
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
0.75 to <1.75
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
1.75 to <2.5
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
2.50 to <10.00
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
2.50 to <5
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
5 to <10
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
10.00 to <100.00
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
10 to <20
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
20 to <30
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
30.00 to <100.00
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
100.00 (Default)
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
Sub-total
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
115
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach
June 30, 2025
in € m.
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
(unless stated otherwise)
Exposure class/
PD scale
On-balance
sheet
exposures
Off-balance-
sheet
exposures pre-
CCF
Exposure
weighted
average CCF
(in %)
Exposure post
CCF and post
CRM
Exposure
weighted
average PD (%)
Number of
obligors (in
1,000s)
Exposure
weighted
average LGD
(%)
Exposure
weighted
average
maturity (in
years)¹
Risk weighted
exposure
amount after
supporting
factors
Density of risk
weighted
exposure
amount (in %)
Expected Loss
amount
Value
adjustments
and Provisions
Public sector entities
0.00 to <0.15
1
1
0.00
1
0.08
0.0
50.47
2.5
1
36.51
0
0
0.00 to <0.10
1
1
0.00
1
0.03
0.0
53.59
2.5
0
13.55
0
0
0.10 to <0.15
1
0
0.00
1
0.11
0.0
48.23
2.5
0
52.94
0
0
0.15 to <0.25
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
0.25 to <0.50
0
0
0.00
0
0.27
0.0
11.48
2.5
0
9.26
0
0
0.50 to <0.75
1
1
0.00
1
0.54
0.0
50.98
2.5
1
64.49
0
0
0.75 to <2.50
0
0
0.00
0
0.97
0.0
53.62
2.5
0
146.78
0
0
0.75 to <1.75
0
0
0.00
0
0.97
0.0
53.62
2.5
0
146.78
0
0
1.75 to <2.5
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
2.50 to <10.00
0
0
0.00
0
5.34
0.0
53.62
2.5
0
218.18
0
0
2.50 to <5
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
5 to <10
0
0
0.00
0
5.34
0.0
53.62
2.5
0
218.18
0
0
10.00 to <100.00
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
10 to <20
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
20 to <30
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
30.00 to <100.00
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
100.00 (Default)
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
Sub-total
3
2
0.00
3
0.46
0.0
50.53
2.5
2
55.92
0
0
Institutions
0.00 to <0.15
7,582
47,581
39.86
10,316
0.07
0.4
52.44
2.5
1,427
13.83
3
0
0.00 to <0.10
6,782
47,112
39.94
9,365
0.06
0.3
53.19
2.5
1,228
13.11
2
0
0.10 to <0.15
800
469
32.23
951
0.11
0.1
45.14
2.5
199
20.94
0
0
0.15 to <0.25
157
343
25.41
244
0.16
0.1
44.97
2.5
103
42.06
0
0
0.25 to <0.50
591
665
28.14
778
0.34
0.1
41.21
2.5
450
57.79
1
0
0.50 to <0.75
75
12
40.74
80
0.58
0.0
37.11
2.5
40
49.96
0
0
0.75 to <2.50
1,417
376
22.88
1,503
0.92
0.1
44.90
2.5
1,442
95.92
9
3
0.75 to <1.75
1,374
351
23.04
1,455
0.88
0.1
44.79
2.5
1,382
94.97
8
2
1.75 to <2.5
43
25
20.63
48
2.08
0.0
48.34
2.5
60
124.84
1
0
2.50 to <10.00
30
7
31.49
33
4.96
0.0
41.87
2.5
47
143.29
1
0
2.50 to <5
21
2
40.00
21
2.69
0.0
38.50
2.5
21
96.32
0
0
5 to <10
10
5
28.23
11
9.30
0.0
48.30
2.5
26
232.78
1
0
10.00 to <100.00
1
0
39.49
1
11.89
0.0
20.67
2.5
1
106.24
0
0
10 to <20
1
0
39.49
1
11.88
0.0
20.66
2.5
1
106.19
0
0
20 to <30
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
30.00 to <100.00
0
0
0.00
0
33.85
0.0
45.00
2.5
0
227.68
0
0
100.00 (Default)
58
91
64.79
2
100.00
0.0
24.96
2.5
0
0.00
0
0
Sub-total
9,910
49,075
39.52
12,956
0.22
0.6
50.63
2.5
3,508
27.07
14
4
116
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach
June 30, 2025
in € m.
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
(unless stated otherwise)
Exposure class/
PD scale
On-balance
sheet
exposures
Off-balance-
sheet
exposures pre-
CCF
Exposure
weighted
average CCF
(in %)
Exposure post
CCF and post
CRM
Exposure
weighted
average PD (%)
Number of
obligors (in
1,000s)
Exposure
weighted
average LGD
(%)
Exposure
weighted
average
maturity (in
years)¹
Risk weighted
exposure
amount after
supporting
factors
Density of risk
weighted
exposure
amount (in %)
Expected Loss
amount
Value
adjustments
and Provisions
Corporates
0.00 to <0.15
28,819
138,541
35.07
53,399
0.08
24.5
41.20
2.5
11,167
20.91
18
3
0.00 to <0.10
24,070
131,663
35.78
47,179
0.07
8.6
41.16
2.5
9,225
19.55
15
2
0.10 to <0.15
4,749
6,878
21.38
6,219
0.12
15.9
41.45
2.5
1,942
31.23
3
1
0.15 to <0.25
9,486
47,611
33.61
17,076
0.16
6.0
40.49
2.5
5,239
30.68
13
6
0.25 to <0.50
17,223
39,254
28.03
24,728
0.35
5.1
39.02
2.5
11,514
46.56
35
16
0.50 to <0.75
7,892
12,887
29.22
10,727
0.64
6.9
38.85
2.5
6,653
62.02
34
13
0.75 to <2.50
8,429
14,545
31.73
13,021
1.44
7.3
36.97
2.5
10,827
83.15
77
39
0.75 to <1.75
5,903
9,758
30.32
8,865
1.13
6.6
36.61
2.5
6,980
78.74
38
20
1.75 to <2.5
2,527
4,787
34.61
4,156
2.11
0.7
37.75
2.5
3,847
92.57
39
18
2.50 to <10.00
2,614
4,648
35.23
4,298
4.64
2.3
37.40
2.5
5,207
121.16
86
43
2.50 to <5
1,488
3,275
34.48
2,664
3.51
1.3
37.97
2.5
2,991
112.28
39
21
5 to <10
1,126
1,374
37.00
1,634
6.47
1.1
36.47
2.5
2,216
135.62
47
22
10.00 to <100.00
607
1,382
30.54
1,029
16.87
0.3
35.99
2.5
1,625
157.90
58
31
10 to <20
465
765
42.25
788
12.42
0.1
35.53
2.5
1,292
163.98
36
22
20 to <30
91
212
6.98
106
24.66
0.1
38.54
2.5
247
233.34
11
3
30.00 to <100.00
51
405
20.75
135
36.75
0.1
36.70
2.5
86
63.43
11
6
100.00 (Default)
1,702
1,312
49.28
2,132
100.00
0.2
38.77
2.5
4
0.20
782
757
Sub-total
76,773
260,180
33.31
126,410
2.31
52.6
39.83
2.5
52,236
41.32
1,105
908
of which:
General
0.00 to <0.15
23,788
133,506
36.36
48,332
0.08
2.5
41.51
2.5
10,774
22.29
16
2
0.00 to <0.10
19,947
129,377
36.38
43,020
0.07
2.2
41.30
2.5
8,960
20.83
14
2
0.10 to <0.15
3,841
4,129
35.61
5,312
0.12
0.3
43.22
2.5
1,814
34.15
3
0
0.15 to <0.25
7,137
45,528
35.15
14,729
0.16
1.7
40.85
2.5
4,718
32.03
12
6
0.25 to <0.50
12,753
35,867
30.68
20,356
0.35
3.7
39.03
2.5
9,959
48.92
29
16
0.50 to <0.75
6,775
11,621
32.40
9,610
0.64
1.0
39.19
2.5
6,079
63.26
31
13
0.75 to <2.50
6,998
13,014
35.46
11,585
1.45
1.7
37.21
2.5
9,893
85.39
71
37
0.75 to <1.75
4,842
8,646
34.21
7,799
1.13
1.2
36.81
2.5
6,327
81.12
34
19
1.75 to <2.5
2,156
4,368
37.93
3,786
2.12
0.5
38.04
2.5
3,566
94.19
37
18
2.50 to <10.00
2,366
4,358
37.57
4,050
4.68
0.5
37.96
2.5
5,020
123.96
84
42
2.50 to <5
1,311
3,090
36.55
2,487
3.53
0.3
38.64
2.5
2,865
115.18
38
21
5 to <10
1,055
1,268
40.07
1,563
6.50
0.2
36.87
2.5
2,156
137.95
46
21
10.00 to <100.00
553
1,201
35.15
975
16.43
0.2
36.57
2.5
1,563
160.32
54
30
10 to <20
453
760
42.54
777
12.39
0.1
35.73
2.5
1,283
165.28
36
22
20 to <30
67
48
30.60
81
25.93
0.0
42.23
2.5
213
261.99
9
3
30.00 to <100.00
33
393
21.40
117
36.59
0.0
38.26
2.5
67
57.10
9
5
100.00 (Default)
1,698
1,310
49.33
2,127
100.00
0.2
38.76
2.5
4
0.20
781
755
Sub-total
62,068
246,406
35.16
111,765
2.54
11.6
40.10
2.5
48,011
42.96
1,078
901
117
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach
June 30, 2025
in € m.
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
(unless stated otherwise)
Exposure class/
PD scale
On-balance
sheet
exposures
Off-balance-
sheet
exposures pre-
CCF
Exposure
weighted
average CCF
(in %)
Exposure post
CCF and post
CRM
Exposure
weighted
average PD (%)
Number of
obligors (in
1,000s)
Exposure
weighted
average LGD
(%)
Exposure
weighted
average
maturity (in
years)¹
Risk weighted
exposure
amount after
supporting
factors
Density of risk
weighted
exposure
amount (in %)
Expected Loss
amount
Value
adjustments
and Provisions
Specialized lending
0.00 to <0.15
51
0
0.00
51
0.07
0.0
41.00
2.5
9
18.27
0
0
0.00 to <0.10
51
0
0.00
51
0.07
0.0
41.00
2.5
9
18.27
0
0
0.10 to <0.15
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
0.15 to <0.25
54
0
40.00
54
0.18
0.0
31.02
2.5
20
36.47
0
0
0.25 to <0.50
68
0
196.64
68
0.26
0.0
33.30
2.5
31
45.11
0
0
0.50 to <0.75
94
1
76.19
95
0.68
0.0
36.89
2.5
59
61.64
0
0
0.75 to <2.50
210
12
10.73
215
1.51
0.0
35.09
2.5
170
78.83
1
0
0.75 to <1.75
127
12
10.73
131
1.15
0.0
37.87
2.5
103
78.04
0
0
1.75 to <2.5
84
0
0.00
84
2.08
0.0
30.73
2.5
67
80.07
0
0
2.50 to <10.00
46
0
0.00
46
3.48
0.0
30.75
2.5
35
75.12
0
0
2.50 to <5
46
0
0.00
46
3.48
0.0
30.75
2.5
35
75.12
0
0
5 to <10
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
10.00 to <100.00
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
10 to <20
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
20 to <30
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
30.00 to <100.00
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
100.00 (Default)
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
Sub-total
524
14
21.29
529
1.10
0.0
34.96
2.5
322
60.94
1
0
Purchased
receivables
0.00 to <0.15
4,980
5,035
0.88
5,015
0.09
22.2
38.16
2.5
383
7.64
2
0
0.00 to <0.10
4,073
2,286
1.94
4,108
0.08
6.6
39.73
2.5
255
6.21
1
0
0.10 to <0.15
908
2,748
0.00
908
0.11
15.6
31.07
2.5
128
14.12
0
0
0.15 to <0.25
2,296
2,083
0.05
2,293
0.16
4.4
38.39
2.5
501
21.86
1
0
0.25 to <0.50
4,402
3,387
0.02
4,304
0.34
1.8
39.07
2.5
1,524
35.41
6
1
0.50 to <0.75
1,022
1,264
0.00
1,022
0.66
6.0
35.91
2.5
515
50.39
3
1
0.75 to <2.50
1,221
1,519
0.00
1,221
1.34
5.7
35.05
2.5
765
62.67
6
1
0.75 to <1.75
934
1,100
0.00
934
1.14
5.5
34.79
2.5
551
58.94
4
1
1.75 to <2.5
287
419
0.00
287
1.99
0.3
35.91
2.5
214
74.83
2
0
2.50 to <10.00
202
290
0.00
202
4.03
1.8
27.70
2.5
152
75.39
2
1
2.50 to <5
131
185
0.00
131
3.12
1.0
27.80
2.5
92
70.30
1
0
5 to <10
71
105
0.00
71
5.71
0.9
27.54
2.5
60
84.73
1
0
10.00 to <100.00
54
181
0.00
54
24.84
0.1
25.49
2.5
62
114.09
4
1
10 to <20
12
5
0.00
12
14.33
0.0
22.39
2.5
9
77.64
0
0
20 to <30
24
163
0.00
24
20.40
0.1
26.29
2.5
34
138.07
2
0
30.00 to <100.00
18
12
0.00
18
37.78
0.0
26.41
2.5
19
105.06
2
0
100.00 (Default)
4
1
0.00
4
100.00
0.1
44.90
2.5
0
0.00
2
2
Sub-total
14,181
13,760
0.34
14,116
0.51
42.3
37.85
2.5
3,903
27.65
26
7
118
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach
June 30, 2025
in € m.
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
(unless stated otherwise)
Exposure class/
PD scale
On-balance
sheet
exposures
Off-balance-
sheet
exposures pre-
CCF
Exposure
weighted
average CCF
(in %)
Exposure post
CCF and post
CRM
Exposure
weighted
average PD (%)
Number of
obligors (in
1,000s)
Exposure
weighted
average LGD
(%)
Exposure
weighted
average
maturity (in
years)¹
Risk weighted
exposure
amount after
supporting
factors
Density of risk
weighted
exposure
amount (in %)
Expected Loss
amount
Value
adjustments
and Provisions
All exposure classes
Total
90,043
311,216
34.31
143,445
2.05
12.2
40.92
2.5
55,847
38.93
1,120
911
119
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach
Advanced IRB exposure
Article 452 (g) (i-v) CRR
The following series of tables details Deutsche Bank´s advanced internal rating based (AIRB) exposures distributed on its
internal rating scale for all relevant regulatory exposure classes. The tables exclude the counterparty credit risk position
from derivatives and securities financing transactions which are presented separately in the section “Counterparty credit
risk” in this report.
The tables show the on-balance sheet as well as the off-balance sheet exposure with their corresponding exposure-
weighted credit conversion factors. In addition, the exposure post CCF and CRM is presented in conjunction with
exposures-weighted average PD, LGD, maturity as well as RWA and average risk weight. The tables provide the defaulted
exposure separately, where Deutsche Bank applies an LGD estimate already incorporating potential unexpected losses in
the loss rate estimate as required by Article 181 (1) (h) CRR. Further details in the tables are number of obligors,
regulatory expected loss and provisions comprising specific risk adjustments.
120
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach
EU CR6 – AIRB approach – Credit risk exposures by exposure class and PD range
Dec 31, 2025
in € m.
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
(unless stated otherwise)
Exposure class/
PD scale
On-balance
sheet
exposures
Off-balance-
sheet
exposures
pre-CCF
Exposure
weighted
average CCF
(in %)
Exposure post
CCF and post
CRM
Exposure
weighted
average PD
(%)
Number of
obligors (in
1,000s)
Exposure
weighted
average LGD
(%)
Exposure
weighted
average
maturity (in
years)¹
Risk weighted
exposure
amount after
supporting
factors
Density of risk
weighted
exposure
amount (in %)
Expected Loss
amount
Value
adjustments
and Provisions
Central governments
and central banks
0.00 to <0.15
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
0.00 to <0.10
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
0.10 to <0.15
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
0.15 to <0.25
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
0.25 to <0.50
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
0.50 to <0.75
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
0.75 to <2.50
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
0.75 to <1.75
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
1.75 to <2.5
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
2.50 to <10.00
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
2.50 to <5
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
5 to <10
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
10.00 to <100.00
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
10 to <20
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
20 to <30
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
30.00 to <100.00
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
100.00 (Default)
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
Sub-total
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
Regional governments and local
authorities
0.00 to <0.15
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
0.00 to <0.10
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
0.10 to <0.15
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
0.15 to <0.25
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
0.25 to <0.50
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
0.50 to <0.75
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
0.75 to <2.50
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
0.75 to <1.75
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
1.75 to <2.5
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
2.50 to <10.00
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
2.50 to <5
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
5 to <10
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
10.00 to <100.00
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
10 to <20
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
20 to <30
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
30.00 to <100.00
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
100.00 (Default)
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
Sub-total
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
121
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach
Dec 31, 2025
in € m.
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
(unless stated otherwise)
Exposure class/
PD scale
On-balance
sheet
exposures
Off-balance-
sheet
exposures
pre-CCF
Exposure
weighted
average CCF
(in %)
Exposure post
CCF and post
CRM
Exposure
weighted
average PD
(%)
Number of
obligors (in
1,000s)
Exposure
weighted
average LGD
(%)
Exposure
weighted
average
maturity (in
years)¹
Risk weighted
exposure
amount after
supporting
factors
Density of risk
weighted
exposure
amount (in %)
Expected Loss
amount
Value
adjustments
and Provisions
Public sector entities
0.00 to <0.15
400
5
91.66
404
0.06
0.1
27.36
2.7
59
14.64
0
14,737
0.00 to <0.10
371
5
95.14
375
0.06
0.1
26.96
2.6
50
13.47
0
9,763
0.10 to <0.15
29
0
55.24
29
0.11
0.0
32.41
4.0
9
29.61
0
4,974
0.15 to <0.25
20
1
44.48
20
0.16
0.0
31.34
4.9
8
41.30
0
5,019
0.25 to <0.50
1
19
49.04
10
0.28
0.0
45.06
2.4
5
50.84
0
7,953
0.50 to <0.75
3
1
28.11
4
0.65
0.0
28.09
4.6
2
64.52
0
2,902
0.75 to <2.50
0
15
40.00
6
1.38
0.0
41.88
3.3
7
111.98
0
14,995
0.75 to <1.75
0
13
40.00
5
1.27
0.0
40.11
4.0
6
116.12
0
11,520
1.75 to <2.5
0
2
40.03
1
1.90
0.0
50.61
0.0
1
91.59
0
3,476
2.50 to <10.00
0
0
41.03
0
3.64
0.0
65.51
1.6
0
179.13
0
386
2.50 to <5
0
0
41.03
0
3.64
0.0
65.51
1.6
0
179.13
0
386
5 to <10
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
10.00 to <100.00
0
0
100.00
0
24.74
0.0
68.12
0.4
0
322.53
0
963
10 to <20
0
0
0.00
0
17.06
0.0
69.25
0.0
0
312.40
0
2
20 to <30
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
30.00 to <100.00
0
0
100.00
0
39.84
0.0
65.92
1.0
0
342.45
0
961
100.00 (Default)
0
0
0.00
0
100.00
0.0
100.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
5,223
Sub-total
424
40
50.67
444
0.10
0.1
28.14
2.8
82
18.41
0
52,179
Corporates
0.00 to <0.15
31,128
26,683
38.47
41,394
0.07
11.3
18.70
1.8
2,811
6.79
6
71
0.00 to <0.10
23,683
22,216
38.41
32,217
0.06
7.9
19.08
1.7
1,881
5.84
4
69
0.10 to <0.15
7,445
4,466
38.78
9,177
0.12
3.3
17.36
2.0
930
10.13
2
1
0.15 to <0.25
13,368
8,638
41.64
16,965
0.20
5.1
19.72
2.1
2,683
15.81
7
3
0.25 to <0.50
23,632
12,087
42.07
28,717
0.38
7.3
21.28
2.3
7,166
24.95
23
15
0.50 to <0.75
14,629
7,502
44.42
17,962
0.69
5.8
19.76
2.7
5,895
32.82
25
19
0.75 to <2.50
34,415
12,533
45.44
40,110
1.48
12.0
22.79
2.6
18,135
45.21
121
117
0.75 to <1.75
20,438
8,274
44.32
24,104
1.16
8.4
23.53
2.6
11,114
46.11
66
52
1.75 to <2.5
13,977
4,259
47.64
16,006
1.97
3.6
21.67
2.6
7,020
43.86
55
65
2.50 to <10.00
20,874
4,829
46.02
23,097
4.71
4.8
18.52
2.2
11,938
51.69
205
179
2.50 to <5
12,100
3,187
47.01
13,598
3.38
2.7
19.84
2.3
7,213
53.04
95
79
5 to <10
8,774
1,642
44.10
9,498
6.61
2.1
16.63
1.9
4,725
49.75
110
100
10.00 to <100.00
2,410
317
51.88
2,574
21.67
2.7
20.32
2.6
2,407
93.49
117
116
10 to <20
1,377
211
57.90
1,499
14.02
1.4
19.99
2.7
1,442
96.20
48
54
20 to <30
715
63
37.81
739
24.78
0.4
16.64
2.4
573
77.51
30
43
30.00 to <100.00
317
43
42.96
336
48.99
0.9
29.87
2.7
391
116.56
39
19
100.00 (Default)
10,172
835
46.55
10,560
100.00
5.2
51.63
2.3
6,217
58.87
5,008
3,685
Sub-total
150,628
73,424
41.88
181,379
7.22
54.2
22.13
2.3
57,250
31.56
5,512
4,206
of which:
122
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach
Dec 31, 2025
in € m.
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
(unless stated otherwise)
Exposure class/
PD scale
On-balance
sheet
exposures
Off-balance-
sheet
exposures
pre-CCF
Exposure
weighted
average CCF
(in %)
Exposure post
CCF and post
CRM
Exposure
weighted
average PD
(%)
Number of
obligors (in
1,000s)
Exposure
weighted
average LGD
(%)
Exposure
weighted
average
maturity (in
years)¹
Risk weighted
exposure
amount after
supporting
factors
Density of risk
weighted
exposure
amount (in %)
Expected Loss
amount
Value
adjustments
and Provisions
General
0.00 to <0.15
30,408
26,579
38.57
40,661
0.07
11.2
18.71
1.8
2,760
6.79
6
70
0.00 to <0.10
23,261
22,114
38.53
31,783
0.06
7.9
19.05
1.7
1,857
5.84
4
69
0.10 to <0.15
7,147
4,465
38.77
8,878
0.12
3.3
17.48
1.9
904
10.18
2
1
0.15 to <0.25
12,755
8,590
41.55
16,324
0.20
5.1
19.30
2.0
2,499
15.31
6
3
0.25 to <0.50
15,972
10,238
40.94
20,163
0.37
7.1
24.27
2.2
5,667
28.10
18
11
0.50 to <0.75
9,690
4,516
43.54
11,656
0.68
5.6
22.55
2.5
4,129
35.43
18
13
0.75 to <2.50
20,063
8,452
43.86
23,770
1.46
11.5
28.71
2.5
13,324
56.05
84
67
0.75 to <1.75
12,626
6,036
42.29
15,179
1.20
8.1
28.12
2.7
8,578
56.51
50
36
1.75 to <2.5
7,436
2,416
47.79
8,591
1.92
3.4
29.74
2.2
4,746
55.24
33
31
2.50 to <10.00
10,532
3,063
43.98
11,880
4.35
4.5
23.48
2.3
7,780
65.49
122
98
2.50 to <5
7,334
2,069
45.35
8,272
3.38
2.6
24.11
2.4
5,374
64.96
69
51
5 to <10
3,199
994
41.13
3,608
6.56
1.9
22.05
2.1
2,406
66.70
53
47
10.00 to <100.00
1,023
203
54.73
1,134
22.93
2.6
30.21
2.8
1,440
126.92
67
50
10 to <20
720
152
59.49
811
13.92
1.4
30.20
2.7
1,046
129.09
34
29
20 to <30
46
9
29.48
48
23.55
0.3
35.86
3.4
89
183.53
4
4
30.00 to <100.00
257
43
42.96
276
49.29
0.9
29.26
3.0
305
110.63
29
17
100.00 (Default)
5,585
461
51.72
5,823
100.00
5.1
61.03
1.7
2,628
45.13
3,406
2,492
Sub-total
106,028
62,102
40.87
131,411
5.45
52.8
24.19
2.1
40,227
30.61
3,728
2,803
Specialized Lending
0.00 to <0.15
534
60
22.30
547
0.11
0.0
14.46
2.6
33
5.96
0
0
0.00 to <0.10
267
58
21.75
280
0.09
0.0
18.11
2.1
11
3.89
0
0
0.10 to <0.15
267
2
43.43
268
0.13
0.0
10.64
3.0
22
8.13
0
0
0.15 to <0.25
607
48
57.08
635
0.18
0.0
30.17
2.7
182
28.60
0
0
0.25 to <0.50
7,647
1,849
48.32
8,541
0.38
0.3
14.14
2.5
1,490
17.44
5
5
0.50 to <0.75
4,937
2,986
45.74
6,303
0.72
0.2
14.56
3.3
1,762
27.96
7
5
0.75 to <2.50
14,293
4,081
48.72
16,281
1.51
0.4
14.03
2.7
4,750
29.17
37
50
0.75 to <1.75
7,799
2,238
49.77
8,913
1.09
0.3
15.64
2.5
2,518
28.26
16
16
1.75 to <2.5
6,494
1,843
47.44
7,369
2.02
0.2
12.09
3.0
2,231
30.28
22
34
2.50 to <10.00
10,328
1,766
49.56
11,203
5.09
0.3
13.24
2.1
4,148
37.03
82
82
2.50 to <5
4,763
1,118
50.08
5,323
3.37
0.1
13.17
2.3
1,835
34.48
26
28
5 to <10
5,565
648
48.67
5,880
6.65
0.1
13.30
1.9
2,313
39.33
56
53
10.00 to <100.00
1,370
114
46.81
1,423
20.75
0.1
12.22
2.5
939
66.00
49
66
10 to <20
640
60
53.84
672
14.11
0.0
7.24
2.7
368
54.84
13
25
20 to <30
670
55
39.14
691
24.87
0.0
15.30
2.4
485
70.11
26
40
30.00 to <100.00
60
0
0.00
60
47.64
0.0
32.65
1.5
86
143.86
9
2
100.00 (Default)
4,582
374
40.18
4,732
100.00
0.1
40.06
3.0
3,586
75.79
1,599
1,192
Sub-total
44,298
11,278
47.59
49,665
11.93
1.4
16.58
2.6
16,890
34.01
1,780
1,401
123
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach
Dec 31, 2025
in € m.
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
(unless stated otherwise)
Exposure class/
PD scale
On-balance
sheet
exposures
Off-balance-
sheet
exposures
pre-CCF
Exposure
weighted
average CCF
(in %)
Exposure post
CCF and post
CRM
Exposure
weighted
average PD
(%)
Number of
obligors (in
1,000s)
Exposure
weighted
average LGD
(%)
Exposure
weighted
average
maturity (in
years)¹
Risk weighted
exposure
amount after
supporting
factors
Density of risk
weighted
exposure
amount (in %)
Expected Loss
amount
Value
adjustments
and Provisions
Purchased receivables
0.00 to <0.15
185
44
0.00
185
0.08
0.0
29.30
0.9
18
9.46
0
0
0.00 to <0.10
155
44
0.00
155
0.08
0.0
26.78
1.0
13
8.70
0
0
0.10 to <0.15
31
0
0.00
31
0.12
0.0
42.06
0.5
4
13.30
0
0
0.15 to <0.25
6
0
40.00
6
0.18
0.0
50.41
1.0
2
30.26
0
0
0.25 to <0.50
13
0
40.00
13
0.44
0.0
66.59
2.1
10
75.78
0
0
0.50 to <0.75
3
0
0.00
3
0.72
0.0
86.98
2.3
3
105.49
0
0
0.75 to <2.50
59
0
0.00
59
1.83
0.0
56.74
0.8
61
103.09
1
0
0.75 to <1.75
12
0
0.00
12
1.20
0.0
80.72
2.7
18
143.42
0
0
1.75 to <2.5
47
0
0.00
47
2.00
0.0
50.33
0.3
43
92.31
0
0
2.50 to <10.00
14
0
0.00
14
5.12
0.0
30.81
0.2
10
72.85
0
0
2.50 to <5
3
0
0.00
3
3.31
0.0
53.41
0.8
4
117.03
0
0
5 to <10
11
0
0.00
11
5.69
0.0
23.72
0.1
6
58.99
0
0
10.00 to <100.00
17
0
0.00
17
14.66
0.0
37.78
3.5
28
163.38
1
0
10 to <20
17
0
0.00
17
14.66
0.0
37.78
3.5
28
163.38
1
0
20 to <30
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
30.00 to <100.00
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
100.00 (Default)
5
0
0.00
5
100.00
0.0
59.66
2.0
2
49.85
3
1
Sub-total
302
44
0.00
302
3.16
0.2
38.24
1.1
133
44.16
4
2
Retail
0.00 to <0.15
37,876
17,113
45.75
45,685
0.09
2,822.5
24.42
1,849
4.05
11
3
0.00 to <0.10
21,408
2,606
51.70
22,746
0.07
255.4
18.72
747
3.28
3
1
0.10 to <0.15
16,467
14,508
44.69
22,939
0.11
2,567.2
30.07
1,102
4.80
8
2
0.15 to <0.25
24,086
4,029
47.20
25,964
0.18
811.0
22.34
1,928
7.43
11
3
0.25 to <0.50
37,830
3,660
52.29
39,670
0.36
909.2
23.10
5,133
12.94
33
10
0.50 to <0.75
12,049
1,306
53.66
12,749
0.55
380.6
25.11
2,405
18.86
18
8
0.75 to <2.50
50,418
2,683
58.03
51,888
1.46
1,671.1
27.94
19,377
37.34
218
110
0.75 to <1.75
35,571
2,147
56.98
36,736
1.11
1,171.5
27.07
11,681
31.80
114
54
1.75 to <2.5
14,846
536
62.21
15,151
2.29
499.5
30.07
7,697
50.80
104
56
2.50 to <10.00
14,403
602
64.44
14,753
5.52
584.6
34.92
12,113
82.11
297
205
2.50 to <5
7,452
381
61.78
7,665
4.18
345.6
36.76
6,311
82.34
134
85
5 to <10
6,951
220
69.03
7,087
6.98
239.1
32.93
5,802
81.86
163
120
10.00 to <100.00
5,921
180
57.11
6,017
24.09
225.9
32.13
6,689
111.16
462
279
10 to <20
3,162
113
59.93
3,227
14.14
135.6
32.17
3,249
100.70
145
103
20 to <30
794
24
61.22
807
27.74
34.7
35.66
1,002
124.15
80
48
30.00 to <100.00
1,966
43
47.41
1,984
38.79
55.6
30.61
2,438
122.89
236
128
100.00 (Default)
4,332
101
46.42
4,376
100.00
228.8
64.72
1,773
40.51
2,674
2,071
Sub-total
186,914
29,674
48.66
201,100
3.83
7,633.7
26.72
51,266
25.49
3,723
2,689
of which:
124
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach
Dec 31, 2025
in € m.
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
(unless stated otherwise)
Exposure class/
PD scale
On-balance
sheet
exposures
Off-balance-
sheet
exposures
pre-CCF
Exposure
weighted
average CCF
(in %)
Exposure post
CCF and post
CRM
Exposure
weighted
average PD
(%)
Number of
obligors (in
1,000s)
Exposure
weighted
average LGD
(%)
Exposure
weighted
average
maturity (in
years)¹
Risk weighted
exposure
amount after
supporting
factors
Density of risk
weighted
exposure
amount (in %)
Expected Loss
amount
Value
adjustments
and Provisions
Qualifying Revolving
0.00 to <0.15
244
13,431
44.26
6,188
0.10
2,437.9
57.95
225
3.63
4
1
0.00 to <0.10
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0
0.00
0
0
0.10 to <0.15
244
13,431
44.26
6,188
0.10
2,437.9
57.95
225
3.63
4
1
0.15 to <0.25
120
2,707
47.48
1,405
0.18
598.6
59.84
83
5.92
2
0
0.25 to <0.50
188
2,020
56.29
1,325
0.34
524.0
62.47
137
10.30
3
1
0.50 to <0.75
72
625
58.02
435
0.53
182.0
59.19
60
13.91
1
1
0.75 to <2.50
293
1,203
69.72
1,131
1.34
410.7
63.07
333
29.42
10
4
0.75 to <1.75
209
979
67.22
867
1.06
319.1
63.17
217
25.01
6
2
1.75 to <2.5
84
224
80.59
265
2.25
91.5
62.74
116
43.86
4
2
2.50 to <10.00
131
203
97.64
330
5.29
105.0
62.93
257
78.02
11
5
2.50 to <5
65
122
90.57
175
3.73
59.0
62.34
109
62.18
4
2
5 to <10
67
81
108.28
154
7.07
46.0
63.61
148
96.00
7
3
10.00 to <100.00
94
68
79.39
149
22.24
52.7
59.91
225
151.65
20
11
10 to <20
50
44
84.92
88
13.88
30.7
59.24
114
130.36
7
4
20 to <30
19
11
81.59
28
28.22
9.5
61.41
51
179.88
5
2
30.00 to <100.00
25
12
57.13
32
39.64
12.5
60.41
60
184.50
8
4
100.00 (Default)
23
14
59.76
31
100.00
14.9
76.09
17
54.09
22
18
Sub-total
1,165
20,271
48.48
10,993
1.02
4,325.7
59.54
1,337
12.16
72
40
Secured by residential
immovable property
0.00 to <0.15
31,188
345
45.48
31,325
0.09
231.2
16.61
1,118
3.57
5
1
0.00 to <0.10
17,412
195
45.62
17,493
0.07
127.8
16.38
500
2.86
2
1
0.10 to <0.15
13,776
150
45.29
13,833
0.12
103.3
16.90
618
4.47
3
1
0.15 to <0.25
20,589
192
43.32
20,649
0.18
145.1
17.24
1,328
6.43
6
2
0.25 to <0.50
32,352
300
41.52
32,406
0.36
197.6
17.92
3,529
10.89
21
5
0.50 to <0.75
9,541
52
45.73
9,564
0.55
55.7
18.97
1,507
15.76
10
3
0.75 to <2.50
38,246
284
41.74
38,281
1.45
206.7
19.27
11,770
30.75
111
44
0.75 to <1.75
27,235
213
42.03
27,268
1.11
152.8
18.90
7,034
25.79
60
21
1.75 to <2.5
11,011
71
40.86
11,012
2.30
54.0
20.21
4,736
43.01
51
22
2.50 to <10.00
8,980
85
41.68
8,979
5.85
60.2
20.71
7,366
82.04
130
88
2.50 to <5
4,215
49
42.21
4,214
4.54
37.7
21.29
3,654
86.70
62
38
5 to <10
4,765
36
40.97
4,765
7.01
22.5
20.20
3,713
77.92
67
50
10.00 to <100.00
3,855
26
41.25
3,859
24.57
18.2
20.07
4,130
107.03
190
98
10 to <20
2,016
16
40.97
2,020
14.37
9.4
19.93
2,040
101.00
57
37
20 to <30
442
2
44.40
442
27.37
2.2
19.09
489
110.73
23
11
30.00 to <100.00
1,396
7
40.80
1,397
38.44
6.5
20.59
1,601
114.59
110
50
100.00 (Default)
1,852
10
40.59
1,854
100.00
12.5
36.01
740
39.94
625
354
Sub-total
146,602
1,293
43.06
146,916
2.80
927.2
18.42
31,490
21.43
1,099
596
125
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach
Dec 31, 2025
in € m.
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
(unless stated otherwise)
Exposure class/
PD scale
On-balance
sheet
exposures
Off-balance-
sheet
exposures
pre-CCF
Exposure
weighted
average CCF
(in %)
Exposure post
CCF and post
CRM
Exposure
weighted
average PD
(%)
Number of
obligors (in
1,000s)
Exposure
weighted
average LGD
(%)
Exposure
weighted
average
maturity (in
years)¹
Risk weighted
exposure
amount after
supporting
factors
Density of risk
weighted
exposure
amount (in %)
Expected Loss
amount
Value
adjustments
and Provisions
Purchased receivables
0.00 to <0.15
25
103
9.67
35
0.10
0.5
40.16
3
8.99
0
0
0.00 to <0.10
7
38
8.77
11
0.06
0.2
39.89
1
5.35
0
0
0.10 to <0.15
18
65
10.19
24
0.11
0.3
40.28
3
10.59
0
0
0.15 to <0.25
3
12
10.12
5
0.21
0.1
40.83
1
12.92
0
0
0.25 to <0.50
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0
0.00
0
0
0.50 to <0.75
6
29
9.98
9
0.54
0.2
39.96
2
22.79
0
0
0.75 to <2.50
11
27
10.02
14
1.30
0.2
36.50
4
30.45
0
0
0.75 to <1.75
11
27
10.02
14
1.30
0.2
35.81
4
30.15
0
0
1.75 to <2.5
0
0
40.00
0
1.91
0.0
83.71
0
81.25
0
0
2.50 to <10.00
4
6
14.30
5
4.54
0.1
36.41
2
40.70
0
0
2.50 to <5
2
2
10.01
2
3.09
0.0
36.89
1
39.67
0
0
5 to <10
2
4
15.91
3
5.34
0.1
36.15
1
41.27
0
0
10.00 to <100.00
0
1
17.81
1
100.00
0.0
52.45
0
0.00
0
0
10 to <20
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0
0.00
0
0
20 to <30
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0
0.00
0
0
30.00 to <100.00
0
1
17.81
1
100.00
0.0
52.45
0
0.00
0
0
100.00 (Default)
0
0
13.10
0
100.00
0.0
53.75
0
113.65
0
0
Sub-total
49
178
10.01
67
1.63
1.0
39.27
12
17.81
0
0
Other retail exposures
0.00 to <0.15
6,419
3,235
53.14
8,137
0.08
230.6
28.90
503
6.18
2
1
0.00 to <0.10
3,989
2,373
52.88
5,243
0.06
138.8
26.48
246
4.70
1
0
0.10 to <0.15
2,430
862
53.89
2,894
0.11
91.8
33.28
257
8.87
1
0
0.15 to <0.25
3,374
1,118
47.60
3,905
0.18
150.7
35.84
516
13.21
3
1
0.25 to <0.50
5,289
1,340
48.67
5,938
0.36
325.5
42.54
1,468
24.71
9
4
0.50 to <0.75
2,431
600
51.92
2,742
0.57
182.5
41.08
835
30.44
6
4
0.75 to <2.50
11,868
1,169
51.06
12,462
1.49
1,225.8
51.38
7,271
58.34
97
63
0.75 to <1.75
8,117
928
50.99
8,587
1.14
826.0
49.35
4,426
51.54
48
30
1.75 to <2.5
3,751
241
51.35
3,874
2.28
399.8
55.88
2,845
73.42
49
33
2.50 to <10.00
5,288
307
49.73
5,439
5.00
476.4
56.68
4,487
82.50
156
112
2.50 to <5
3,171
208
49.90
3,274
3.73
280.6
55.30
2,548
77.82
68
45
5 to <10
2,117
99
49.38
2,165
6.92
195.8
58.77
1,939
89.58
88
66
10.00 to <100.00
1,971
86
44.62
2,009
23.28
182.4
53.21
2,333
116.12
251
170
10 to <20
1,095
53
44.66
1,119
13.74
109.8
52.15
1,095
97.83
81
62
20 to <30
332
10
41.92
336
28.17
28.0
55.23
461
137.07
52
35
30.00 to <100.00
544
22
45.73
554
39.59
44.6
54.15
777
140.35
119
73
100.00 (Default)
2,457
77
44.87
2,491
100.00
211.8
85.95
1,016
40.77
2,027
1,699
Sub-total
39,097
7,932
50.90
43,123
8.04
2,985.7
46.61
18,428
42.73
2,552
2,053
All exposure classes
Total
337,965
103,138
43.84
382,922
5.43
7,688.5
24.55
2.3
108,598
28.36
9,235
6,894
126
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach
Jun 30, 2025
in € m.
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
(unless stated otherwise)
Exposure class/
PD scale
On-balance
sheet
exposures
Off-balance-
sheet
exposures pre-
CCF
Exposure
weighted
average CCF
(in %)
Exposure post
CCF and post
CRM
Exposure
weighted
average PD (%)
Number of
obligors (in
1,000s)
Exposure
weighted
average LGD
(%)
Exposure
weighted
average
maturity (in
years)¹
Risk weighted
exposure
amount after
supporting
factors
Density of risk
weighted
exposure
amount (in %)
Expected Loss
amount
Value
adjustments
and Provisions
Central governments
and central banks
0.00 to <0.15
119,266
2,078
41.70
120,133
0.00
0.1
65.93
1.3
1,200
1.00
2
0
0.00 to <0.10
119,068
1,992
41.78
119,900
0.00
0.1
65.94
1.3
1,170
0.98
2
0
0.10 to <0.15
198
86
39.97
233
0.14
0.0
59.58
1.7
29
12.50
0
0
0.15 to <0.25
646
325
37.77
769
0.23
0.0
58.44
1.7
449
58.36
1
0
0.25 to <0.50
1,113
13
39.56
1,118
0.39
0.0
66.08
0.4
704
62.94
3
0
0.50 to <0.75
166
8
20.12
168
0.65
0.0
11.54
0.0
155
92.32
1
0
0.75 to <2.50
4,378
505
39.22
4,576
1.66
0.0
93.91
4.4
10,187
222.61
5
0
0.75 to <1.75
494
497
39.21
689
1.09
0.0
64.36
1.0
541
78.53
5
0
1.75 to <2.5
3,884
7
39.71
3,887
1.76
0.0
99.14
5.0
9,646
248.15
0
0
2.50 to <10.00
115
71
27.86
135
6.01
0.0
45.39
3.9
317
235.53
5
2
2.50 to <5
72
45
25.70
84
4.82
0.0
51.61
4.2
174
207.60
2
1
5 to <10
43
26
31.71
51
7.95
0.0
45.25
3.6
144
281.31
3
1
10.00 to <100.00
721
1
40.00
721
17.27
0.0
66.41
0.7
2,109
292.38
81
4
10 to <20
550
1
40.00
551
13.01
0.0
66.31
0.9
1,530
277.90
46
0
20 to <30
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
30.00 to <100.00
171
0
50.00
171
31.01
0.0
66.72
0.1
579
339.10
35
4
100.00 (Default)
194
1
40.01
195
100.00
0.0
68.78
3.7
236
121.49
127
28
Sub-total
126,600
3,002
40.47
127,814
0.32
0.2
66.80
1.4
15,357
12.02
225
34
Regional governments
and local authorities
0.00 to <0.15
543
55
40.22
566
0.06
0.0
33.70
4.4
144
25.39
0
0
0.00 to <0.10
543
55
40.22
566
0.06
0.0
33.70
4.4
144
25.39
0
0
0.10 to <0.15
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
0.15 to <0.25
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
0.25 to <0.50
0
0
40.00
0
0.25
0.0
42.02
1.0
0
32.46
0
0
0.50 to <0.75
0
0
40.00
0
0.70
0.0
41.32
1.4
0
61.09
0
0
0.75 to <2.50
0
0
0.00
0
1.93
0.0
42.02
1.0
0
88.23
0
0
0.75 to <1.75
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
1.75 to <2.5
0
0
0.00
0
1.93
0.0
42.02
1.0
0
88.23
0
0
2.50 to <10.00
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
2.50 to <5
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
5 to <10
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
10.00 to <100.00
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
10 to <20
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
20 to <30
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
30.00 to <100.00
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
100.00 (Default)
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
Sub-total
543
55
40.22
566
0.06
0.0
33.70
4.4
144
25.39
0
0
127
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach
Jun 30, 2025
in € m.
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
(unless stated otherwise)
Exposure class/
PD scale
On-balance
sheet
exposures
Off-balance-
sheet
exposures pre-
CCF
Exposure
weighted
average CCF
(in %)
Exposure post
CCF and post
CRM
Exposure
weighted
average PD (%)
Number of
obligors (in
1,000s)
Exposure
weighted
average LGD
(%)
Exposure
weighted
average
maturity (in
years)¹
Risk weighted
exposure
amount after
supporting
factors
Density of risk
weighted
exposure
amount (in %)
Expected Loss
amount
Value
adjustments
and Provisions
Public sector entities
0.00 to <0.15
301
5
86.73
305
0.05
0.1
27.02
2.2
33
10.91
0
0
0.00 to <0.10
301
5
95.17
305
0.05
0.1
27.02
2.2
33
10.90
0
0
0.10 to <0.15
0
1
25.24
0
0.12
0.0
31.20
1.4
0
15.88
0
0
0.15 to <0.25
9
1
24.74
9
0.15
0.0
31.42
4.5
3
38.44
0
0
0.25 to <0.50
2
2
51.42
2
0.39
0.0
32.08
2.5
1
39.87
0
0
0.50 to <0.75
3
0
20.71
3
0.68
0.0
28.51
3.8
2
60.44
0
0
0.75 to <2.50
1
10
39.69
5
1.03
0.0
51.31
1.1
4
83.66
0
0
0.75 to <1.75
1
10
39.68
5
1.03
0.0
51.31
1.1
4
83.63
0
0
1.75 to <2.5
0
0
46.95
0
2.31
0.0
70.78
0.0
0
138.53
0
0
2.50 to <10.00
0
0
100.00
0
6.17
0.0
59.40
1.0
0
200.09
0
0
2.50 to <5
0
0
0.00
0
3.83
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
286.40
0
0
5 to <10
0
0
100.00
0
6.19
0.0
59.40
1.0
0
199.04
0
0
10.00 to <100.00
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
10 to <20
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
20 to <30
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
30.00 to <100.00
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
100.00 (Default)
0
0
0.00
0
100.00
0.0
99.81
0.0
0
131.11
0
0
Sub-total
315
17
54.00
325
0.09
0.1
27.60
2.3
44
13.52
0
0
Corporates
0.00 to <0.15
29,432
33,552
28.21
40,970
0.08
12.1
17.18
2.0
3,006
7.34
11
143
0.00 to <0.10
18,147
24,904
27.08
26,965
0.06
8.6
18.50
1.8
1,704
6.32
8
141
0.10 to <0.15
11,284
8,648
31.46
14,005
0.12
3.5
14.62
2.2
1,302
9.29
2
2
0.15 to <0.25
10,054
8,004
29.93
14,011
0.20
5.5
19.76
2.0
2,300
16.42
6
4
0.25 to <0.50
22,183
10,340
33.29
25,800
0.37
8.3
20.44
2.3
6,072
23.54
20
17
0.50 to <0.75
13,925
8,158
33.65
17,182
0.63
6.5
21.15
2.6
5,410
31.48
24
13
0.75 to <2.50
36,600
13,451
40.88
42,126
1.46
13.4
22.03
2.4
17,855
42.38
140
179
0.75 to <1.75
25,007
8,773
39.72
28,492
1.17
9.5
20.20
2.4
11,237
39.44
84
116
1.75 to <2.5
11,593
4,678
43.05
13,634
2.05
3.9
25.86
2.3
6,618
48.54
56
62
2.50 to <10.00
19,480
4,825
40.98
21,457
4.40
5.1
17.58
2.3
10,563
49.23
172
192
2.50 to <5
13,979
3,629
41.42
15,482
3.44
2.9
16.93
2.3
6,739
43.53
90
110
5 to <10
5,501
1,196
39.63
5,975
6.91
2.2
19.26
2.3
3,824
64.00
82
83
10.00 to <100.00
2,112
264
44.29
2,229
18.27
3.2
23.88
1.8
2,135
95.78
93
68
10 to <20
1,777
210
46.80
1,876
13.77
1.6
24.38
1.7
1,825
97.29
62
50
20 to <30
96
8
21.82
98
23.65
0.4
14.25
2.9
69
70.82
3
3
30.00 to <100.00
239
46
36.61
256
49.23
1.2
23.93
2.2
241
94.24
28
15
100.00 (Default)
9,237
840
42.12
9,765
100.00
5.4
53.53
1.8
5,331
54.60
4,687
3,486
Sub-total
143,024
79,433
32.72
173,541
6.91
59.3
21.62
2.2
52,672
30.35
5,154
4,103
of which:
128
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach
Jun 30, 2025
in € m.
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
(unless stated otherwise)
Exposure class/
PD scale
On-balance
sheet
exposures
Off-balance-
sheet
exposures pre-
CCF
Exposure
weighted
average CCF
(in %)
Exposure post
CCF and post
CRM
Exposure
weighted
average PD (%)
Number of
obligors (in
1,000s)
Exposure
weighted
average LGD
(%)
Exposure
weighted
average
maturity (in
years)¹
Risk weighted
exposure
amount after
supporting
factors
Density of risk
weighted
exposure
amount (in %)
Expected Loss
amount
Value
adjustments
and Provisions
General
0.00 to <0.15
28,279
33,546
28.21
39,815
0.08
12.0
17.33
1.9
2,934
7.37
11
143
0.00 to <0.10
17,870
24,899
27.08
26,686
0.06
8.5
18.53
1.8
1,687
6.32
8
141
0.10 to <0.15
10,410
8,646
31.45
13,129
0.12
3.5
14.89
2.2
1,246
9.49
2
2
0.15 to <0.25
8,552
7,837
29.59
12,431
0.21
5.4
20.72
2.0
2,170
17.46
5
3
0.25 to <0.50
12,773
9,311
31.81
15,910
0.36
8.0
23.92
2.2
4,413
27.74
14
10
0.50 to <0.75
10,645
6,059
31.95
13,094
0.61
6.4
23.65
2.5
4,504
34.39
21
11
0.75 to <2.50
19,286
8,904
39.85
22,861
1.40
12.9
28.62
2.3
12,423
54.34
82
59
0.75 to <1.75
14,813
5,946
37.89
17,066
1.19
9.2
23.36
2.4
8,129
47.63
49
33
1.75 to <2.5
4,473
2,958
43.77
5,795
2.01
3.7
44.08
2.2
4,294
74.10
33
26
2.50 to <10.00
9,594
2,420
38.98
10,537
4.18
4.9
21.96
2.4
6,469
61.39
101
80
2.50 to <5
7,544
1,780
38.06
8,221
3.42
2.8
19.82
2.4
4,257
51.78
55
48
5 to <10
2,050
639
41.55
2,316
6.85
2.1
29.57
2.4
2,212
95.50
46
32
10.00 to <100.00
879
210
45.58
975
16.52
3.1
32.80
1.9
1,323
135.70
50
30
10 to <20
734
161
48.88
813
12.44
1.6
33.61
1.8
1,114
137.16
34
20
20 to <30
19
8
21.61
21
25.32
0.4
38.32
1.0
33
160.61
2
2
30.00 to <100.00
126
42
37.27
142
38.65
1.1
27.39
2.2
175
123.67
14
8
100.00 (Default)
5,477
594
43.08
5,907
100.00
5.3
61.99
1.5
2,486
42.08
3,379
2,534
Sub-total
95,486
68,880
31.25
121,531
5.78
57.9
24.04
2.1
36,721
30.22
3,663
2,870
Specialized Lending
0.00 to <0.15
1,110
6
41.67
1,112
0.11
0.0
11.05
2.2
68
6.14
0
0
0.00 to <0.10
237
4
42.27
239
0.07
0.0
13.66
2.6
13
5.62
0
0
0.10 to <0.15
873
2
40.04
874
0.12
0.0
10.34
2.1
55
6.29
0
0
0.15 to <0.25
1,493
167
46.00
1,570
0.17
0.1
11.89
2.2
126
8.04
0
0
0.25 to <0.50
9,392
1,029
46.62
9,872
0.39
0.3
14.74
2.3
1,646
16.68
6
7
0.50 to <0.75
3,267
2,099
38.53
4,076
0.70
0.1
12.91
3.0
890
21.84
4
2
0.75 to <2.50
17,290
4,547
42.91
19,240
1.53
0.5
14.15
2.4
5,401
28.07
58
119
0.75 to <1.75
10,185
2,826
43.58
11,417
1.15
0.3
15.42
2.4
3,096
27.12
35
83
1.75 to <2.5
7,105
1,720
41.80
7,824
2.08
0.2
12.29
2.4
2,305
29.46
23
36
2.50 to <10.00
9,872
2,405
42.99
10,906
4.62
0.2
13.30
2.3
4,075
37.36
71
112
2.50 to <5
6,430
1,848
44.66
7,255
3.45
0.1
13.65
2.3
2,479
34.17
35
62
5 to <10
3,443
557
37.42
3,651
6.95
0.1
12.62
2.3
1,596
43.72
36
51
10.00 to <100.00
1,215
53
39.23
1,235
19.72
0.0
16.63
1.8
782
63.27
42
38
10 to <20
1,024
49
40.00
1,044
14.79
0.0
16.95
1.6
680
65.09
27
30
20 to <30
77
0
40.00
77
23.20
0.0
7.81
3.4
36
46.79
1
2
30.00 to <100.00
113
4
29.85
114
62.35
0.0
19.64
2.2
66
57.76
14
7
100.00 (Default)
3,756
246
39.78
3,854
100.00
0.1
40.56
2.3
2,844
73.79
1,306
951
Sub-total
47,395
10,553
42.37
51,866
9.58
1.4
15.87
2.4
15,832
30.53
1,487
1,230
129
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach
Jun 30, 2025
in € m.
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
(unless stated otherwise)
Exposure class/
PD scale
On-balance
sheet
exposures
Off-balance-
sheet
exposures pre-
CCF
Exposure
weighted
average CCF
(in %)
Exposure post
CCF and post
CRM
Exposure
weighted
average PD (%)
Number of
obligors (in
1,000s)
Exposure
weighted
average LGD
(%)
Exposure
weighted
average
maturity (in
years)¹
Risk weighted
exposure
amount after
supporting
factors
Density of risk
weighted
exposure
amount (in %)
Expected Loss
amount
Value
adjustments
and Provisions
Purchased
receivables
0.00 to <0.15
42
0
0.00
42
0.08
0.0
30.81
0.9
4
8.85
0
0
0.00 to <0.10
41
0
0.00
41
0.08
0.0
28.53
0.8
3
7.83
0
0
0.10 to <0.15
2
0
0.00
2
0.13
0.0
80.69
1.7
1
31.12
0
0
0.15 to <0.25
10
0
40.00
10
0.17
0.0
55.69
1.4
4
37.05
0
0
0.25 to <0.50
17
0
40.00
17
0.44
0.0
63.02
2.1
12
70.82
0
0
0.50 to <0.75
13
0
0.00
13
0.74
0.0
77.67
3.0
16
125.84
0
0
0.75 to <2.50
25
0
40.00
25
1.73
0.1
72.05
1.7
31
126.27
0
0
0.75 to <1.75
9
0
0.00
9
1.22
0.0
84.17
2.0
13
136.14
0
0
1.75 to <2.5
15
0
40.00
15
2.04
0.0
64.65
1.5
19
120.24
0
0
2.50 to <10.00
14
0
40.00
14
5.24
0.0
51.59
1.3
19
140.69
0
0
2.50 to <5
6
0
40.00
6
3.72
0.0
31.99
0.3
3
59.10
0
0
5 to <10
8
0
0.00
8
6.28
0.0
64.90
2.0
16
196.08
0
0
10.00 to <100.00
19
0
0.00
19
14.32
0.0
38.39
4.4
31
162.54
1
0
10 to <20
19
0
0.00
19
14.32
0.0
38.38
4.4
31
162.54
1
0
20 to <30
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
30.00 to <100.00
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0
0
100.00 (Default)
4
0
0.00
4
100.00
0.0
59.62
2.3
2
44.44
2
2
Sub-total
144
0
40.00
144
5.84
0.2
51.45
1.9
119
82.57
4
3
Retail
0.00 to <0.15
38,930
16,961
38.06
45,385
0.09
3,268.5
25.81
3,344
7.37
70
57
0.00 to <0.10
22,560
6,263
15.86
23,553
0.07
1,048.5
21.43
2,158
9.16
63
55
0.10 to <0.15
16,371
10,698
51.05
21,832
0.11
2,220.1
30.55
1,185
5.43
8
2
0.15 to <0.25
24,767
4,007
41.44
26,427
0.18
834.4
23.79
2,207
8.35
12
4
0.25 to <0.50
41,173
3,690
44.55
42,817
0.36
1,318.1
26.21
6,588
15.39
42
11
0.50 to <0.75
11,913
1,360
45.52
12,533
0.55
273.7
24.04
2,301
18.36
17
8
0.75 to <2.50
51,042
2,640
51.28
52,396
1.42
1,459.0
28.06
19,512
37.24
211
108
0.75 to <1.75
36,829
2,118
49.81
37,884
1.10
1,090.5
27.75
12,235
32.30
116
56
1.75 to <2.5
14,213
522
57.26
14,512
2.28
368.4
28.90
7,277
50.15
95
52
2.50 to <10.00
13,836
610
61.11
14,209
5.61
510.2
35.39
12,110
85.23
297
204
2.50 to <5
6,826
384
56.71
7,044
4.22
275.8
36.37
6,030
85.60
125
81
5 to <10
7,010
226
68.58
7,165
6.97
234.4
34.42
6,080
84.86
172
124
10.00 to <100.00
5,356
150
69.52
5,460
23.63
211.3
34.58
6,480
118.69
442
259
10 to <20
2,949
98
69.24
3,017
14.04
131.5
34.25
3,232
107.12
145
93
20 to <30
655
19
85.38
670
27.45
34.3
41.85
936
139.66
77
44
30.00 to <100.00
1,752
34
61.64
1,773
38.53
45.6
32.40
2,312
130.44
221
122
100.00 (Default)
4,345
99
51.24
4,395
100.00
241.6
61.89
1,695
38.57
2,669
2,036
Sub-total
191,362
29,517
41.53
203,622
3.70
8,116.7
27.79
54,237
26.64
3,760
2,688
of which:
130
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach
Jun 30, 2025
in € m.
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
(unless stated otherwise)
Exposure class/
PD scale
On-balance
sheet
exposures
Off-balance-
sheet
exposures pre-
CCF
Exposure
weighted
average CCF
(in %)
Exposure post
CCF and post
CRM
Exposure
weighted
average PD (%)
Number of
obligors (in
1,000s)
Exposure
weighted
average LGD
(%)
Exposure
weighted
average
maturity (in
years)¹
Risk weighted
exposure
amount after
supporting
factors
Density of risk
weighted
exposure
amount (in %)
Expected Loss
amount
Value
adjustments
and Provisions
Qualifying Revolving
0.00 to <0.15
46
8,317
59.58
5,001
0.10
1,938.5
59.52
187
3.73
3
0
0.00 to <0.10
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0
0.00
0
0
0.10 to <0.15
46
8,317
59.58
5,001
0.10
1,938.5
59.52
187
3.73
3
0
0.15 to <0.25
38
1,467
67.93
1,035
0.18
401.9
59.71
62
5.96
1
0
0.25 to <0.50
106
1,059
77.43
926
0.34
384.7
64.27
99
10.67
2
0
0.50 to <0.75
37
337
80.71
309
0.52
113.4
58.27
42
13.41
1
0
0.75 to <2.50
241
602
106.62
882
1.35
454.6
66.59
276
31.32
8
3
0.75 to <1.75
169
489
103.20
673
1.06
316.8
66.33
177
26.36
5
1
1.75 to <2.5
72
113
121.40
209
2.27
137.8
67.41
99
47.29
3
1
2.50 to <10.00
131
121
150.61
314
5.43
224.0
69.05
274
87.33
12
5
2.50 to <5
62
70
135.59
157
3.76
111.2
67.66
106
67.70
4
2
5 to <10
70
51
171.43
157
7.12
112.8
70.43
168
107.03
8
3
10.00 to <100.00
115
40
156.43
177
22.76
104.0
64.04
290
164.02
26
12
10 to <20
60
30
139.85
102
14.06
67.8
62.71
142
139.35
9
4
20 to <30
24
6
197.80
35
28.46
17.1
65.96
67
193.63
6
3
30.00 to <100.00
31
4
226.85
40
40.02
19.0
65.76
81
201.31
10
5
100.00 (Default)
169
5
170.98
177
100.00
111.9
80.69
149
83.93
139
130
Sub-total
883
11,948
66.44
8,821
2.93
3,732.9
61.56
1,378
15.62
192
151
Secured by
residential immovable
property
0.00 to <0.15
31,885
298
42.30
32,011
0.09
231.3
18.35
1,269
3.96
5
2
0.00 to <0.10
18,192
171
42.16
18,264
0.07
133.8
18.35
590
3.23
2
1
0.10 to <0.15
13,693
127
42.50
13,747
0.12
97.5
18.35
679
4.94
3
1
0.15 to <0.25
20,850
178
41.36
20,924
0.18
146.0
18.49
1,463
6.99
7
2
0.25 to <0.50
32,679
259
41.42
32,787
0.36
208.1
18.92
3,791
11.56
22
7
0.50 to <0.75
9,627
85
41.31
9,662
0.54
52.5
19.28
1,540
15.94
10
4
0.75 to <2.50
39,390
278
40.71
39,504
1.45
212.8
19.87
12,391
31.37
117
52
0.75 to <1.75
28,206
194
40.83
28,285
1.11
157.6
19.56
7,469
26.41
63
25
1.75 to <2.5
11,184
85
40.42
11,219
2.30
55.2
20.65
4,922
43.88
53
27
2.50 to <10.00
8,995
102
41.39
9,037
5.86
61.8
21.30
7,632
84.45
135
105
2.50 to <5
4,168
66
41.81
4,196
4.60
38.7
21.89
3,774
89.94
65
45
5 to <10
4,827
35
40.61
4,841
6.95
23.1
20.78
3,858
79.68
70
60
10.00 to <100.00
3,558
22
40.50
3,567
24.01
17.8
20.78
3,946
110.61
178
99
10 to <20
1,934
14
40.46
1,940
14.13
9.4
20.50
2,012
103.72
56
40
20 to <30
347
1
40.13
347
27.00
2.0
20.45
412
118.58
19
9
30.00 to <100.00
1,277
7
40.63
1,280
38.17
6.4
21.28
1,522
118.88
103
50
100.00 (Default)
1,918
12
40.68
1,923
100.00
13.2
34.25
737
38.34
629
356
Sub-total
148,903
1,234
41.43
149,415
2.76
943.5
19.40
32,768
21.93
1,104
627
131
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach
Jun 30, 2025
in € m.
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
(unless stated otherwise)
Exposure class/
PD scale
On-balance
sheet
exposures
Off-balance-
sheet
exposures pre-
CCF
Exposure
weighted
average CCF
(in %)
Exposure post
CCF and post
CRM
Exposure
weighted
average PD (%)
Number of
obligors (in
1,000s)
Exposure
weighted
average LGD
(%)
Exposure
weighted
average
maturity (in
years)¹
Risk weighted
exposure
amount after
supporting
factors
Density of risk
weighted
exposure
amount (in %)
Expected Loss
amount
Value
adjustments
and Provisions
Purchased
receivables
0.00 to <0.15
29
90
9.57
37
0.10
0.5
36.80
3
8.64
0
0
0.00 to <0.10
6
26
8.26
8
0.06
0.2
38.35
0
4.97
0
0
0.10 to <0.15
23
65
10.08
30
0.11
0.3
36.39
3
9.60
0
0
0.15 to <0.25
2
11
8.71
3
0.21
0.1
40.00
0
12.92
0
0
0.25 to <0.50
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0
0.00
0
0
0.50 to <0.75
3
30
15.23
7
0.54
0.1
51.88
2
29.65
0
0
0.75 to <2.50
11
33
12.40
15
1.40
0.2
38.45
5
33.40
0
0
0.75 to <1.75
11
33
12.40
15
1.40
0.2
38.45
5
33.40
0
0
1.75 to <2.5
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0
0.00
0
0
2.50 to <10.00
4
10
15.15
5
4.16
0.1
39.65
2
43.69
0
0
2.50 to <5
2
4
11.26
3
3.03
0.0
36.14
1
38.57
0
0
5 to <10
1
7
17.34
3
5.34
0.0
43.33
1
49.06
0
0
10.00 to <100.00
0
1
18.04
1
99.00
0.0
51.36
0
0.00
0
0
10 to <20
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0
0.00
0
0
20 to <30
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0
0.00
0
0
30.00 to <100.00
0
1
18.04
1
99.00
0.0
51.36
0
0.00
0
0
100.00 (Default)
0
0
16.86
0
100.00
0.0
82.27
0
41.79
0
0
Sub-total
49
176
11.40
69
1.55
0.9
39.25
13
19.18
0
0
Other retail exposures
0.00 to <0.15
6,971
8,255
16.53
8,336
0.08
1,327.5
34.22
1,885
22.61
62
55
0.00 to <0.10
4,362
6,066
15.15
5,281
0.07
947.5
32.05
1,568
29.69
60
55
0.10 to <0.15
2,609
2,189
20.35
3,055
0.12
380.0
37.95
317
10.39
1
1
0.15 to <0.25
3,877
2,350
25.05
4,465
0.19
459.7
40.26
682
15.27
3
2
0.25 to <0.50
8,388
2,372
30.22
9,105
0.38
910.8
48.57
2,698
29.64
17
3
0.50 to <0.75
2,246
908
33.87
2,554
0.58
155.5
37.84
717
28.10
6
3
0.75 to <2.50
11,400
1,727
34.45
11,995
1.36
971.6
52.21
6,839
57.02
86
53
0.75 to <1.75
8,443
1,403
33.33
8,911
1.06
750.7
50.80
4,583
51.43
48
29
1.75 to <2.5
2,957
324
39.29
3,084
2.21
220.9
56.29
2,256
73.15
38
25
2.50 to <10.00
4,706
377
38.95
4,853
5.15
289.1
59.46
4,202
86.59
151
94
2.50 to <5
2,594
243
38.69
2,689
3.66
159.7
57.14
2,148
79.91
56
34
5 to <10
2,112
133
39.42
2,164
7.00
129.4
62.33
2,054
94.88
95
60
10.00 to <100.00
1,682
87
37.93
1,715
22.92
125.2
60.26
2,245
130.85
238
148
10 to <20
956
53
36.74
975
13.86
73.8
58.62
1,078
110.51
80
49
20 to <30
284
12
37.11
288
27.88
22.0
64.75
457
158.59
51
32
30.00 to <100.00
443
22
41.30
452
39.32
29.4
60.92
710
157.05
107
67
100.00 (Default)
2,257
82
45.28
2,294
100.00
142.4
83.60
809
35.26
1,901
1,550
Sub-total
41,528
16,159
23.45
45,317
6.99
4,381.6
48.85
20,078
44.31
2,464
1,909
132
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach
Jun 30, 2025
in € m.
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
(unless stated otherwise)
Exposure class/
PD scale
On-balance
sheet
exposures
Off-balance-
sheet
exposures pre-
CCF
Exposure
weighted
average CCF
(in %)
Exposure post
CCF and post
CRM
Exposure
weighted
average PD (%)
Number of
obligors (in
1,000s)
Exposure
weighted
average LGD
(%)
Exposure
weighted
average
maturity (in
years)¹
Risk weighted
exposure
amount after
supporting
factors
Density of risk
weighted
exposure
amount (in %)
Expected Loss
amount
Value
adjustments
and Provisions
All exposure classes
Total
461,845
112,025
35.26
505,868
3.94
8,176.4
35.54
1.9
122,454
24.21
9,139
6,825
 
 
133
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach
Total IRB exposure covered by credit derivatives
Article 453 (j) CRR
The table below presents the Group’s IRB exposures, split into FIRB and AIRB. The table shows the RWA by the relevant
exposure classes prior and after the usage of CRM techniques in the form of credit derivatives, where the exposure is
then assigned to the exposure class of the protection seller.
EU CR7 – IRB approach – Effect on the RWAs of credit derivatives used as CRM techniques
 
Dec 31, 2025
Jun 30, 2025
a
b
a
b
in € m.
pre-credit
derivatives RWA
Actual RWA
pre-credit
derivatives RWA
Actual RWA
1
Central governments and central banks - F-IRB
0
0
101
101
EU 1a
Regional governments and local authorities -F-IRB
0
0
0
0
EU 1b
Public sector entities - F-IRB
2
2
2
2
2
Central governments and central banks - A-IRB
0
0
15,357
15,357
EU 2a
Regional governments and local authorities -A-IRB
0
0
144
144
EU2b
Public sector entities - A-IRB
82
82
44
44
3
Institutions - F-IRB
4,961
4,998
3,477
3,508
5
Corporates - F-IRB
51,494
50,982
52,868
52,441
of which:
EU 5a
General
45,856
45,344
48,467
48,012
EU 5b
Specialized lending
1,276
1,276
496
526
EU 5c
Purchased receivables
4,363
4,362
3,905
3,903
6
Corporates - A-IRB
57,250
57,250
52,672
52,672
of which:
EU 6a
General
40,227
40,227
36,721
36,721
EU 6b
Specialized lending
16,890
16,890
15,832
15,832
EU 6c
Purchased receivables
133
133
119
119
EU 8a
Retail - A-IRB
51,266
51,266
54,237
54,237
of which:
9
Qualifying revolving (QRRE)
1,337
1,337
1,378
1,378
10
Secured by residential immovable property
31,490
31,490
32,768
32,768
EU 10a
Purchased receivables
12
12
13
13
EU 10b
Other retail exposures
18,428
18,428
20,078
20,078
17
Exposures under F-IRB
56,457
55,982
56,447
56,051
18
Exposures under A-IRB
108,598
108,598
122,454
122,454
19
Total Exposures
165,055
164,580
178,901
178,505
Deutsche Bank´s RWA for exposures under the IRB approach were € 164.6 billion as of December 31, 2025, in
comparison to € 178.5 billion as of June 30, 2025. The decrease of € 13.9 billion was predominantly driven by a decrease
in RWA within the Group’s AIRB mainly due to a simplification of the internal rating-based approach resulting in the
calculation of exposures to "Central governments and central banks" using the standardized approach. Additionally,
RWA within the Group´s AIRB decreased for exposure classes "Retail – Other retail exposures” and “Retail – Secured by
residential immovable property" as well as within the Group´s FIRB mainly driven by the exposure class "Corporates -
General". This decrease was partly offset by an increase within the Group’s AIRB for the exposure classes “Corporates -
General" and "Corporates - Specialized lending" as well as within the Group´s FIRB for the exposure classes "Institutions",
"Corporates - Specialized lending" and "Corporates - Purchased receivables". RWA for corporate exposures mainly
benefitted from the application of credit derivatives.
Total IRB exposure covered by the use of CRM techniques
Article 453 (g) CRR
The two tables below present the Group´s FIRB and AIRB exposures and the extent of the use of CRM techniques broken
down by exposure classes. The CRM techniques are separately shown for funded credit protection and unfunded credit
protection. For funded credit protection the table also presents a split between the part of exposures covered by other
eligible collateral and the part of exposures covered by other funded credit protection. Additionally, the RWA without
substitution effects (reduction effects only) and the RWA with substitution effects (both reduction and substitution
effects) are shown.
134
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach
   
EU CR7-A – Foundation IRB approach – Extent of the use of CRM techniques
Dec 31, 2025
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
m
n
Credit risk mitigation techniques
Credit risk Mitigation
methods in the calculation of
RWEAs
Total
exposures
Funded credit protection (FCP)
Unfunded credit protection
(UFCP)
RWA
without
substitution
effects
(reduction
effects only)
RWA with
substitution
effects
(both
reduction
and
substitution
effects)
Part of
exposures
covered by
Financial
Collaterals
(%)
Part of exposures covered by Other eligible collaterals (%)
Part of exposures covered by Other funded credit protection
(%)
Part of
exposures
covered by
Guarantees
(%)
Part of
exposures
covered by
Credit
Derivatives
(%)
in € m. (unless stated
otherwise)
Total
of which:
Part of
exposures
covered by
Immovable
property
Collaterals
(%)
of which:
Part of
exposures
covered by
Receivables
(%)
of which:
Part of
exposures
covered by
Other
physical
collateral (%)
Total
of which:
Part of
exposures
covered by
Cash on
deposit (%)
of which:
Part of
exposures
covered by
Life
insurance
policies (%)
of which:
Part of
exposures
covered by
Instruments
held by a
third party
(%)
1
Central
governments and
central banks
0
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0
0
2
Regional
governments and
local authorities
0
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0
0
3
Public sector
entities
3
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
4
2
4
Institutions
17,053
2.85
4.01
1.34
2.67
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
6,410
4,998
5
Corporates
129,414
1.69
3.39
1.49
1.90
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
51,497
50,982
of which:
0.00
0.00
5.1
General
112,323
1.95
3.60
1.45
2.15
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
45,561
45,344
5.2
Specialized
lending
1,591
0.00
21.82
19.27
2.54
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
1,336
1,276
5.3
Purchased
receivables
15,499
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
4,601
4,362
6
Total
146,469
1.83
3.46
1.47
1.99
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
57,911
55,982
135
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach
Jun 30, 2025
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
m
n
Credit risk mitigation techniques
Credit risk Mitigation
methods in the calculation of
RWEAs
Total
exposures
Funded credit protection (FCP)
Unfunded credit protection
(UFCP)
RWA
without
substitution
effects
(reduction
effects only)
RWA with
substitution
effects
(both
reduction
and
substitution
effects)
Part of
exposures
covered by
Financial
Collaterals
(%)
Part of exposures covered by Other eligible collaterals (%)
Part of exposures covered by Other funded credit protection
(%)
Part of
exposures
covered by
Guarantees
(%)
Part of
exposures
covered by
Credit
Derivatives
(%)
in € m. (unless stated
otherwise)
Total
of which:
Part of
exposures
covered by
Immovable
property
Collaterals
(%)
of which:
Part of
exposures
covered by
Receivables
(%)
of which:
Part of
exposures
covered by
Other
physical
collateral (%)
Total
of which:
Part of
exposures
covered by
Cash on
deposit (%)
of which:
Part of
exposures
covered by
Life
insurance
policies (%)
of which:
Part of
exposures
covered by
Instruments
held by a
third party
(%)
1
Central
governments and
central banks
4,076
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0
101
2
Regional
governments and
local authorities
0
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0
0
3
Public sector
entities
3
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
2
2
4
Institutions
12,956
4.12
0.98
0.76
0.22
0.00
-0.00
-0.00
0.00
0.00
-0.00
0.00
4,025
3,508
5
Corporates
126,733
4.35
3.25
1.77
1.48
0.00
-0.00
-0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
51,509
52,441
of which:
5.1
General
111,765
4.93
3.21
1.53
1.68
-0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
-0.00
0.00
46,829
48,012
5.2
Specialized
lending
853
0.00
62.30
62.30
0.00
-0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
557
526
5.3
Purchased
receivables
14,116
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
4,123
3,903
6
Total
143,768
4.20
2.95
1.63
1.32
-0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
55,536
56,051
 
 
136
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach
EU CR7-A – Advanced IRB approach – Extent of the use of CRM techniques
Dec 31, 2025
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
m
n
Credit risk mitigation techniques
Credit risk Mitigation
methods in the calculation
of RWEAs
Total
exposures
Funded credit protection (FCP)
Unfunded credit protection
(UFCP)
RWA
without
substitution
effects
(reduction
effects only)
RWA with
substitution
effects
(both
reduction
and
substitution
effects)
Part of
exposures
covered by
Financial
Collaterals
(%)
Part of exposures covered by Other eligible collaterals (%)
Part of exposures covered by Other funded credit
protection (%)
Part of
exposures
covered by
Guarantees
(%)
Part of
exposures
covered by
Credit
Derivatives
(%)
in € m. (unless stated
otherwise)
Total
of which:
Part of
exposures
covered by
Immovable
property
Collaterals
(%)
of which:
Part of
exposures
covered by
Receivables
(%)
of which:
Part of
exposures
covered by
Other
physical
collateral
(%)
Total
of which:
Part of
exposures
covered by
Cash on
deposit (%)
of which:
Part of
exposures
covered by
Life
insurance
policies (%)
of which:
Part of
exposures
covered by
Instruments
held by a
third party
(%)
1
Central governments
and central banks
0
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0
0
2
Regional governments
and local authorities
0
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0
0
3
Public sector entities
444
0.06
0.68
0.68
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
102
82
5
Corporates
181,379
26.55
34.79
29.68
1.16
3.95
0.64
0.15
0.48
0.00
0.60
0.00
58,360
57,250
of which:
5.1
General
131,411
36.49
26.70
24.15
1.44
1.11
0.87
0.20
0.67
0.00
0.83
0.00
40,815
40,227
5.2
Specialized lending
49,665
0.42
56.39
44.49
0.41
11.48
0.01
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
17,406
16,890
5.3
Purchased receivables
302
0.16
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
2.94
2.94
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
139
133
6
Retail
201,100
3.23
71.02
70.82
0.19
0.01
0.21
0.00
0.21
0.00
0.19
0.00
51,279
51,266
of which:
6.1
Qualifying revolving
10,993
0.08
0.05
0.03
0.02
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
1,337
1,337
6.2
Secured by
residential
immovable property
146,916
2.32
92.20
92.05
0.15
0.00
0.20
0.00
0.19
0.00
0.04
0.00
31,490
31,490
6.3
Purchased
receivables
67
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
12
12
6.4
Other retail
exposures
43,123
7.10
17.06
16.65
0.36
0.04
0.33
0.01
0.32
0.00
0.75
0.00
18,441
18,428
7
Total
382,922
14.27
53.77
51.25
0.65
1.88
0.41
0.07
0.34
0.00
0.38
0.00
109,742
108,598
 
137
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach
 
Jun 30, 2025
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
m
n
Credit risk mitigation techniques
Credit risk Mitigation
methods in the calculation
of RWEAs
Total
exposures
Funded credit protection (FCP)
Unfunded credit protection
(UFCP)
RWA
without
substitution
effects
(reduction
effects only)
RWA with
substitution
effects
(both
reduction
and
substitution
effects)
Part of
exposures
covered by
Financial
Collaterals
(%)
Part of exposures covered by Other eligible collaterals (%)
Part of exposures covered by Other funded credit
protection (%)
Part of
exposures
covered by
Guarantees
(%)
Part of
exposures
covered by
Credit
Derivatives
(%)
in € m. (unless stated
otherwise)
Total
of which:
Part of
exposures
covered by
Immovable
property
Collaterals
(%)
of which:
Part of
exposures
covered by
Receivables
(%)
of which:
Part of
exposures
covered by
Other
physical
collateral
(%)
Total
of which:
Part of
exposures
covered by
Cash on
deposit (%)
of which:
Part of
exposures
covered by
Life
insurance
policies (%)
of which:
Part of
exposures
covered by
Instruments
held by a
third party
(%)
1
Central governments
and central banks
127,814
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.00
0.00
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
16,719
15,357
2
Regional governments
and local authorities
566
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
144
144
3
Public sector entities
325
0.15
0.99
0.99
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
44
44
5
Corporates
173,541
26.67
37.13
32.43
1.26
3.44
1.11
0.44
0.67
0.00
0.59
0.00
53,551
52,672
of which:
5.1
General
121,531
36.97
27.30
24.65
1.80
0.85
1.56
0.60
0.96
0.00
0.84
0.00
37,240
36,721
5.2
Specialized lending
51,866
2.61
60.28
50.76
0.00
9.52
0.05
0.05
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
16,185
15,832
5.3
Purchased receivables
144
1.67
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
4.43
4.43
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
125
119
6
Retail
203,622
2.82
71.22
71.02
0.18
0.01
0.24
0.00
0.24
0.00
0.16
0.00
54,237
54,237
of which:
6.1
Qualifying revolving
8,821
0.41
0.10
0.05
0.05
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
-0.00
0.00
1,378
1,378
6.2
Secured by
residential
immovable property
149,415
2.20
91.93
91.80
0.14
0.00
0.17
0.00
0.17
0.00
0.04
0.00
32,769
32,768
6.3
Purchased
receivables
69
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
13
13
6.4
Other retail
exposures
45,317
5.35
16.86
16.46
0.36
0.04
0.52
0.01
0.51
0.00
0.59
0.00
20,078
20,078
5
Total
505,868
10.29
41.41
39.72
0.51
1.18
0.48
0.15
0.33
0.00
0.27
0.00
124,694
122,454
138
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach
 
Development of credit risk RWA
Article 438 (h) CRR
The following table provides an analysis of key drivers for RWA movements observed for credit risk, excluding
counterparty credit risk, covered in the IRB approaches in the current and previous reporting period.
EU CR8 – RWA flow statement of credit risk exposures under the IRB approach
Three months
ended Dec 31,
2025
Three Months
Ended Sep 30,
2025
a
a
in € m.
RWA
RWA
1
Risk weighted exposure amount as at the end of the previous reporting period
166,299
169,241
2
Asset size
(2,003)
860
3
Asset quality
1,143
26
4
Model updates
583
1,065
5
Methodology and policy
(1,028)
(4,734)
6
Acquisitions and disposals
0
0
7
Foreign exchange movements
(91)
(158)
8
Other
0
0
9
Risk weighted exposure amount as at the end of the reporting period
164,903
166,299
 
Organic changes in the Group’s portfolio size and composition are considered in the category “Asset size”. The category
“Asset quality” represents the effects from portfolio rating migrations, loss given default, model parameter recalibrations
as well as collateral coverage and netting activities. “Model updates” include model refinements and further roll out of
advanced internal models. RWA movements resulting from externally, regulatory-driven changes, e.g., applying new
regulations, are considered in the “Methodology and policy” section. “Acquisition and disposals” is related to significant
exposure movements which can be clearly assigned to acquisition or disposal related activities. Changes that cannot be
attributed to the above categories are reflected in the category “other”.
RWA for credit risk exposures under the IRB approach decreased by € 3.1 billion or 1.6% since September 30, 2025,
mainly resulting from the categories “Asset size”, “Methodology and policy” and “Foreign exchange movements”, partly
offset by categories “Asset quality” and “Model updates”. The decrease in category “Asset size” is mainly reflecting the
impacts of new synthetic securitizations and reduced exposures in "Corporate & Other". The decrease in category
“Methodology and policy” is mainly driven by impacts from the remediation of regulatory obligations. The mentioned
decreases were partly offset by an increase in category “Asset quality”, primarily driven by improved data quality and
counterparty rating deteriorations. Furthermore, the increase in category “Model updates” is primarily due to refinements
of Deutsche Bank´s IRBA model along with updated margin of conservatism applied on a key model input.
Model validation results
Article 452 (h) CRR
Foundation IRBA – Model validation results
The below table EU CR9 aims at providing backtesting information for probabilities of default in comparing the PD used
in the foundation IRB capital calculations with the effective obligors’ default rates presented on a five year average by
regulatory exposure classes. CRR3 introduced new exposure classes and therefore the observed five year average
default rate will be phased-in over the upcoming years across all classes. The conceptual design as well as the structural
limitations to be considered are described in the introduction of the advanced IRB backtesting table further down below
in this report. 
139
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach
EU CR9 IRB backtesting of PD per exposure class for Foundation IRBA
Dec 31, 2025
a/b
c
d
e
f
g
h
Number of obligors at the end of the
previous year
Observed average
default rate (%)
Exposures weighted
average PD (%)
Average PD (%)
Average historical
annual default rate
(%)
Exposure class/
PD scale
Total
of which number of
obligors which
defaulted in the
year
Central governments
and central banks
0.00 to <0.15
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00 to <0.10
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.10 to <0.15
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.15 to <0.25
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.25 to <0.50
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.50 to <0.75
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.75 to <2.50
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.75 to <1.75
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
1.75 to <2.5
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
2.50 to <10.00
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
2.50 to <5
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
5 to <10
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
10.00 to <100.00
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
10 to <20
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
20 to <30
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
30.00 to <100.00
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
100.00 (Default)
0
0
N/M
0.00%
100.00%
N/M
Regional governments
and local authorities
0.00 to <0.15
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00 to <0.10
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.10 to <0.15
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.15 to <0.25
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.25 to <0.50
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.50 to <0.75
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.75 to <2.50
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.75 to <1.75
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
1.75 to <2.5
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
2.50 to <10.00
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
2.50 to <5
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
5 to <10
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
10.00 to <100.00
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
10 to <20
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
20 to <30
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
30.00 to <100.00
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
100.00 (Default)
0
0
N/M
0.00%
100.00%
N/M
Public sector entities
0.00 to <0.15
5
0
0.00%
0.03%
0.07%
0.00%
0.00 to <0.10
4
0
0.00%
0.03%
0.05%
0.00%
0.10 to <0.15
1
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.11%
0.00%
0.15 to <0.25
2
0
0.00%
0.20%
0.21%
0.00%
0.25 to <0.50
0
0
0.00%
0.27%
0.00%
0.00%
0.50 to <0.75
3
0
0.00%
0.54%
0.54%
0.00%
0.75 to <2.50
4
0
0.00%
1.03%
0.97%
0.00%
0.75 to <1.75
4
0
0.00%
1.03%
0.97%
0.00%
1.75 to <2.5
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
2.50 to <10.00
1
0
0.00%
5.34%
5.34%
0.00%
2.50 to <5
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
5 to <10
1
0
0.00%
5.34%
5.34%
0.00%
10.00 to <100.00
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
10 to <20
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
20 to <30
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
30.00 to <100.00
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
100.00 (Default)
0
0
N/M
0.00%
100.00%
N/M
140
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach
Dec 31, 2025
a/b
c
d
e
f
g
h
Number of obligors at the end of the
previous year
Observed average
default rate (%)
Exposures weighted
average PD (%)
Average PD (%)
Average historical
annual default rate
(%)
Exposure class/
PD scale
Total
of which number of
obligors which
defaulted in the
year
Institutions
0.00 to <0.15
243
2
0.82%
0.07%
0.07%
0.82%
0.00 to <0.10
193
2
1.04%
0.06%
0.06%
1.04%
0.10 to <0.15
50
0
0.00%
0.11%
0.11%
0.00%
0.15 to <0.25
49
0
0.00%
0.18%
0.18%
0.00%
0.25 to <0.50
49
0
0.00%
0.37%
0.44%
0.00%
0.50 to <0.75
7
0
0.00%
0.66%
0.61%
0.00%
0.75 to <2.50
42
0
0.00%
1.16%
1.17%
0.00%
0.75 to <1.75
36
0
0.00%
1.16%
1.00%
0.00%
1.75 to <2.5
6
0
0.00%
2.00%
2.18%
0.00%
2.50 to <10.00
12
0
0.00%
6.24%
6.19%
0.00%
2.50 to <5
5
0
0.00%
3.42%
3.42%
0.00%
5 to <10
7
0
0.00%
8.13%
8.16%
0.00%
10.00 to <100.00
8
0
0.00%
22.01%
15.54%
0.00%
10 to <20
8
0
0.00%
15.68%
15.54%
0.00%
20 to <30
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
30.00 to <100.00
0
0
0.00%
46.77%
0.00%
0.00%
100.00 (Default)
1
0
N/M
100.00%
100.00%
0.00%
Corporates
0.00 to <0.15
3,428
0
0.00%
0.08%
0.09%
0.00%
0.00 to <0.10
1,719
0
0.00%
0.06%
0.06%
0.00%
0.10 to <0.15
1,709
0
0.00%
0.11%
0.12%
0.00%
0.15 to <0.25
2,439
13
0.53%
0.17%
0.19%
0.53%
0.25 to <0.50
3,573
2
0.06%
0.33%
0.34%
0.06%
0.50 to <0.75
1,605
4
0.25%
0.68%
0.59%
0.25%
0.75 to <2.50
2,465
40
1.62%
1.34%
1.32%
1.62%
0.75 to <1.75
1,944
17
0.87%
1.18%
1.08%
0.87%
1.75 to <2.5
521
23
4.41%
1.93%
2.20%
4.41%
2.50 to <10.00
615
39
6.34%
4.50%
4.80%
6.34%
2.50 to <5
388
19
4.90%
3.33%
3.63%
4.90%
5 to <10
227
20
8.81%
6.95%
6.80%
8.81%
10.00 to <100.00
231
22
9.52%
20.19%
23.24%
9.52%
10 to <20
110
18
16.36%
14.55%
13.59%
16.36%
20 to <30
71
4
5.63%
22.54%
27.13%
5.63%
30.00 to <100.00
50
0
0.00%
39.00%
38.94%
0.00%
100.00 (Default)
191
0
N/M
100.00%
100.00%
N/M
of which:
General
0.00 to <0.15
2,714
0
0.00%
0.08%
0.09%
0.00%
0.00 to <0.10
1,364
0
0.00%
0.06%
0.07%
0.00%
0.10 to <0.15
1,350
0
0.00%
0.11%
0.12%
0.00%
0.15 to <0.25
1,840
12
0.65%
0.17%
0.18%
0.65%
0.25 to <0.50
2,743
0
0.00%
0.34%
0.34%
0.00%
0.50 to <0.75
1,090
0
0.00%
0.68%
0.58%
0.00%
0.75 to <2.50
1,743
28
1.61%
1.35%
1.28%
1.61%
0.75 to <1.75
1,420
8
0.56%
1.18%
1.06%
0.56%
1.75 to <2.5
323
20
6.19%
1.92%
2.22%
6.19%
2.50 to <10.00
430
34
7.91%
4.54%
5.02%
7.91%
2.50 to <5
270
15
5.56%
3.34%
3.75%
5.56%
5 to <10
160
19
11.88%
7.12%
7.16%
11.88%
10.00 to <100.00
181
22
12.15%
20.08%
21.75%
12.15%
10 to <20
108
18
16.67%
14.62%
13.59%
16.67%
20 to <30
34
4
11.76%
25.28%
26.63%
11.76%
30.00 to <100.00
39
0
0.00%
38.39%
40.08%
0.00%
100.00 (Default)
177
0
N/M
100.00%
100.00%
N/M
141
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach
Dec 31, 2025
a/b
c
d
e
f
g
h
Number of obligors at the end of the
previous year
Observed average
default rate (%)
Exposures weighted
average PD (%)
Average PD (%)
Average historical
annual default rate
(%)
Exposure class/
PD scale
Total
of which number of
obligors which
defaulted in the
year
Specialized Lending
0.00 to <0.15
4
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.11%
0.00%
0.00 to <0.10
2
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.08%
0.00%
0.10 to <0.15
2
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.14%
0.00%
0.15 to <0.25
2
0
0.00%
0.18%
0.18%
0.00%
0.25 to <0.50
13
0
0.00%
0.37%
0.34%
0.00%
0.50 to <0.75
14
0
0.00%
0.64%
0.70%
0.00%
0.75 to <2.50
19
0
0.00%
1.27%
1.50%
0.00%
0.75 to <1.75
13
0
0.00%
1.20%
1.21%
0.00%
1.75 to <2.5
6
0
0.00%
2.08%
2.13%
0.00%
2.50 to <10.00
4
0
0.00%
4.34%
4.14%
0.00%
2.50 to <5
3
0
0.00%
3.37%
3.39%
0.00%
5 to <10
1
0
0.00%
5.62%
6.39%
0.00%
10.00 to <100.00
1
0
0.00%
13.47%
10.60%
0.00%
10 to <20
1
0
0.00%
12.67%
10.60%
0.00%
20 to <30
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
30.00 to <100.00
0
0
0.00%
100.00%
0.00%
0.00%
100.00 (Default)
2
0
N/M
100.00%
100.00%
N/M
Purchased
receivables
0.00 to <0.15
908
0
0.00%
0.08%
0.09%
0.00%
0.00 to <0.10
443
0
0.00%
0.06%
0.06%
0.00%
0.10 to <0.15
465
0
0.00%
0.11%
0.12%
0.00%
0.15 to <0.25
738
1
0.14%
0.16%
0.19%
0.14%
0.25 to <0.50
1,062
2
0.19%
0.32%
0.35%
0.19%
0.50 to <0.75
582
4
0.69%
0.68%
0.60%
0.69%
0.75 to <2.50
820
12
1.46%
1.36%
1.38%
1.46%
0.75 to <1.75
613
9
1.47%
1.12%
1.12%
1.47%
1.75 to <2.5
207
3
1.45%
2.00%
2.17%
1.45%
2.50 to <10.00
190
5
2.63%
3.90%
4.29%
2.63%
2.50 to <5
123
4
3.25%
3.16%
3.37%
3.25%
5 to <10
67
1
1.49%
5.56%
5.99%
1.49%
10.00 to <100.00
50
0
0.00%
28.11%
28.64%
0.00%
10 to <20
2
0
0.00%
17.68%
13.79%
0.00%
20 to <30
37
0
0.00%
20.71%
27.59%
0.00%
30.00 to <100.00
11
0
0.00%
55.86%
34.90%
0.00%
100.00 (Default)
13
0
N/M
100.00%
100.00%
N/M
142
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach
Dec 31, 2024
a/b
c
d
e
f
g
h
Number of obligors at the end of the
previous year
Observed
average default
rate (%)
Exposures
weighted
average PD (%)
Average PD (%)
Average
historical annual
default rate (%)
Exposure class/
PD scale
Total
of which
number of
obligors which
defaulted in the
year
Central governments
and central banks
0.00 to <0.15
2
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.04%
0.00%
0.00 to <0.10
2
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.04%
0.00%
0.10 to <0.15
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.15 to <0.25
1
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.18%
0.00%
0.25 to <0.50
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.50 to <0.75
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.75 to <2.50
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.75 to <1.75
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
1.75 to <2.5
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
2.50 to <10.00
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
2.50 to <5
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
5 to <10
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
10.00 to <100.00
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
10 to <20
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
20 to <30
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
30.00 to <100.00
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
100.00 (Default)
0
0
N/M
0.00%
100.00%
N/M
Sub-total
3
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.09%
0.00%
Institutions
0.00 to <0.15
23
0
0.00%
0.05%
0.07%
0.00%
0.00 to <0.10
19
0
0.00%
0.05%
0.05%
0.00%
0.10 to <0.15
4
0
0.00%
0.11%
0.13%
0.00%
0.15 to <0.25
6
0
0.00%
0.19%
0.16%
0.00%
0.25 to <0.50
2
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.32%
0.00%
0.50 to <0.75
4
0
0.00%
0.54%
0.68%
0.00%
0.75 to <2.50
0
0
0.00%
0.97%
0.00%
0.00%
0.75 to <1.75
0
0
0.00%
0.97%
0.00%
0.00%
1.75 to <2.5
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
2.50 to <10.00
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
2.50 to <5
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
5 to <10
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
10.00 to <100.00
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
10 to <20
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
20 to <30
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
30.00 to <100.00
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
100.00 (Default)
0
0
N/M
0.00%
100.00%
N/M
Sub-total
35
0
0.00%
0.19%
0.17%
0.00%
Corporates
0.00 to <0.15
1,666
2
0.12%
0.11%
0.06%
0.09%
0.00 to <0.10
1,380
2
0.14%
0.07%
0.05%
0.07%
0.10 to <0.15
286
0
0.00%
0.12%
0.12%
0.12%
0.15 to <0.25
1,644
0
0.00%
0.19%
0.17%
0.10%
0.25 to <0.50
1,741
4
0.23%
0.33%
0.36%
0.23%
0.50 to <0.75
1,065
2
0.19%
0.57%
0.63%
0.31%
0.75 to <2.50
1,418
20
1.41%
1.38%
1.54%
1.18%
0.75 to <1.75
839
12
1.43%
1.05%
1.16%
1.22%
1.75 to <2.5
579
8
1.38%
2.33%
2.09%
1.04%
2.50 to <10.00
418
9
2.15%
4.38%
3.96%
2.57%
2.50 to <5
390
8
2.05%
3.79%
3.77%
2.71%
5 to <10
28
1
3.57%
6.37%
6.54%
2.01%
10.00 to <100.00
48
3
6.25%
28.76%
23.10%
10.81%
10 to <20
13
0
0.00%
13.79%
14.13%
5.01%
20 to <30
24
2
8.33%
28.11%
20.01%
10.77%
30.00 to <100.00
11
1
9.09%
38.53%
40.47%
5.40%
100.00 (Default)
49
0
N/M
100.00%
100.00%
N/M
Sub-total
8,049
40
0.50%
1.75%
1.43%
1.58%
of which:
143
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach
Dec 31, 2024
a/b
c
d
e
f
g
h
Number of obligors at the end of the
previous year
Observed
average default
rate (%)
Exposures
weighted
average PD (%)
Average PD (%)
Average
historical annual
default rate (%)
Exposure class/
PD scale
Total
of which
number of
obligors which
defaulted in the
year
SMEs
0.00 to <0.15
83
0
0.00%
0.09%
0.06%
0.00%
0.00 to <0.10
69
0
0.00%
0.05%
0.05%
0.00%
0.10 to <0.15
14
0
0.00%
0.13%
0.11%
0.00%
0.15 to <0.25
67
0
0.00%
0.22%
0.16%
0.00%
0.25 to <0.50
133
1
0.75%
0.40%
0.36%
0.54%
0.50 to <0.75
55
0
0.00%
0.59%
0.69%
1.20%
0.75 to <2.50
120
2
1.67%
1.94%
1.70%
1.72%
0.75 to <1.75
55
1
1.82%
1.22%
1.21%
2.55%
1.75 to <2.5
65
1
1.54%
2.36%
2.11%
0.31%
2.50 to <10.00
53
3
5.66%
4.17%
4.05%
5.92%
2.50 to <5
47
2
4.26%
3.71%
3.70%
5.76%
5 to <10
6
1
16.67%
5.84%
6.79%
6.67%
10.00 to <100.00
8
0
0.00%
28.23%
24.12%
3.20%
10 to <20
5
0
0.00%
13.79%
16.90%
15.67%
20 to <30
0
0
0.00%
28.24%
0.00%
1.43%
30.00 to <100.00
3
0
0.00%
32.87%
36.16%
6.25%
100.00 (Default)
7
0
N/M
100.00%
100.00%
N/M
Sub-total
526
6
1.14%
13.30%
2.69%
1.83%
Specialized Lending
0.00 to <0.15
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00 to <0.10
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.10 to <0.15
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.15 to <0.25
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.25 to <0.50
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.50 to <0.75
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.75 to <2.50
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.75 to <1.75
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
1.75 to <2.5
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
2.50 to <10.00
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
2.50 to <5
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
5 to <10
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
10.00 to <100.00
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
10 to <20
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
20 to <30
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
30.00 to <100.00
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
100.00 (Default)
0
0
N/M
0.00%
0.00%
N/M
Sub-total
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
Other
0.00 to <0.15
1,583
2
0.13%
0.11%
0.06%
0.09%
0.00 to <0.10
1,311
2
0.15%
0.07%
0.05%
0.08%
0.10 to <0.15
272
0
0.00%
0.12%
0.12%
0.12%
0.15 to <0.25
1,577
0
0.00%
0.19%
0.17%
0.11%
0.25 to <0.50
1,608
3
0.19%
0.33%
0.36%
0.21%
0.50 to <0.75
1,010
2
0.20%
0.56%
0.62%
0.29%
0.75 to <2.50
1,298
18
1.39%
1.30%
1.52%
1.18%
0.75 to <1.75
784
11
1.40%
1.04%
1.16%
1.17%
1.75 to <2.5
514
7
1.36%
2.32%
2.08%
1.33%
2.50 to <10.00
365
6
1.64%
4.45%
3.95%
2.15%
2.50 to <5
343
6
1.75%
3.81%
3.79%
2.46%
5 to <10
22
0
0.00%
6.52%
6.48%
0.76%
10.00 to <100.00
40
3
7.50%
30.10%
22.90%
10.95%
10 to <20
8
0
0.00%
0.00%
12.40%
2.58%
20 to <30
24
2
8.33%
27.68%
20.01%
10.88%
30.00 to <100.00
8
1
12.50%
38.61%
42.08%
3.13%
100.00 (Default)
42
0
N/M
100.00%
100.00%
N/M
Sub-total
7,523
34
0.45%
0.93%
1.34%
1.57%
Total
8,087
40
0.49%
1.74%
1.42%
1.83%
144
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach
 
Advanced IRBA – Model validation results
The validation reviews conducted in 2025 for advanced IRBA credit models led to the assessments shown below. The
model definition is aligned with the bank’s IRBA model map as reported to ECB on a quarterly basis. The assessment
categories follow the ECB validation reporting requirements where following definitions apply:
Adequate with no deficiencies:
No deficiencies detected by the validation function, i.e. no follow-
up needed
Adequate with minor deficiencies:
Minor deficiencies detected that do not lead to any significant
bias of risk estimates
Major deficiencies identified:
Identified deficiencies indicate a significant bias of risk parameter
estimates, such as a potential quantitative impact of +/-5% or
more on RWEA, but below +/-10% in the application of the model.
Severe deficiencies identified:
Identified deficiencies indicate a severe bias of risk parameter
estimates, such as a potential quantitative impact of +/-10% or
more on RWEA in the application of the model.
Validation results for risk parameters used in advanced IRBA credit models
2025
PD
LGD
EAD
Count
EAD in %
Count
EAD in %
Count
EAD in %
Adequate with no deficiencies
1
0.2
0
0.0
0
0.0
Adequate with minor deficiencies
21
80.5
16
100.0
7
80.8
Major deficiencies identified
2
7.2
0
0.0
3
19.2
Severe deficiencies
2
12.0
0
0.0
0
0.0
Total
26
100.0
16
100.0
10
100.0
 
2024
PD
LGD
EAD
Count
EAD in %
Count
EAD in %
Count
EAD in %
Adequate with no deficiencies
2
2.2
2
4.7
1
96.5
Adequate with minor deficiencies
22
86.5
13
95.3
4
3.5
Major deficiencies identified
5
11.1
0
0.0
0
0.0
Severe deficiencies
1
0.1
0
0.0
0
0.0
Total
30
100.0
15
100.0
5
100.0
For models not validated as ‘adequate with no deficiencies’ the identified weaknesses were raised as validation findings.
The breakdown for PD, LGD and EAD is showing the number of respective models as well as their relative EAD as of
December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively.
The validations during 2025 detected some major or severe deficiencies. Major deficiencies were already materially
mitigated by end of 2025. One of the severe deficiencies for PD models was already fully mitigated by end of 2025 while
the remaining severe deficiency for another PD model will be mitigated by end of June 2026.
The below table EU CR9 aims at providing backtesting information for probabilities of default (PD). It compares the PD
used in the advanced IRB capital calculations with the effective obligors’ default rates presented on a five-year average
by regulatory exposure classes. CRR3 introduced new exposure classes and therefore the observed five year average
default rate will be phased-in over the upcoming years across all classes. Moreover, some limitations have to be
considered when comparing the below backtesting results with the above presented PD model validation results: Whilst
in line with the bank’s internal procedures, model validation is conducted on the level of the rating model and the model
validation results provided above reflect this practice, for the below presentation by regulatory exposure classes the
underlying ratings models have been assigned subsequently to the relevant regulatory exposure class. This different way
of aggregation applied for the below backtesting information may result in some bias for the below backtesting results in
contrast to the above model validation results.
145
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach
EU CR9 IRB backtesting of PD per exposure class for Advanced IRBA
Dec 31, 2025
a/b
c
d
e
f
g
h
Number of obligors at the end of the
previous year
Observed average
default rate (%)
Exposures
weighted average
PD (%)
Average PD (%)
Average historical
annual default
rate (%)
Exposure class/
PD scale
Total
of which number
of obligors which
defaulted in the
year
Central governments
and central banks
0.00 to <0.15
65
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.02%
0.00%
0.00 to <0.10
64
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.02%
0.00%
0.10 to <0.15
1
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.14%
0.00%
0.15 to <0.25
7
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.22%
0.00%
0.25 to <0.50
9
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.39%
0.00%
0.50 to <0.75
11
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.63%
0.00%
0.75 to <2.50
14
0
0.00%
0.00%
1.42%
0.00%
0.75 to <1.75
7
0
0.00%
0.00%
1.07%
0.00%
1.75 to <2.5
7
0
0.00%
0.00%
1.76%
0.00%
2.50 to <10.00
34
0
0.00%
0.00%
5.76%
0.00%
2.5 to <5
22
0
0.00%
0.00%
4.56%
0.00%
5 to <10
12
0
0.00%
0.00%
7.95%
0.00%
10.00 to <100.00
6
0
0.00%
0.00%
19.01%
0.00%
10 to <20
4
0
0.00%
0.00%
13.01%
0.00%
20 to <30
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
30.00 to <100.00
2
0
0.00%
0.00%
31.01%
0.00%
100.00 (Default)
6
0
N/M
0.00%
100.00%
N/M
Regional governments and local
authorities
0.00 to <0.15
13
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.06%
0.00%
0.00 to <0.10
13
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.06%
0.00%
0.10 to <0.15
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.15 to <0.25
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.25 to <0.50
1
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.25%
0.00%
0.50 to <0.75
2
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.70%
0.00%
0.75 to <2.50
1
0
0.00%
0.00%
1.17%
0.00%
0.75 to <1.75
1
0
0.00%
0.00%
1.17%
0.00%
1.75 to <2.5
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
2.50 to <10.00
1
0
0.00%
0.00%
4.82%
0.00%
2.5 to <5
1
0
0.00%
0.00%
4.82%
0.00%
5 to <10
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
10.00 to <100.00
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
10 to <20
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
20 to <30
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
30.00 to <100.00
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
100.00 (Default)
1
0
N/M
0.00%
100.00%
N/M
Public sector entities
0.00 to <0.15
46
0
0.00%
0.06%
0.07%
0.00%
0.00 to <0.10
33
0
0.00%
0.06%
0.05%
0.00%
0.10 to <0.15
13
0
0.00%
0.11%
0.12%
0.00%
0.15 to <0.25
19
0
0.00%
0.16%
0.19%
0.00%
0.25 to <0.50
17
0
0.00%
0.28%
0.34%
0.00%
0.50 to <0.75
5
0
0.00%
0.65%
0.64%
0.00%
0.75 to <2.50
16
0
0.00%
1.38%
1.30%
0.00%
0.75 to <1.75
13
0
0.00%
1.27%
1.12%
0.00%
1.75 to <2.5
3
0
0.00%
1.90%
2.07%
0.00%
2.50 to <10.00
2
0
0.00%
3.64%
7.55%
0.00%
2.5 to <5
0
0
0.00%
3.64%
0.00%
0.00%
5 to <10
2
0
0.00%
0.00%
7.55%
0.00%
10.00 to <100.00
1
0
0.00%
24.74%
29.88%
0.00%
10 to <20
0
0
0.00%
17.06%
0.00%
0.00%
20 to <30
1
0
0.00%
0.00%
29.88%
0.00%
30.00 to <100.00
0
0
0.00%
39.84%
0.00%
0.00%
100.00 (Default)
3
0
N/M
100.00%
100.00%
N/M
146
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach
Dec 31, 2025
a/b
c
d
e
f
g
h
Number of obligors at the end of the
previous year
Observed average
default rate (%)
Exposures
weighted average
PD (%)
Average PD (%)
Average historical
annual default
rate (%)
Exposure class/
PD scale
Total
of which number
of obligors which
defaulted in the
year
Corporates
0.00 to <0.15
13,732
2
0.01%
0.07%
0.09%
0.01%
0.00 to <0.10
7,783
1
0.01%
0.06%
0.07%
0.01%
0.10 to <0.15
5,949
1
0.02%
0.12%
0.13%
0.02%
0.15 to <0.25
18,426
1
0.01%
0.20%
0.19%
0.01%
0.25 to <0.50
39,431
32
0.08%
0.38%
0.37%
0.08%
0.50 to <0.75
6,577
24
0.36%
0.69%
0.63%
0.36%
0.75 to <2.50
34,764
129
0.37%
1.48%
1.30%
0.37%
0.75 to <1.75
27,288
76
0.28%
1.16%
1.08%
0.28%
1.75 to <2.5
7,476
53
0.71%
1.97%
2.11%
0.71%
2.50 to <10.00
7,780
125
1.61%
4.71%
4.69%
1.61%
2.5 to <5
4,958
72
1.45%
3.38%
3.42%
1.45%
5 to <10
2,822
53
1.88%
6.61%
6.93%
1.88%
10.00 to <100.00
2,579
148
5.74%
21.67%
22.76%
5.74%
10 to <20
1,583
51
3.22%
14.02%
14.55%
3.22%
20 to <30
201
15
7.46%
24.78%
26.13%
7.46%
30.00 to <100.00
795
82
10.31%
48.99%
38.28%
10.31%
100.00 (Default)
6,109
0
N/M
100.00%
100.00%
N/M
of which:
General
0.00 to <0.15
13,699
2
0.01%
0.07%
0.09%
0.01%
0.00 to <0.10
7,767
1
0.01%
0.06%
0.07%
0.01%
0.10 to <0.15
5,932
1
0.02%
0.12%
0.13%
0.02%
0.15 to <0.25
18,377
1
0.01%
0.20%
0.19%
0.01%
0.25 to <0.50
39,200
26
0.07%
0.37%
0.37%
0.07%
0.50 to <0.75
6,494
22
0.34%
0.68%
0.63%
0.34%
0.75 to <2.50
34,336
120
0.35%
1.46%
1.30%
0.35%
0.75 to <1.75
26,998
72
0.27%
1.20%
1.08%
0.27%
1.75 to <2.5
7,338
48
0.65%
1.92%
2.11%
0.65%
2.50 to <10.00
7,555
102
1.35%
4.35%
4.69%
1.35%
2.5 to <5
4,820
69
1.43%
3.38%
3.41%
1.43%
5 to <10
2,735
33
1.21%
6.56%
6.93%
1.21%
10.00 to <100.00
2,543
147
5.78%
22.93%
22.78%
5.78%
10 to <20
1,559
51
3.27%
13.92%
14.57%
3.27%
20 to <30
196
14
7.14%
23.55%
26.16%
7.14%
30.00 to <100.00
788
82
10.41%
49.29%
38.18%
10.41%
100.00 (Default)
5,999
0
N/M
100.00%
100.00%
N/M
Specialized Lending
0.00 to <0.15
25
0
0.00%
0.11%
0.11%
0.00%
0.00 to <0.10
9
0
0.00%
0.09%
0.09%
0.00%
0.10 to <0.15
16
0
0.00%
0.13%
0.13%
0.00%
0.15 to <0.25
48
0
0.00%
0.18%
0.18%
0.00%
0.25 to <0.50
220
6
2.73%
0.38%
0.38%
2.73%
0.50 to <0.75
75
2
2.67%
0.72%
0.68%
2.67%
0.75 to <2.50
446
6
1.35%
1.51%
1.44%
1.35%
0.75 to <1.75
305
2
0.66%
1.09%
1.12%
0.66%
1.75 to <2.5
141
4
2.84%
2.02%
2.13%
2.84%
2.50 to <10.00
221
22
9.95%
5.09%
4.86%
9.95%
2.5 to <5
137
3
2.19%
3.37%
3.50%
2.19%
5 to <10
84
19
22.62%
6.65%
7.08%
22.62%
10.00 to <100.00
35
1
2.86%
20.75%
21.85%
2.86%
10 to <20
24
0
0.00%
14.11%
13.51%
0.00%
20 to <30
4
1
25.00%
24.87%
21.36%
25.00%
30.00 to <100.00
7
0
0.00%
47.64%
50.74%
0.00%
100.00 (Default)
103
0
N/M
100.00%
100.00%
N/M
147
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach
Dec 31, 2025
a/b
c
d
e
f
g
h
Number of obligors at the end of the
previous year
Observed average
default rate (%)
Exposures
weighted average
PD (%)
Average PD (%)
Average historical
annual default
rate (%)
Exposure class/
PD scale
Total
of which number
of obligors which
defaulted in the
year
Purchased receivables
0.00 to <0.15
16
0
0.00%
0.08%
0.09%
0.00%
0.00 to <0.10
12
0
0.00%
0.08%
0.08%
0.00%
0.10 to <0.15
4
0
0.00%
0.12%
0.15%
0.00%
0.15 to <0.25
9
0
0.00%
0.18%
0.22%
0.00%
0.25 to <0.50
39
0
0.00%
0.44%
0.41%
0.00%
0.50 to <0.75
29
0
0.00%
0.72%
0.73%
0.00%
0.75 to <2.50
57
3
5.26%
1.83%
1.46%
5.26%
0.75 to <1.75
38
2
5.26%
1.20%
1.16%
5.26%
1.75 to <2.5
19
1
5.26%
2.00%
2.05%
5.26%
2.50 to <10.00
25
1
4.00%
5.12%
4.70%
4.00%
2.5 to <5
15
0
0.00%
3.31%
3.36%
0.00%
5 to <10
10
1
10.00%
5.69%
6.70%
10.00%
10.00 to <100.00
5
0
0.00%
14.66%
23.90%
0.00%
10 to <20
2
0
0.00%
14.66%
13.97%
0.00%
20 to <30
2
0
0.00%
0.00%
29.34%
0.00%
30.00 to <100.00
1
0
0.00%
0.00%
32.87%
0.00%
100.00 (Default)
20
0
N/M
100.00%
100.00%
N/M
Retail
0.00 to <0.15
2,757,313
623
0.02%
0.09%
0.10%
0.02%
0.00 to <0.10
2,031,501
341
0.02%
0.07%
0.09%
0.02%
0.10 to <0.15
725,812
282
0.04%
0.11%
0.12%
0.04%
0.15 to <0.25
717,320
506
0.07%
0.18%
0.19%
0.07%
0.25 to <0.50
908,795
1,988
0.22%
0.36%
0.37%
0.22%
0.50 to <0.75
231,745
610
0.26%
0.55%
0.56%
0.26%
0.75 to <2.50
1,545,173
12,435
0.80%
1.46%
1.45%
0.80%
0.75 to <1.75
1,084,234
6,491
0.60%
1.11%
1.11%
0.60%
1.75 to <2.5
460,939
5,944
1.29%
2.29%
2.25%
1.29%
2.50 to <10.00
650,767
17,053
2.62%
5.52%
5.12%
2.62%
2.5 to <5
372,656
6,899
1.85%
4.18%
3.72%
1.85%
5 to <10
278,111
10,154
3.65%
6.98%
6.99%
3.65%
10.00 to <100.00
218,465
29,363
13.44%
24.09%
22.02%
13.44%
10 to <20
133,419
7,645
5.73%
14.14%
13.94%
5.73%
20 to <30
24,546
4,850
19.76%
27.74%
27.02%
19.76%
30.00 to <100.00
60,500
16,868
27.88%
38.79%
37.80%
27.88%
100.00 (Default)
223,612
0
N/M
100.00%
100.00%
N/M
of which:
Qualifying Revolving
0.00 to <0.15
1,987,556
108
0.01%
0.10%
0.11%
0.01%
0.00 to <0.10
1,487,718
63
0.00%
0.00%
0.10%
0.00%
0.10 to <0.15
499,838
45
0.01%
0.10%
0.12%
0.01%
0.15 to <0.25
413,782
49
0.01%
0.18%
0.19%
0.01%
0.25 to <0.50
393,906
239
0.06%
0.34%
0.35%
0.06%
0.50 to <0.75
113,292
42
0.04%
0.53%
0.54%
0.04%
0.75 to <2.50
465,962
665
0.14%
1.34%
1.46%
0.14%
0.75 to <1.75
327,027
433
0.13%
1.06%
1.10%
0.13%
1.75 to <2.5
138,935
232
0.17%
2.25%
2.30%
0.17%
2.50 to <10.00
219,245
731
0.33%
5.29%
5.42%
0.33%
2.5 to <5
109,573
281
0.26%
3.73%
3.84%
0.26%
5 to <10
109,672
450
0.41%
7.07%
6.99%
0.41%
10.00 to <100.00
109,218
1,782
1.63%
22.24%
21.21%
1.63%
10 to <20
71,813
524
0.73%
13.88%
13.83%
0.73%
20 to <30
7,309
150
2.05%
28.22%
27.77%
2.05%
30.00 to <100.00
30,096
1,108
3.68%
39.64%
37.22%
3.68%
100.00 (Default)
100,005
0
N/M
100.00%
100.00%
N/M
148
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach
Dec 31, 2025
a/b
c
d
e
f
g
h
Number of obligors at the end of the
previous year
Observed average
default rate (%)
Exposures
weighted average
PD (%)
Average PD (%)
Average historical
annual default
rate (%)
Exposure class/
PD scale
Total
of which number
of obligors which
defaulted in the
year
Secured by residential
immovable property
0.00 to <0.15
260,461
177
0.07%
0.09%
0.09%
0.07%
0.00 to <0.10
136,357
104
0.08%
0.07%
0.07%
0.08%
0.10 to <0.15
124,104
73
0.06%
0.12%
0.12%
0.06%
0.15 to <0.25
168,094
163
0.10%
0.18%
0.19%
0.10%
0.25 to <0.50
227,560
348
0.15%
0.36%
0.37%
0.15%
0.50 to <0.75
44,694
110
0.25%
0.55%
0.61%
0.25%
0.75 to <2.50
203,846
758
0.37%
1.45%
1.32%
0.37%
0.75 to <1.75
168,400
561
0.33%
1.11%
1.15%
0.33%
1.75 to <2.5
35,446
197
0.56%
2.30%
2.15%
0.56%
2.50 to <10.00
82,630
1,067
1.29%
5.85%
4.53%
1.29%
2.5 to <5
60,040
524
0.87%
4.54%
3.48%
0.87%
5 to <10
22,590
543
2.40%
7.01%
7.32%
2.40%
10.00 to <100.00
16,435
2,022
12.30%
24.57%
25.81%
12.30%
10 to <20
6,709
333
4.96%
14.37%
14.13%
4.96%
20 to <30
3,845
377
9.80%
27.37%
23.93%
9.80%
30.00 to <100.00
5,881
1,312
22.31%
38.44%
40.38%
22.31%
100.00 (Default)
13,962
0
N/M
100.00%
100.00%
N/M
Purchased receivables
0.00 to <0.15
20,647
3
0.01%
0.10%
0.10%
0.01%
0.00 to <0.10
5,139
1
0.02%
0.06%
0.06%
0.02%
0.10 to <0.15
15,508
2
0.01%
0.11%
0.11%
0.01%
0.15 to <0.25
3,558
0
0.00%
0.21%
0.21%
0.00%
0.25 to <0.50
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.50 to <0.75
5,797
0
0.00%
0.54%
0.54%
0.00%
0.75 to <2.50
5,022
0
0.00%
1.30%
1.28%
0.00%
0.75 to <1.75
4,974
0
0.00%
1.30%
1.26%
0.00%
1.75 to <2.5
48
0
0.00%
1.91%
2.48%
0.00%
2.50 to <10.00
1,916
1
0.05%
4.54%
4.27%
0.05%
2.5 to <5
838
0
0.00%
3.09%
2.90%
0.00%
5 to <10
1,078
1
0.09%
5.34%
5.34%
0.09%
10.00 to <100.00
20
0
0.00%
100.00%
28.24%
0.00%
10 to <20
0
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
20 to <30
20
0
0.00%
0.00%
28.24%
0.00%
30.00 to <100.00
0
0
0.00%
100.00%
0.00%
0.00%
100.00 (Default)
79
0
N/M
100.00%
100.00%
N/M
Other retail exposures
0.00 to <0.15
634,029
335
0.05%
0.08%
0.08%
0.05%
0.00 to <0.10
428,516
173
0.04%
0.06%
0.07%
0.04%
0.10 to <0.15
205,513
162
0.08%
0.11%
0.12%
0.08%
0.15 to <0.25
248,621
294
0.12%
0.18%
0.19%
0.12%
0.25 to <0.50
439,127
1,401
0.32%
0.36%
0.38%
0.32%
0.50 to <0.75
100,762
458
0.45%
0.57%
0.57%
0.45%
0.75 to <2.50
1,021,804
11,012
1.08%
1.49%
1.46%
1.08%
0.75 to <1.75
700,446
5,497
0.78%
1.14%
1.11%
0.78%
1.75 to <2.5
321,358
5,515
1.72%
2.28%
2.24%
1.72%
2.50 to <10.00
407,106
15,254
3.75%
5.00%
5.11%
3.75%
2.5 to <5
235,081
6,094
2.59%
3.73%
3.72%
2.59%
5 to <10
172,025
9,160
5.32%
6.92%
7.01%
5.32%
10.00 to <100.00
122,832
25,559
20.81%
23.28%
22.79%
20.81%
10 to <20
70,578
6,788
9.62%
13.74%
14.15%
9.62%
20 to <30
17,283
4,323
25.01%
28.17%
27.33%
25.01%
30.00 to <100.00
34,971
14,448
41.31%
39.59%
37.97%
41.31%
100.00 (Default)
130,810
0
N/M
100.00%
100.00%
N/M
149
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach
 
Dec 31, 2024
a/b
c
d
e
f
g
h
Number of obligors at the end of the
previous year
Observed
average default
rate (%)
Exposures
weighted
average PD (%)
Average PD (%)
Average
historical annual
default rate (%)
Exposure class/
PD scale
Total
of which number
of obligors
which defaulted
in the year
Central governments
and central banks
0.00 to <0.15
79
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.05%
0.00%
0.00 to <0.10
66
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.03%
0.00%
0.10 to <0.15
13
0
0.00%
0.14%
0.13%
0.00%
0.15 to <0.25
8
0
0.00%
0.23%
0.21%
0.00%
0.25 to <0.50
17
0
0.00%
0.39%
0.34%
0.00%
0.50 to <0.75
16
0
0.00%
0.64%
0.59%
0.00%
0.75 to <2.50
25
0
0.00%
1.68%
1.28%
0.00%
0.75 to <1.75
16
0
0.00%
1.07%
1.01%
0.00%
1.75 to <2.5
9
0
0.00%
1.76%
1.76%
0.00%
2.50 to <10.00
31
0
0.00%
6.06%
5.60%
7.75%
2.5 to <5
19
0
0.00%
4.82%
4.20%
6.56%
5 to <10
12
0
0.00%
7.95%
7.82%
9.76%
10.00 to <100.00
10
0
0.00%
18.06%
28.24%
3.33%
10 to <20
5
0
0.00%
13.01%
12.11%
4.00%
20 to <30
1
0
0.00%
0.00%
22.01%
0.00%
30.00 to <100.00
4
0
0.00%
31.01%
49.97%
0.00%
100.00 (Default)
7
0
N/M
100.00%
100.00%
N/M
Sub-total
193
0
0.00%
0.31%
6.26%
1.04%
Institutions
0.00 to <0.15
373
0
0.00%
0.07%
0.07%
0.08%
0.00 to <0.10
292
0
0.00%
0.06%
0.06%
0.05%
0.10 to <0.15
81
0
0.00%
0.12%
0.13%
0.22%
0.15 to <0.25
75
0
0.00%
0.17%
0.21%
0.34%
0.25 to <0.50
84
0
0.00%
0.36%
0.38%
0.13%
0.50 to <0.75
44
0
0.00%
0.68%
0.61%
0.00%
0.75 to <2.50
54
0
0.00%
1.24%
1.39%
0.54%
0.75 to <1.75
30
0
0.00%
1.10%
1.03%
0.00%
1.75 to <2.5
24
0
0.00%
2.09%
1.84%
1.34%
2.50 to <10.00
35
0
0.00%
3.57%
3.85%
0.50%
2.5 to <5
31
0
0.00%
3.37%
3.42%
0.74%
5 to <10
4
0
0.00%
6.68%
7.20%
0.00%
10.00 to <100.00
9
0
0.00%
15.41%
25.68%
1.05%
10 to <20
7
0
0.00%
15.41%
12.97%
1.25%
20 to <30
0
0
0.00%
29.88%
0.00%
0.00%
30.00 to <100.00
2
0
0.00%
100.00%
70.16%
0.00%
100.00 (Default)
4
0
N/M
100.00%
100.00%
N/M
Sub-total
678
0
0.00%
0.19%
1.39%
0.19%
Corporates
0.00 to <0.15
10,913
28
0.26%
0.08%
0.07%
0.13%
0.00 to <0.10
7,301
24
0.33%
0.06%
0.05%
0.13%
0.10 to <0.15
3,612
4
0.11%
0.12%
0.12%
0.14%
0.15 to <0.25
6,290
22
0.35%
0.19%
0.18%
0.20%
0.25 to <0.50
9,750
42
0.43%
0.35%
0.35%
0.30%
0.50 to <0.75
5,268
46
0.87%
0.59%
0.62%
0.60%
0.75 to <2.50
8,619
181
2.10%
1.43%
1.40%
1.39%
0.75 to <1.75
6,021
88
1.46%
1.16%
1.12%
0.93%
1.75 to <2.5
2,598
93
3.58%
2.13%
2.04%
2.08%
2.50 to <10.00
3,013
176
5.84%
4.44%
4.74%
3.61%
2.5 to <5
2,050
91
4.44%
3.41%
3.65%
2.99%
5 to <10
963
85
8.83%
6.76%
7.08%
5.11%
10.00 to <100.00
656
62
9.45%
40.19%
23.78%
9.20%
10 to <20
315
31
9.84%
12.50%
13.43%
8.93%
20 to <30
107
8
7.48%
24.14%
24.00%
8.56%
30.00 to <100.00
234
23
9.83%
85.50%
37.62%
10.52%
100.00 (Default)
2,609
0
N/M
99.74%
100.00%
N/M
Sub-total
47,118
557
1.18%
5.49%
6.61%
0.76%
of which:
150
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach
Dec 31, 2024
a/b
c
d
e
f
g
h
Number of obligors at the end of the
previous year
Observed
average default
rate (%)
Exposures
weighted
average PD (%)
Average PD (%)
Average
historical annual
default rate (%)
Exposure class/
PD scale
Total
of which number
of obligors
which defaulted
in the year
SMEs
0.00 to <0.15
2,904
3
0.10%
0.08%
0.08%
0.07%
0.00 to <0.10
1,660
1
0.06%
0.05%
0.06%
0.03%
0.10 to <0.15
1,244
2
0.16%
0.12%
0.11%
0.15%
0.15 to <0.25
2,290
7
0.31%
0.21%
0.17%
0.14%
0.25 to <0.50
4,909
15
0.31%
0.36%
0.36%
0.31%
0.50 to <0.75
2,019
7
0.35%
0.63%
0.70%
0.40%
0.75 to <2.50
3,276
56
1.71%
1.34%
1.47%
1.34%
0.75 to <1.75
2,070
29
1.40%
1.12%
1.17%
1.02%
1.75 to <2.5
1,206
27
2.24%
2.02%
1.99%
1.98%
2.50 to <10.00
1,511
98
6.49%
4.75%
4.75%
3.70%
2.5 to <5
1,024
54
5.27%
3.43%
3.63%
3.04%
5 to <10
487
44
9.03%
6.72%
7.11%
5.43%
10.00 to <100.00
300
42
14.00%
19.76%
24.22%
11.10%
10 to <20
130
21
16.15%
13.80%
13.70%
9.85%
20 to <30
53
5
9.43%
23.64%
23.38%
9.65%
30.00 to <100.00
117
16
13.68%
35.74%
36.30%
16.29%
100.00 (Default)
427
0
N/M
100.00%
100.00%
N/M
Sub-total
17,636
228
1.29%
6.77%
3.73%
0.84%
Specialized Lending
0.00 to <0.15
43
0
0.00%
0.11%
0.12%
0.16%
0.00 to <0.10
4
0
0.00%
0.09%
0.06%
0.27%
0.10 to <0.15
39
0
0.00%
0.12%
0.12%
0.00%
0.15 to <0.25
65
0
0.00%
0.18%
0.18%
0.20%
0.25 to <0.50
232
2
0.86%
0.38%
0.37%
0.51%
0.50 to <0.75
153
1
0.65%
0.71%
0.69%
1.14%
0.75 to <2.50
369
4
1.08%
1.54%
1.54%
1.78%
0.75 to <1.75
231
2
0.87%
1.18%
1.28%
1.23%
1.75 to <2.5
138
2
1.45%
2.12%
1.97%
2.26%
2.50 to <10.00
326
20
6.13%
4.64%
4.37%
3.80%
2.5 to <5
232
10
4.31%
3.49%
3.45%
3.22%
5 to <10
94
10
10.64%
6.81%
6.64%
5.11%
10.00 to <100.00
31
4
12.90%
26.77%
24.42%
9.36%
10 to <20
18
0
0.00%
12.96%
13.42%
7.60%
20 to <30
4
0
0.00%
21.40%
25.82%
4.35%
30.00 to <100.00
9
4
44.44%
60.10%
45.80%
14.60%
100.00 (Default)
119
0
N/M
99.26%
100.00%
N/M
Sub-total
1,338
31
2.32%
11.07%
11.11%
2.36%
Other
0.00 to <0.15
7,994
25
0.31%
0.08%
0.07%
0.15%
0.00 to <0.10
5,661
23
0.41%
0.06%
0.05%
0.16%
0.10 to <0.15
2,333
2
0.09%
0.12%
0.12%
0.17%
0.15 to <0.25
3,942
15
0.38%
0.19%
0.19%
0.23%
0.25 to <0.50
4,616
25
0.54%
0.35%
0.34%
0.35%
0.50 to <0.75
3,100
38
1.23%
0.57%
0.56%
0.66%
0.75 to <2.50
4,995
121
2.42%
1.38%
1.34%
1.29%
0.75 to <1.75
3,735
57
1.53%
1.15%
1.08%
0.85%
1.75 to <2.5
1,260
64
5.08%
2.16%
2.10%
2.25%
2.50 to <10.00
1,187
58
4.89%
4.13%
4.82%
3.36%
2.5 to <5
805
27
3.35%
3.31%
3.72%
2.74%
5 to <10
382
31
8.12%
6.67%
7.14%
4.88%
10.00 to <100.00
325
16
4.92%
44.73%
23.31%
7.39%
10 to <20
167
10
5.99%
12.29%
13.22%
7.61%
20 to <30
50
3
6.00%
27.97%
24.50%
8.48%
30.00 to <100.00
108
3
2.78%
91.43%
38.36%
6.23%
100.00 (Default)
2,063
0
N/M
100.00%
100.00%
N/M
Sub-total
28,222
298
1.06%
4.12%
8.18%
0.66%
151
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach
Dec 31, 2024
a/b
c
d
e
f
g
h
Number of obligors at the end of the
previous year
Observed
average default
rate (%)
Exposures
weighted
average PD (%)
Average PD (%)
Average
historical annual
default rate (%)
Exposure class/
PD scale
Total
of which number
of obligors
which defaulted
in the year
Retail
0.00 to <0.15
2,727,822
1,510
0.06%
0.09%
0.07%
0.05%
0.00 to <0.10
1,970,231
724
0.04%
0.06%
0.06%
0.04%
0.10 to <0.15
757,591
786
0.10%
0.12%
0.12%
0.09%
0.15 to <0.25
769,901
1,343
0.17%
0.19%
0.19%
0.15%
0.25 to <0.50
826,200
3,033
0.37%
0.37%
0.35%
0.32%
0.50 to <0.75
377,664
1,693
0.45%
0.61%
0.59%
0.48%
0.75 to <2.50
1,577,492
23,343
1.48%
1.39%
1.46%
1.19%
0.75 to <1.75
943,574
10,158
1.08%
1.16%
1.09%
0.91%
1.75 to <2.5
633,918
13,185
2.08%
2.18%
2.02%
1.57%
2.50 to <10.00
799,886
44,643
5.58%
5.10%
4.72%
4.15%
2.5 to <5
537,015
19,642
3.66%
3.79%
3.63%
3.14%
5 to <10
262,871
25,001
9.51%
7.22%
6.94%
6.35%
10.00 to <100.00
260,871
57,587
22.07%
24.88%
20.84%
21.35%
10 to <20
168,141
21,074
12.53%
14.13%
13.53%
12.64%
20 to <30
21,739
5,778
26.58%
24.65%
25.06%
21.29%
30.00 to <100.00
70,991
30,735
43.29%
40.11%
36.85%
43.32%
100.00 (Default)
229,116
0
N/M
100.00%
100.00%
N/M
Sub-total
7,568,952
133,152
1.76%
3.66%
4.66%
1.33%
of which:
Secured by real estate property - SME
0.00 to <0.15
14,625
8
0.05%
0.07%
0.07%
0.06%
0.00 to <0.10
10,230
3
0.03%
0.05%
0.06%
0.05%
0.10 to <0.15
4,395
5
0.11%
0.11%
0.11%
0.08%
0.15 to <0.25
5,202
16
0.31%
0.20%
0.17%
0.17%
0.25 to <0.50
9,459
29
0.31%
0.35%
0.36%
0.22%
0.50 to <0.75
720
3
0.42%
0.60%
0.55%
0.43%
0.75 to <2.50
7,411
77
1.04%
1.31%
1.26%
0.75%
0.75 to <1.75
5,761
56
0.97%
1.11%
1.00%
0.61%
1.75 to <2.5
1,650
21
1.27%
2.13%
2.14%
1.12%
2.50 to <10.00
2,097
116
5.53%
4.31%
5.20%
3.40%
2.5 to <5
1,143
39
3.41%
3.58%
3.61%
2.40%
5 to <10
954
77
8.07%
6.47%
7.12%
5.59%
10.00 to <100.00
555
133
23.96%
21.33%
24.83%
20.06%
10 to <20
243
37
15.23%
14.46%
14.90%
12.43%
20 to <30
130
26
20.00%
24.06%
26.25%
17.70%
30.00 to <100.00
182
70
38.46%
33.06%
37.06%
37.73%
100.00 (Default)
454
0
N/M
100.00%
100.00%
N/M
Sub-total
40,523
382
0.94%
2.98%
2.10%
0.69%
Secured by real estate property - Non-
SME
0.00 to <0.15
306,931
628
0.20%
0.09%
0.08%
0.13%
0.00 to <0.10
181,894
276
0.15%
0.06%
0.06%
0.10%
0.10 to <0.15
125,037
352
0.28%
0.12%
0.12%
0.20%
0.15 to <0.25
201,984
619
0.31%
0.19%
0.19%
0.23%
0.25 to <0.50
222,342
722
0.32%
0.37%
0.36%
0.28%
0.50 to <0.75
95,284
465
0.49%
0.61%
0.62%
0.39%
0.75 to <2.50
193,152
1,462
0.76%
1.36%
1.40%
0.66%
0.75 to <1.75
145,108
940
0.65%
1.17%
1.11%
0.55%
1.75 to <2.5
48,044
522
1.09%
2.16%
2.28%
0.90%
2.50 to <10.00
61,930
1,817
2.93%
5.08%
5.05%
2.45%
2.5 to <5
39,603
787
1.99%
3.84%
3.85%
1.77%
5 to <10
22,327
1,030
4.61%
7.35%
7.17%
3.84%
10.00 to <100.00
19,446
4,382
22.53%
25.86%
25.30%
16.60%
10 to <20
9,408
1,025
10.89%
14.11%
14.08%
8.92%
20 to <30
2,032
330
16.24%
23.79%
24.37%
16.89%
30.00 to <100.00
8,006
3,027
37.81%
41.03%
38.73%
35.77%
100.00 (Default)
11,849
0
N/M
100.00%
100.00%
N/M
Sub-total
1,112,918
10,095
0.91%
2.63%
2.21%
0.76%
152
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach
Dec 31, 2024
a/b
c
d
e
f
g
h
Number of obligors at the end of the
previous year
Observed
average default
rate (%)
Exposures
weighted
average PD (%)
Average PD (%)
Average
historical annual
default rate (%)
Exposure class/
PD scale
Total
of which number
of obligors
which defaulted
in the year
Qualifying revolving
0.00 to <0.15
2,104,925
704
0.03%
0.07%
0.07%
0.04%
0.00 to <0.10
1,597,880
395
0.02%
0.06%
0.06%
0.03%
0.10 to <0.15
507,045
309
0.06%
0.12%
0.12%
0.07%
0.15 to <0.25
405,516
490
0.12%
0.19%
0.19%
0.11%
0.25 to <0.50
378,313
1,463
0.39%
0.35%
0.34%
0.33%
0.50 to <0.75
126,087
720
0.57%
0.54%
0.54%
0.62%
0.75 to <2.50
470,170
10,853
2.31%
1.37%
1.43%
1.73%
0.75 to <1.75
326,972
5,061
1.55%
1.08%
1.08%
1.30%
1.75 to <2.5
143,198
5,792
4.04%
2.30%
2.23%
2.62%
2.50 to <10.00
247,789
25,321
10.22%
5.50%
5.33%
5.99%
2.5 to <5
120,970
7,568
6.26%
3.80%
3.78%
4.46%
5 to <10
126,819
17,753
14.00%
7.24%
6.81%
7.88%
10.00 to <100.00
123,969
28,560
23.04%
23.40%
20.56%
19.74%
10 to <20
84,561
13,420
15.87%
14.38%
13.58%
12.84%
20 to <30
5,200
1,614
31.04%
27.70%
26.32%
20.11%
30.00 to <100.00
34,208
13,526
39.54%
37.63%
36.95%
38.06%
100.00 (Default)
96,632
0
N/M
100.00%
100.00%
N/M
Sub-total
3,953,401
68,111
1.72%
2.66%
3.70%
0.90%
Other - SME
0.00 to <0.15
49,721
69
0.14%
0.10%
0.08%
0.08%
0.00 to <0.10
31,587
23
0.07%
0.06%
0.06%
0.05%
0.10 to <0.15
18,134
46
0.25%
0.11%
0.12%
0.11%
0.15 to <0.25
13,121
46
0.35%
0.19%
0.18%
0.17%
0.25 to <0.50
18,915
86
0.45%
0.36%
0.38%
0.26%
0.50 to <0.75
5,995
46
0.77%
0.58%
0.60%
0.49%
0.75 to <2.50
24,589
363
1.48%
1.43%
1.33%
1.15%
0.75 to <1.75
16,906
218
1.29%
1.22%
1.03%
0.92%
1.75 to <2.5
7,683
145
1.89%
2.02%
2.00%
1.57%
2.50 to <10.00
12,567
510
4.06%
4.53%
4.87%
3.33%
2.5 to <5
9,000
274
3.04%
3.15%
3.81%
2.65%
5 to <10
3,567
236
6.62%
6.10%
7.56%
4.90%
10.00 to <100.00
3,836
817
21.30%
22.80%
21.60%
18.93%
10 to <20
1,868
205
10.97%
14.04%
13.49%
9.70%
20 to <30
962
173
17.98%
25.14%
24.17%
16.05%
30.00 to <100.00
1,006
439
43.64%
35.89%
34.18%
38.21%
100.00 (Default)
4,220
0
N/M
100.00%
100.00%
N/M
Sub-total
132,964
1,937
1.46%
5.74%
4.63%
1.04%
Other - Non-SME
0.00 to <0.15
654,917
383
0.06%
0.08%
0.08%
0.05%
0.00 to <0.10
441,592
193
0.04%
0.06%
0.06%
0.04%
0.10 to <0.15
213,325
190
0.09%
0.12%
0.12%
0.09%
0.15 to <0.25
250,805
367
0.15%
0.19%
0.19%
0.17%
0.25 to <0.50
328,331
1,231
0.37%
0.39%
0.36%
0.34%
0.50 to <0.75
193,619
730
0.38%
0.60%
0.59%
0.48%
0.75 to <2.50
1,033,582
12,763
1.23%
1.51%
1.48%
1.12%
0.75 to <1.75
561,112
5,192
0.93%
1.13%
1.09%
0.85%
1.75 to <2.5
472,470
7,571
1.60%
2.24%
1.95%
1.40%
2.50 to <10.00
527,509
19,430
3.68%
5.15%
4.43%
3.71%
2.5 to <5
395,301
12,023
3.04%
3.71%
3.56%
2.98%
5 to <10
132,208
7,407
5.60%
7.03%
7.03%
5.65%
10.00 to <100.00
141,919
30,278
21.33%
23.14%
21.04%
22.97%
10 to <20
87,768
7,972
9.08%
14.13%
13.54%
13.34%
20 to <30
15,749
4,272
27.13%
27.49%
24.95%
22.60%
30.00 to <100.00
38,402
18,034
46.96%
38.42%
36.59%
47.35%
100.00 (Default)
134,317
0
N/M
100.00%
100.00%
N/M
Sub-total
3,264,999
65,182
2.00%
9.50%
6.32%
2.11%
Total
7,616,696
133,705
1.76%
3.76%
4.67%
1.31%
 
153
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Quantitative information on the use of the IRB approach
The vast majority of the bank’s exposures facing non-sovereign counterparties (institutions, corporates and retail) is
calculated based on the IRB (above 90% coverage within internal models). The total number of obligors with short-term
contracts at the disclosure date for foundation and advanced approach is 6.1 million with the majority of customers in
the exposure class “Retail - qualifying revolving and other retail non-SMEs”.
Specialized lending and equity exposures in the banking book
Article 438 (e) CRR
The table below summarizes the foundation approach exposure for specialized lending where a former Postbank
portfolio is part of the “Income-producing real estate and high volatility commercial real estate” slotting category.
Deutsche Bank does not treat any further exposures under the slotting approach as they are covered under the AIRB.
Consequently, Deutsche Bank does not disclose tables for “Project finance”, “Object finance” and “Commodities
finance”. For the calculation of minimum capital requirements regulatory risk weights are applied where potential risk
mitigating factors are already considered in the assignment of the risk weight. The table presents the on- and off-
balance-sheet exposures, the EAD and RWA as well as the associated regulatory expected losses.
EU CR10.02 – Specialized lending: Income-producing real estate and high volatility commercial real estate (Slotting approach)
in € m.
(unless stated otherwise)
Dec 31, 2025
Specialized lending
a
b
c
d
e
f
Regulatory
categories
Remaining maturity
On-balance
sheet amount
Off-balance
sheet amount
Risk weight
Exposure
amount
Risk weighted
exposure
amount
Expected loss
amount
Category 1
Less than 2.5 years
40
2
50%
42
14
0
Equal to or more than 2.5 years
202
0
70%
202
141
1
Category 2
Less than 2.5 years
70
0
70%
70
42
0
Equal to or more than 2.5 years
1
0
90%
1
2
0
Category 3
Less than 2.5 years
0
0
115%
0
0
0
Equal to or more than 2.5 years
0
0
115%
0
0
0
Category 4
Less than 2.5 years
0
0
250%
0
0
0
Equal to or more than 2.5 years
0
0
250%
0
0
0
Category 5
Less than 2.5 years
22
3
22
0
10
Equal to or more than 2.5 years
0
0
0
0
0
Total
Less than 2.5 years
132
5
134
57
10
Equal to or more than 2.5 years
203
0
203
143
1
 
in € m.
(unless stated otherwise)
Jun 30, 2025
Specialized lending
a
b
c
d
e
f
Regulatory
categories
Remaining maturity
On-balance
sheet amount
Off-balance
sheet amount
Risk weight
Exposure
amount
Risk weighted
exposure
amount
Expected loss
amount
Category 1
Less than 2.5 years
0
0
50%
0
0
0
Equal to or more than 2.5 years
146
0
70%
146
110
1
Category 2
Less than 2.5 years
181
17
70%
189
101
0
Equal to or more than 2.5 years
1
0
90%
1
2
0
Category 3
Less than 2.5 years
0
0
115%
0
0
0
Equal to or more than 2.5 years
0
0
115%
0
0
0
Category 4
Less than 2.5 years
0
0
250%
0
0
0
Equal to or more than 2.5 years
0
0
250%
0
0
0
Category 5
Less than 2.5 years
0
0
0
0
0
Equal to or more than 2.5 years
0
0
0
0
0
Total
Less than 2.5 years
181
17
189
101
0
Equal to or more than 2.5 years
146
0
146
111
1
 
As part of the advanced IRBA Deutsche Bank uses supervisory defined risk weights according to the simple risk weight
approach for the Group’s equity positions. The table below presents the on- and off-balance-sheet exposures, the EAD,
RWA and capital requirements for the categories of equity exposures as set out in Article 155 (2) CRR. For all these
positions no credit risk mitigation techniques have been applied.
154
Deutsche Bank
Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation in the internal-rating-based approach
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Specialized lending and equity exposures in the banking book
The following table shows equity exposures under the standardized approach by risk weights defined in Article 133 CRR
in conjunction with Article 495a CRR. The table presents the on- and off-balance-sheet exposures, the EAD, RWA and
expected loss amount.
EU CR10.05 – Equity exposures
in € m.
(unless stated otherwise)
Dec 31, 2025
Equities under the standardized
approach
a
b
c
d
e
f
Categories
On-balance
sheet exposure
Off-balance
sheet exposure
Risk weight
Exposure
value
Risk weighted
exposure
amount
Expected
loss amount
Risk weight 0%
107
0
0%
107
0
0
Risk weight 100%
136
0
100%
136
136
0
Risk weight 190%
834
4
190%
838
1,593
0
Risk weight 250%
1,446
471
250%
1,917
4,793
0
Risk weight 370%
0
0
370%
0
1
0
Risk weight 400%
17
0
400%
17
67
0
Total
2,539
476
3,015
6,590
0
 
in € m.
(unless stated otherwise)
Jun 30, 2025
Equities under the standardized
approach
a
b
c
d
e
f
Categories
On-balance
sheet exposure
Off-balance
sheet exposure
Risk weight
Exposure
value
Risk weighted
exposure
amount
Expected
loss amount
Risk weight 0%
83
0
0%
83
0
0
Risk weight 100%
201
0
100%
201
201
0
Risk weight 190%
1,199
4
190%
1,203
2,286
0
Risk weight 250%
1,189
469
250%
1,658
4,146
0
Risk weight 370%
0
0
370%
0
1
0
Risk weight 400%
3
0
400%
3
13
0
Total
2,675
473
3,149
6,646
0
 
155
Deutsche Bank
Counterparty credit risk (CCR)
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Internal capital and credit limits for counterparty credit risk exposures
Counterparty credit risk (CCR)
Internal capital and credit limits for counterparty credit risk
exposures
Article 439 (a) CRR (EU CCRA)
Counterparty credit exposure (CCR) arises from business activities in derivatives and securities financing transactions
(SFT) and is the risk that the counterparty to a transaction may default before completing the satisfactory settlement of
the transaction. The exposure to CCR is calculated by using the internal model method (IMM) and the standardized
approach for counterparty credit risk (SA-CCR) for derivatives and the financial collateral comprehensive method for SFT
respectively.
As the replacement values of derivatives portfolios fluctuate with movements in market rates and with changes in the
transactions in the portfolios, the potential future replacement costs of the portfolios are estimated over their lifetimes
or, in case of collateralized portfolios, over appropriate unwind periods. The potential future exposure is measured
against a limit set for the counterparty for this type of transactions.
Limits for CCR exposures are established based on the principles for assigning credit limits as described in the sections
"General qualitative information on credit risk" and “General qualitative information on credit risk mitigation”. For the
purpose of limit setting, CCR exposures are also considered in the context of the overall credit exposure to the obligor
and the group of borrowers under the one obligor principle.
The potential future exposure analysis is supplemented with stress tests to estimate the immediate impact of extreme
market events on the exposures (such as event risk in the Emerging Markets portfolio).
For the majority of derivative counterparty exposures as well as for SFT, the internal model method is used in accordance
with Article 283 et seq. CRR. In this respect SFT encompass repurchase transactions, securities or commodities lending
and borrowing as well as margin lending transactions. By applying this approach, the EAD calculations are based on a
Monte Carlo simulation of the transactions’ future market values. Within this simulation process, interest and foreign
exchange rates, credit spreads, equity and commodity prices are modeled by stochastic processes and each derivative
and securities financing transaction is revalued at each point of a pre-defined time grid. As a result of this process, a
distribution of future market values for each transaction at each time grid point is generated. From these distributions, by
considering the appropriate netting and collateral agreements, the exposure measures potential future exposure,
average expected exposure, expected positive exposure and effective expected positive exposure are derived.
The potential future exposure measure which Deutsche Bank uses is generally given by a time profile of simulated
positive market values of each counterparty’s derivatives portfolio, for which netting and collateralization are considered.
For limit monitoring the 95th quantile of the resulting distribution of market values is employed, internally referred to as
potential future exposure. The average exposure profiles generated by the same calculation process are used to derive
the so-called average expected exposure measure, which Deutsche Bank uses to reflect expected future replacement
costs within the credit risk economic capital, and the expected positive exposure measure driving Deutsche Bank´s
regulatory capital requirements. While average expected exposure and expected positive exposure are generally
calculated with respect to a time horizon of one year, the potential future exposure is measured over the entire lifetime
of a transaction or netting set for uncollateralized portfolios and over an appropriate unwind period for collateralized
portfolios, respectively. The aforementioned calculation process is employed to derive stressed exposure results for
input into the credit portfolio stress testing.
The potential future exposure profile of each counterparty is compared daily to the potential future exposure limit profile
set by the respective credit officer. Potential future exposure limits are an integral part of the overall counterparty credit
exposure management in line with other limit types. Breaches of potential future exposure limits at any one profile time
point are highlighted for action within the credit risk management process. The expected positive exposure is an input to
the Pillar 1 capital requirement, whereas average expected exposure feeds as a loan equivalent into the Group’s credit
portfolio model (economic capital, applied under Pillar 2) where it is combined with all other credit exposure to a
counterparty.
156
Deutsche Bank
Counterparty credit risk (CCR)
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Collateral in the event of a rating downgrade
Collateral and credit reserves for counterparty credit risk
Article 439 (b) CRR (EU CCRA)
To reduce the credit risk resulting from OTC derivative transactions, where clearing via a central counterparty is not
available, Deutsche Bank regularly seeks the execution of standard master agreements (such as master agreements for
derivatives published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. (ISDA) or the German Master
Agreement for Financial Derivative Transactions) with the counterparties. A master agreement allows for the close-out
netting of rights and obligations arising under derivative transactions that have been entered into under such a master
agreement upon the counterparty’s default, resulting in a single net claim owed by or to the counterparty. For certain
parts of the derivatives business (e.g., foreign exchange transactions), Deutsche Bank also enters into master agreements
under which payment netting applies with respect to transactions covered by such master agreements, reducing
settlement risk. The risk measurement and risk assessment processes apply close-out netting only to the extent it is
believed that the master agreement is legally valid and enforceable in all relevant jurisdictions.
ISDA Master Agreements are generally accompanied by credit support annexes (CSAs) to master agreements in order to
further reduce the derivatives-related credit risk. These annexes generally provide risk mitigation through periodic,
usually daily, margining of the covered exposure. The CSAs also provide for the right to terminate the related derivative
transactions upon the counterparty’s failure to honor a margin call. As with netting, when Deutsche Bank believes the
annex is enforceable, it is reflected in the exposure measurement.
Deutsche Bank also establishes counterparty credit valuation adjustments (CVA) for OTC derivative transactions to cover
expected credit losses. The adjustment amount is determined by assessing the potential credit exposure to a given
counterparty and taking into account any collateral held, the effect of any relevant netting arrangements, expected loss
given default and the credit risk, based on available market information, including CDS spreads.
Management of wrong-way risk exposures
Article 439 (c) CRR (EU CCRA)
Wrong-way risk occurs when exposure to a counterparty is adversely correlated with the credit quality of that
counterparty. In compliance with Article 291(2) and (4) CRR Deutsche Bank has a monthly process to monitor several
layers of wrong-way risk (specific wrong-way risk, general explicit wrong-way risk at country/industry/region levels and
general implicit wrong-way risk), whereby relevant exposures arising from transactions subject to wrong-way risk are
automatically selected and presented for comment to the responsible credit officer. A wrong-way risk report is then sent
to credit risk senior management on a monthly basis. In addition, the bank utilizes its established process for calibrating
its own alpha factor (as defined in Article 284 (9) CRR) to estimate the overall wrong-way risk in the bank’s derivatives
and securities financing transactions portfolio.
Collateral in the event of a rating downgrade
Article 439 (d) CRR (EU CCRA)
Certain CSAs to master agreements provide for rating-dependent triggers, where additional collateral must be pledged if
a party’s rating is downgraded. The Group also enters into master agreements that provide for an additional termination
event upon a party’s rating downgrade. These downgrade provisions in CSAs and master agreements usually apply to
both parties but in some agreements may apply only to Deutsche Bank. The Group analyzes and monitors its potential
contingent payment obligations resulting from a rating downgrade in the bank’s stress testing and liquidity coverage
ratio approach for liquidity risk on an ongoing basis.
The following table presents the amount needed to meet collateral requirements from contractual obligations in the
event of a one- or two-notch downgrade by rating agencies for all currencies.
Contractual Obligations
Dec 31, 2025
Dec 31, 2024
in € m.
One-notch
downgrade
Two-notch
downgrade
One-notch
downgrade
Two-notch
downgrade
Contractual derivatives funding or margin requirements
161
212
182
309
Other contractual funding or margin requirements
0
0
0
0
 
157
Deutsche Bank
Counterparty credit risk (CCR)
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
CCR exposures by model approach and development
Estimate of alpha factor
Article 439 (k) CRR
Under the internal model method (IMM) approach the exposure value is calculated as the product of the effective
expected positive exposure and a multiplier ‘alpha’ (α). The scaling factor alpha is applied inter alia to correct for wrong-
way risk, correlations between counterparties, concentration risk, and to account for the level of volatility/correlation
that might coincide with a downturn. Deutsche Bank received regulatory approval to use its own calibrated alpha factor.
For its regulatory capital calculation, however, a regulatory minimum level of 1.20 needs to be applied.
CCR exposures by model approach and development
Article 439 (f, g, k) CRR
The following table shows the methods used for calculating the regulatory requirements for CCR exposure including the
main parameters for each method. Exposures relevant for CVA charges and exposures cleared through a central
counterparty are presented separately in table EU CCR3 and EU CCR8, respectively. Deutsche Bank does not make use
of the original exposure method for derivatives nor the financial collateral simple method for SFTs. Deutsche Bank also
uses the new SA-CCR to calculate the exposure at default for derivatives. This approach still consists of a replacement
cost and a potential future exposure but also considers a multiplier. The multiplier differentiates between margined and
non-margined trades and recognizes netting and hedging benefits as well as collateralization. Under the IMM only the
effective expected positive exposure and the exposure at default are presented. For the calculation of CCR RWA the
higher of the stressed effective expected positive exposure and the unstressed effective expected positive exposure is
taken into consideration. The simulation process of future market values in the internal model also includes the impact
from regulatory netting and collateralization across all asset classes.
EU CCR1 – Analysis of CCR exposure by approach
Dec 31, 2025
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
in € m.
(unless stated otherwise)
Replacement
cost (RC)
Potential
future
exposure
(PFE)
EEPE
Alpha used
for
computing
regulatory
exposure
value
Exposure
value pre-
CRM
Exposure
value post-
CRM
Exposure
value
RWA
EU1
EU - Original Exposure
Method (for derivatives)
0
0
1.4
0
0
0
0
EU2
EU - Simplified SA-CCR (for
derivatives)
0
0
1.4
0
0
0
0
1
SA-CCR (for derivatives)
2,331
1,639
1.4
6,969
5,558
5,558
1,567
2
IMM (for derivatives and
SFTs)
59,727
1.25
1,064,744
74,658
72,792
14,635
of which:
2a
Securities financing
transactions netting sets
30,517
0
961,188
38,147
37,002
2,501
2b
Derivatives and long
settlement transactions
netting sets
29,209
0
103,556
36,512
35,790
12,134
2c
from Contractual cross-
product netting sets
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
Financial collateral simple
method (for SFTs)
0
0
0
0
0
4
Financial collateral
comprehensive method (for
SFTs)
0
149,200
14,160
14,160
2,076
5
VaR for SFTs
0
0
0
0
0
6
Total
0
1,220,913
94,377
92,511
18,278
 
158
Deutsche Bank
Counterparty credit risk (CCR)
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
CCR exposures development
Jun 30, 2025
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
in € m.
(unless stated otherwise)
Replacement
cost (RC)
Potential
future
exposure
(PFE)
EEPE
Alpha used
for
computing
regulatory
exposure
value
Exposure
value pre-
CRM
Exposure
value post-
CRM
Exposure
value
RWA
EU1
EU - Original Exposure
Method (for derivatives)
0
0
1.4
0
0
0
0
EU2
EU - Simplified SA-CCR (for
derivatives)
0
0
1.4
0
0
0
0
1
SA-CCR (for derivatives)
2,054
1,631
1.4
6,057
5,158
5,158
1,805
2
IMM (for derivatives and
SFTs)
63,704
1.25
956,398
79,630
79,378
16,436
of which:
2a
Securities financing
transactions netting sets
29,841
0
845,611
37,301
37,301
2,810
2b
Derivatives and long
settlement transactions
netting sets
33,863
0
110,787
42,329
42,077
13,625
2c
from Contractual cross-
product netting sets
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
Financial collateral simple
method (for SFTs)
0
0
0
0
0
4
Financial collateral
comprehensive method (for
SFTs)
0
22,206
7,794
7,794
1,278
5
VaR for SFTs
0
0
0
0
0
6
Total
0
984,661
92,582
92,330
19,518
The size of Deutsche Bank´s on- and off-balance-sheet derivative business was € 519.6 billion as of December 31, 2025
(€ 534.3 billion as of June 30, 2025), which represents around 36% of its total assets.
Deutsche Bank´s CCR RWA stands at € 18.3 billion as of December 31, 2025, reflecting a decrease of € 1.2 billion from
June 30, 2025. The decrease reflects predominantly reduced exposures for derivatives and SFTs under IMM as well as
reduced risk weights for derivatives under SA-CCR, partly offset by increased exposures for SFTs under financial
collateral comprehensive method.
CCR exposures development
Article 438 (h) CRR
The following table provides an analysis of key drivers for RWA movements observed for counterparty credit risk
exposures calculated under the internal model method (IMM) in the current and previous reporting period.
EU CCR7 – RWA flow statement of counterparty credit risk exposures under the internal model method
Three months
ended Dec 31,
2025
Three Months
Ended Sep 30,
2025
a
a
in € m.
RWA
RWA
1
Counterparty credit risk RWA under the IMM opening balance
15,787
17,014
2
Asset size
(762)
(534)
3
Credit quality of counterparties
(43)
81
4
Model updates (IMM only)
(90)
(805)
5
Methodology and policy (IMM only)
0
0
6
Acquisitions and disposals
0
0
7
Foreign exchange movements
45
31
8
Other
0
0
9
Counterparty credit risk RWA under the IMM closing balance
14,936
15,787
 
Organic changes in portfolio size and composition are considered in the category “Asset size”. The category “Credit
quality of counterparties” represents the effects from portfolio rating migrations, loss given default, model parameter
recalibrations as well as collateral coverage and netting activities. “Model updates (IMM only)” include model refinements
159
Deutsche Bank
Counterparty credit risk (CCR)
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
CCR exposures to central counterparties
and further roll out of advanced internal models. RWA movements resulting from externally, regulatory-driven changes,
e.g., applying new regulations, are considered in the “Methodology and policy (IMM only)” category. “Acquisition and
disposals” is relating to significant exposure movements which can be clearly assigned to acquisition or disposal related
activities. Changes that cannot be attributed to the above categories are reflected in the category “Other”.
RWA for counterparty credit risk exposures under the IMM decreased by € 0.9 billion or 5.4% since September 30, 2025,
primarily driven by the category “Asset size”, reflecting reduced exposures for derivatives and SFTs. Additionally, the
reduction in category “Model updates (IMM only)” is driven by refinements of internal models.
CCR exposures to central counterparties
Article 439 (i) CRR
The table below presents an overview of Deutsche Bank´s exposures and RWA to central counterparties arising from
transactions, margins and contributions to default funds. As of December 31, 2025, Deutsche Bank mainly reported
exposures to qualifying central counterparties (QCCP) as defined in Article 4 (88) CRR.
EU CCR8 – Exposures to CCPs
Dec 31, 2025
Jun 30, 2025
a
b
a
b
in € m.
Exposure value
RWA
Exposure value
RWA
1
Exposures to QCCPs (total)
884
863
2
Exposures for trades at QCCPs (excluding initial margin and
default fund contributions)
10,028
201
11,759
235
of which:
3
(i) OTC derivatives
3,496
70
6,389
128
4
(ii) Exchange-traded derivatives
3,052
61
2,260
45
5
(iii) Securities financing transactions
3,480
70
3,109
62
6
(iv) Netting sets where cross-product netting has been approved
0
0
0
0
7
Segregated initial margin
8,338
8,299
8
Non-segregated initial margin
3,061
61
3,749
75
9
Pre-funded default fund contributions
2,700
622
1,739
553
10
Unfunded default fund contributions
2,226
0
2,620
0
11
Exposures to non-QCCPs (total)
2,559
2,817
12
Exposures for trades at non-QCCPs (excluding initial margin and
default fund contributions)
50
50
297
297
of which:
13
(i) OTC derivatives
27
27
230
230
14
(ii) Exchange-traded derivatives
1
1
4
4
15
(iii) Securities financing transactions
22
22
62
62
16
(iv) Netting sets where cross-product netting has been approved
0
0
0
0
17
Segregated initial margin
0
0
18
Non-segregated initial margin
0
0
0
0
19
Prefunded default fund contributions
35
437
34
429
20
Unfunded default fund contributions
166
2,071
167
2,091
 
Deutsche Bank´s RWA for central counterparties were € 3.4 billion as of December 31, 2025, reflecting a decrease of
€ 0.2 billion from June 30, 2025. The development was predominantly driven by reduced exposures to non-QCCPs.
160
Deutsche Bank
Counterparty credit risk (CCR)
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
CCR exposures in the standardized approach
CCR exposures in the standardized approach
Article 444 (e) CRR
The following table provides the counterparty credit risk exposures in the standardized approach broken down by risk
weights and regulatory exposure classes. This table excludes risk weighted exposure amounts derived from own funds
requirements for CVA risk but includes exposures cleared through a CCP.
EU CCR3 – Standardized approach – CCR exposures by regulatory portfolio and risk
Dec 31, 2025
in € m.
Risk Weight
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
Exposure classes
0%
2%
4%
10%
20%
50%
70%
1
Central governments or central banks
18,201
0
0
0
247
531
0
2
Regional governments or local authorities
110
0
0
0
1,937
3
0
3
Public sector entities
229
0
0
0
6
0
0
4
Multilateral development banks
190
0
0
0
0
0
0
5
International organizations
964
0
0
0
0
0
0
6
Institutions
0
13,088
2
0
10
0
0
7
Corporates
16
0
0
0
13
1
0
8
Retail
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
9
Institutions and corporates with a short-term
credit assessment
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
10
Other items
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
11
Total
19,710
13,088
2
0
2,213
534
0
 
Dec 31, 2025
in € m.
Risk Weight
h
i
j
k
l
Exposure classes
75%
100%
150%
Others
Total
1
Central governments or central banks
0
167
7
0
19,154
2
Regional governments or local authorities
0
0
0
0
2,050
3
Public sector entities
0
9
0
0
244
4
Multilateral development banks
0
0
0
0
190
5
International organizations
0
0
0
0
964
6
Institutions
0
0
11
0
13,111
7
Corporates
0
699
0
0
729
8
Retail
0
0
0
0
0
9
Institutions and corporates with a short-term credit assessment
0
0
0
0
0
10
Other items
0
0
1
0
1
11
Total
0
875
19
0
36,442
 
Jun 30, 2025
in € m.
Risk Weight
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
Exposure classes
0%
2%
4%
10%
20%
50%
70%
1
Central governments or central banks
1,862
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
Regional governments or local authorities
102
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
Public sector entities
255
0
0
0
10
0
0
4
Multilateral development banks
398
0
0
0
0
0
0
5
International organizations
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
6
Institutions
0
15,507
6
0
8
0
0
7
Corporates
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
8
Retail
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
9
Institutions and corporates with a short-term
credit assessment
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
10
Other items
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
11
Total
2,617
15,507
6
0
18
0
0
 
161
Deutsche Bank
Counterparty credit risk (CCR)
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
CCR exposures in the standardized approach
Jun 30, 2025
in € m.
Risk Weight
h
i
j
k
l
Exposure classes
75%
100%
150%
Others
Total
1
Central governments or central banks
0
0
0
0
1,862
2
Regional governments or local authorities
0
0
0
0
102
3
Public sector entities
0
0
0
0
265
4
Multilateral development banks
0
0
0
0
398
5
International organizations
0
0
0
0
0
6
Institutions
0
0
4
0
15,526
7
Corporates
0
999
0
0
999
8
Retail
1
0
0
0
1
9
Institutions and corporates with a short-term credit assessment
0
0
0
0
0
10
Other items
0
0
2
0
2
11
Total
1
999
5
0
19,154
   
CCR exposures within the foundation IRBA
Article 452 (g) CRR
The following tables disclose Deutsche Bank´s foundation IRBA counterparty credit risk exposures, i.e., derivatives and
securities financing transactions, distributed on its internal rating scale for exposure classes central governments and
central banks, regional governments and local authorities, public sector entities, institutions as well as corporates with its
relevant subcategories. CVA charges or exposures cleared through a CCP are excluded.
Deutsche Bank discloses the exposure after CCF and CRM, where exposures covered by guarantees or credit derivatives
are assigned to the protection seller.
The exposure after CCF and CRM is presented in conjunction with exposures-weighted average PD, RWAs, the average
risk weight and the number of obligors. In addition, it provides the average LGD and average maturity, which is regulatory
pre-defined in the foundation IRB. The tables provide the defaulted exposure separately.
162
Deutsche Bank
Counterparty credit risk (CCR)
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
CCR exposures within the foundation IRBA
EU CCR4 – FIRB approach – CCR exposures by portfolio and PD scale
in € m.
Dec 31, 2025
(unless stated otherwise)
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
Exposure class/
PD scale
Exposure value
Average PD
(in %)
Number of
obligors
(in 1,000)
Average LGD
(in %)
Average
maturity
(in years)
RWA
Density of risk
weighted
exposure
amounts
(in %)
Central governments
and central banks
0.00 to <0.15
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0.15 to <0.25
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0.25 to <0.50
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0.50 to <0.75
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0.75 to <2.50
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
2.50 to <10.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
10.00 to <100.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
100.00 (Default)
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
Sub-total
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
Regional governments
and local authorities
0.00 to <0.15
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0.15 to <0.25
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0.25 to <0.50
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0.50 to <0.75
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0.75 to <2.50
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
2.50 to <10.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
10.00 to <100.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
100.00 (Default)
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
Sub-total
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
Public sector entities
0.00 to <0.15
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0.15 to <0.25
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0.25 to <0.50
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0.50 to <0.75
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0.75 to <2.50
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
2.50 to <10.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
10.00 to <100.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
100.00 (Default)
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
Sub-total
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
Institutions
0.00 to <0.15
12,011
0.06
0.4
45.00
1.5
1,606
13.37
0.15 to <0.25
332
0.17
0.1
45.00
1.9
105
31.72
0.25 to <0.50
355
0.37
0.1
45.00
1.9
172
48.36
0.50 to <0.75
0
0.62
0.0
45.00
2.5
0
83.97
0.75 to <2.50
1,708
0.85
0.1
45.00
0.9
1,318
77.15
2.50 to <10.00
3
3.53
0.0
45.00
2.5
3
119.92
10.00 to <100.00
0
24.50
0.0
45.00
2.5
0
237.81
100.00 (Default)
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
Sub-total
14,409
0.17
0.6
45.00
1.5
3,205
22.24
Corporates
0.00 to <0.15
8,759
0.07
1.0
43.38
2.0
1,620
18.49
0.15 to <0.25
3,132
0.17
0.5
41.60
2.2
1,003
32.04
0.25 to <0.50
3,964
0.32
0.9
41.24
2.3
2,044
51.57
0.50 to <0.75
408
0.68
0.2
41.01
2.5
292
71.45
0.75 to <2.50
1,349
1.19
0.5
41.22
2.5
1,203
89.17
2.50 to <10.00
624
4.90
0.1
40.88
2.3
844
135.13
10.00 to <100.00
207
27.76
0.0
41.47
2.0
445
214.88
100.00 (Default)
138
100.00
0.0
40.00
2.5
0
0.00
Sub-total
18,582
1.45
3.3
42.28
2.2
7,451
40.10
of which:
163
Deutsche Bank
Counterparty credit risk (CCR)
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
CCR exposures within the foundation IRBA
in € m.
Dec 31, 2025
(unless stated otherwise)
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
Exposure class/
PD scale
Exposure value
Average PD
(in %)
Number of
obligors
(in 1,000)
Average LGD
(in %)
Average
maturity
(in years)
RWA
Density of risk
weighted
exposure
amounts
(in %)
General
0.00 to <0.15
8,759
0.07
1.0
43.38
2.0
1,620
18.49
0.15 to <0.25
3,132
0.17
0.5
41.60
2.2
1,003
32.04
0.25 to <0.50
3,964
0.32
0.9
41.24
2.3
2,044
51.57
0.50 to <0.75
408
0.68
0.2
41.01
2.5
292
71.45
0.75 to <2.50
1,348
1.19
0.5
41.22
2.5
1,202
89.15
2.50 to <10.00
621
4.90
0.1
40.86
2.3
840
135.18
10.00 to <100.00
207
27.76
0.0
41.47
1.9
445
214.88
100.00 (Default)
138
100.00
0.0
40.00
2.5
0
0.00
Sub-total
18,578
1.45
3.3
42.28
2.2
7,446
40.08
Specialized Lending
0.00 to <0.15
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0.15 to <0.25
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0.25 to <0.50
0
0.38
0.0
40.00
2.5
0
0.00
0.50 to <0.75
0
0.69
0.0
40.00
2.5
0
0.00
0.75 to <2.50
1
1.20
0.0
43.31
2.5
1
110.24
2.50 to <10.00
3
4.24
0.0
45.00
2.5
4
123.68
10.00 to <100.00
0
100.00
0.0
40.00
2.5
0
0.00
100.00 (Default)
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
Sub-total
4
1.51
0.0
41.50
2.5
5
119.71
Purchased receivables
0.00 to <0.15
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0.15 to <0.25
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0.25 to <0.50
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0.50 to <0.75
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0.75 to <2.50
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
2.50 to <10.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
10.00 to <100.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
100.00 (Default)
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
Sub-total
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
Total
32,991
0.89
3.9
43.47
1.8
10,656
32.30
164
Deutsche Bank
Counterparty credit risk (CCR)
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
CCR exposures within the foundation IRBA
in € m.
Jun 30, 2025
(unless stated otherwise)
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
Exposure class/
PD scale
Exposure value
Average PD
(in %)
Number of
obligors
(in 1,000)
Average LGD
(in %)
Average
maturity
(in years)
RWA
Density of risk
weighted
exposure
amounts
(in %)
Central governments
and central banks
0.00 to <0.15
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0.15 to <0.25
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0.25 to <0.50
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0.50 to <0.75
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0.75 to <2.50
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
2.50 to <10.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
10.00 to <100.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
100.00 (Default)
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
Sub-total
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
Regional governments
and local authorities
0.00 to <0.15
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0.15 to <0.25
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0.25 to <0.50
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0.50 to <0.75
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0.75 to <2.50
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
2.50 to <10.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
10.00 to <100.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
100.00 (Default)
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
Sub-total
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
Public sector entities
0.00 to <0.15
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0.15 to <0.25
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0.25 to <0.50
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0.50 to <0.75
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0.75 to <2.50
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
2.50 to <10.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
10.00 to <100.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
100.00 (Default)
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
Sub-total
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
Institutions
0.00 to <0.15
10,455
0.06
0.3
45.00
1.5
1,572
15.04
0.15 to <0.25
249
0.16
0.1
45.00
2.1
84
33.62
0.25 to <0.50
501
0.34
0.1
45.00
2.0
258
51.43
0.50 to <0.75
1
0.67
0.0
45.00
2.5
1
63.14
0.75 to <2.50
668
0.89
0.1
45.00
1.4
564
84.48
2.50 to <10.00
5
4.82
0.0
45.00
2.5
6
122.67
10.00 to <100.00
1,041
99.66
0.0
47.19
2.5
277
26.57
100.00 (Default)
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
Sub-total
12,919
8.14
0.5
45.18
1.6
2,761
21.37
Corporates
0.00 to <0.15
8,679
0.08
0.9
42.63
2.1
1,895
21.84
0.15 to <0.25
3,260
0.16
0.5
41.77
2.4
1,041
31.94
0.25 to <0.50
3,439
0.33
0.9
41.70
2.2
1,706
49.62
0.50 to <0.75
895
0.65
0.3
40.83
2.4
599
66.96
0.75 to <2.50
1,581
1.33
0.4
41.23
2.4
1,613
102.06
2.50 to <10.00
293
5.09
0.1
40.89
2.1
396
134.84
10.00 to <100.00
398
33.94
0.0
41.47
2.2
768
193.02
100.00 (Default)
191
100.00
0.0
40.18
2.5
0
0.00
Sub-total
18,736
2.07
3.2
42.03
2.2
8,019
42.80
of which:
165
Deutsche Bank
Counterparty credit risk (CCR)
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
CCR exposures within the foundation IRBA
General
0.00 to <0.15
8,679
0.08
0.9
42.63
2.1
1,895
21.84
0.15 to <0.25
3,259
0.16
0.5
41.77
2.4
1,041
31.93
0.25 to <0.50
3,439
0.33
0.9
41.70
2.2
1,706
49.62
0.50 to <0.75
895
0.65
0.3
40.83
2.4
599
66.96
0.75 to <2.50
1,581
1.33
0.4
41.23
2.4
1,613
102.06
2.50 to <10.00
293
5.09
0.1
40.89
2.1
396
134.84
10.00 to <100.00
398
33.94
0.0
41.47
2.2
768
193.02
100.00 (Default)
191
100.00
0.0
40.18
2.5
0
0.00
Sub-total
18,735
2.08
3.2
42.03
2.2
8,019
42.80
Specialized Lending
0.00 to <0.15
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0.15 to <0.25
1
0.19
0.0
45.00
2.5
1
61.03
0.25 to <0.50
0
0.25
0.0
45.00
2.5
0
74.65
0.50 to <0.75
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
2.5
0
0.00
0.75 to <2.50
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
2.5
0
0.00
2.50 to <10.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
10.00 to <100.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
2.5
0
0.00
100.00 (Default)
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
Sub-total
1
0.19
0.0
45.00
2.5
1
61.04
Purchased
receivables
0.00 to <0.15
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0.15 to <0.25
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0.25 to <0.50
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0.50 to <0.75
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0.75 to <2.50
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
2.50 to <10.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
10.00 to <100.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
100.00 (Default)
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
Sub-total
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
Total
31,655
4.55
3.7
43.32
2.0
10,780
34.05
CCR exposures within the advanced IRBA
Article 452 (g) CRR
The following tables disclose Deutsche Bank´s advanced IRBA counterparty credit risk exposures, i.e. derivatives and
securities financing transactions, distributed on its internal rating scale for exposure classes central governments and
central banks, regional governments and local authorities, public sector entities as well as corporates and retail with its
relevant subcategories. CVA charges or exposures cleared through a CCP are excluded.
Deutsche Bank discloses the exposure after CCF and CRM, where exposures covered by guarantees or credit derivatives
are assigned to the protection seller.
The exposure after CCF and CRM is presented in conjunction with exposure-weighted average PD, LGD, and maturity as
well as the RWA, the average risk weight (RW) and the number of obligors. The tables provide the defaulted exposure
separately, where Deutsche Bank applies an LGD estimate already incorporating potential unexpected losses in the loss
rate estimate as required by Article 181 (1)(h) CRR.
166
Deutsche Bank
Counterparty credit risk (CCR)
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
CCR exposures within the advanced IRBA
EU CCR4 – AIRB approach – CCR exposures by portfolio and PD scale
in € m.
Dec 31, 2025
(unless stated otherwise)
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
Exposure class/
PD scale
Exposure value
Average PD
(in %)
Number of
obligors
(in 1,000)
Average LGD
(in %)
Average
maturity
(in years)
RWA
Density of risk
weighted
exposure
amounts
(in %)
Central governments
and central banks
0.00 to <0.15
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0.15 to <0.25
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0.25 to <0.50
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0.50 to <0.75
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0.75 to <2.50
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
2.50 to <10.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
10.00 to <100.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
100.00 (Default)
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
Sub-total
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
Regional governments
and local authorities
0.00 to <0.15
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0.15 to <0.25
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0.25 to <0.50
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0.50 to <0.75
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0.75 to <2.50
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
2.50 to <10.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
10.00 to <100.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
100.00 (Default)
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
Sub-total
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
Public sector entities
0.00 to <0.15
179
0.08
0.0
27.64
1.4
21
11.74
0.15 to <0.25
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0.25 to <0.50
11
0.46
0.0
50.61
5.0
13
114.29
0.50 to <0.75
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0.75 to <2.50
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
2.50 to <10.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
10.00 to <100.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
100.00 (Default)
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
Sub-total
191
0.10
0.0
29.00
1.6
34
17.83
Corporates
0.00 to <0.15
27,904
0.05
5.7
23.27
0.8
2,244
8.04
0.15 to <0.25
1,074
0.20
0.5
30.77
2.4
314
29.27
0.25 to <0.50
5,076
0.34
1.2
45.71
1.0
2,082
41.00
0.50 to <0.75
1,077
0.71
0.5
39.96
0.7
556
51.65
0.75 to <2.50
759
1.37
0.7
40.32
1.7
561
74.00
2.50 to <10.00
276
5.05
0.2
26.09
3.0
219
79.09
10.00 to <100.00
20
82.86
0.1
25.61
2.7
12
60.16
100.00 (Default)
52
100.00
0.0
87.98
2.5
39
74.54
Sub-total
36,240
0.07
8.9
27.37
0.9
6,028
16.63
of which:
General
0.00 to <0.15
27,901
0.05
5.7
23.27
0.8
2,244
8.04
0.15 to <0.25
1,073
0.20
0.5
30.78
2.4
314
29.29
0.25 to <0.50
5,007
0.34
1.2
46.11
0.9
2,060
41.14
0.50 to <0.75
1,005
0.71
0.5
41.71
0.6
535
53.30
0.75 to <2.50
596
1.35
0.6
46.17
1.3
497
83.47
2.50 to <10.00
112
3.72
0.2
41.21
2.4
130
116.19
10.00 to <100.00
6
104.20
0.0
53.07
0.5
10
155.04
100.00 (Default)
52
100.00
0.0
87.98
2.5
39
74.54
Sub-total
35,752
0.00
8.7
27.51
0.9
5,830
16.31
167
Deutsche Bank
Counterparty credit risk (CCR)
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
CCR exposures within the advanced IRBA
in € m.
Dec 31, 2025
(unless stated otherwise)
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
Exposure class/
PD scale
Exposure value
Average PD
(in %)
Number of
obligors
(in 1,000)
Average LGD
(in %)
Average
maturity
(in years)
RWA
Density of risk
weighted
exposure
amounts
(in %)
Specialized Lending
0.00 to <0.15
3
0.10
0.0
12.50
1.5
0
4.38
0.15 to <0.25
1
0.17
0.0
16.82
1.4
0
11.26
0.25 to <0.50
69
0.42
0.0
16.73
4.4
22
31.16
0.50 to <0.75
73
0.72
0.0
15.91
2.9
21
28.88
0.75 to <2.50
163
1.47
0.1
18.93
3.2
64
39.43
2.50 to <10.00
164
5.96
0.1
15.74
3.4
88
53.70
10.00 to <100.00
14
73.44
0.0
13.49
3.7
3
18.28
100.00 (Default)
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
Sub-total
487
4.78
0.2
16.89
3.4
198
40.60
Purchased receivables
0.00 to <0.15
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0.15 to <0.25
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0.25 to <0.50
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0.50 to <0.75
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0.75 to <2.50
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
2.50 to <10.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
10.00 to <100.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
100.00 (Default)
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
Sub-total
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
Retail
0.00 to <0.15
5
0.08
0.2
30.94
0
6.08
0.15 to <0.25
1
0.17
0.0
58.51
0
17.49
0.25 to <0.50
1
0.33
0.0
32.22
0
16.06
0.50 to <0.75
1
0.57
0.0
37.96
0
27.02
0.75 to <2.50
2
1.70
0.1
53.79
1
51.86
2.50 to <10.00
1
4.22
0.0
38.67
0
45.94
10.00 to <100.00
0
41.08
0.0
31.38
0
79.86
100.00 (Default)
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0
0.00
Sub-total
12
1.12
0.3
40.44
3
23.54
of which:
Qualifying Revolving
0.00 to <0.15
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0
0.00
0.15 to <0.25
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0
0.00
0.25 to <0.50
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0
0.00
0.50 to <0.75
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0
0.00
0.75 to <2.50
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0
0.00
2.50 to <10.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0
0.00
10.00 to <100.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0
0.00
100.00 (Default)
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0
0.00
Sub-total
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0
0.00
Secured by residential
immovable property
0.00 to <0.15
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0
0.00
0.15 to <0.25
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0
0.00
0.25 to <0.50
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0
0.00
0.50 to <0.75
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0
0.00
0.75 to <2.50
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0
0.00
2.50 to <10.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0
0.00
10.00 to <100.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0
0.00
100.00 (Default)
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0
0.00
Sub-total
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0
0.00
168
Deutsche Bank
Counterparty credit risk (CCR)
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
CCR exposures within the advanced IRBA
in € m.
Dec 31, 2025
(unless stated otherwise)
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
Exposure class/
PD scale
Exposure value
Average PD
(in %)
Number of
obligors
(in 1,000)
Average LGD
(in %)
Average
maturity
(in years)
RWA
Density of risk
weighted
exposure
amounts
(in %)
Purchased receivables
0.00 to <0.15
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0
0.00
0.15 to <0.25
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0
0.00
0.25 to <0.50
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0
0.00
0.50 to <0.75
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0
0.00
0.75 to <2.50
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0
0.00
2.50 to <10.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0
0.00
10.00 to <100.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0
0.00
100.00 (Default)
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0
0.00
Sub-total
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0
0.00
Other retail exposures
0.00 to <0.15
5
0.08
0.2
30.94
0
6.08
0.15 to <0.25
1
0.17
0.0
58.51
0
17.49
0.25 to <0.50
1
0.33
0.0
32.22
0
16.06
0.50 to <0.75
1
0.57
0.0
37.96
0
27.02
0.75 to <2.50
2
1.70
0.1
53.79
1
51.86
2.50 to <10.00
1
4.22
0.0
38.67
0
45.94
10.00 to <100.00
0
41.08
0.0
31.38
0
79.86
100.00 (Default)
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0
0.00
Sub-total
12
1.12
0.3
40.44
3
23.54
Total (all exposure
classes)
36,442
0.07
9.3
27.38
0.9
6,065
16.64
169
Deutsche Bank
Counterparty credit risk (CCR)
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
CCR exposures within the advanced IRBA
in € m.
Jun 30, 2025
(unless stated otherwise)
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
Exposure class/
PD scale
Exposure
value
Average PD
(in %)
Number of
obligors
(in 1,000)
Average LGD
(in %)
Average
maturity
(in years)
RWA
Density of
risk weighted
exposure
amounts
(in %)
Central governments
and central banks
0.00 to <0.15
16,884
0.01
0.1
63.20
0.9
372
2.20
0.15 to <0.25
220
0.22
0.0
49.07
1.6
129
58.64
0.25 to <0.50
292
0.39
0.0
60.99
3.0
221
75.64
0.50 to <0.75
1
0.64
0.0
66.72
1.0
1
88.06
0.75 to <2.50
120
1.07
0.0
66.65
1.9
154
128.61
2.50 to <10.00
25
7.51
0.0
65.99
1.7
60
240.90
10.00 to <100.00
35
16.31
0.0
68.56
1.0
74
208.43
100.00 (Default)
0
100.00
0.0
92.18
1.0
1
200.98
Sub-total
17,577
0.07
0.1
62.15
1.0
1,011
5.75
Regional governments and local authorities
0.00 to <0.15
1,664
0.03
0.0
12.65
0.3
27
1.63
0.15 to <0.25
28
0.18
0.0
40.07
3.2
12
42.74
0.25 to <0.50
5
0.34
0.0
43.93
3.4
3
68.52
0.50 to <0.75
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0.75 to <2.50
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
2.50 to <10.00
71
3.51
0.0
40.07
5.0
104
146.81
10.00 to <100.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
100.00 (Default)
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
Sub-total
1,768
0.18
0.0
14.27
0.6
147
8.30
Public sector entities
0.00 to <0.15
369
0.05
0.0
19.42
1.0
23
6.17
0.15 to <0.25
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0.25 to <0.50
1
0.46
0.0
50.60
5.0
1
118.25
0.50 to <0.75
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0.75 to <2.50
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
2.50 to <10.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
10.00 to <100.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
100.00 (Default)
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
Sub-total
370
0.06
0.0
19.51
1.0
24
6.49
Corporates
0.00 to <0.15
28,029
0.05
6.1
24.80
0.6
1,593
5.68
0.15 to <0.25
1,197
0.21
0.6
32.25
2.8
388
32.44
0.25 to <0.50
3,154
0.38
0.9
45.30
1.2
1,480
46.93
0.50 to <0.75
1,936
0.64
0.7
41.43
0.8
1,031
53.22
0.75 to <2.50
2,749
1.35
1.0
38.72
1.5
1,960
71.31
2.50 to <10.00
249
4.02
0.3
41.33
2.6
246
98.75
10.00 to <100.00
216
72.21
0.0
40.18
2.2
117
54.06
100.00 (Default)
54
100.00
0.0
89.29
2.8
40
74.17
Sub-total
37,585
0.76
9.5
28.87
0.8
6,855
18.24
of which:
General
0.00 to <0.15
28,024
0.05
6.1
24.80
0.6
1,593
5.68
0.15 to <0.25
1,191
0.21
0.5
32.31
2.8
388
32.54
0.25 to <0.50
3,094
0.37
0.9
45.85
1.2
1,467
47.40
0.50 to <0.75
1,896
0.64
0.7
41.97
0.8
1,017
53.66
0.75 to <2.50
2,445
1.32
0.9
41.45
1.3
1,848
75.61
2.50 to <10.00
149
3.60
0.2
56.54
2.0
191
127.89
10.00 to <100.00
152
95.85
0.0
49.91
1.0
57
37.68
100.00 (Default)
54
100.00
0.0
89.29
2.8
40
74.17
Sub-total
37,006
0.72
9.3
29.06
0.8
6,602
17.84
170
Deutsche Bank
Counterparty credit risk (CCR)
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
CCR exposures within the advanced IRBA
in € m.
Jun 30, 2025
(unless stated otherwise)
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
Exposure class/
PD scale
Exposure
value
Average PD
(in %)
Number of
obligors
(in 1,000)
Average LGD
(in %)
Average
maturity
(in years)
RWA
Density of
risk weighted
exposure
amounts
(in %)
Specialized Lending
0.00 to <0.15
5
0.07
0.0
22.30
1.8
0
6.87
0.15 to <0.25
6
0.17
0.0
19.70
1.3
1
11.23
0.25 to <0.50
60
0.42
0.0
17.20
2.9
14
22.47
0.50 to <0.75
40
0.72
0.0
16.34
3.5
13
32.41
0.75 to <2.50
304
1.60
0.1
16.80
3.0
112
36.74
2.50 to <10.00
99
4.64
0.1
18.45
3.5
55
54.92
10.00 to <100.00
64
16.05
0.0
17.08
5.0
60
92.97
100.00 (Default)
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
Sub-total
579
3.51
0.2
17.20
3.3
254
43.81
Purchased receivables
0.00 to <0.15
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0.15 to <0.25
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0.25 to <0.50
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0.50 to <0.75
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
0.75 to <2.50
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
2.50 to <10.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
10.00 to <100.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
100.00 (Default)
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
Sub-total
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.00
Retail
0.00 to <0.15
6
0.09
0.2
35.48
0
7.05
0.15 to <0.25
1
0.22
0.0
47.27
0
17.37
0.25 to <0.50
1
0.35
0.1
41.48
0
21.04
0.50 to <0.75
1
0.58
0.0
47.12
0
31.90
0.75 to <2.50
2
1.33
0.1
42.95
1
38.21
2.50 to <10.00
1
3.67
0.0
40.57
1
47.81
10.00 to <100.00
0
14.18
0.0
60.77
0
88.86
100.00 (Default)
0
100.00
0.0
100.56
0
81.08
Sub-total
13
1.78
0.4
41.19
3
22.78
of which:
Qualifying Revolving
0.00 to <0.15
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0
0.00
0.15 to <0.25
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0
0.00
0.25 to <0.50
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0
0.00
0.50 to <0.75
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0
0.00
0.75 to <2.50
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0
0.00
2.50 to <10.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0
0.00
10.00 to <100.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0
0.00
100.00 (Default)
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0
0.00
Sub-total
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0
0.00
Secured by residential immovable
property
0.00 to <0.15
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0
0.00
0.15 to <0.25
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0
0.00
0.25 to <0.50
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0
0.00
0.50 to <0.75
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0
0.00
0.75 to <2.50
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0
0.00
2.50 to <10.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0
0.00
10.00 to <100.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0
0.00
100.00 (Default)
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0
0.00
Sub-total
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0
0.00
171
Deutsche Bank
Counterparty credit risk (CCR)
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
CCR exposures within the advanced IRBA
in € m.
Jun 30, 2025
(unless stated otherwise)
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
Exposure class/
PD scale
Exposure
value
Average PD
(in %)
Number of
obligors
(in 1,000)
Average LGD
(in %)
Average
maturity
(in years)
RWA
Density of
risk weighted
exposure
amounts
(in %)
Purchased receivables
0.00 to <0.15
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0
0.00
0.15 to <0.25
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0
0.00
0.25 to <0.50
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0
0.00
0.50 to <0.75
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0
0.00
0.75 to <2.50
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0
0.00
2.50 to <10.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0
0.00
10.00 to <100.00
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0
0.00
100.00 (Default)
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0
0.00
Sub-total
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0
0.00
Other retail exposures
0.00 to <0.15
6
0.09
0.2
35.48
0
7.05
0.15 to <0.25
1
0.22
0.0
47.27
0
17.37
0.25 to <0.50
1
0.35
0.1
41.48
0
21.04
0.50 to <0.75
1
0.58
0.0
47.12
0
31.90
0.75 to <2.50
2
1.33
0.1
42.95
1
38.21
2.50 to <10.00
1
3.67
0.0
40.57
1
47.81
10.00 to <100.00
0
14.18
0.0
60.77
0
88.86
100.00 (Default)
0
100.00
0.0
100.56
0
81.08
Sub-total
13
1.78
0.4
41.19
3
22.78
Total (all exposure classes)
57,313
0.53
10.1
38.57
0.8
8,040
14.03
EU CCR4 - Total FIRB & ARIB approach
in € m.
Dec 31, 2025
(unless stated otherwise)
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
Exposure
value
Average PD
(in %)
Number of
obligors
(in 1,000)
Average LGD
(in %)
Average
maturity
(in years)
RWA
Density of
risk weighted
exposure
amounts
(in %)
Total FIRB approach
32,991
0.89
3.9
43.47
1.8
10,656
32.30
Total ARIB approach
36,442
0.07
9.3
27.38
0.9
6,065
16.64
Total
69,433
0.46
13.2
35.02
1.4
16,721
24.08
in € m.
Jun 30, 2025
(unless stated otherwise)
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
Exposure
value
Average PD
(in %)
Number of
obligors
(in 1,000)
Average LGD
(in %)
Average
maturity
(in years)
RWA
Density of
risk weighted
exposure
amounts
(in %)
Total FIRB approach
31,655
4.55
3.7
43.32
2.0
10,780
34.05
Total ARIB approach
57,313
0.53
10.1
38.57
0.8
8,040
14.03
Total
88,968
1.96
13.8
40.26
1.2
18,820
21.15
 
172
Deutsche Bank
Counterparty credit risk (CCR)
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
CCR exposures within the advanced IRBA
CCR exposures after credit risk mitigation
Article 439 (e) CRR
The following table presents information on Deutsche Bank´s counterparty credit risk (CCR) exposure and the
composition of collateral used in both derivatives transactions and securities financing transactions (SFTs).
Table EU CCR5 discloses a breakdown of all types of collateral posted or received to support or reduce CCR exposures
related to derivatives and SFTs. For SFTs, collateral (received or posted) refers to the security leg of the transaction as
well as initial and variation margin.
EU CCR5 – Composition of collateral for exposures to CCR
Dec 31, 2025
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
Collateral used in derivative transactions
Collateral used in SFTs
Fair value of collateral received
Fair value of posted collateral
Fair value of collateral received
Fair value of posted collateral
in € m.
Segregated
Unsegregated
Segregated
Unsegregated
Segregated
Unsegregated
Segregated
Unsegregated
1
Cash – domestic
currency
2,098
30,358
0
26,719
0
0
0
0
2
Cash – other
currencies
5,607
37,057
2
22,263
0
1
0
0
3
Domestic sovereign
debt
0
203
0
1,203
40
25,181
38
29,362
4
Other Sovereign
debt
0
0
0
0
1,373
290,525
1,721
257,790
5
Government agency
debt
0
0
0
0
0
414
0
3,131
6
Corporate bonds
2,688
24,303
184
7,300
476
59,604
90
38,823
7
Equity securities
0
1,618
0
0
0
440
0
3,731
8
Other collateral
494
6,843
8,812
4,983
715
48,300
774
29,271
9
Total
10,887
100,382
8,998
62,468
2,603
424,465
2,623
362,107
 
Jun 30, 2025
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
Collateral used in derivative transactions
Collateral used in SFTs
Fair value of collateral received
Fair value of posted collateral
Fair value of collateral received
Fair value of posted collateral
in € m.
Segregated
Unsegregated
Segregated
Unsegregated
Segregated
Unsegregated
Segregated
Unsegregated
1
Cash – domestic
currency
2,153
35,813
0
32,529
0
0
0
0
2
Cash – other
currencies
5,098
43,063
10
26,620
0
1
0
0
3
Domestic sovereign
debt
1
245
0
1,110
44
26,245
43
30,469
4
Other Sovereign
debt
0
0
0
0
904
369,591
1,584
305,161
5
Government agency
debt
0
0
0
0
0
283
0
4,100
6
Corporate bonds
2,148
21,618
229
4,139
518
58,426
93
37,719
7
Equity securities
0
1,511
0
0
0
826
0
8,239
8
Other collateral
516
4,364
9,079
7,877
413
75,967
324
32,827
9
Total
9,915
106,613
9,318
72,275
1,878
531,339
2,044
418,514
173
Deutsche Bank
Counterparty credit risk (CCR)
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Credit derivatives exposures
Credit derivatives exposures
Article 439 (j) CRR
The table below discloses the exposure of the credit derivative transactions split into protection bought and sold, as well
as a split into product types.
EU CCR6 – Credit derivatives exposures
Dec 31, 2025
Jun 30, 2025
a
b
a
b
in € m.
Protection bought
Protection sold
Protection bought
Protection sold
Notionals
1
Single-name credit default swaps
162,042
151,626
149,733
138,703
2
Index credit default swaps
456,640
444,238
426,263
414,825
3
Total return swaps
29,334
4,626
24,002
6,541
4
Credit options
18,378
19,790
22,297
19,296
5
Other credit derivatives
0
0
0
0
6
Total notionals
666,395
620,279
622,294
579,366
Fair values
7
Positive fair value (asset)
2,241
14,466
2,596
12,467
8
Negative fair value (liability)
(14,937)
(1,949)
(12,736)
(1,938)
Deutsche Bank´s total notionals for credit derivative exposures were € 1,286.7 billion as of December 31, 2025, an
increase of € 85.0 billion from June 30, 2025, which was predominately driven by index credit default swaps and single-
name credit default swaps.
Credit valuation adjustment risk
Article 445a CRR
Deutsche Bank determines CVA capital in accordance with CRR Article 384 using the Full Basic Approach with the
recognition of hedges. The Simplified Approach under CRR Article 385 is not applicable for Deutsche Bank, as the
respective regulatory conditions regarding the derivative volumes are not met.
Under BA‑CVA, exposures are identified per CRR Article 382 and measured using either the Internal Model Method or
SA‑CCR, as applicable for Counterparty Credit Risk (CCR) purposes. The regulatory BA‑CVA is applied with the
recognition of hedges. A set of controls is in place to ensure completeness and accuracy via pre‑run controls, run
reviews, and key performance indicators. The ongoing monitoring incorporates movements in risk levels, market data,
model updates, and regulatory methodology changes. CVA capital is mitigated through eligible single‑name and index
CDS hedges as prescribed in CRR Article 386. Controls are in place to ensure hedge eligibility, while hedge effectiveness
is measured and any change to the effectiveness is monitored as part of the ongoing monitoring process.
As of December 31, 2025, the capital for CVA amounted to € 207 million, representing a decrease of € 67 million (24%)
compared to December 31, 2024. This included a € 137 million decrease due to movement in risk levels (primarily driven
by reduced exposure as well as hedging activities) and a € 69 million increase attributable to methodology and policy
updates associated with the introduction of the new Basic Approach under CRR3.
EU CVA2 - Credit valuation adjustment risk under the Full Basic Approach (F-BA)
Dec 31, 2025
a
EU b
in € m.
Own funds
requirements
Notional of CVA
hedges
1
BACVAcsr-unhedged
706
N/M
2
BACVAcsr-hedged
189
N/M
3
Total
207
N/M
EU 4
Single-name CDS
N/M
622
EU 5
Index CDS
N/M
3,698
EU 6
Total
N/M
4,320
N/M - Not meaningful
174
Deutsche Bank
Exposure to securitization positions
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Objectives in relation to securitization activity
Exposure to securitization positions
Objectives in relation to securitization activity
Article 449 (a) CRR (EU SECA)
Deutsche Bank engages in various business activities that use securitization structures. The main purposes are to provide
investor clients with access to risk and returns related to specific portfolios of assets, to provide borrowing clients with
access to funding and to manage its own credit risk exposure. In order to achieve its business objectives, Deutsche Bank
acts as originator, sponsor and investor in the securitization markets.
Article 4(1)(61) CRR defines which types of transactions and positions must be classified as securitization transactions
and securitization positions for regulatory reporting.
Securitization transactions are defined as transactions in which the credit risk of a securitized portfolio is divided into at
least two securitization tranches and where the payments to the holders of the tranches depend on the performance of
the securitized portfolio. The different tranches are in a subordinate relationship that determines the order and the
amount of payments or losses assigned to the holders of the tranches (waterfall-concept). Loss allocations to a junior
tranche will not already lead to a termination of the entire securitization transaction, i.e., senior tranches survive loss
allocations to subordinate tranches.
Securitization positions can be acquired in various forms including investments in securitization tranches, and derivative
transactions for hedging interest rate and currency risks in the securitization trust.
In the banking book, Deutsche Bank acts as originator, sponsor and investor. As an originator the Group uses
securitizations primarily as a strategy to reduce credit risk, mainly through the Strategic Corporate Lending. Strategic
Corporate Lending uses, among other means, synthetic securitizations to manage the credit risk of loans and lending-
related commitments of the Institutional Corporate Credit portfolio (primarily unsecured, investment grade corporates),
Leveraged Debt Capital Markets portfolio (primarily secured, non-investment grade corporates) and the Corporate Bank
Cash Lending MidCap portfolio, primarily domiciled in Germany and the Netherlands. In addition, the Corporate Bank,
through the Global Transaction Banking division, also manages some of its risk on trade finance exposures separately
through synthetic securitizations. For all of the above portfolios, the credit risk is predominantly transferred to
counterparties through synthetic securitizations, which may be in form of a simple transparent and standardized
securitization (Article 18 of Regulation (EU) 2017/2402)), principally through the issuance of credit linked notes providing
first loss protection. 
By using these techniques, Deutsche Bank was able to reduce its credit risk RWA as of December 31, 2025 by
€ 18.6 billion and in addition, the CET1 capital deduction for the expected loss shortfall by € 0.1 billion. Both items
combined had a beneficiary effect of 76 basis point on the CET1 ratio.
Additionally, on a limited basis Deutsche Bank has entered into securitization transactions as part of an active liquidity
risk management strategy. These transactions do not transfer credit risk and are therefore not included in the
quantitative part of this section.
Within its existing role as sponsor, the Group continues to establish and manage securitization schemes in which special
purpose entities purchase exposures from third-party entities on behalf of investors. In these transactions, the Group has
substantial influence on the selection of the purchased exposures and ultimate composition of the securitized portfolios.
Furthermore, Deutsche Bank acts as an investor in third party securitizations through the purchase of tranches from third
party-issued securitizations including simple transparent and standardized securitizations, or by providing liquidity,
credit support or other form of financing. Additionally, the Group assists third party securitizations by providing
derivatives related to securitization structures. These include currency, interest rate and credit derivatives.
Primary recourse for securitization exposures lies with the underlying assets. The related risk is mitigated by credit
enhancement typically in the form of over-collateralization, subordination, reserve accounts, excess interest, or other
support arrangements. Additional protection features include performance triggers, financial covenants and events of
default stipulated in the legal documentation which, when breached, provide for the acceleration of repayment, rights of
foreclosure and/or other remediation.
The initial due diligence for new banking book exposures usually includes any or all of the following: (a) the review and
negotiation of financing terms, the relevant documents, which may include term sheets, servicer reports or other
historical performance data, third-party assessment reports such as rating agency analysis (if externally rated), etc., (b)
175
Deutsche Bank
Exposure to securitization positions
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Objectives in relation to securitization activity
modeling of base and downside scenarios through asset-class specific cash-flow models, (c) originator and servicer
reviews to assess the robustness of the originators and servicer’s underwriting’s standards, processes and financial
strength. The result of this due diligence is summarized in a credit and rating review which requires approval by
appropriate level of credit authority, depending on the size of exposure and internal rating assigned.
In compliance with the regulatory requirements for risk retention, due diligence and monitoring according to the
applicable regulatory requirements is part of the Group’s initial and ongoing credit review process and the relevant data
is gathered for reporting purposes with the support of the IT systems used for the credit review and financial reporting
process.
Ongoing regular performance reviews include checks of the periodic servicer reports against any performance triggers/
covenants in the loan documentation, as well as the overall performance trend in the context of economic, geographic,
sector and servicer developments.
For lending-related commitments an internal rating review is required at least annually. Significant negative or positive
changes in asset performance can trigger an earlier review date. Full credit reviews are also required annually, or, for
highly rated exposures, every other year. Furthermore, there is a separate, usually quarterly, watch list process for
exposures identified to be at a higher risk of loss, which requires a separate assessment of asset and servicer
performance. It includes a review of the exposure strategy and identifies next steps to be taken to mitigate loss potential.
Evaluation of operational risk is another important component of risk management for securitization, focusing on the
various types of protections of a securitization as defined in the legal documentation (i.e., perfection of security interest,
segregation of payment flows, and rights to audit). The evaluation for each securitization is performed by a dedicated
team who engages third-party auditors, determines audit scopes, and reviews the results of such external audits. The
results of these risk reviews and assessments complement the credit and rating review process performed by Credit Risk
Management.
In the trading book, Deutsche Bank acts as originator, sponsor and investor. In the role of investor, its main objective is to
serve as a market maker in the secondary market. The market making function consists of providing liquidity for its
customers and providing two way markets (buy and sell) to generate flow trading revenues. In the role of originator, the
Group finances loans to be securitized, predominantly in the commercial real estate business. Trading book activities
where the Group has the role of a sponsor (excluding activities derived from multi-seller originator transactions) as
described above are minimal.
The bank's Market Risk Management Governance Framework applies to all securitization positions held within the trading
book. The Risk Governance Framework applied to securitization includes policies and procedures with respect to new
product approvals, new transaction approvals, risk models and measurements, as well as inventory management systems
and trade entry. All securitization positions held within the trading book are captured, reported and limited within the
Risk Governance Framework at the global, regional and product levels. Any changes in credit and market risks are also
reported.
The limit structure includes value-at-risk and product specific thresholds. Asset class market value limits are based on
seniority/rating and liquidity, where lower rated positions or positions in less liquid asset class are given a lower trading
threshold. The limit monitoring system captures exposures and flags any threshold breaches. Market Risk Management
approval is required for any trades over the limit or threshold.
The Market Risk Management governance framework also captures issuer (credit) risk for securitization positions in the
trading book. MRM’s process manages concentration risks and sets thresholds at the position level. The limit structure is
based on asset class and rating where less liquid positions and those with lower ratings are assigned lower trading
thresholds. When the limit monitoring system captures positions that exceed their respective market value thresholds on
a global basis, MRM approval is required. Further due diligence is performed on positions that require trade approval. This
includes analyzing the credit performance of the security and evaluating risks of the trade. In addition, collateral level
stress testing and performance monitoring is incorporated into the risk management process.
In compliance with Article 5 of Regulation (EU) 2017/2402, pre-trade due diligence is performed on all relevant
positions. It is the responsibility of the respective trading desk to perform the pre-trade due diligence and then record
the appropriate data records at trade execution to indicate whether relevant due diligence items have been performed.
The pre-trade due diligence items include confirmations of deal structural features, performance monitoring of the
underlying portfolio, and any related retention disclosures.
The Product Control Group within Finance then reviews trade inputs for errors or flag changes, distributes regulatory
control reports and serves as the subject matter escalation contact. Upon validation of flag changes or trading desk
errors, the Product Control Group within Finance will then communicate and action the changes accordingly. Further
176
Deutsche Bank
Exposure to securitization positions
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Objectives in relation to securitization activity
pre-trade due diligence is performed by Market Risk Management for CRR, as applicable for relevant positions exceeding
predefined limits (process as described above).
Assets originated or acquired with the intent to securitize follow the general approach for the assignment to the
regulatory banking or trading book. Further details are described in chapter “Trading book allocation and prudent
valuation”, section “Allocation of positions to the regulatory trading book” in this report.
Nature of other risks in securitized assets
Article 449 (b) CRR (EU SECA)
Overall, the securitization positions are exposed to the performance of diverse asset classes, including primarily
corporate senior secured loans or unsecured debt, consumer debt such as auto loans or student loans, as well as
residential or commercial first and second lien mortgages. Deutsche Bank is active across the entire capital structure
with an emphasis on the more senior tranches. The subset of re-securitization is predominantly backed by securitizations
with corporate obligations in the underlying pools. However, the subset of re-securitization is not part of an active
investment strategy anymore and is only representing a very marginal part of the overall securitization portfolio.
The Group’s securitization desks trade assets across all capital structures, from senior bonds with large subordination to
first loss subordinate tranches. Securitization positions consist mostly of residential mortgage backed securities and
commercial mortgage backed securities backed by first and second lien loans, collateralized loan obligations backed by
corporate senior secured loans and unsecured debt and consumer asset backed securities, backed by secured and
unsecured credit.
Similar to other fixed income and credit assets, securitized trading volume is linked to global growth and geopolitical
events which affect liquidity and can lead to lower trading volumes, as observed during the crisis. Current and proposed
changes to regulation and uncertainty over final implementation may lead to increased volatility and decreased liquidity/
trading volumes across securitized products. Other potential risks that exist in securitized assets are prepayment, default,
loss severity and servicer performance. Note that trading book assets are marked-to-market and the previous mentioned
risks are reflected in the position’s price. Securitization activities have an impact on Deutsche Bank’s liquidity activity. For
example, the Group enters into securitization transactions as part of an active liquidity risk management strategy.
However, the Group also faces risk of potential drawdown under the revolving commitments provided under certain
securitization facilities. This liquidity risk is monitored by its Treasury department and is included in its liquidity planning
and regular stress testing.
RWA calculation approaches for securitization positions
Article 449 (c) CRR (EU SECA)
The approach for the calculation of the regulatory capital requirements for banking book and trading book securitization
positions is prescribed by the CRR.
The securitization framework determines the regulatory capital requirements for the credit risk of banking book
securitizations pursuant to Articles 242 to 270e CRR and distinguishes between the Securitization Internal Ratings-
Based Approach (SEC-IRBA), the Securitization Standardized Approach (SEC-SA) and the Securitization External
Ratings-Based Approach (SEC-ERBA). These rules also provide a specific framework for Simple, Transparent and
Standardized (STS) securitizations, which are defined in Regulation (EU) 2017/2402 and are subject to a beneficial
capital treatment in the CRR.
The SEC-IRBA is applied for securitization positions, where at least 95% of the securitized portfolio is in scope of an IRBA
rating model and where sufficient information in relation to the securitized portfolio is available to calculate the risk-
weighted exposure amounts under the IRB approach. Note that the ECB may preclude the application of the SEC-IRBA
on a case-by-case basis as per Article 258 CRR. Currently, there are no securitization positions for which the ECB has
precluded the application of the SEC-IRBA.
In general, the SEC-SA must be applied to all re-securitizations and for all securitizations for which the SEC-IRBA must
not or cannot be applied, but the information required to apply the SEC-SA is available. Note, however, that instead of
the SEC-SA, the SEC-ERBA must be applied for securitization positions with at least one eligible external rating or where
a rating might be inferred:
Where the application of the SEC-SA would result in a risk weight higher than 25%, or
Where, for positions not qualifying as positions in an STS securitization, the application of the SEC-ERBA would result
in a risk weight higher than 75%, or
177
Deutsche Bank
Exposure to securitization positions
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
RWA calculation approaches for securitization positions
For securitization transactions backed by pools of auto loans, auto leases and equipment leases.
Where the SEC-SA may not be used, the SEC-ERBA must be applied for securitization positions with at least one eligible
external rating or where an external rating can be inferred. External ratings must satisfy certain eligibility criteria for
being used in the risk weight calculation. If more than one eligible rating is available for a specific securitization position,
the relevant external rating is determined as the second best eligible rating in accordance with the provisions set forth in
Article 270d CRR.
Deutsche Bank does not make use of the option provided in Article 254 (3) CRR to consistently apply the SEC-ERBA
instead of the SEC-SA for all securitization positions for which an eligible external rating is available or for positions for
which such a rating can be inferred. 
In addition to the above approaches to determine capital requirements, Article 267 CRR specifies a risk weight cap for
senior securitization positions based on the average risk weight of the securitized portfolio. Article 268 CRR provides a
maximum capital requirement for all securitization positions of a specific securitization transaction based on the capital
requirement applicable to the securitized portfolio. 
Based on Article 254 (5) CRR, an Internal Assessment Approach may be applied for unrated positions in ABCP programs.
As the Group ceased the use of ABCP programs in 2015, there are no securitizations positions subject to the Internal
Assessment Approach as of December 31, 2025.
Approved rating agencies include Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s, Fitch Ratings, DBRS Morningstar and Kroll.
More than half of the total banking book securitization exposure was subject to SEC-IRBA. This approach was
predominantly used to assess positions backed by corporate loans, auto-related receivables and commercial and
residential real estate loans. The risk weight of securitization positions subject to the SEC-IRBA is determined based on a
formula, which takes as input the capital requirement of the securitized portfolio and the seniority of the securitization
position in the waterfall, amongst others. When applying the SEC-IRBA, Deutsche Bank estimates the risk parameters PD
and LGD for the assets included in the securitized portfolio, by using internally developed rating systems approved for
such assets. The rating systems are based on historical default and loss information from comparable assets. The risk
parameters PD and LGD are derived on risk pool level.
The approach SEC-SA was used in most cases where SEC-IRBA was not applicable, and it was used for positions backed
by a variety of asset classes including corporate loans, real estate loans and diverse ABS positions such as backed by
aircraft leasing, credit card loans and consumer loans. The approach SEC-ERBA was only applied to a minority of
securitization exposures. The great majority of securitization positions with an eligible external or inferred external credit
assessment were securitization positions held as investor backed by residential mortgages. The rest of the securitization
exposures were treated by getting assigned a risk weight of 1,250% as none of the other approaches qualified.
Calculation of regulatory capital requirements for trading book securitizations
Overall, the regulatory capital requirements for the market risk of trading book securitizations consist of a general and
specific market risk component. The capital requirement for the general market risk of trading book securitization
positions is determined as the sum of (i) the value-at-risk based capital requirement for market risk and (ii) the stressed
value-at-risk based capital requirement for market risk. The capital requirement for specific market risk is principally
calculated based on the market risk standardized approach pursuant to Article 337 CRR. For this, the market risk
standardized approach risk weight for trading book securitization positions is calculated by using the same
methodologies, which apply to banking book securitization positions. The market risk standardized approach based
capital requirement for specific risk is determined as the sum of the capital requirements for all net long and all net short
securitization positions. The securitization positions included in the market risk standardized approach calculations for
specific risk are additionally included in the value-at-risk and stressed value-at-risk calculations for general risk.
Trading book securitizations subject to MRSA treatment include various asset classes differentiated by the respective
underlying collateral types:
Residential mortgage backed securities (RMBS)
Commercial mortgage backed securities (CMBS)
Collateralized loan obligations (CLO)
Collateralized debt obligations (CDO)
Asset backed securities (incl. credit cards, auto loans and leases, student loans, equipment loans and leases, dealer
floorplan loans, etc.)
They also include synthetic credit derivatives and commonly-traded indices based on the above listed instruments.
178
Deutsche Bank
Exposure to securitization positions
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
RWA calculation approaches for securitization positions
Please refer to section “Characteristics of the market risk models” of this Pillar 3 report for general information on the
Group’s market risk quantification approaches.
Principally all the same methods for assessing the own funds requirements for securitizations, which are used in the non-
trading book, are also available in the trading book. The predominantly used method for assessing risk-weighted assets in
the trading book was the SEC-ERBA. To a lesser extent the SEC-SA was used. The method SEC-IRBA was only used for a
minority of exposure. Another minor part of the exposure values were assigned directly a risk-weight of 1,250% as no
other approach qualified.
SSPE-related activities
Article 449 (d+f) CRR (EU SECA)
Where Deutsche Bank acts as originator and uses a securitization special purpose entity (SSPE) for transferring
securitized assets it occasionally retains exposure to the securitization special purpose entities. The types of exposure to
the securitization special purpose entities were either liquidity facilities or derivatives, and in that case foremost interest
rate swaps.
Deutsche Bank occasionally uses securitization special purpose entities to securitize third-party exposures where the
Group acts as sponsor. In certain cases Deutsche Bank also retains some of the securitized exposures. Most of these
positions are secured by mortgages on residential properties. The Group also retains occasionally exposures to
securitization special purpose entities where it acts as sponsor. The exposure types of such positions were liquidity
facilities or derivative positions.
As of December 31, 2025, the portion of retained exposures to securitization special purpose entities is an immaterial
part of all retained positions where Deutsche Bank was originator or sponsor.
When Deutsche Bank acts as originator or sponsor of a securitization transaction, it sells securitization tranches (or
arranges for such sale through mandated market making institutions) solely on an “execution only” basis and only to
sophisticated operative corporate clients that rely on their own risk assessment. In the ordinary course of business, the
Group does not offer such tranches to operative corporate clients to which, at the same time, the Group offers
investment advisory services.
Deutsche Bank’s business division Asset Management provides asset management services to undertakings for collective
investments, including mutual funds and alternative investment funds, and private individuals offering access to
traditional and alternative investments across all major asset classes, including securitization positions. As of December
31, 2025 only a small minority of those positions consisted of tranches in securitization transactions where Deutsche
Bank acted as originator or sponsor.
Deutsche Bank generally does not provide securitization related services to securitization special purpose entities which
are out of its regulatory scope of consolidation and for which the Group claims risk transfer or where the Group acts as
sponsor.
For the purpose of regulatory reporting and as of December 31, 2025, there were no securitization special purpose
entities, which were in Deutsche Bank’s regulatory scope of consolidation.
Article 449 (e) CRR
Deutsche Bank has not provided any implicit support to its securitization vehicles. In consequence, as of December 31,
2025 there was no need to report any positions as representing implicit support according to the requirements of article
250 CRR.
Accounting policies for securitizations
Article 449 (g) CRR (EU SECA)
The most relevant accounting policies for the securitization programs originated by the Group, and where it holds assets
purchased with the intent to securitize, are “Principles of consolidation”, “Financial assets”, “Financial liabilities” and
“Derecognition of financial assets and liabilities” below.
For measurement and quantification of both banking and trading book securitizations of Deutsche Bank, please refer to
section Banking and trading book securitization exposures” further below in this report.
179
Deutsche Bank
Exposure to securitization positions
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Accounting policies for securitizations
Principles of consolidation
The Group’s subsidiaries are those entities which it directly or indirectly controls. Control over an entity is evidenced by
the Group’s ability to exercise its power in order to affect any variable returns that the Group is exposed to through its
involvement with the entity.
The Group sponsors the formation of structured entities and interacts with structured entities sponsored by third parties
for a variety of reasons, including allowing clients to hold investments in separate legal entities, allowing clients to invest
jointly in alternative assets, for asset securitization transactions, and for buying or selling credit protection.
Financial assets
The Group classifies financial assets in line with the classification and measurement requirements of IFRS 9, where
financial assets are classified based on both the business model used for managing the financial assets and the
contractual cash flow characteristics of the financial asset (known as Solely Payments of Principal and Interest or “SPPI”).
There are three business models available:
Hold to Collect - Financial assets held with the objective to collect contractual cash flows; they are subsequently
measured at amortized cost and are recorded in multiple lines on the Group’s consolidated balance sheet.
Hold to Collect and Sell - Financial assets held with the objective of both collecting contractual cash flows and selling
financial assets; they are recorded as financial assets at Fair Value through Other Comprehensive Income on the
Group’s consolidated balance sheet.
Other - Financial assets that do not meet the criteria of either “Hold to Collect” or “Hold to Collect and Sell”; they are
recorded as Financial Assets at Fair Value through Profit or Loss on the Group’s consolidated balance sheet.
The assessment of business model requires judgment based on facts and circumstances upon initial recognition. If the
Group holds a financial asset either in a Hold to Collect or a Hold to Collect and Sell business model, then an assessment
at initial recognition to determine whether the contractual cash flows of the financial asset are Solely Payments of
Principal and Interest on the principal amount outstanding at initial recognition is required to determine the business
model classification. Contractual cash flows, that are SPPI on the principal amount outstanding, are consistent with a
basic lending arrangement.
Financial assets are classified at fair value through profit or loss if they are held in the other business model because
they are either held for trading or because they do not meet the criteria for Hold to Collect or Hold to Collect and Sell;
financial assets classified as financial assets at fair value through profit or loss are measured at fair value with realized
and unrealized gains and losses included in Net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit
or loss.
A financial asset shall be classified and measured at Fair Value through Other Comprehensive Income (“FVOCI”), if the
financial asset is held in a Hold to Collect and Sell business model and the contractual cash flows are SPPI, unless
designated under the fair value option; under FVOCI, a financial asset is measured at its fair value with any changes
being recognized in Other Comprehensive Income (”OCI”) and is assessed for impairment under the IFRS 9 expected
credit loss model where provisions are recorded through profit or loss (recognized based on expectations of potential
credit losses).
A financial asset is classified and subsequently measured at amortized cost if the financial asset is held in a Hold to
Collect business model and the contractual cash flows are SPPI; under this measurement category, the financial asset
is measured at fair value at initial recognition; subsequently the carrying amount is reduced for principal payments,
plus or minus the cumulative amortization using the effective interest method; the financial asset is assessed for
impairment under the IFRS 9 expected credit loss model where provisions are recognized based on expectations of
potential credit losses.
Financial liabilities
Under IFRS 9 financial liabilities are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method, except for financial
liabilities at fair value through profit or loss.
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss include Trading Liabilities, Financial Liabilities Designated at Fair
Value through Profit or Loss and Non-Participating Investment Contracts. Financial liabilities classified at fair value
through profit or loss are recognized or derecognized on trade date. Trading liabilities consist primarily of derivative
liabilities (including certain loan commitments) and short positions. This also includes loan commitments where the
resulting loan upon funding is allocated to the other business model such that the undrawn loan commitment is
classified as derivatives held for trading.
180
Deutsche Bank
Exposure to securitization positions
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Accounting policies for securitizations
Derecognition of financial assets and liabilities
Financial asset derecognition
A financial asset is considered for derecognition when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the financial asset
expire, or the Group has either transferred the contractual right to receive the cash flows from that asset, or has assumed
an obligation to pay those cash flows to one or more recipients, subject to certain criteria. The Group derecognizes a
transferred financial asset if it transfers substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership. The Group enters into
transactions in which it transfers previously recognized financial assets but retains substantially all the associated risks
and rewards of those assets.
In transactions in which substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of a financial asset are neither retained nor
transferred, the Group derecognizes the transferred asset if control over that asset is not retained, i.e., if the transferee
has the practical ability to sell the transferred asset. The rights and obligations retained in the transfer are recognized
separately as assets and liabilities, as appropriate. If control over the asset is retained, the Group continues to recognize
the asset to the extent of its continuing involvement, which is determined by the extent to which it remains exposed to
changes in the value of the transferred asset.
Securitization
The Group securitizes various consumer and commercial financial assets, which is achieved via the transfer of these
assets to a structured entity, which issues securities to investors to finance the acquisition of the assets. Financial assets
awaiting securitization are classified and measured as appropriate under the policies in the “Financial Assets” and
“Financial Liabilities” sections. If the structured entity is not consolidated then the transferred assets may qualify for
derecognition in full or in part, under the policy on derecognition of financial assets. Synthetic securitization structures
typically involve derivative financial instruments. Those transfers that do not qualify for derecognition may be reported
as secured financing or result in the recognition of continuing involvement liabilities. The investors and the securitization
vehicles generally have no recourse to the Group’s other assets in cases where the issuers of the financial assets fail to
perform under the original terms of those assets.
Interests in the securitized financial assets may be retained in the form of senior or subordinated tranches, interest only
strips or other residual interests (collectively referred to as “retained interests”). Provided the Group’s retained interests
do not result in consolidation of a structured entity, nor in continued recognition of the transferred assets, these interests
are typically recorded in financial assets at fair value through profit or loss and carried at fair value. Consistent with the
valuation of similar financial instruments, the fair value of retained tranches or the financial assets is initially and
subsequently determined using market price quotations where available or internal pricing models that utilize variables
such as yield curves, prepayment speeds, default rates, loss severity, interest rate volatilities and spreads. The
assumptions used for pricing are based on observable transactions in similar securities and are verified by external pricing
sources, where available. Where observable transactions in similar securities and other external pricing sources are not
available, management judgment must be used to determine fair value. The Group may also periodically hold interests in
securitized financial assets and record them at amortized cost.
In situations where the Group has a present obligation (either legal or constructive) to provide financial support to an
unconsolidated securitization entity a provision will be created if the obligation can be reliably measured and it is
probable that there will be an outflow of economic resources required to settle it.
External rating agencies used for securitizations and internal
Assessment Approach
Article 449 (h-i) CRR (EU SECA)
According to Article 270 (d) CRR the Group has nominated the following list of external credit assessment institutes
(ECAIs), whose ratings are used in determining risk weights in line with Articles 263 and 264 CRR:
DBRS Morningstar
Fitch Ratings
Kroll Bond Rating Agency
Moody's Investors Service
Standard & Poor's Ratings Services
181
Deutsche Bank
Exposure to securitization positions
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
External rating agencies used for securitizations and internal Assessment Approach
All the rating information received from above listed external credit assessment institutes is used indiscriminately for all
securitization positions to which they apply, and there is no preference of external credit assessment institutes per
exposure type imposed by the Group.
As the Group ceased to use asset backed commercial paper (“ABCP”) programs in 2015, there were no securitizations
positions subject to the Internal Assessment Approach as of December 31, 2025. For a description of the RWA
calculation approaches used for securitization positions please refer to the section “Approaches to calculation of RWA
for securitizations mapped to types of exposures” in this Pillar 3 report.
Banking and trading book securitization exposures
Article 449 (j) CRR
The amounts reported in the following two tables provide details of the Group’s securitization exposures separately for
the regulatory non-trading and trading book. The details of the Group’s trading book securitization positions subject to
the market risk standardized approach (MRSA) are included in this chapter.
The table EU SEC1 details the total non-trading book securitization exposure split by exposure type that the Group has
securitized in its capacity as either originator or sponsor and finally positions which have been purchased through
investment activities as investor. Each table provides a break-down by traditional and synthetic as well as simple,
transparent and standardized (‘simple, transparent and standardised securitisation’ or ‘STS securitisation’ means a
securitisation that meets the requirements set out in Article 18 of Regulation (EU) 2017/2402) securitization
transactions. The originator and sponsor columns (a-k) also contain retained positions, even where the Group does not
achieve significant risk transfer (SRT) and shows the current retention of its contribution to the originated or sponsored
amount. The amounts reported are the securitized principal notional amounts where no significant risk transfer is
achieved. If significant risk transfer is achieved, then the EAD is shown. As the Group ceased to use any asset backed
commercial paper programs in 2015, there are no securitization positions subject to the internal assessment approach as
of December 31, 2025.
The table EU SEC2 provides the total purchased or retained securitization exposure held in the Group’s regulatory
trading book separately for originator, sponsor and investor activities split by exposure type of the securitized assets and
also further broken down into traditional and synthetic transactions as well as simple transparent and standardized
securitizations. The amounts reported are the EAD.
182
Deutsche Bank
Exposure to securitization positions
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Banking and trading book securitization exposures
   
EU SEC1 – Securitization exposures in the non-trading book
Dec 31, 2025
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
m
n
o
Institution acts as originator
Institution acts as sponsor
Institution acts as investor
Traditional
Synthetic
Traditional
Synthetic
Traditional
Synthetic
in € m.
STS
of which:
SRT
Non-STS
of which:
SRT
Total
of which:
SRT
Subtotal
STS
Non-STS
Subtotal
STS
Non-STS
Subtotal
Total exposures
714
0
1,521
41
39,158
39,158
41,393
0
3,925
0
3,925
75
53,858
0
53,932
Retail
714
0
1,520
40
3,361
3,361
5,595
0
3,290
0
3,290
0
12,964
0
12,964
of which:
Residential Mortgage
500
0
1,520
40
0
0
2,020
0
3,254
0
3,254
0
4,667
0
4,667
Credit Card
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
179
0
179
Other retail exposures
214
0
0
0
3,361
3,361
3,575
0
36
0
36
0
8,118
0
8,118
Re-securitization
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Wholesale
0
0
1
1
35,797
35,797
35,798
0
635
0
635
75
40,894
0
40,969
of which:
Loans to corporates
0
0
0
0
35,797
35,797
35,797
0
308
0
308
0
30,717
0
30,717
Commercial Mortgage
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
229
0
229
0
667
0
667
Lease and receivables
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
98
0
98
75
4,543
0
4,618
Other wholesale
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4,967
0
4,967
Re-securitization
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
 
Jun 30, 2025
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
m
n
o
Institution acts as originator
Institution acts as sponsor
Institution acts as investor
Traditional
Synthetic
Traditional
Synthetic
Traditional
Synthetic
in € m.
STS
of which:
SRT
Non-STS
of which:
SRT
Total
of which:
SRT
Subtotal
STS
Non-STS
Subtotal
STS
Non-STS
Subtotal
Total exposures
714
0
1,609
75
38,790
38,790
41,113
0
3,703
0
3,703
175
50,648
0
50,823
Retail
714
0
1,567
32
2,635
2,635
4,916
0
2,682
0
2,682
82
13,246
0
13,328
of which:
Residential Mortgage
500
0
1,567
32
0
0
2,067
0
2,670
0
2,670
82
3,824
0
3,906
Credit Card
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
217
0
217
Other retail exposures
214
0
0
0
2,635
2,635
2,849
0
12
0
12
0
9,206
0
9,206
Re-securitization
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Wholesale
0
0
42
42
36,155
36,155
36,198
0
1,021
0
1,021
93
37,401
0
37,494
of which:
Loans to corporates
0
0
0
0
36,155
36,155
36,155
0
760
0
760
0
27,122
0
27,122
Commercial Mortgage
0
0
42
42
0
0
42
0
179
0
179
0
587
0
587
Lease and receivables
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
82
0
82
93
4,105
0
4,198
Other wholesale
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
5,587
0
5,587
Re-securitization
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
 
183
Deutsche Bank
Exposure to securitization positions
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Banking and trading book securitization exposures
EU SEC2 – Securitization exposures in the trading book
Dec 31, 2025
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
Institution acts as originator
Institution acts as sponsor
Institution acts as investor
Traditional
Synthetic
Traditional
Synthetic
Traditional
Synthetic
in € m.
STS
Non-STS
Subtotal
STS
Non-STS
Subtotal
STS
Non-STS
Subtotal
Total exposures
0
85
0
85
0
0
0
0
0
3,015
0
3,015
Retail
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1,302
0
1,302
of which:
Residential Mortgage
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1,152
0
1,152
Credit Card
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
34
0
34
Other retail exposures
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
115
0
115
Re-securitization
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Wholesale
0
85
0
85
0
0
0
0
0
1,713
0
1,713
of which:
Loans to corporates
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
755
0
755
Commercial Mortgage
0
85
0
85
0
0
0
0
0
450
0
450
Lease and receivables
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
155
0
155
Other wholesale
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
354
0
354
Re-securitization
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Jun 30, 2025
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
Institution acts as originator
Institution acts as sponsor
Institution acts as investor
Traditional
Synthetic
Traditional
Synthetic
Traditional
Synthetic
in € m.
STS
Non-STS
Subtotal
STS
Non-STS
Subtotal
STS
Non-STS
Subtotal
Total exposures
0
67
0
67
0
0
0
0
0
2,619
0
2,619
Retail
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1,061
0
1,061
of which:
Residential Mortgage
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
947
0
947
Credit Card
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
33
0
33
Other retail exposures
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
81
0
81
Re-securitization
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Wholesale
0
67
0
67
0
0
0
0
0
1,558
0
1,558
of which:
Loans to corporates
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
691
0
691
Commercial Mortgage
0
67
0
67
0
0
0
0
0
502
0
502
Lease and receivables
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
146
0
146
Other wholesale
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
219
0
219
Re-securitization
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
 
184
Deutsche Bank
Exposure to securitization positions
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Securitization exposures in the non-trading book and associated regulatory capital requirements - institution
acting as originator or as sponsor
Overall, the aggregate exposure volume generated by the securitization business was € 102.4 billion as of December 31,
2025, an increase of € 4.0 billion compared to June 30, 2025. The majority of the exposure resided in the non-trading
book with € 99.3 billion, whereas the trading book portion represented only a minor contribution of € 3.1 billion
aggregate exposure value. Volume in the non-trading book increased by € 3.6 billion mainly driven by new originator
synthetic positions and new investor traditional positions while in the trading book, the exposure volume increased
marginally by € 0.4 billion compared to June 30, 2025.
As of December 31, 2025, the € 99.3 billion non-trading book exposure included two material contributions, which
together covered € 93.1 billion. One dominant part consisted of the traditional securitizations with a volume of
€ 53.9 billion, where the Group acted as investor by purchasing securitization investments. The other dominant part was
composed of the synthetic securitization transactions with a volume of € 39.2 billion, where the Group acted as
originator. Compared to June 30, 2025, the net increase of traditional securitization, where the Group acted as investor
was € 3.1 billion, and synthetic securitizations increased by € 0.4 billion, which reflects the Group’s increased activity in
issuing new synthetic originator securitizations.
From a securitized asset perspective, the material asset types were loans to corporates and other retail exposures in the
non-trading book, as well as mortgages (commercial mortgages and residential mortgages) and loans to corporates in
the trading book. In the non-trading book the loans to corporates represented € 66.8 billion, or 67% of the exposure
volume, other retail exposures covered € 11.7 billion, representing 12% of the exposure volume, and mortgages covered
€ 10.8 billion, representing 11% of the exposure volume. In the trading book the mortgages represented the dominant
part with € 1.7 billion of total € 3.1 billion, representing 54% of the exposure volume and the loans to corporates covered
€ 0.8 billion, representing 24% of the total exposure volume of that book. Together, the securitized asset types “Loans to
corporates”, “Other retail exposures”, “Commercial Mortgages” and “Residential Mortgages”, represented around
€ 91.9 billion of € 102.4 billion overall securitization position exposure, which was equivalent to 90% of that volume.
Of the overall volume of securitization business of € 102.4 billion only a minority of € 6.6 billion was classified as simple,
transparent and standardized (STS). This represented 6.4% of the overall exposure volume in securitizations.
Securitization exposures in the non-trading book and
associated regulatory capital requirements - institution acting
as originator or as sponsor
Article 449 (k)(i) CRR
The table EU SEC3 presents the retained or purchased non-trading book securitizations, where the Group acted as
originator or sponsor. Compared to EU SEC1, this table does not include any amounts, where no SRT is achieved, as
these amounts do not lead to exposure value in the securitization exposure class.
Firstly, the exposure values are broken down by risk-weight bands (columns a-e). Additionally, the Group presents the
exposure values, risk weighted exposure amounts and capital requirements separately for each regulatory RWA
calculation approach (columns f-q). All these are vertically broken down by traditional and synthetic transactions,
securitization and re-securitization, as well as by retail or wholesale and a specific row for STS traditional transactions.
For the meaning of the terms used in the following sections for the regulatory calculation approaches of the
securitization framework (SEC-IRBA, SEC-SA and SEC-ERBA), please see the short description below.
SEC-IRBA (Articles 259 and 260 CRR): Approach to be used in case the securitized assets would be treated under the
IRB approach if not securitized and reside on the Group’s books; at least 95% of the exposure value of the securitized
assets need to be treated under the IRB approaches in order to apply this approach; there are a number of additional
requirements in order to apply this approach (see Article 258 CRR).
SEC-SA (Articles 261 and 262 CRR): In case SEC-IRBA is not applicable, the SEC-SA is generally to be applied; for this
the capital requirement ratio under the standardized approach (KSA) of the pool of securitized assets needs to be
calculated as if it was not securitized and as if it was on the Group’s book; in addition, the delinquent asset ratio on the
pool level needs to be determined.
SEC-ERBA (Articles 263 and 264 CRR): This can be applied, if an eligible external or inferred rating is available; the risk
weight is determined by a lookup table from the rating letter and the maturity of the position; in case the SEC-ERBA is
available there are certain rules to determine when the SEC-ERBA is to be used instead of the SEC-SA (for details see
Article 254 CRR).
1,250%: In all other cases, a risk weight of 1,250% is applied.
185
Deutsche Bank
Exposure to securitization positions
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Securitization exposures in the non-trading book and associated regulatory capital requirements - institution
acting as originator or as sponsor
   
EU SEC3 – Securitization exposures in the non-trading book and associated regulatory capital requirements - institution acting as originator or as sponsor
Dec 31, 2025
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
m
n
o
p
q
Exposure values (by RW bands/deductions)
Exposure values (by regulatory approach)
RWA (by regulatory approach)
Capital charge after cap
in € m.
≤20% RW
>20% to
50% RW
>50% to
100%         
RW
>100% to
<1250%   
RW
1250%
RW/
deductio
ns
SEC-IRBA
SEC-
ERBA(incl
uding
IAA)
SEC-SA
1250% /
deductio
ns
SEC-IRBA
SEC-
ERBA(incl
uding
IAA)
SEC-SA
1250% /
deductio
ns
SEC-IRBA
SEC-
ERBA(incl
uding
IAA)
SEC-SA
1250% /
deductio
ns
Total exposures
40,639
2,331
91
26
37
42,481
35
571
37
6,448
79
152
465
510
4
12
37
Traditional transactions
3,793
132
14
26
0
3,360
35
571
0
508
79
152
0
35
4
12
0
Securitization
3,793
132
14
26
0
3,360
35
571
0
508
79
152
0
35
4
12
0
Retail underlying
3,166
132
12
19
0
2,742
32
556
0
411
71
96
0
27
3
8
0
of which:
STS
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Wholesale
628
0
2
6
0
617
4
15
0
96
8
56
0
8
1
4
0
of which:
STS
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Re-securitization
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Synthetic transactions
36,845
2,198
77
0
37
39,121
0
0
37
5,940
0
0
465
475
0
0
37
Securitization
36,845
2,198
77
0
37
39,121
0
0
37
5,940
0
0
465
475
0
0
37
Retail underlying
1,134
2,198
0
0
28
3,333
0
0
28
696
0
0
355
56
0
0
28
Wholesale
35,711
0
77
0
9
35,788
0
0
9
5,244
0
0
110
419
0
0
9
Re-securitization
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Jun 30, 2025
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
m
n
o
p
q
Exposure values (by RW bands/deductions)
Exposure values (by regulatory approach)
RWA (by regulatory approach)
Capital charge after cap
in € m.
≤20% RW
>20% to
50% RW
>50% to
100%         
RW
>100% to
<1250%   
RW
1250%
RW/
deductio
ns
SEC-IRBA
SEC-
ERBA(incl
uding
IAA)
SEC-SA
1250% /
deductio
ns
SEC-IRBA
SEC-
ERBA(incl
uding
IAA)
SEC-SA
1250% /
deductio
ns
SEC-IRBA
SEC-
ERBA(incl
uding
IAA)
SEC-SA
1250% /
deductio
ns
Total exposures
39,572
2,924
15
26
30
41,891
17
629
30
6,519
50
95
377
514
2
8
30
Traditional transactions
3,632
103
15
26
0
3,131
17
629
0
635
50
95
5
44
2
8
0
Securitization
3,632
103
15
26
0
3,131
17
629
0
635
50
95
4
44
2
8
0
Retail underlying
2,701
0
13
0
0
2,209
13
492
0
331
42
74
2
22
1
6
0
of which:
STS
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Wholesale
932
103
2
26
0
922
4
137
0
304
8
21
2
21
1
2
0
of which:
STS
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Re-securitization
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
Synthetic transactions
35,940
2,820
0
0
30
38,760
0
0
30
5,884
0
0
372
471
0
0
30
Securitization
35,940
2,820
0
0
30
38,760
0
0
30
5,884
0
0
372
471
0
0
30
Retail underlying
0
2,616
0
0
19
2,616
0
0
19
606
0
0
232
48
0
0
19
Wholesale
35,940
204
0
0
11
36,144
0
0
11
5,278
0
0
140
422
0
0
11
Re-securitization
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
 
186
Deutsche Bank
Exposure to securitization positions
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Securitization exposures in the non-trading book and associated regulatory capital requirements - institution
acting as originator or as sponsor
The overall exposure volume of the securitization exposures in the non-trading book was € 97.1 billion by December 31,
2025, of which € 43.1 billion related to positions for which the Group acted as originator or sponsor, which was an
increase of € 0.6 billion compared to June 30, 2025. Compared to EU SEC1, EU SEC3 doesn't include the amount of
€ 2.2 billion, which is the securitized principal notional amount where no significant risk transfer is achieved. The
securitization exposures for these two roles were concentrated in the lowest risk-weight band, with risk-weights equal to
or lower than 20%. These positions were almost exclusively treated by the SEC-IRBA method of the securitization
framework of CRR. This reflected first and foremost the way the own synthetic on-balance sheet securitizations, which
covered € 39.2 billion or 91% of the € 43.1 billion of exposure volume, were structured, namely such that the senior
tranche, which attracts a minimal risk-weight, was kept, while subordinated tranches were transferred to third parties.
Consequently, the RWA before capping and the capital requirements were also concentrated under the method of SEC-
IRBA. Accordingly, the overall capital requirements for originators and sponsors increased by € 9.0 million from
€ 554.0 million as of June 30, 2025 to € 563.0 million as of December 31, 2025, of which € 510.1 million or around 91%
were treated under SEC-IRBA. As of December 31, 2025, exposure levels increased by 1% and capital requirements
increased by 2% compared to June 30, 2025, due to the increased activity in issuing new synthetic transactions by
Deutsche Bank.
Securitization exposures in the non-trading book and
associated regulatory capital requirements - institution acting
as investor
Article 449 (k)(ii) CRR
The table EU SEC4 presents the purchased non-trading book securitizations, where the Group acts as investor, i.e.
wherever the Group is not acting as originator or sponsor.
Firstly, the exposure values are broken down by risk-weight bands (columns a-e). Additionally, the Group presents the
exposure values, risk weighted exposure amounts and capital requirements for securitization positions provided
separately for each regulatory RWA calculation approach (columns f-q). All these values are vertically broken down by
traditional and synthetic transactions, securitization and re-securitization, as well as by retail or wholesale and a specific
row for STS for traditional transactions.
187
Deutsche Bank
Exposure to securitization positions
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Securitization exposures in the non-trading book and associated regulatory capital requirements - institution
acting as investor
   
EU SEC4 – Securitization exposures in the non-trading book and associated regulatory capital requirements - institution acting as investor
Dec 31, 2025
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
m
n
o
p
q
Exposure values (by RW bands/deductions)
Exposure values (by regulatory approach)
RWA (by regulatory approach)
Capital charge after cap
in € m.
≤20% RW
>20% to
50% RW
>50% to
100%         
RW
>100% to
<1250%   
RW
1250%
RW/
deductio
ns
SEC-IRBA
SEC-
ERBA(incl
uding
IAA)
SEC-SA
1250% /
deductio
ns
SEC-IRBA
SEC-
ERBA(incl
uding
IAA)
SEC-SA
1250% /
deductio
ns
SEC-IRBA
SEC-
ERBA(incl
uding
IAA)
SEC-SA
1250% /
deductio
ns
Total exposures
49,454
2,322
1,905
207
44
18,114
331
35,444
44
3,311
695
7,105
546
256
43
517
44
Traditional transactions
49,454
2,322
1,905
207
44
18,114
331
35,444
44
3,311
695
7,105
546
256
43
517
44
Securitization
49,454
2,322
1,905
207
44
18,114
331
35,444
44
3,311
695
7,104
546
256
43
517
44
Retail underlying
10,623
1,287
949
101
3
7,147
182
5,632
3
1,450
280
1,297
34
107
14
96
3
of which:
STS
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Wholesale
38,831
1,035
956
106
41
10,967
149
29,811
41
1,862
414
5,807
512
149
29
421
41
of which:
STS
75
0
0
0
0
0
0
75
0
0
0
7
0
0
0
1
0
Re-securitization
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Synthetic transactions
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Securitization
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Retail underlying
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Wholesale
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Re-securitization
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
 
Jun 30, 2025
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
m
n
o
p
q
Exposure values (by RW bands/deductions)
Exposure values (by regulatory approach)
RWA (by regulatory approach)
Capital charge after cap
in € m.
≤20% RW
>20% to
50% RW
>50% to
100%         
RW
>100% to
<1250%   
RW
1250%
RW/
deductio
ns
SEC-IRBA
SEC-
ERBA(incl
uding
IAA)
SEC-SA
1250% /
deductio
ns
SEC-IRBA
SEC-
ERBA(incl
uding
IAA)
SEC-SA
1250% /
deductio
ns
SEC-IRBA
SEC-
ERBA(incl
uding
IAA)
SEC-SA
1250% /
deductio
ns
Total exposures
46,611
2,268
1,742
180
22
18,822
475
31,504
22
3,256
628
6,413
270
238
44
486
22
Traditional transactions
46,611
2,268
1,742
180
22
18,822
475
31,504
22
3,256
628
6,413
270
238
44
486
22
Securitization
46,611
2,268
1,742
180
21
18,822
475
31,504
21
3,256
628
6,413
268
238
44
486
21
Retail underlying
11,662
869
392
125
5
8,119
146
4,783
5
1,557
226
1,122
61
102
15
79
5
of which:
STS
82
0
0
0
0
0
12
70
0
0
1
9
0
0
0
1
0
Wholesale
34,949
1,399
1,350
55
17
10,702
328
26,722
17
1,699
403
5,291
206
136
29
406
17
of which:
STS
93
0
0
0
0
0
0
93
0
0
0
9
0
0
0
1
0
Re-securitization
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
0
0
0
0
Synthetic transactions
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Securitization
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Retail underlying
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Wholesale
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Re-securitization
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
188
Deutsche Bank
Exposure to securitization positions
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Securitization exposures in the non-trading book and associated regulatory capital requirements - institution
acting as originator or as sponsor
The overall exposure volume of the securitization exposures in the non-trading book was € 97.1 billion by December 31,
2025, for € 53.9 billion or 56% of which the Group acted as investor, which was an increase of € 3.1 billion compared with
June 30, 2025. With € 49.5 billion, or 92% of the exposure volume, the majority of the exposure volume of the investor
portfolio was concentrated in the lowest risk-weight bucket, with risk-weights below or equal to 20%. A minor portion of
€ 2.3 billion or 4% was allocated to the second lowest risk-weight bucket of risk-weights greater than 20% and lower than
or equal to 50%. The two most important methods applied to the investor portfolio were the SEC-IRBA and the SEC-SA.
The SEC-SA was applied to an exposure volume of € 35.4 billion or 66% and the SEC-IRBA was applied to € 18.1 billion or
34% of the full investor exposure amount. A minority portion of € 0.3 billion was covered by the SEC-ERBA. The least
beneficial approach resulting in 1250% risk-weight had to be applied to € 44 million exposure volume of this portfolio.
Consequently, also with respect to capital requirements after the cap, the two approaches SEC-IRBA and SEC-SA
covered the major part, therein € 773 million or 90% of the investor portfolio capital requirements. The SEC-SA covered
€ 517 million or 60% and the SEC-IRBA covered € 256 million or 30% of the investor portfolio capital requirements after
cap of € 860 million, an increase of € 70.0 million compared to June 30, 2025 with an amount of € 790 million.
Compared to June 30, 2025, the overall securitization exposure volume in the non-trading book increased by
€ 3.7 billion. That movement was mainly resulting from an increase of € 3.1 billion in the investor activities and an
increase of € 0.6 billion in the originator and sponsor business, which was mainly due to new synthetic originator
transactions. The two main components of that € 3.7 billion movement were an increase of € 3.9 billion within the lowest
risk-weight bucket, with risk-weights below or equal to 20% and an increase of € 0.2 billion within the risk-weight bucket
with risk-weights greater than 50% and lower than or equal to 100%. As a result, the overall capital requirements of the
non-trading book increased by 6% from € 1,344 million as of June 30, 2025, to € 1,423 million by December 31, 2025.
Exposures securitized by the institution - Exposures in default
and specific credit risk adjustments
Article 449 (l) CRR
The table EU SEC5 presents the outstanding nominal amounts where the Group acts as originator or sponsor along with
exposures which have been classified as defaulted according to Article 178 CRR and its relating specific credit risk
adjustments in accordance with Article 110 CRR. The amounts are broken down by the exposure type of the securitized
exposures. The outstanding nominal amounts shown correspond to the share of the Group’s contribution to the
securitized assets.
EU SEC5 – Exposures securitized by the institution - Exposures in default and specific credit risk adjustments
Dec 31, 2025
a
b
c
Exposures securitized by the institution -
Institution acts as originator or as sponsor
Total outstanding nominal
amount
Total amount
of specific
credit risk
adjustments
made during
the period
in € m.
Total
of which
exposures in
default
Total exposures
178,195
6,721
417
Retail (total)
81,716
1,316
157
Residential mortgage
73,465
1,183
99
Credit card
0
0
0
Other retail exposures
8,160
133
58
Re-securitization
91
0
0
Wholesale (total)
96,479
5,405
260
Loans to corporates
43,163
430
260
Commercial mortgage
53,165
4,958
0
Lease and receivables
133
0
0
Other wholesale
0
0
0
Re-securitization
17
17
0
 
189
Deutsche Bank
Exposure to securitization positions
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Exposures securitized by the institution - Exposures in default and specific credit risk adjustments
Jun 30, 2025
a
b
c
Exposures securitized by the institution -
Institution acts as originator or as sponsor
Total outstanding nominal
amount
Total amount
of specific
credit risk
adjustments
made during
the period
in € m
Total
of which
exposures in
default
Total exposures
179,611
6,566
296
Retail (total)
81,756
1,369
76
Residential mortgage
74,352
1,249
45
Credit card
0
0
0
Other retail exposures
7,310
120
31
Re-securitization
95
0
0
Wholesale (total)
97,855
5,197
221
Loans to corporates
43,684
404
221
Commercial mortgage
54,013
4,791
0
Lease and receivables
141
0
0
Other wholesale
0
0
0
Re-securitization
17
1
0
 
The total outstanding nominal amount of securitized assets where the Group acted as originator or sponsor was
€ 178.2 billion as of December 31, 2025, a decrease of € 1.4 billion compared with June 30, 2025. The key drivers were a
decrease in residential mortgages by € 0.9 billion and a decrease of € 0.8 billion in commercial mortgages. The
outstanding nominal amount where the Group acted as originator contributed € 171.5 billion or 96% of the total
outstanding nominal amount. The outstanding nominal amount where the Group acted as sponsor was represented by
€ 6.7 billion or 4% of the total outstanding amount. The total outstanding nominal amount of securitized assets consisted
of € 53.2 billion commercial mortgages, € 73.5 billion residential mortgages and € 43.2 billion loans to corporates. In
relative terms mortgages contributed 71% and loans to corporates 24% of the total outstanding nominal amount.
Securitized assets flagged as defaulted by December 31, 2025 added up to a total of € 6.7 billion, which were split into
€ 5.0 billion commercial mortgages, € 1.2 billion residential mortgages and € 0.4 billion loans to corporates. In relative
terms the defaulted asset ratios were 9.3% for commercial mortgages, 1.6% for residential mortgages and 1.0% for loans
to corporates. Overall, the ratio of defaulted assets in the pools of these securitizations was at 3.8%, an increase of 0.1
percentage points compared to June 30, 2025.
190
Deutsche Bank
Market risk
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Risk management objectives and policies
Market risk
Risk management objectives and policies
Market risk management strategies and processes
Article 435 (1)(a) CRR (EU OVA & EU MRA)
The vast majority of the Group’s businesses are subject to market risk, defined as the potential for change in the market
value of the trading and invested positions. Risk can arise from changes in interest rates, credit spreads, foreign exchange
rates, equity prices, commodity prices and other relevant parameters, such as market volatility and market implied
default probabilities. The market risk can affect accounting, economic and regulatory views of the exposure.
Market Risk Management governance is designed and established to promote oversight of all market risks, effective
decision making and timely escalation to senior management. Market Risk Management defines and implements a
framework to systematically identify, assess, monitor and report the market risk. Market risk managers identify market
risks through active portfolio analysis and engagement with the business units.
Market risk management structure and organization
Article 435 (1)(b) CRR (EU OVA & EU MRA)
Market Risk framework
Market Risk Management is part of the Group’s independent Risk function and sits within the Market and Valuations Risk
Management group. One of the primary objectives of Market Risk Management is to ensure that the business units’ risk
exposure is within the approved risk appetite commensurate with its defined strategy. To achieve this objective, Market
Risk Management works closely together with risk takers (“the business units”) and other control and support groups.
The market risk can be distinguished between three substantially different types:
Trading market risk arises primarily through the market-making and client facilitation activities of the Investment Bank
division; this involves taking positions in debt, equity, foreign exchange, other securities and commodities as well as in
equivalent derivatives
Traded default risk arising from defaults and rating migrations relating to trading instruments
Nontrading market risk arises from market movements, primarily outside the activities of the trading units, in the
banking book and from off-balance sheet items; this includes interest rate risk, credit spread risk, investment risk and
foreign exchange risk as well as market risk arising from the Group’s pension schemes, guaranteed funds and equity
compensation; nontrading market risk also includes risk from the modeling of client deposits as well as savings and
loan products
The aim is to accurately measure all types of market risks by a comprehensive set of risk metrics embedding accounting,
economic and regulatory considerations.
Scope and nature of market risk measurement and reporting systems
Article 435 (1)(c) CRR (EU OVA & EU MRA)
The scope and nature of the market risk measurement and reporting systems are described in the section “Risk
management objectives and policies - Enterprise and Treasury Risk - Scope and nature of risk measurement and
reporting systems ” of this document.
Policies for hedging and mitigating market risk
Article 435 (1)(d) CRR (EU OVA & EU MRA)
The approach to hedging and managing market risk is governed by policies explicitly designed to ensure that all hedging
activities are risk reducing, not proprietary in nature and are documented prior to trade execution. Hedging activities are
reviewed by the relevant business control forum.
The primary mechanism to manage trading market risk is the application of the Group’s risk appetite framework of which
the limit framework is a key component. The Management Board, supported by Market Risk Management, sets group-
wide value-at-risk, economic capital and portfolio stress testing limits for market risk in the trading book. Market Risk
Management allocates this overall appetite to the Corporate Divisions and their individual business units based on
191
Deutsche Bank
Market risk
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Risk management objectives and policies
established and agreed business plans. The business aligned heads within Market Risk Management also establish
business unit limits, by allocating the limit down to individual portfolios, geographical regions and types of market risks.
Value-at-risk, economic capital and portfolio stress testing limits are used for managing all types of market risk at an
overall portfolio level. As an additional and important complementary tool for managing certain portfolios or risk types,
Market Risk Management performs risk analysis and business specific stress testing. Limits are also set on sensitivity and
concentration/liquidity, exposure, business-level stress testing and event risk scenarios, taking into consideration
business plans and the risk versus return assessment.
The business units are responsible for adhering to the limits against which exposures are monitored and reported. The
market risk limits set by Market Risk Management are monitored on a daily, weekly and monthly basis, dependent on the
risk management tool being used.
Management of the Group’s non-trading market risk exposure is governed by the same established risk appetite and limit
framework used for trading market risks. At Group level those are captured by the management board set limits for
market risk economic capital capturing exposures to all market risks across asset classes as well as earnings and
economic value based limits for interest rate risk in the banking book. Those limits are cascaded down by market risk
management to the divisional or portfolio level. The limit framework for nontrading market risk exposure is further
complemented by a set of business specific stress tests, value-at-risk and sensitivity limits monitored on a daily or
monthly basis dependent on the risk measure being used.
Own funds requirements under the Market Risk Standardized Approach
Article 445 CRR
As of December 31, 2025, the securitization positions, for which the specific interest rate risk is calculated using the
market risk standardized approach, generated capital requirements of € 278 million corresponding to risk weighted-
assets of € 3.5 billion. As of June 30, 2025 these positions generated capital requirements of € 255 million corresponding
to risk weighted-assets of € 3.2 billion.
The capital requirement for Collective Investment Undertakings under the market risk standardized approach was € 9
million corresponding to risk weighted-assets of € 109 million as of December 31, 2025, compared with € 10 million and
€ 122 million, respectively, as of June 30, 2025.
EU MR1 – Market risk under the standardized approach
Dec 31, 2025
Jun 30, 2025
a
a
in € m.
RWA
RWA
Outright products
1
Interest rate risk (general and specific)
53
100
2
Equity risk (general and specific)
36
36
3
Foreign exchange risk
21
27
4
Commodity risk
0
0
Options
5
Simplified approach
0
0
6
Delta-plus method
0
0
7
Scenario approach
0
0
8
Securitization (specific risk)
3,474
3,188
9
Total
3,584
3,351
192
Deutsche Bank
Market risk
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Risk management objectives and policies
Qualitative information on the internal model approach
Characteristics of the market risk models
Article 455 (a)(i) CRR (EU MRB)
Market Risk Management aims to accurately measure all types of market risks by a comprehensive set of risk metrics
reflecting economic and regulatory requirements. In accordance with economic and regulatory requirements, the Group
measures market and related risks using several key risk metrics listed below:
Internally developed market risk models
Value-at-risk (“VaR”) and stressed value-at-risk (“SVaR”)
Incremental risk charge
Market risk standardized approaches
Market Risk Standardized Approach (MRSA), applied to investment funds with no look through, MRSA-eligible
securitizations and positions subject to longevity risk
Stress testing measures
Portfolio stress testing
Business-level stress testing
Event risk scenarios
Economic capital measures
Market risk economic capital, including traded default risk
Other model derived and market observable metrics
Sensitivities
Market value/notional (concentration risk)
Loss given default
These measures are viewed as complementary to each other and in aggregate define the market risk framework, by
which all businesses can be measured and monitored.
Value-at-Risk (VaR) at Deutsche Bank Group
VaR is a quantitative measure of the potential loss (in value) of Fair Value positions due to market movements that should
not be exceeded in a defined period of time and with a defined confidence level.
The Group’s value-at-risk for the trading businesses is based on historical simulation model (internal model approach).
Further details about the regulatory model approval are outlined in the disclosures to Article 455 (b).
The historical simulation approach provides more accurate modelling of the risks, enhances the Group’s analysis
capabilities and provides a more effective tool for risk management. Aside from enabling a more accurate view of market
risk, the implementation of historical simulation VaR has brought about an even closer alignment of the market risk
systems and models to the end of day pricing.
Risk management VaR is calibrated to a 99% confidence level and a one day holding period. This indicates a 1 in 100
chance that a mark-to-market loss from the trading positions will be at least as large as the reported VaR. For regulatory
capital purposes, the VaR model is calibrated to a 99% confidence interval and a ten day holding period.
The calculation employs a historical simulation technique that uses one year of historical market data as input and
observed correlations between the risk factors during this one year period.
The VaR model is designed to take into account a comprehensive set of risk factors across all asset classes. Key risk
factors are swap/government curves, index and issuer-specific credit curves, single equity and index prices, foreign
exchange rates, commodity prices as well as their implied volatilities. To help ensure completeness in the risk coverage,
second order risk factors, e.g. money market basis, implied dividends, option-adjusted spreads and precious metals lease
rates are also considered in the VaR calculation. The list of risk factors included in the VaR model is reviewed regularly
and enhanced as part of ongoing model performance reviews.
The model incorporates both linear and, especially for derivatives, nonlinear impacts predominantly through a full
revaluation approach but it also utilizes a sensitivity-based approach for certain portfolios. The full revaluation approach
193
Deutsche Bank
Market risk
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Qualitative information on the internal model approach
uses the historical changes to risk factors as input to pricing functions. The sensitivity based approach uses sensitivities
to underlying risk factors in combination with historical changes to those risk factors.
For each business unit a separate VaR is calculated for each risk type, e.g. interest rate risk, credit spread risk, equity risk,
foreign exchange risk and commodity risk. “Diversification effect” reflects the fact that the total VaR on a given day will
be lower than the sum of the VaR relating to the individual risk types. Simply adding the VaR figures of the individual risk
types to arrive at an aggregate VaR would imply the assumption that the losses in all risk types occur simultaneously.
The VaR enables the Group to apply a consistent measure across the fair value exposures. It allows a comparison of risk in
different businesses, and also provides a means of aggregating and netting positions within a portfolio to reflect
correlations and offsets between different asset classes. Furthermore, it facilitates comparisons of the market risk both
over time and against the daily trading results.
When using VaR results a number of considerations should be taken into account. These include:
The use of historical market data may not be a good indicator of potential future events, particularly those that are
extreme in nature; this “backward-looking” limitation can cause VaR to understate future potential losses (as in 2008),
but can also cause it to be overstated immediately following a period of significant stress (as in post COVID-19)
The one day holding period does not fully capture the market risk arising during periods of illiquidity, when positions
cannot be closed out or hedged within one day
VaR does not indicate the potential loss beyond the 99th quantile
Intra-day risk is not reflected in the end of day VaR calculation
There may be risks in the trading or banking book that are partially or not captured by the VaR model
The process of systematically capturing and evaluating risks currently not captured in the VaR model has been further
developed and improved. An assessment is made to determine the level of materiality of these risks and material items
are prioritized for inclusion in the internal model. Risks not in VaR are monitored and assessed on a regular basis through
the Risk Not In VaR (RNIV) framework. This framework is consistent with the Historical Simulation approach which in turn
yields a more accurate estimate of the contribution of these missing items and their potential capitalization.
The bank is committed to the ongoing development of the internal risk models, and allocates substantial resources to
reviewing, validating and improving them.
Stressed Value-at-Risk (SVaR)
Stressed Value-at-Risk (SVaR) calculates a stressed value-at-risk measure based on a one year period of significant
market stress. The Group calculates a stressed value-at-risk measure using a 99% confidence level. Stressed VaR is
calculated with a holding period of ten days. The SVaR calculation utilizes the same systems, trade information and
processes as those used for the calculation of value-at-risk. The only difference is that historical market data and
observed correlations from a period of significant financial stress (i.e., characterized by high volatilities) is used as an
input for the historical simulation.
The stress period selection process for the stressed value-at-risk calculation is based on the comparison of VaR
calculated using historical time windows compared to the current SVaR. If a historical window produces a VaR which is
higher than the current SVaR, it is further investigated and the SVaR window can then subsequently be updated
accordingly. This process runs on a quarterly basis.
During 2025, the stress period selection process for Deutsche Bank Group was conducted as outlined above. As a result,
the SVaR window used at various periods in 2025 included the European sovereign crisis of 2011/12 and the more recent
COVID-19 stress period of 2019/20.
Incremental risk charge
Article 455 (a)(ii),(f) CRR and EU MRB
The incremental risk charge (IRC) is based on the bank’s internal model and is intended to complement the value-at-risk
modeling framework. The bank uses a Monte Carlo Simulation for calculating incremental risk charge as the 99.9%
quantile of the portfolio loss distribution for allocating contributory incremental risk charge to individual positions. The
assessment is performed over a one year capital horizon under a constant position approach which corresponds to
applying a 12 months liquidity horizon to all instruments. The model captures the default and migration risk in an
accurate and consistent quantitative approach for all portfolios. Important parameters for the incremental risk charge
calculation are exposures, recovery rates, maturity, ratings with corresponding default and migration probabilities and
parameters specifying issuer correlations.
194
Deutsche Bank
Market risk
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Qualitative information on the internal model approach
The incremental risk charge is calculated on a weekly basis. For regulatory reporting purposes, the charge is determined
as the higher of the most recent 12 week average of incremental risk charge and the most recent incremental risk charge.
The contributory incremental risk charge of individual positions, which is calculated by expected shortfall allocation,
provides the basis for identifying risk concentrations in the portfolio.
Default and rating migration probabilities are defined by rating migration matrices which are calibrated on historical
external rating data. Taking into account the trade-off between granularity of matrices and their stability, the model
applies a global corporate matrix and a sovereign matrix comprising the seven main rating non-default states and one
default state. Accordingly, issue or issuer ratings from the rating agencies Moody’s, S&P and Fitch are assigned to each
position.
To quantify a loss due to rating migration, a revaluation of a position is performed under the new rating. The probability
of joint rating downgrades and defaults is determined by the migration and rating correlations of the incremental risk
charge model. These correlations are specified through systematic factors that represent geographical regions and
industries and are calibrated on historical rating migration and equity time series. The simulation is based on the
assumption of a constant position approach where differences in maturities of long and short positions are taken into
account. As the default state is absorbing, defaulted positions do not generate any further losses from rating migrations.
The price risk of defaulted debt is modeled by stochastic recoveries.
Direct validation of the incremental risk charge through back-testing methods is not possible. The charge is subject to
validation principles such as the evaluation of conceptual soundness, ongoing monitoring and process and outcome
analysis. Model validation relies more on indirect methods including stress tests and sensitivity analyses. Relevant
parameters are included in the annual validation cycle established in the current regulatory framework.
Market risk stress testing
Article 455 (a)(iii) CRR (EU MRB)
Stress testing is a key risk management technique, which evaluates the potential effects of extreme market events and
extreme movements in individual risk factors. It is one of the core quantitative tools used to assess the market risk of
Deutsche Bank’s positions and complements VaR and Economic Capital. Market Risk Management performs several
types of stress testing to capture a variety of risks: portfolio stress testing, individual specific stress tests, event risk
scenarios, climate stress and also contributes to group wide stress testing. These are set at varying severities ranging
from mild for earning stability purposes to extreme for capital adequacy assessment. The bank also participates in a
number of Regulatory Stress Tests such as EBA, CCAR and MAS.
Portfolio stress testing measures the profit and loss impact of potential market events based on a broad range of
historical or hypothetical macro-economic scenarios considered to be severe and plausible. It is used to manage
systemic tail risk and informs on earnings stability and capital resilience.
For individual specific stress tests, market risk managers identify relevant idiosyncratic risk factors and develop stress
scenarios relating either to macro-economic or business-specific developments. Event risk scenario measures the impact
of historically observable events or hypothetical situations on trading positions for specific emerging market countries
and regions.
In addition, Market Risk Management participates in the group wide stress test process, where macro-economic
scenarios are defined by Enterprise Risk Management Risk Research and each risk department translates that same
scenario to the relevant shocks required to apply to their portfolio. This includes credit, market, operational and liquidity
risks.
Methodology for backtesting and model validation
Article 455 (a)(iv) CRR (EU MRB)
The Group continually analyzes potential weaknesses of the value-at-risk model using statistical techniques, such as
backtesting, and also rely on risk management experience.
Backtesting is a procedure used to assess the predictive accuracy of the value-at-risk calculations involving the
comparison of hypothetical daily profits and losses under the buy-and-hold assumption (‘daily buy-and hold income’) to
the daily value-at-risk. Under this assumption, the P&L impact on a portfolio for a trading day valued with current market
prices and parameters assuming it had been left untouched for that day is estimated and compared with the estimates
from the value-at-risk model from the preceding day. The calculation of hypothetical daily profits and losses (buy & hold
income) excludes gains and losses from intraday trading, fees and commissions, carry (including net interest margins),
reserves and other miscellaneous revenues. An outlier is a hypothetical buy-and-hold trading loss that exceeds the
195
Deutsche Bank
Market risk
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Qualitative information on the internal model approach
value-at-risk from the preceding day. Backtesting is also carried out by comparing daily value-at-risk to actual income
where actual income represents total P&L excluding fees, commissions, NII and credit and debt valuation adjustments
but includes intraday trading. On average, 99% confidence level should give rise to two to three outliers (calculated as
maximum of outliers on buy & hold or actual income) representing 1% of approximately 260 trading days in any one year.
Market risk analyzes and documents underlying reasons for outliers and classifies them either as due to market
movements, risks not included in the value-at-risk model, model or process shortcomings. The results are used for further
enhancement of the value-at-risk methodology. Formal communications explaining the reasons behind any outlier on
Group level are provided to the BaFin and the ECB.
In addition to the standard backtesting analysis at the value-at-risk quantile, the value-at-risk model performance is
further verified by analyzing the distributional fit across the whole of the distribution (full distribution backtesting).
Regular backtesting is also undertaken on hypothetical portfolios to test value-at-risk performance of particular
products and their hedges.
There are various backtesting forums, with participation from Market Risk Management, Market Risk Analysis and Control,
Model Validation, and Finance, that regularly review backtesting results as a whole and of individual businesses. They
analyze performance fluctuations and assess the predictive power of the value-at-risk model, which allows the bank to
improve and adjust the risk estimation process accordingly.
A model validation team reviews all quantitative aspects of the Value-at-Risk model on a regular basis. The review
covers, but is not limited to, model assumptions, calibration approaches for risk parameters, and model performance.
Regulatory approval for market risk models
Article 455 (b) CRR (EU MRB)
The Group’s value-at-risk for the trading businesses is based on historical simulation model (internal model approach)
predominantly utilizing full revaluation, although some portfolios remain on a sensitivity-based approach. The approach
is used for both Risk Management and capital requirements.
The Group also has approval to use the internally-developed models described above in the calculation of regulatory
capital for the Incremental Risk Charge.
Trading book allocation and prudent valuation
Article 455 (c) CRR (EU MRB)
For regulatory purposes all of Deutsche Bank’s positions must be assigned to either the trading book or the banking
book. This classification of a position impacts its regulatory treatment, in particular the calculation of the regulatory
capital charges for the position. Deutsche Bank defines the criteria for the allocation of positions to either the trading
book or banking book in internal policy documents, which are based on the respective requirements applicable to the
Group contained in Articles 102 to 106 of the CRR. In line with the EBA opinions dated February 27, 2023, August 12,
2024 and August 8, 2025 Deutsche Bank continues to apply the rules on inclusion of position to either the trading book
or banking book, reclassifications and internal hedges as defined by Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 in force as of 27 June
2023. A central function in Finance is responsible for the policy guidance and is the center of competence with regard to
questions concerning its application. The Finance functions for the individual business areas are responsible for the
classification of positions in line with the policy requirements.
Deutsche Bank includes positions in the trading book that are financial instruments or commodities which are held with
trading intent or which are held for the purpose of hedging other trading book positions. Positions included in the trading
book must be free of any restrictive covenants regarding their transferability or able to be hedged. Moreover, positions
assigned to the trading book must be revalued daily and changes in the value of those positions must be reported in the
profit and loss account. Further information on the valuation methodology that Deutsche Bank uses is provided below.
As part of the ongoing procedures to confirm that the inclusion of positions in the trading book continues to be in line
with the above referenced internal policy guidance, the Finance functions for the bank’s trading businesses carry out a
global review of the classification of positions on a quarterly basis. The results of the review are documented and
presented to the respective Divisional Control Forums with representatives from Finance.
Re-allocations of positions between the trading book and the banking book may only be carried out in line with the
internal policy guidance. They must be documented and are subject to approval by the heads of the Finance functions
for the respective business areas.
196
Deutsche Bank
Market risk
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Qualitative information on the internal model approach
Prudent valuation
The Group has an established valuation control framework which governs internal control standards, methodologies, and
procedures over the valuation process.
Prices Quoted in Active Markets
The fair value of instruments that are quoted in active markets are determined using the quoted prices where they
represent prices at which regularly and recently occurring transactions take place.
Valuation Techniques
The Group uses valuation techniques to establish the fair value of instruments where prices, quoted in active markets, are
not available. Valuation techniques used for financial instruments include modelling techniques, the use of indicative
quotes for proxy instruments, quotes from recent and less regular transactions and broker quotes.
For some financial instruments a rate or other parameter, rather than a price, is quoted. Where this is the case then the
market rate or parameter is used as an input to a valuation model to determine fair value. For some instruments,
modelling techniques follow industry standard models, for example, discounted cash flow analysis and standard option
pricing models. These models are dependent upon estimated future cash flows, discount factors and volatility levels. For
more complex or unique instruments, more sophisticated modelling techniques are required, and may rely upon
assumptions or more complex parameters such as correlations, prepayment speeds, default rates and loss severity.
Frequently, valuation models require multiple parameter inputs. Where possible, parameter inputs are based on
observable data or are derived from the prices of relevant instruments traded in active markets. Where observable data is
not available for parameter inputs, then other market information is considered. For example, indicative broker quotes
and consensus pricing information are used to support parameter inputs where they are available. Where no observable
information is available to support parameter inputs then they are based on other relevant sources of information such as
prices for similar transactions, historic data, economic fundamentals, and research information, with appropriate
adjustment to reflect the terms of the actual instrument being valued and current market conditions.
Valuation Adjustments
Valuation adjustments are an integral part of the valuation process. In making appropriate valuation adjustments, the
Group follows methodologies that consider factors such as bid-offer spreads, counterparty/own credit and funding risk.
Bid-offer spread valuation adjustments are required to adjust mid-market valuations to the appropriate bid or offer
valuation. The bid or offer valuation is the best representation of the fair value for an instrument, and therefore its fair
value. The carrying value of a long position is adjusted from mid to bid, and the carrying value of a short position is
adjusted from mid to offer. Bid-offer valuation adjustments are determined from bid-offer prices observed in relevant
trading activity and in quotes from other broker-dealers or other knowledgeable counterparties. Where the quoted price
for the instrument is already a bid-offer price then no additional bid-offer valuation adjustment is necessary. Where the
fair value of financial instruments is derived from a modelling technique, then the parameter inputs into that model are
normally at a mid-market level. Such instruments are generally managed on a portfolio basis and, when specified criteria
are met, valuation adjustments are taken to reflect the cost of closing out the net exposure the Bank has to individual
market or counterparty risks. These adjustments are determined from bid-offer prices observed in relevant trading
activity and quotes from other broker-dealers.
Where complex valuation models are used, or where less-liquid positions are being valued, then bid-offer levels for those
positions may not be available directly from the market, and therefore for the close-out cost of these positions, models
and parameters must be estimated. When these adjustments are designed, the Group closely examines the valuation
risks associated with the model as well as the positions themselves, and the resulting adjustments are closely monitored
on an ongoing basis.
CVAs are required to cover expected credit losses to the extent that the valuation technique does not already include an
expected credit loss factor relating to the non-performance risk of the counterparty. The CVA amount is applied to all
relevant over-the-counter (OTC) derivatives, and is determined by assessing the potential credit exposure to a given
counterparty and taking into account any collateral held, the effect of any relevant netting arrangements, expected loss
given default and the probability of default, based on available market information, including CDS spreads. Where
counterparty CDS spreads are not available, relevant proxies are used.
The fair value of the Group’s financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss (i.e., OTC derivative liabilities and issued
note liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss) incorporates valuation adjustments to measure the change
in the Group’s own credit risk (i.e. debt valuation adjustments (DVA) for derivatives and own credit adjustment (OCA) for
structured notes). For derivative liabilities the Group considers its own creditworthiness by assessing all counterparties’
expected future exposure to the Group, taking into account any collateral posted by the Group, the effect of relevant
netting arrangements, the probability of default of the Group, based on the Group’s market CDS level and the expected
loss given default, taking into account the seniority of derivative claims under resolution (statutory subordination). Issued
197
Deutsche Bank
Market risk
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Qualitative information on the internal model approach
note liabilities are discounted utilizing the spread at which similar instruments would be issued or bought back at the
measurement date as this reflects the value from the perspective of a market participant who holds the identical item as
an asset. This spread is further parameterized into a market level of funding component and an idiosyncratic own credit
component. Under IFRS 9 the change in the own credit component is reported under Other Comprehensive Income
(OCI).
When determining CVA and DVA, additional adjustments are made where appropriate to achieve fair value, due to the
expected loss estimate of a particular arrangement, or where the credit risk being assessed differs in nature to that
described by the available CDS instrument.
Funding valuation adjustments (FVA) are required to incorporate the market implied funding costs into the fair value of
derivative positions. The FVA reflects a discounting spread applied to uncollateralized and partially collateralized
derivatives and is determined by assessing the market-implied funding costs on both assets and liabilities.
Where there is uncertainty in the assumptions used within a modelling technique, an additional adjustment is taken to
calibrate the model price to the expected market price of the financial instrument. Typically, such transactions have bid-
offer levels which are less observable, and these adjustments aim to estimate the bid-offer by computing the liquidity-
premium associated with the transaction. Where a financial instrument is of sufficient complexity that the cost of closing
it out would be higher than the cost of closing out its component risks, then an additional adjustment is taken to reflect
this.
Valuation Control
The Group has an independent specialized valuation control group within the Risk function which governs and develops
the valuation control framework and manages the valuation control processes. The mandate of this specialist function
includes the performance of the independent valuation control process for all businesses, the continued development of
valuation control methodologies and techniques, as well as devising and governing the formal valuation control policy
framework. Special attention of this independent valuation control group is directed to areas where management
judgment forms part of the valuation process.
Results of the valuation control process are collected and analyzed as part of a standard monthly reporting cycle.
Variances of differences outside of preset and approved tolerance levels are escalated both within the Finance function
and with Senior Business Management for review, resolution and, if required, adjustment.
For instruments where fair value is determined from valuation models, the assumptions and techniques used within the
models are independently validated by an independent specialist model validation group that is part of the Group’s Risk
Management function.
Quotes for transactions and parameter inputs are obtained from a number of third party sources including exchanges,
pricing service providers, firm broker quotes and consensus pricing services. Price sources are examined and assessed to
determine the quality of fair value information they represent, with greater emphasis given to those possessing greater
valuation certainty and relevance. The results are compared against actual transactions in the market to ensure the
model valuations are calibrated to market prices.
Price and parameter inputs to models, assumptions and valuation adjustments are verified against independent sources.
Where they cannot be verified to independent sources due to lack of observable information, the estimate of fair value is
subject to procedures to assess its reasonableness. Such procedures include performing revaluation using independently
generated models (including where existing models are independently recalibrated), assessing the valuations against
appropriate proxy instruments and other benchmarks, and performing extrapolation techniques. Assessment is made as
to whether the valuation techniques produce fair value estimates that are reflective of market levels by calibrating the
results of the valuation models against market transactions where possible.
Regulatory prudent valuation of assets carried at fair value
Pursuant to Article 34 CRR institutions shall apply the prudent valuation requirements of Article 105 CRR to all assets
measured at fair value and shall deduct from CET 1 capital the amount of any additional value adjustments necessary.
Deutsche Bank determined the amount of the additional value adjustments based on the methodology defined in the
Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2016/101.
As of December 31, 2025, the amount of the additional value adjustments was € 1.7 billion. The December 31, 2024,
amount was € 1.7 billion. No material changes noted year-on-year.
198
Deutsche Bank
Market risk
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Qualitative information on the internal model approach
As of December 31, 2025, the reduction of the expected loss from subtracting the additional value adjustments was € 80
million compared to € 96 million as of December 31, 2024. This partly mitigated the negative impact of the additional
value adjustments on Deutsche Bank's CET 1 capital.
Own funds requirements for market risk under the IMA
Regulatory capital requirements for market risk
Article 455 (e) CRR
The table below presents all internal model-related components relevant for the capital requirement calculation for
market risk.
EU MR2-A – Market Risk under the internal models approach (IMA)
Dec 31, 2025
Jun 30, 2025
a
b
a
b
in € m.
RWA
Capital
requirements
RWA
Capital
requirements
1
VaR (higher of values a and b)
2,716
217
3,489
279
a)
Previous day's VaR (Article 365(1) (VaRt-1))
67
67
b)
Multiplication factor (mc) x average of previous 60 working days
(VaRavg)
217
279
2
SVaR (higher of values a and b)
8,907
713
8,474
678
a)
Latest SVaR (sVaRt-1)
226
348
b)
Multiplication factor (ms) x average of previous 60 working days
(sVaRavg)
713
678
3
Incremental risk charge -IRC (higher of values a and b)
5,651
452
6,089
487
a)
Most recent IRC value
361
369
b)
12 weeks average IRC measure
452
487
4
Comprehensive Risk Measure – CRM (higher of values a, b and c)
a)
Most recent risk measure of comprehensive risk measure
b)
12 weeks average of comprehensive risk measure
c)
Comprehensive risk measure Floor
5
Other¹
192
15
447
36
6
Total
17,466
1,397
18,498
1,480
1Includes Risk not in VaR
As of December 31, 2025, the Internal Models Approach (IMA) components for market risk totaled € 17.5 billion, which is
a decrease of € 1.0 billion since June 30, 2025. The decrease was driven by lower value-at-risk RWA and incremental risk
charge RWA due to overall reduced risk levels in the fourth quarter 2025 under Fixed Income and Currencies Trading
business.
Development of market risk RWA
Article 438 (h) CRR
The following table provides an analysis of key drivers for movements observed for market risk RWA covered by internal
models (i.e. value-at-risk, stressed value-at-risk, incremental risk charge and comprehensive risk measure) in the current
and previous reporting period. It also shows the corresponding movements in capital requirements, derived from RWA
with an 8% capital ratio.
199
Deutsche Bank
Market risk
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Own funds requirements for market risk under the IMA
EU MR2-B – RWA flow statements of market risk exposures under the IMA
Three months ended Dec 31, 2025
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
in € m.
VaR
SVaR
IRC
Compre-
hensive
risk
measure
Other²
Total
RWA
Total
capital
requireme
nts
1
Market Risk RWA opening balance
2,328
5,451
6,611
1,149
15,539
1,243
1a
Regulatory adjustment¹
(1,328)
(2,691)
(1,172)
0
(5,192)
(415)
1b
RWA at the previous quarter-end (end of the day)
1,000
2,759
5,439
1,149
10,347
828
2
Movement in risk levels
(164)
(1,645)
(762)
(957)
(3,529)
(282)
3
Model updates/changes
5
(6)
(168)
0
(170)
(14)
4
Methodology and policy
0
0
0
0
0
0
5
Acquisitions and disposals
0
0
0
0
0
0
6
Foreign exchange movements
0
0
0
0
0
0
7
Other3
1
1,713
0
0
1,713
137
8a
RWA at the end of the reporting period (end of the day)
842
2,820
4,508
192
8,362
669
8b
Regulatory adjustment¹
1,874
6,087
1,143
0
9,104
728
8
Market Risk RWA closing balance
2,716
8,907
5,651
192
17,466
1,397
1Indicates the difference between reported RWA (based on 60day average) and RWA (based on VaR / SVaR as of quarter-end) at the beginning (1b) and end (8a) of the
reporting period
2Includes Risk not in VaR
3Other reflects Market data changes and recalibrations, which was reported as a separate line item, that was removed in the context of template standardization and the
Pillar 3 data hub
Three Months Ended Sep 30, 2025
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
in € m.
VaR
SVaR
IRC
Compre-
hensive
risk
measure
Other²
Total
RWA
Total
capital
requireme
nts
1
Market Risk RWA opening balance
3,489
8,474
6,089
447
18,498
1,480
1a
Regulatory adjustment¹
(2,655)
(4,118)
(1,472)
0
(8,245)
(660)
1b
RWA at the previous quarter-end (end of the day)
834
4,355
4,616
447
10,252
820
2
Movement in risk levels
133
(1,625)
822
492
(178)
(14)
3
Model updates/changes
8
60
0
7
75
6
4
Methodology and policy
0
0
0
203
203
16
5
Acquisitions and disposals
0
0
0
0
0
0
6
Foreign exchange movements
0
0
0
0
0
0
6a
Market data changes and recalibrations
25
(32)
0
0
(6)
0
7
Other
0
0
0
0
0
0
8a
RWA at the end of the reporting period (end of the day)
1,000
2,759
5,439
1,149
10,347
828
8b
Regulatory adjustment¹
1,328
2,691
1,172
0
5,192
415
8
Market Risk RWA closing balance
2,328
5,451
6,611
1,149
15,539
1,243
1Indicates the difference between reported RWA (based on 60day average) and RWA (based on VaR / SVaR as of quarter-end) at the beginning (1b) and end (8b) of the
reporting period.
The market risk RWA movements due to position changes are represented in line “Movement in risk levels”. Changes to
the Group’s market risk RWA internal models, such as methodology enhancements or risk scope extensions, are included
in the category of “Model updates/changes”. In the “Methodology and policy” category the Group reflects regulatory
driven changes to its market risk RWA models and calculations. Significant acquisitions and disposals would be assigned
to the line item “Acquisition and disposals”. The impacts of “Foreign exchange movements” are not calculated for IMA
(Internal Models Approach) components. Changes in market data levels, return assumptions for negative market levels,
volatilities, correlations, liquidity and ratings are included under the “Other” category.
As of December 31, 2025, the IMA components for market risk totaled € 17.5 billion, an increase of € 1.9 billion since
September 30, 2025. The increase in RWA is driven by higher stressed value-at-risk (60 day average) due to SVaR window
change from COVID-19 period in the third quarter 2025 to Euro Crisis period in the fourth quarter 2025. This increase is
partially offset by lower incremental risk charge RWA due to reduction in sovereign bond inventory under Fixed Income
and Currencies Trading business.
200
Deutsche Bank
Market risk
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Own funds requirements for market risk under the IMA
Other quantitative information for market risk under the
internal models approach
Overview of Value-at-Risk Metrics
Article 455 (d) CRR
The following table, EU MR3, displays the maximum, minimum, average and the ending for the reporting period values
resulting from the different types of models. This table is based on the spot values of the metrics as opposed to the
regulatory defined calculation (e.g. not considering any comparisons between spot and average values used in the actual
RWA calculations). The VaR and SVaR are both based on ten day holding periods.
EU MR3 – IMA values for trading portfolios1
Dec 31, 2025
Jun 30, 2025
in € m.
a
a
VaR (10 day 99%)
1
Maximum value
86.4
166.1
2
Average value
57.4
84.2
3
Minimum value
37.7
44.1
4
Period end
61.2
61.6
SVaR (10 day 99%)
5
Maximum value
427.2
489.9
6
Average value
176.5
199.3
7
Minimum value
65.3
61.6
8
Period end
281.9
452.4
IRC (99.9%)
9
Maximum value
842.5
672.0
10
Average value
490.5
523.6
11
Minimum value
349.0
349.3
12
Period end
360.6
369.3
Comprehensive risk capital charge (99.9%)
13
Maximum value
14
Average value
15
Minimum value
16
Period end
1Amounts show the maximum, average and minimum for the preceding six-month period.
Comparison of end-of-day VaR measures with one-day changes in portfolio's
value
Article 455 (g) CRR
The following graph shows the trading units daily buy-and-hold and actual income in comparison to the value-at-risk
(one-day holding period) as of the close of the previous business day for the trading days of the reporting period. The
value-at-risk is presented in negative amounts to visually compare the estimated potential loss of the trading positions
with the buy and hold income given buy-and-hold is the relevant portion of daily profit and loss for comparison against
the previous day's value at risk which excludes new trades, reserves, and any carry profit and loss ordinarily part of Actual
income.
201
Deutsche Bank
Market risk
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Other quantitative information for market risk under the internal models approach
EU MR4 – Comparison of VaR estimates with gains and losses
chart-fa41fd5335ca40bfb36.gif
During the reporting period (January 2025 – December 2025), the Group observed two outliers where the Group’s loss on
a buy-and-hold basis exceeded the value-at-risk of the Trading books. The outliers in early April 2025 were driven by
increased market volatility stemming from trade tariffs announcements from the U.S. administration. There were no
actual profit and loss negative outliers in the current one-year period.
Prudent valuation adjustments
Article 436 (e) CRR
Deutsche Bank determines the amount of the Prudent Valuation Adjustment based on the methodology defined in the
CRR for exposures from the trading book and the non-trading book that are adjusted in accordance with Article 34 and
Article 105, a breakdown of the amounts of the constituent elements of an institution's prudent valuation adjustment, by
type of risks, and the total of constituent elements separately for the trading book and non-trading book positions.
EU PV1 – Prudent valuation adjustments (PVA)
Dec 31, 2025
a
b
c
d
e
in € m.
Risk Category
Category level AVA
Equity
Interest Rates
Foreign
Exchange
Credit
Commodities
1
Market price uncertainty
72
917
73
596
9
3
Close-out cost
39
349
89
146
0
4
Concentrated positions
4
94
9
68
0
5
Early termination
0
0
0
0
0
6
Model risk
1
55
10
4
0
7
Operational risk
6
67
9
38
0
10
Future administrative costs
0
38
0
22
0
12
Total Additional Valuation Adjustments (AVAs)
123
1,520
190
874
9
 
202
Deutsche Bank
Market risk
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Prudent valuation adjustments
Dec 31, 2025
EU e1
EU e2
f
g
h
in € m.
Category level AVA - Valuation
uncertainty
Total category level post-diversification
Category level AVA
Unearned credit
spreads AVA
Investment and
funding costs
AVA
Total
Of which: Total
core approach
in the trading
book
Of which: Total
core approach
in the banking
book
1
Market price uncertainty
66
9
886
804
82
3
Close-out cost
17
3
322
292
30
4
Concentrated positions
0
0
174
158
16
5
Early termination
0
0
0
0
0
6
Model risk
133
3
103
93
10
7
Operational risk
0
0
121
110
11
10
Future administrative costs
0
0
60
54
6
12
Total Additional Valuation Adjustments (AVAs)
217
15
1,666
1,512
154
 
Dec 31, 2024
a
b
c
d
e
in € m.
Risk Category
Category level AVA
Equity
Interest Rates
Foreign
Exchange
Credit
Commodities
1
Market price uncertainty
70
997
78
595
0
3
Close-out cost
30
421
89
154
0
4
Concentrated positions
3
142
9
80
0
5
Early termination
0
0
0
0
0
6
Model risk
0
21
4
1
0
7
Operational risk
0
0
0
0
0
10
Future administrative costs
0
33
1
21
0
12
Total Additional Valuation Adjustments (AVAs)
104
1,615
182
851
0
Dec 31, 2024
EU e1
EU e2
f
g
h
in € m.
Category level AVA - Valuation
uncertainty
Total category level post-diversification
Category level AVA
Unearned credit
spreads AVA
Investment and
funding costs
AVA
Total
Of which: Total
core approach
in the trading
book
Of which: Total
core approach
in the banking
book
1
Market price uncertainty
93
5
930
857
73
3
Close-out cost
10
2
353
326
28
4
Concentrated positions
0
0
235
216
18
5
Early termination
0
0
0
0
0
6
Model risk
154
7
106
98
8
7
Operational risk
0
0
0
0
0
10
Future administrative costs
0
0
55
51
4
12
Total Additional Valuation Adjustments (AVAs)
257
14
1,680
1,548
132
203
Deutsche Bank
Exposure to interest rate risk in the banking book
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Qualitative information on interest rate risk in the banking book
Exposure to interest rate risk in the banking book
Qualitative information on interest rate risk in the banking book
Article 448 (1)(c-g) CRR (EU IRRBBA)
Interest rate risk in the banking book (IRRBB) is the current or prospective risk, to both the Group's capital and earnings,
arising from movements in interest rates, which affect the Group's banking book exposures. This includes gap risk, which
arises from the term structure of banking book instruments, basis risk, which describes the impact of relative changes in
interest rates for financial instruments that are priced using different interest rate curves, as well as option risk, which
arises from option derivative positions or from optional elements embedded in financial instruments.
The Group manages its IRRBB exposures using economic value as well as earnings based measures. The Group Treasury
function is mandated to manage the interest rate risk centrally, with Enterprise and Treasury Risk Management acting as
“2nd Line of Defense”. The Group Asset & Liability Committee (“ALCo”) oversees and steers the Group’s structural
interest risk position and the management of the net interest income. The ALCo monitors the sensitivity of financial
resources and associated metrics to key market parameters such as interest rate curves and oversees adherence to
divisional/business financial resource limits.
Economic value based measures look at the change in economic value of banking book assets, liabilities and off-balance
sheet exposures resulting from interest rate movements, independent of the accounting treatment. Thereby the Group
measures the change in economic value of equity (∆EVE) as the maximum decrease of the banking book economic value
under the six standard scenarios defined by the EBA in addition to internal stress scenarios for risk steering purposes. For
the reporting of internal stress scenarios and risk appetite the Group applies several modelling assumptions as used in
this disclosure. When aggregating the change in the economic value of equity ∆EVE across different currencies, the
Group adds up negative and positive changes without applying weight factors for positive changes. Furthermore, the
Group is using behavioral model assumptions for the interest rate duration of own equity capital as well as non-maturity
deposits from financial institutions.
Earnings-based measures look at the expected change in net interest income (NII) resulting from interest rate
movements over a defined time horizon, compared to a defined benchmark scenario. Thereby the Group measures the
change in net interest income (∆NII) as the maximum reduction under the six standard scenarios defined by the EBA in
addition to internal stress scenarios for risk steering purposes, compared to a market implied curve scenario, over a
period of 12 months.
The Group employs mitigation techniques to hedge the interest rate risk arising from nontrading positions within given
limits. The interest rate risk arising from nontrading asset and liability positions is managed by the Treasury Markets &
Investments team, part of Group Treasury. Thereby the Group uses derivatives and applies different hedge accounting
techniques such as fair value hedge accounting or cash flow hedge accounting. For fair value hedges, the Group uses
interest rate swaps and options contracts to manage the fair value movements of fixed rate financial instruments due to
changes in benchmark interest rates. For hedges in the context of the cash flow hedge accounting, the Group uses
interest rate swaps to manage the exposure to cash flow variability of the variable rate instruments as a result of changes
in benchmark interest rates.
The Group assesses and measures hedge effectiveness of a hedging relationship based on the change in the fair value or
cash flows of the derivative hedging instrument relative to the change in the fair value or cash flows of the hedged item
attributable to the hedged risk.
The Model Risk Management function performs independent validation of models used for IRRBB measurement, as per
all market risk models, in line with Deutsche Bank's Group-wide risk governance framework.
The calculation of VaR and sensitivities of interest rate risk is performed daily, whereas the measurement and reporting of
economic value interest rate and earnings risk is performed on a monthly basis. The Group generally uses the same
metrics in its internal management systems as it applies for the disclosure in this report.
Deutsche Bank’s key modelling assumptions are applied to the positions in the Private Bank and Corporate Bank
divisions. Those positions are subject to risk of changes in clients’ behavior with regard to their deposits as well as loan
products. The Group regularly tests (at least annually) the assumptions and updates them where appropriate following a
defined governance process.
The Group manages the interest rate risk exposure of its non-maturity deposits through a replicating portfolio approach
to determine the average repricing maturity of the portfolio. For the purpose of constructing the replicating portfolio,
204
Deutsche Bank
Exposure to interest rate risk in the banking book
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Qualitative information on interest rate risk in the banking book
the portfolio of non-maturity deposits is clustered by dimensions such as business unit, currency, product and
geographical location. The main dimensions influencing the repricing maturity are elasticity of deposit rates to market
interest rates, volatility of deposit balances and observable client behavior. For the reporting period the average
repricing maturity assigned across all such replicating portfolios is 2.44 years and Deutsche Bank uses 15 years as the
longest repricing maturity.
In the loan and some of the term deposit products Deutsche Bank considers early prepayment/withdrawal behavior of its
customers. The parameters are based on historical observations, statistical analyses and expert assessments.
Furthermore, the Group generally calculates IRRBB related metrics in contractual currencies and aggregates the
resulting metrics for reporting purposes. When calculating economic value based metrics the commercial margin is
excluded for material parts of the balance sheet.
Changes in the economic value of equity and net interest
income
Article 448 (a-b,d) CRR
The following table shows the impact on the Group’s economic value of equity and net interest income in the banking
book from interest rate changes under the six standard scenarios defined by the EBA.
EU IRRBB1 - Changes in the economic value of equity and net interest income under six supervisory shock scenarios
Changes of the economic value of
equity
Changes of the net interest income¹
in € m.
Dec 31, 2025
Jun 30, 2025
Dec 31, 2025
Jun 30, 2025
Parallel up
(6,702)
(6,755)
36
93
Parallel down
1,430
2,094
(592)
(687)
Steepener
(744)
(1,243)
(48)
(13)
Flattener
(832)
(356)
(110)
(308)
Short rates up
(2,510)
(2,181)
(78)
(240)
Short rates down
791
766
(426)
(347)
Maximum
(6,702)
(6,755)
(592)
(687)
1Changes of the net interest income (NII) reflects the difference between projected NII in the respective scenario with shifted rates vs. market implied rates. Sensitivities
are based on a static balance sheet at constant exchange rates, excluding trading positions and DWS. Figures do not include Mark to Market (MtM) / Other
Comprehensive Income (OCI) effects on centrally managed positions not eligible for hedge accounting
The maximum economic value of equity (EVE) loss was € (6.7) billion as of December 2025, compared to € (6.8) billion as
of June 2025. As per December 2025 the maximum EVE loss represents 11.0% of Tier 1 Capital.
The maximum economic value of equity loss for the “Parallel up” interest rate scenario remained stable, attributable to
Group Treasury's prudent risk management positioning and hedging strategies across Deutsche Bank's key portfolios in
alignment with the Group's net interest income (NII) stabilization objective.
The maximum one-year loss in net interest income (NII) was € (0.6) billion as of December 2025, compared to € (0.7)
billion as of June 2025.
The decrease in the maximum net interest income loss in the “Parallel down” scenario was mainly driven by Deutsche
Bank's proactive net interest income (NII) stabilization strategy.
205
Deutsche Bank
Operational risk
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Risk management objectives and policies
Operational risk
Risk management objectives and policies
Operational risk management strategies and processes
Article 435 (1)(a) CRR (EU OVA & EU ORA)
Deutsche Bank applies the European Banking Authority’s Single Rulebook definition of operational risk: “Operational risk
means the risk of losses stemming from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external
events. Operational risk includes legal risks but excludes business and reputational risk and is embedded in all banking
products and activities.”
Deutsche Bank’s operational risk appetite defines the amount of operational risk it is willing to accept as a consequence
of conducting its business. The bank takes on operational risks consciously, both strategically and in day-to-day business.
While the bank has no appetite for certain types of operational risk events (such as violations of laws or regulations or
misconduct), other types of operational risk must be accepted for the bank is to achieve its business objectives. Where
residual risk is assessed to be outside risk appetite, risk-reducing actions must be undertaken, including risk remediation,
risk transfer through insurance, or ceasing business activity.
The Operational Risk Management Framework comprises a set of interrelated tools and processes used to identify,
assess, mitigate and monitor the bank’s operational risks. Its components are designed to work together to provide a
comprehensive, risk-based approach to managing the bank’s most material operational risks. The Framework includes the
Group’s approach to setting and adhering to operational risk appetite, the operational risk type and control taxonomies,
the policies and procedures governing operational risk management processes and tools, and the bank’s operational risk
capital calculation.
The Framework applies to operational sub‑risk types at a more granular level and enables the bank to aggregate, oversee,
and monitor its overall operational risk profile. These operational sub‑risk types are managed by various infrastructure
functions and include the following:
ORM includes the Risk Type Head role for several operational risk types. Its mandate includes second line oversight of
controls related to transaction processing activities and infrastructure risks, to prevent technology or process
disruptions, maintain the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of data and records, ensure robust information
security, and confirm that business divisions and infrastructure functions have effective plans in place to recover
critical processes and functions in the event of disruption, including technical or building outages, cyber‑attacks,
natural disasters, or physical security and safety risk. ORM Risk Type Heads also manages risks arising from the bank’s
internal and external vendor engagements through the implementation of a comprehensive third‑party risk management
framework.
The Compliance department performs an independent 2nd line control function that protects the bank’s license to
operate by promoting and enforcing compliance with the law and driving a culture of compliance and ethical conduct
in the bank. The Compliance department assists, reviews and challenges the business divisions and works with other
infrastructure functions and regulators to establish and maintain a risk-based approach to the management of the
bank’s compliance risks in accordance with the bank’s risk appetite and to help the bank detect, mitigate and prevent
breaches of laws, rules and regulations as well as internal policies. The Compliance department performs the
following principal activities: engaging with and managing regulatory matters in collaboration with the Regulatory and
Exam Management Group; identifying and assessing new and amended laws, rules, and regulations; acting as advisor
to the management board and performing independent review and challenge; performing second line controls; as
well as identifying, assessing, mitigating, monitoring, and reporting on compliance risk. The results of these
assessments and controls are regularly reported to both the Management Board and the Supervisory Board.
Financial crime risks are managed by the Anti-Financial Crime (AFC), an independent Infrastructure second line
function. AFC maintains a dedicated program which is based on regulatory and supervisory requirements with defined
roles and responsibilities for the identification and management of financial crime risks resulting from money
laundering, terrorism financing, compliance with sanctions and embargoes, the facilitation of tax evasion as well as
other criminal activities including fraud, bribery and corruption and other crimes. AFC updates its strategy for financial
crime prevention via regular development of internal policies processes and controls, institution-specific risk
assessment and staff training.
Group Governance defines, implements, and monitors the governance framework for Deutsche Bank globally in
support of the bank’s overall strategy, ensuring that governance structures are lean, transparent, and sustainable. The
unit develops and safeguards efficient corporate governance structures suitable to support effective individual and
joint decision-making that avoids and manages (structural and organizational) conflicts. It also establishes, maintains
and controls an appropriate and transparent policy taxonomy, landscape and tooling. The independency of Group
206
Deutsche Bank
Operational risk
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Risk management objectives and policies
Governance is ensured through direct reporting line into the Management Board and not into any business division,
and through a ring-fenced incentive system and compensation system where performance evaluation is tied
principally to risk management and not to business revenues.
Legal is a fully independent infrastructure function, mandated to provide legal advice both to the Management Board
as well as to the business divisions and infrastructure functions and to manage the Bank’s litigation and contentious
regulatory matters. Legal has a monopoly for giving legal advice, retaining and controlling outside counsel. Legal’s
independence is supported by its reporting line to the Management Board and a compensation framework that
focuses on risk management.
Deutsche Bank’s New Product Approval and Systematic Product Review processes form a control framework
designed to manage the risks associated with new products and services and their lifecycle management. These
processes are overseen by the New Business Office and Product & Structured Transaction Lifecycle teams within the
Operational Risk Management function. Existing products and services are reviewed on one‑ to three‑year cycles to
assess whether they remain fit for purpose and aligned with the characteristics and objectives of their respective
target markets. Each product or service must be sponsored by a business Managing Director, who retains ultimate
accountability for it. Breaches of the New Product Approval requirements fall within the scope of the bank’s Red Flag
consequence management process .
Operational risk management structure and organization
Article 435 (1)(b) CRR (EU OVA & EU ORA)
Operational risk is managed according to the principle that day‑to‑day responsibility lies with the divisions and
infrastructure functions where these risks originate. Operational Risk Management (“ORM”) provides independent
oversight of the Group’s operational risk profile, identifies and reports risk concentrations, and ensures consistent
application of the Operational Risk Management Framework across the bank. ORM forms part of the Group’s risk function
within the Chief Risk Office, led by the Chief Risk Officer. The Chief Risk Officer appoints the Head of ORM, who is
responsible for designing, overseeing, and maintaining an effective, efficient, and regulatory‑compliant Operational Risk
Management Framework, including the methodology for operational risk capital calculation. The Head of ORM monitors
and challenges the Framework’s Group‑wide implementation and tracks the overall operational risk levels against the
bank’s defined operational risk appetite.
Operational risk governance is aligned with the bank’s Three Lines of Defence (“3LoD”) model. The Operational Risk
Management Framework defines governance standards and outlines the core responsibilities of the 1st and 2nd LoD to
ensure effective risk management and appropriate independent challenge. The Operational Risk Committee governs and
coordinates the management of operational risk across the Group. Its mandate includes decision‑making and policy
responsibilities, as well as reviewing, advising on, and addressing operational risk matters that may influence the risk
profile of business divisions or infrastructure functions. A number of sub‑fora, with participants from both the First Line of
Defence (1st LoD) and Second Line of Defence (2nd LoD), support the Committee in fulfilling its responsibilities. In
addition to the Group‑level Committee, business divisions maintain 1st LoD operational risk fora to oversee and manage
operational risks at various organisational levels.
Risk owners within the 1st LoD have full accountability for the operational risks arising from their activities and are
responsible for managing these risks within the established risk appetite. As leaders of business divisions or infrastructure
functions, risk owners must determine the appropriate organisational structure to identify their operational risk profile,
actively manage operational risks, make decisions on mitigating or accepting risks to remain within appetite, and
establish and maintain effective 1st LoD controls.
Risk Type Heads serve as 2nd LoD control functions for all sub‑risk types within the overarching operational risk category.
They define the framework and Group‑level risk appetite for the risk type they oversee, establish minimum risk
management requirements and control objectives, and independently monitor and challenge the 1st LoD’s
implementation of these requirements. They provide independent oversight of the risk type and monitor adherence to
the defined risk appetite. As subject matter experts, they define the risk taxonomy, support implementation of the
Framework in the 1st LoD, and maintain independence by being located solely within infrastructure functions.
As the 2nd LoD risk control function for operational risk, ORM establishes and maintains the overarching Operational Risk
Management Framework.
ORM defines the bank’s approach to operational risk appetite, monitors adherence, evaluates consequences of
breaches, and oversees remediation plans to return the operational risk profile to within appetite where needed. ORM
also regularly reports the Group’s operational risk profile, including any risks that fall outside the defined appetite.
ORM provides independent assessments to support proactive operational risk management, engages with risk owners
in the 1st LoD, and facilitates consistent implementation of risk management requirements across the bank.
207
Deutsche Bank
Operational risk
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Risk management objectives and policies
ORM is responsible for designing, implementing, and maintaining the methodology to determine the appropriate
capital for operational risk, for recommendation to the Management Board. This includes calculating and allocating
operational risk capital demand and expected loss.
Scope and nature of Operational Risk measurement and reporting systems
Article 435 (1)(c) CRR (EU OVA & EU ORA)
The Operational Risk Management Framework (ORMF) enables the bank to determine its operational risk profile relative
to its defined risk appetite, identify systemic themes and concentrations, and establish mitigation measures and
priorities.
In 2025, the bank further enhanced the Framework by introducing cross‑risk types within the Operational Risk Type
Taxonomy to better reflect the bank’s operational risk profile. Additional improvements included operationalizing control
assessment, testing and certification within the new strategic tool for the operational risk controls inventory and
transitioning the Risk & Control Self‑Assessment to a more data‑driven approach.
Key sub-components include:
Loss Data Collection: Internal operational risk events with a P&L impact of € 10,000 or more are recorded and
validated, and external events are assessed for their relevance to the group and business divisions. Material events
trigger a formal lessons‑learned and read‑across process conducted by the 1st Line of Defense in close collaboration
with business partners, risk control functions, and other infrastructure areas. Lessons‑learned reviews assess root
causes of significant events and document remediation actions to reduce recurrence. Read‑across analyses evaluate
whether similar weaknesses may exist elsewhere in the bank, even if they have not yet resulted in losses, thereby
facilitating preventative action. In 2025, the internal event database was enhanced particularly the mapping of
controls to events and automated read‑across triggers, and the external events review process was refined to assess
susceptibility of similar risks within the bank.
Risk Appetite: Operational risk appetite defines the level of operational risk the bank is willing to accept to pursue its
strategy. The operational risk appetite framework provides a consistent approach to setting appetite levels across the
bank and monitoring exposures against these levels. The bank regularly monitors its operational risk profile against
defined appetite to alert the organization on impending problems in a timely fashion. In 2025, the bank implemented
previously introduced concepts of residual risk zones and operating conditions, including monitoring processes, and
further refined the granularity of risk appetite setting.
Risk & Control Self‑Assessment: The Risk & Control Self‑Assessment (RCSA) comprises bottom‑up evaluations of risks
generated within business divisions and infrastructure functions, the effectiveness of associated controls, and
required remediation actions to ensure risks remain within appetite. Conducted at the global business level, the RCSA
covers all jurisdictions and is designed to assist Senior Management to determine whether operational risks are
managed and controlled adequately via a dynamic assessment approach covering all applicable Risk Types from the
Group’s Operational Risk Type Taxonomy (ORTT). The Risk & Control Self-Assessment puts a greater emphasis on
assessing and mitigating risks that are outside of appetite and risks that drive unethical and inappropriate market
conduct within the bank. In 2025, RCSA granularity was increased to provide more precise risk insights and ensure a
more accurate risk profile for comparison against defined appetite.
Emerging risk: Emerging risk themes are derived from internal and external indicators. Operational risk outputs are
combined with external event data to identify emerging trends and concentrations. This analysis complements
insights from divisional emerging risk themes, dynamic RCSA results, findings, scenario analysis, internal and external
events, and industry developments, enabling Risk Owners to draw informed conclusions.
Scenario Analysis: The operational risk profile is further substantiated through exploratory scenario analysis, which
supplements day‑to‑day risk management. Scenario analysis supports the identification of potential exposures,
highlights gaps in the current risk profile, and informs forward‑looking risk mitigation. Scenario development
incorporates themes from internal losses, emerging risk assessments, top risks, concentrations, findings, and external
peer loss events. Insights from actual and potential events are used to identify thematic vulnerabilities and drive
actions such as deep‑dive reviews or enhancements to risk profiles. In 2025, the capture and governance of scenario
analysis was migrated to the Event Management Application to improve data quality and oversight.
Transformation Risk Assessment: A Transformation Risk Assessment (TRA) process is in place to appropriately identify
and manage risks arising from material change initiatives to assess the impact of transformation on the bank’s risk
profile. The TRA applies to all key deliverables including regulatory initiatives, technology migrations, risk mitigation
projects, strategy changes, organizational restructuring, real estate moves within the bank, as well as joint ventures
and strategic investments.
Findings and Issue Management: The findings and issue management process supports the mitigation of risks arising
from known control weaknesses and deficiencies. It enables management to make risk-based decisions over the need
for further remediation or risk acceptance. Outputs from the findings management process must be able to
demonstrate to internal and external stakeholders that the bank is actively identifying its control weaknesses and
taking steps to manage associated risks within acceptable levels of risk appetite. In 2025, the process was
208
Deutsche Bank
Operational risk
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Risk management objectives and policies
strengthened through more robust requirements for identifying correct findings owners, enhancing management
reporting, and the timely remediation of Action Plans.
Framework Adherence: As owner of the Operational Risk Management Framework, ORM performs regular independent
monitoring and testing to assess adherence by both the 1st and 2nd LoD:
Annually, assess 1LoD and 2LoD Risk Type Head (RTH) implementation and adherence to the requirements of the
ORMF
Adverse outcomes of adherence result in consequences being applied
Adherence results also aim to proactively identify both design and implementation improvements (Framework,
Tooling, etc.)
In 2025, annual Framework Adherence results were incorporated in the ORM Composite KPI and made mandatory for all
divisions, creating a direct variable compensation impact via the Balanced Scorecard (BSC). Quarterly U.S. RCSA
Adherence reviews were also introduced.
Operational risk measurement
Article 446 CRR
Deutsche Bank measures risk-weighted assets to determine the regulatory capital demand for operational risk using the
“Standardized Measurement Approach” laid out in the European Capital Requirements Regulation (CRR3) introduced in
2025.
In addition to regulatory capital demand, Deutsche Bank continues to determine its internal economic capital demand
for operational risk using the Advanced Measurement Approach (AMA) methodology. The AMA capital calculation is
based on a loss distribution approach. Gross losses from historical internal and external loss data (Operational Risk data
eXchange Association consortium data) are used to estimate the risk profile (i.e., a loss frequency and a loss severity
distribution). The loss distribution approach model includes conservatism by recognizing losses on events that arise over
multiple years as single events in the historical loss profile.
Within the AMA model, the frequency and severity distributions are combined in a Monte Carlo simulation to generate
potential losses over a one-year time horizon. Correlation and diversification benefits are applied to the net losses to
arrive at a net loss distribution at Group level, covering expected and unexpected losses. The resulting economic capital
demand is then allocated to each of the business divisions considering qualitative adjustments after deducting expected
loss.
The economic capital requirements for operational risk is derived from the 99.9% percentile and calculated for a time
horizon of one year.
The economic capital demand calculation is performed on a quarterly basis.
ORM establishes and maintains the approach for capital demand quantification and ensures that appropriate
development, validation and change governance processes are in place, whereby the validation is performed by an
independent validation function and in line with the Group’s model risk management process..
Drivers for operational risk capital development
By design of the AMA capital calculation, Deutsche Bank’s operational risk economic capital demand is predominantly
driven by historical internal loss events.
In view of the relevance of legal risks within the bank’s operational risk profile, specific attention is dedicated to the
management and measurement of open civil litigation and regulatory enforcement matters where the bank relies both
on information from internal as well as external data sources to consider developments in legal matters that affect the
bank specifically but also the banking industry as a whole. Reflecting the multi-year nature of legal proceedings the
measurement of these risks furthermore takes into account changing levels of certainty by capturing the risks at various
stages throughout the lifecycle of a legal matter.
Conceptually, the bank measures operational risk including legal risk by determining the annual operational risk loss that
will not be exceeded with a given probability. This loss amount is driven by a component that due to the IFRS criteria is
reflected in the bank’s financial statements and a component beyond the amount reflected as provisions within the
bank’s financial statements.
209
Deutsche Bank
Operational risk
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Operational risk measurement
The legal losses which the bank expects with a likelihood of more than 50% are already reflected in the IFRS group
financial statements. These losses include net changes in provisions for existing and new cases in a specific period where
the loss is deemed probable and is reliably measurable in accordance with IAS 37.
Uncertain legal losses which are not reflected in the bank’s financial statements as provisions because they do not meet
the recognition criteria under IAS 37 are considered within the “economic capital demand”.
To quantify the litigation losses in the AMA model, the bank takes into account historical losses, provisions, contingent
liabilities and legal forecasts. Legal forecasts generally comprise ranges of potential losses covering risks of outflows
greater than the provision and adjustments which are deemed remote or relate to yet unknown matters. Such forecasts
may result from ongoing and new legal matters which are reviewed at least quarterly by the attorneys handling the legal
matters.
The legal forecasts are included in the loss data input into the AMA model. The projection range of the legal forecasts is
not restricted to the one year capital time horizon but goes beyond and conservatively assumes early settlement of the
underlying losses in the reporting period - thus considering the multi-year nature of legal matters.
AMA model validation and quality control concept
All AMA model components are independently validated. The results of the validations are summarized in validation
reports and identified issues are followed up for resolution. For example, the validation activities in the past years
detected areas of improvement for the forward-looking component of the AMA model, which have since been included.
The model’s input sources such as loss data, risk & control self-assessments, and expected loss are subject to
comprehensive quality controls in the business divisions and the control functions.
Operational risk management stress testing concept
Stress testing is conducted on a regular basis to complement the AMA methodology, by analyzing the impact of extreme
stress scenarios on capital and the profit-and-loss account. It also covers reputational impacts.
In 2025, ORM took part in all firm-wide stress test scenarios and assessed and contributed the impact of operational risk
to the various stress levels of the scenarios. The impact of operational risk on Group-wide stress test scenarios has been
moderate and remained in the expected range for the capital metrics. This is due to the fact that the AMA model already
applies a conservative multi-year view on loss sizes (including legal forecasts) even in non-stress mode.
Operational risk exposure
Article 446 CRR
The regulatory capital requirements for operational risk are calculated and measured using the “Standardized
Measurement Approach” (SMA) laid out in the European Capital Requirements Regulation (CRR3) introduced in 2025.
The following tables show an overview of Deutsche Bank´s operational risk losses as well as the SMA business indicator,
components and subcomponents and operational risk own funds requirements.
210
Deutsche Bank
Operational risk
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Operational risk exposure
EU OR1 – Operational risk
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
Amounts in € m., Number of losses in events
2025
2024
2023
2022
2021
2020
2019
2018
2017
2016
Ten-year
average
Using €20,000 threshold
1
Total amount of operational risk losses net of
recoveries (no exclusions)
240
2,166
830
556
653
325
608
364
1,188
3,251
1,018
2
Total number of operational risk losses
843
1,207
1,124
951
849
987
1,029
1,629
1,713
1,601
1,193
3
Total amount of excluded operational risk losses
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
Total number of excluded operational risk
events
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
5
Total amount of operational risk losses net of
recoveries and net of excluded losses
240
2,166
830
556
653
325
608
364
1,188
3,251
1,018
Using €100,000 threshold
6
Total amount of operational risk losses net of
recoveries (no exclusions)
224
2,141
808
537
651
300
598
353
1,160
3,189
996
7
Total number of operational risk losses
277
405
426
397
374
387
397
531
485
463
414
8
Total amount of excluded operational risk losses
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
9
Total number of excluded operational risk
events
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
10
Total amount of operational risk losses net of
recoveries and net of excluded losses
224
2,141
808
537
651
300
598
353
1,160
3,189
996
211
Deutsche Bank
Operational risk
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Operational risk exposure
EU OR2 - Business Indicator, components and subcomponents
a
b
c
d
2025
2024
2023
Average value
1
Interest, lease and dividend component (ILDC)
13,293
EU 1
ILDC related to the individual institution/consolidated Group
(excluding entities considered by Article 314(3)
0
1a
Interest and lease income
46,285
49,763
44,601
46,883
1b
Interest and lease expense
31,670
37,606
31,809
33,695
1c
Total assets/Asset component
1,104,487
1,062,695
1,031,982
1,066,388
1d
Dividend income/ dividend component
103
93
120
105
2
Services component (SC)
13,977
2a
Fee and commission income
13,952
13,102
11,559
12,871
2b
Fee and commission expense
3,068
2,860
2,526
2,818
2c
Other operating income
544
398
292
412
2d
Other operating expense
344
2,266
708
1,106
3
Financial component (FC)
5,977
3a
Net profit or loss applicable to trading book (TB)
4,725
5,577
4,919
5,074
3b
Net profit or loss applicable to banking book (BB)
852
904
954
903
EU 3c
Approach followed to determine the TB/BB boundary (PBA or
accounting approach)
0
4
Business Indicator (BI)
33,248
5
Business indicator component (BIC)
5,055
Disclosure on the BI:
6a
BI gross of excluded divested activities
33,248
6b
Reduction in BI due to excluded divested activities
0
EU 6c
Impact in BI of mergers/acquisitions
0
 
EU OR3 - Operational risk own funds requirements and risk exposure amounts
Dec 31, 2025
in € m.
a
1
Business Indicator Component (BIC)
5,055
EU 1
Alternative Standardised Approach (ASA) Own Funds Requirements (OROF) under Article 314(4)
0
3
Minimum Required Operational Risk Own Funds Requirements (OROF)
5,055
4
Operational Risk Exposure Amounts (REA)
63,183
Use of the Advanced Measurement Approaches to operational
risk
Article 454 CRR
Description of the use of insurance and other risk transfer mechanisms for the
purpose of mitigation of this risk
The definition of insurance strategy and supporting insurance policy and guidelines is the responsibility of the specialized
unit Corporate Insurance/Deukona. Corporate Insurance/Deukona is responsible for the global corporate insurance
policy which is approved by the Management Board.
Corporate Insurance/Deukona is responsible for acquiring insurance coverage and for negotiating contract terms and
premiums. Corporate Insurance/Deukona also has a role in the allocation of insurance premiums to the businesses.
Insurance is not used for calculating the economic capital requirements for operational risk.
212
Deutsche Bank
Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
ESG risks
Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks
Article 449a CRR
ESG disclosures are included in accordance with Article 449a CRR and the EBA ITS 2022/01. ESG risks are the risks of
current and future losses arising from any negative financial, operational and/or reputational impacts on Deutsche Bank‘s
clients, invested assets and/or operations as it relates to ESG factors.
Environmental risk includes both physical and transition risks related to climate change. Physical risks are the risks of
losses arising from any negative impact on the bank from acute near-term risks such as extreme weather events or
chronic longer-term impacts of rising temperatures. Transition risks are driven by policy, behavioral and technology
changes required to foster the transition to a low carbon economy and can also impact the bank’s clients and invested
assets. In addition, there are other environmental risks resulting from factors such as water stress, biodiversity loss, land
erosion and depletion. All of these environmental risks can impact the bank’s assets, operations and its clients.
Social risks include losses arising from any negative financial impact on Deutsche Bank because of current or prospective
impacts from social factors, such as matters related to human rights or workforce management: while governance risks
are the risk of losses arising from governance factors such as anti-financial crime or non-compliance with policies or
regulations. Both of these risks can impact the bank’s assets, operations and its clients.
As ESG disclosure requirements and metrics are evolving and are being newly implemented in the banking industry, there
remains uncertainty about how disclosure requirements could be interpreted and there are limitations on the amount
and granularity of available data. As a result, Deutsche Bank’s interpretations, methodologies, and availability of data will
be further enhanced in the future as additional guidance and information become available.
Governance
ESGT1-3
Deutsche Bank believes it is part of the Group’s responsibility to support and, where possible, accelerate the
transformation toward a more sustainable society and economy. Thus, the bank supports the European Commission’s
Action Plan on sustainable finance as a crucial contribution toward the European Union’s achievement of its climate
commitment under the Paris Agreement and its wider sustainability agenda.
The Management Board of Deutsche Bank AG as the parent company of the Deutsche Bank Group assumes ultimate
responsibility for matters relating to sustainability, including the supervision and management of the effects of
environmental risks (such as climate-physical, climate-transition and nature risks) in the short-, medium- and long-term.
To integrate these responsibilities into the organizational structure, the Management Board delegated the Group
Sustainability Committee, chaired by the bank’s Chief Executive Officer to act as the senior decision-making body for
sustainability-related matters at group level, including those related to ESG risks and the bank’s net zero interim (2030)
and long-term (2050) targets. Further key functions and elements of the bank’s sustainability governance include the
Chief Sustainability Office and the Sustainability Strategy Steering Committee, responsible for monitoring the timely and
complete implementation of the bank’s sustainability transformation agenda and escalating material risks or issues to the
Group Sustainability Committee. The bank also established the Net Zero Forum, responsible for the assessment of new
transactions with a significant impact on the bank’s financed emissions and/or net zero targets with representatives from
business divisions, the Chief Risk Office, and the Chief Sustainability Office. Both groups are chaired by the Chief
Sustainability Officer.
Within the Chief Risk Office, the Group Risk Committee, chaired by the Chief Risk Officer, is established by the
Management Board to serve as the central forum for review and decision making on matters related to risk, capital, and
liquidity. This includes the oversight of the Bank’s framework for the management of climate and environmental risks.
Other senior committees are responsible for the development and management of specific elements of climate and
environmental risk:
The Operational Risk Management Committee which oversees, governs, and coordinates the management of
operational risks group-wide and establishes a cross-risk and holistic perspective of the bank’s key non-financial risks,
including risks to own infrastructure, employees, and key processes arising from climate and environmental risks
The Group Reputational Risk Committee, a direct subcommittee of the Management Board since 2024, has the
responsibility to review, decide and manage all transactions, client relationships or other primary reputational risk
matters escalated in line with the underlying reputational risk policies and framework, including sustainability-related
matters
213
Deutsche Bank
Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
ESG risks
Responsibilities over the management of environmental risks in the short-, medium- and long-term are further cascaded
to business divisions and key infrastructure and control functions.
On the business side, each of Deutsche Bank’s core divisions integrates climate and broader ESG risks into its planning
and risk appetite statements as part of the bank’s annual strategic planning process, which is approved by the
Management Board. The first line of defense is also responsible for the identification and assessment of ESG risk factors
(including climate change and nature related) stemming from their activities.
In the second line of defense, risk functions are responsible for the overall control framework around climate and
environmental risks, which are considered by the bank as drivers of existing risk types. In this respect:
The Head of Enterprise and Treasury Risk Management (ETRM), who reports to the Chief Risk Officer, owns the
Group’s overall management and appetite frameworks. This includes qualitative risk appetite principles, quantitative
risk appetite metrics, and holistic monitoring of climate and nature risks across different risk types and portfolios; a
dedicated team of Climate and Environmental risk specialists supports them in the exercise of these functions
The Heads of the Credit, Market, Liquidity, Operational Risk functions (“Risk Type Controllers”) who report to the Chief
Risk Officer, are responsible for the establishment and operation of appropriate controls, and the monitoring and
appetite setting of climate and environmental risk drivers in their respective areas
To closely and visibly link the bank’s sustainability strategy and performance with the compensation of the Management
Board, the bank’s strategic sustainability goals are reflected in the compensation system, which forms the basis of the
Management Board's total compensation.
Management Board members receive fixed and variable compensation components. The latter consists of two elements
(Short-Term Award and Long-Term Award) and reflects the degree to which Group, divisional and individual objectives
are achieved. Both awards are linked to several ESG objectives. The aim is to closely align compensation to the bank´s
sustainability strategy. The ESG objectives for the Short-Term Award are contained in individual and divisional balanced
scorecards. They can also be part of a Management Board member’s individual objectives agreed at the beginning of a
financial year.
ESG objectives form a central performance assessment element in the Long-Term Award and have the highest
percentage weighting as a result. They are related to impactful Group ESG focus topics that are the responsibility of the
Management Board. The objectives, which are transparently disclosed in the Compensation Report section of the Annual
Report, include targets such as the amount of sustainable financing and investments, the reduction of electricity
consumption in the bank’s buildings, along with quantitative targets related to climate risk management as well as the
improvement in gender diversity. In addition, the objectives include employee feedback culture, as well as achievements
and positive developments regarding the bank’s control environment and remediation activities. The targets are linked to
measurable Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) to ensure an objective assessment of performance. Corresponding targets
and KPIs including target values, thresholds and caps are published in the Compensation Report 2025. The
compensation policy and the compensation system based on it – following approval by the Supervisory Board – are
implemented in individual but uniform and rule-compliant service contracts for all Management Board members in
compliance with banking law pursuant to Section 10 (4) of the German Remuneration Ordinance for Institutions
(InstitutsVergV). Using contract templates and standardized annexes, the variable compensation components are
directly linked to plan, rules, claw back and forfeiture conditions as well as shareholding obligations.
Strategy and processes
Sustainability is a key element of the bank’s “Global Hausbank” strategy. The bank is embedding sustainability into its
policies, processes, and products, focusing on four pillars:
Sustainable Finance
Policies & Commitments
People & Operations
Thought Leadership & Stakeholder Engagement
The bank’s business activities, own operations, relations with employees or suppliers, and respective processes are
covered by these four pillars and address the ESG-related risk factors. Managing these risks and providing solutions to
ESG-related challenges are part of the bank's sustainability strategy and risk management processes. Seizing business
opportunities arising from ESG challenges, Deutsche Bank aimed to achieve a total of € 500 billion in cumulative
sustainable finance volumes, as defined in the bank’s Sustainable Finance Framework, from the beginning of 2020 until
the end of 2025 (excluding DWS). While Deutsche Bank remains committed to its targets, the bank encountered
challenges in achieving its target of € 500 billion by the end of 2025. Progress towards the original target was impacted
by several factors over the period, including higher interest rates, regulatory developments as well as changes in the
214
Deutsche Bank
Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
ESG risks
political environment. . Despite these constraints, the bank increased its incremental volume from € 93 billion in 2024 to
€ 98 billion in 2025. Based on this continued momentum, Deutsche Bank expects to meet its volume target of € 500
billion in 2026. The Sustainable Finance Framework outline the methodology and associated procedures for classifying
financial products and services offered by Deutsche Bank as sustainable. The framework specifies the classification logic,
the eligibility parameter criteria, the applicable environmental and social due diligence requirements, as well as the
verification and monitoring process. It is aligned to the extent possible with the requirements of the EU Taxonomy
Regulation.
Risk Management
Managing emerging ESG risks to the bank’s balance sheet and operations is a key component of the Group’s
sustainability strategy. Deutsche Bank has set interim (2030) and long term (2050) net zero aligned targets for eight
carbon intensive sectors and has established frameworks and processes for enhanced due diligence in relation to sectors
and clients identified as having elevated inherent environmental and social risks and/or elevated impacts on the bank’s
financed emissions and net zero pathways. In 2024, the bank updated its thermal coal policy and tightened criteria used
to determine the scope of the policy. Moreover, the bank’s Environmental and Social Due Diligence Framework prohibits
business activity in certain high impact areas. The bank’s Reputational Risk Framework is utilized to discuss any
counterparty concerns that are perceived to be in contradiction with Deutsche Bank’s code of conduct including those
driven by ESG factors. Deutsche Bank regularly performs a double materiality assessment to determine the relevance of
individual non-financial topics across ESG. Starting from the financial year 2024, Deutsche Bank conducts the
assessment in compliance with the requirements of the European Sustainability Reporting Standards (ESRS). The
assessment applies the concept of double materiality, i.e., it considers the potential positive and negative impacts
Deutsche Bank may have on the environment and society and the potential financial impacts for Deutsche Bank arising
from ESG topics. The results of the materiality assessment are considered in the bank's sustainability agenda and the
selection of topics reported in its Sustainability Statement 2025. In the year, unmitigated financial risks stemming from
impacts of Social and Governance factors on the bank’s counterparties were not deemed material.
In addition, the Chief Risk Office conducts a comprehensive and granular financial materiality assessment of ESG risks to
identify potential financial impacts across key impacted risk types. Results are integrated into the Group’s risk
identification processes and risk inventory and reviewed against internal controls.
Environmental risk
Business strategy and processes: integration of environmental factors and risks
ESGT1
Climate change and environmental degradation drivers, together with the bank’s negative impacts on climate and
nature, may lead to the emergence of new sources of financial and non-financial risks. Transition risks to the bank’s
portfolios may materialize in the short- to medium-term as governments introduce climate-related targets and policies,
as society adapts its behaviors, and as consumer and investor appetite for carbon intensive clients/sectors becomes
more climate-conscious. Acute and chronic physical climate and environmental risk factors arising from higher global
temperatures may increase in severity even if decarbonization efforts prove successful, impacting Deutsche Bank’s
operational risks and risks to the assets and activities of the bank’s clients.
Sustainability has been a central part of Deutsche Bank’s strategy since 2019. The management of risks stemming from
environmental factors has been an integral part of this strategy, first and foremost through Deutsche Bank’s
decarbonization targets and their incorporation into the bank’s risk management framework. Environmental risks are:
Assessed through annual climate and environmental materiality assessment and internal stress test, across
businesses, portfolios and risk types (Credit, Market, Liquidity, Reputational and Operational)
Monitored through monthly and quarterly dedicated reports (Climate and Environmental risk MI) discussed in senior
risk committees
Managed through risk appetite thresholds, policies requirements and exclusions (Environmental and Social policy
framework), and portfolio Early Warning Indicators (EWIs)
Considered within the bank’s business model and financial planning through the carbon budgets attributed to the
bank’s businesses (and derived from its decarbonization targets) and through the inclusion of environmental risks
within the Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP). Each of Deutsche Bank’s core businesses
integrates climate and environmental risks into planning and risk appetite statements as part of the bank’s annual
strategic planning process, approved by the Management Board.
Deutsche Bank has published net zero emissions reduction targets for eight key carbon-intensive sectors in the bank’s
corporate lending portfolio:
215
Deutsche Bank
Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Environmental risk
Oil and Gas (Upstream)
Power Generation
Automotives (Light Duty Vehicles)
Steel production
Coal mining
Cement
Shipping
Commercial Aviation
Deutsche Bank publishes annually its financed emissions and progress towards net zero-aligned targets following the
standard from the Partnership for Carbon Accounting Financials, relevant international greenhouse gases emissions
reporting protocols and emerging best-practice climate portfolio alignment methodologies.
Business strategy and processes: objectives, targets and risk appetite
Net-Zero targets are established through a process led by the Chief Risk Office function. The selection focus is on
carbon-intensive sectors of sufficient materiality, and for which net zero alignment methodologies from reputable
international organizations are available, together with data of sufficient quality. The decarbonization pathways utilized
are science-based and leverage with the target setting guidelines of the Net-Zero Banking Alliance (NZBA), namely:
the Net-Zero Emissions (NZE) by 2050 scenario of the International Energy Agency (IEA)
the Poseidon Principles pathways, calibrated against the Revised International Maritime Organization (IMO) strategy;
the Mission Possible Partnership Prudent Scenario for Commercial Aviation
Targets and pathways are discussed and agreed with the business divisions, approved by the Group Sustainability
Committee and then published externally.
Furthermore, a quantitative threshold for each target is integrated into the Group’s Risk Appetite Statement, together
with a broader threshold on the overall carbon footprint of the bank’s corporate loan commitments. Some deviation from
the net-zero pathway is allowed in earlier years under a simplified assumption of linear reduction and the potential for
portfolio and economic volatility to impact alignment. These thresholds express the bank’s appetite for deviation from
the set pathway and are a fundamental tool used by the bank to mitigate its exposure to risks associated with climate
transition risk factors. New transactions or limit extensions with a significant impact on the bank’s financed emissions
and/or net zero targets are reviewed by a dedicated Net Zero Forum. The forum’s review includes an assessment of client
sustainability disclosures, transition strategies, decarbonization targets, governance and, as a result, the overall
counterparty’s capacity to manage environmental risks. Moreover, following the establishment of Divisional carbon
budgets and risk appetite, the Investment Bank and the Commercial Bank each maintain their own Net Zero Forum, while
the Private Bank relies on the Group forum.
The bank monitors and manages portfolio concentrations of climate transition, physical, and other environmental risks
through Early Warning Indicators (EWIs). These indicators are established for its Corporates, Sovereigns and Financial
Institutions lending portfolios and include:
Measures of exposure and appetite to counterparties and sectors vulnerable to climate change and nature
degradation (for instance in terms of Gross and Net Limits, Gross and Net Utilization, Expected Losses, Credit Risk
RWA, and YoY changes to these metrics)
Proportion of these exposures/ appetite metrics related to facilities with tenor greater than 5 years (limiting the ability
of the bank to manage its exposures down if required)
Proportion of these exposures/ appetite metrics related to counterparties below investment grade or with weak DB
transition risk scores (to identify counterparties with a lower capacity to manage environmental risks)
These EWIs are approved by the head of Enterprise and Treasury Risk Management as part of the Climate and
Environmental Risk management framework, established under the umbrella of the Group Risk Management Policy.
Lastly, the bank has sectoral requirements and restrictions stemming from its Environmental and Social Policy
Framework which are monitored and enforced through the Environmental and Social due diligence process and the
escalation requirements of the Reputational Risk Framework of the bank.
Business strategy and processes: investment activities towards environmental
objectives and EU Taxonomy-aligned activities
In accordance with Article 8 of the EU Taxonomy Regulation and the related Disclosures Delegated Acts, starting from
year end 2024, financial undertakings have to determine and disclose the proportion of exposures aligned to the EU
216
Deutsche Bank
Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Environmental risk
Taxonomy in their covered assets (i.e., total assets less exposures toward central governments, central banks,
supranational issuers and the trading portfolio) for the climate change mitigation and adaptation objectives. Following
the adoption of the Delegated Act on the four remaining environmental objectives (water and marine resources, circular
economy, pollution prevention and control, biodiversity and ecosystems) in 2024, Taxonomy alignment with the non-
climate objectives will be reported starting from year-end 2026.
The identification of the Taxonomy-eligible and Taxonomy-aligned economic activities for the climate change mitigation
and adaptation objectives (set out in Article 9 of the EU Taxonomy Regulation) was performed for in-scope
counterparties, primarily undertakings subject to the Non-Financial Reporting Directive (NFRD) disclosure obligations
and households, as well as products defined in Article 8 of the EU Taxonomy Regulation and the related Disclosures
Delegated Acts. More information on this is included in section “Summary of key performance indicators on the
Taxonomy-aligned exposures” of this report and in the Sustainability Statement of the bank’s Annual Report.
Business strategy and processes: policies and procedures relating to direct and
indirect engagement with clients
As disclosed in the Group’s Initial Transition Plan, Deutsche Bank pursues three financing strategies for its corporate
clients: green/sustainable, transition and phase out:
Green/Sustainable strategies include providing financing to companies that enable emissions reduction through their
range of green products and services
Transition strategies reflect the bank’s commitment to support clients in their journey to decarbonize their business
models
Phase out strategies for industries with no viable decarbonization pathways (such as thermal coal) or clients in carbon
intensive industries not willing to align to the bank’s transition pathway
The Chief Sustainability Office owns the policies regulating the bank’s engagement with clients on environmental and
social issues:
The Sustainable Finance Framework and the Transition Finance Framework outline the methodology and associated
procedures for classifying transactions and financial products and services offered by Deutsche Bank as sustainable
and transition-related. The frameworks assess the use of proceeds, company profiles and (transaction-specific)
sustainability-linked KPIs
The Environmental and Social (ES) Risk Framework, through which Deutsche Bank identifies transactions and/or
clients that might expose it to potential environmental issues and mitigate / manages the related risks
Through the Environmental and Social Risk framework, the bank has defined sectors having an inherently elevated
potential for negative environmental impacts and requires enhanced due diligence based on the provisions summarized
in the bank’s Environmental and Social Policy. The bank reviews the scope of sectors as well as related due diligence
requirements of the Environmental and Social Policy Framework annually or as events occur. For some sectors, the bank
has made specific commitments. For example, since 2016, Deutsche Bank no longer finance any new coal projects, be it
in power or thermal coal mining.
As part of its oversight responsibility, the Chief Sustainability Office conducts transactional and client reviews pursuant
to the bank’s Environmental and Social and Sustainable Finance standards, engaging, where required, with clients to
understand risks and mitigants associated with a transaction or a counterparty.
Deutsche Bank’s thermal coal guideline was last updated in 2023 and together with the bank’s net zero commitments
across various sectors, it reiterated and expanded on the continued tightening of the bank’s thermal coal expectations.
The commitments made in the 2023 guideline update remain in effect. For companies within scope, the bank requires
credible transition plans as a condition of financing: existing clients were asked to provide such plans by 2025, while new
clients must do so before entering any lending relationship.
Throughout 2024 and 2025, the bank carried out detailed reviews of the clients covered by this guideline. The interim
milestone set for 2025 was a central checkpoint: by this date, existing clients were expected to present transition plans
that showed credible plans toward phasing out coal by 2030 (OECD) or 2040 (non-OECD) respectively.
At the same time, national climate policies and energy transition commitments continued to evolve at different speeds
across regions than the bank initially expected in 2023. Taking these dynamics and developments into consideration, the
bank may consider for a very limited number of clients a time-bound, conditional engagement, provided there is
demonstrable, ongoing progress toward transitioning away from coal.
217
Deutsche Bank
Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Environmental risk
Going forward, Deutsche Bank’s engagement with clients who remain within the scope of the guideline will be measured
and focused. Any ongoing support will be concentrated on financing that directly supports specifically Sustainable and
Transition Finance activities. This ensures that Deutsche Bank encourages credible decarbonization efforts while
maintaining safeguards against supporting coal‑related expansion. The bank will continue to monitor clients’ progress
closely, adapting its approach where necessary as global and country‑level climate commitments continue to evolve.
The bank also continued to perform the systematic review of its business activities in the oil and gas sector and
continued the dialogue with its clients on their decarbonization strategies. These strategies along with clients’ carbon
footprint are important criteria for how the bank continues to engage in this sector. Details on this process as well as on
Deutsche Bank’s strategy, processes and progress as of year-end 2025 regarding its commitment to align the bank’s
portfolio with net zero by 2050 are outlined in the “Strategy”, “Risk management strategy and processes” and “Risk
management, metrics and targets” sections of the “Climate and other environmental risks” chapter.
Governance
The overall governance and oversight of environmental risks are fully aligned and embedded in the ESG committees and
frameworks described in the “ESG Risks” section above.
The Chief Risk Office function of the bank produces climate and environmental risks reports to allow for the monitoring
of climate risk metrics in the bank’s portfolios at different levels of the organization:
The Group Risk Committee and the Group Sustainability Committee receive a detailed quarterly climate and
environmental risk report that includes financed and facilitated emissions, exposure to carbon-intensive sectors,
alignment with portfolio decarbonization targets and other climate transition, climate physical, and nature risks KPIs,
Early Warning Indicators and other topics, including key industry and regulatory developments
The Management Board receives monthly updates on financed emissions and net-zero alignment via the “Risk and
Capital Profile” report.
Risk management: financial effects of environmental factors
Climate change and environmental degradation may lead to the emergence of new sources of financial and non-financial
risks. Transition risks to the bank’s portfolios are increasingly likely to materialize in the medium- to long-term as
governments introduce climate-related targets and policies, as society adapts its behavior and as investor appetite for
carbon-intensive clients/ sectors becomes more selective. These risks include but are not limited to:
Increased default risk and/or valuation losses on exposures to clients and assets that may be impacted by climate
physical and/or transition risks, such as climate-related developments in policy and regulations, the emergence of
disruptive technology or business models, shifting market sentiment, and societal preferences
Reputational risks resulting from a failure to adapt to climate risks, which may also lead to litigation by parties seeking
compensation after suffering loss or damage, and
Business disruption risks to the bank’s offices, employees, and processes in locations facing physical climate risks,
such as extreme weather events and/or disruptive longer-term increases in global temperatures
The Chief Risk Office conducts a comprehensive and granular financial materiality assessment of climate and other
environmental risks to identify potential financial impacts across key impacted risk types. The 2025 iteration of the
exercise used a range of scenarios and approaches to assess potential outcomes over the short (1-2 years), medium (3-5
years) and long-term (>5 years).
The results of the exercise indicate that short-term financial impacts are very limited. Even in the higher transition risk
scenarios, there is limited rebalancing away from fossil fuels and other demand/ technology shifts over such a short time
frame, while physical risks are not expected to materially change within this time frame.
In the medium-term, higher impacts linked to climate transition risk drivers in the net-zero emission scenario materialize
through credit, operational, strategic and reputational risks, driven by factors such as:
Deterioration in Oil and Gas and Coal credit risk profiles with larger impacts starting to emerge for corporate clients in
other high carbon intensity sectors as well as for the most vulnerable sovereigns and financial institutions
Valuation pressure on less energy efficient real estate exposures due to a tightening of energy efficiency minimum
standards and increased costs associated with energy consumption
Foregone revenues due to exit of carbon intensive clients with no credible transition strategy and higher competition
for sustainable clients/ financing
Potential reputational and litigation risks should the bank be seen as a negative outlier relative to peers in terms of the
execution of its sustainability commitments
218
Deutsche Bank
Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Environmental risk
Potential for operational risk impacts from physical risk events
In the long-term, cumulative impacts are higher across all risk types and scenarios. Across the higher transition scenarios,
a broader range of clients are impacted and potential deterioration in portfolio credit quality becomes more pronounced.
Revenue attrition (strategic risk) and potential reputational impacts are also higher. Physical risks drive losses in the low
transition risk scenarios, materially impacting operational, credit, strategic and reputational risks. The ‘Disorderly
transition’ scenario yields the highest losses across all scenarios as clients face punitive carbon taxes and related policies
with limited time to adapt.
Risk management: integration of environmental factors and risks into the bank’s
risk framework
Climate and other environmental risks are considered as risk drivers of the main risk types of the bank (namely Credit,
Market, Liquidity, Operational, Reputational and Strategic risks) and are incorporated into their respective management
frameworks
Deutsche Bank’s framework for the management of environmental risks has four key elements and each one considers
the short-, medium- and long-term effects of environmental risks:
Risk identification and materiality assessment
Risk measurement, monitoring and mitigation, integration into risk type frameworks and processes
Scenario analysis and stress testing, and
Risk metrics, targets, and integration in appetite
Risk management: methodologies and international standards used
Deutsche Bank relies on several different industry frameworks and standards for the management of climate and other
environmental risks. The overall risk assessment and reporting framework reflects the recommendations of the Task
Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD). The estimation of financed emissions is based on the standard
from the Partnership for Carbon Accounting Financials (PCAF). Methodologies for the bank's sector decarbonization
targets are proprietary, leverage the Paris Agreement Capital Transition Assessment (PACTA) approaches and are in line
with those set by peers.
Risk management: process to identify, measure and monitor environmental risks
The Chief Risk Office function conducts comprehensive financial materiality assessments of climate and other
environmental risks to identify key impacts across potentially affected risk types. The drivers considered in the
materiality analysis are climate transition risks arising from policy, technology and behavioral changes, acute and chronic
physical risks and nature (other environmental) risks. Material climate and environmental risk drivers are then managed
through the relevant risk type frameworks of the bank (Credit, Market, Liquidity, Operational, Reputational and strategic
risks).
The impact assessment uses a combination of stress test results, other scenario and sensitivity analysis and qualitative
expert judgement.
Deutsche Bank is committed to align its loan portfolios with emissions reduction pathways needed to achieve net zero by
2050. The bank’s decarbonization targets, together with the quantitative risk appetite thresholds integrated into the
Group Risk Appetite Statement, are the main levers used to mitigate climate transition risks by progressively reducing the
carbon intensity of the bank's portfolio. In addition, Early Warning Indicators described above (section “Environmental
risk / Business Strategy and processes”) are used to monitor concentrations of climate-transition, climate-physical and
nature-related risks in the bank’s Corporates, Sovereigns and Financial Institutions portfolios. Lastly, Deutsche Bank's
Environmental and Social Policy Framework, including the bank’s provisions for the fossil fuel sectors outlines specific
restrictions and escalation requirements for sectors with inherently elevated potential for negative environmental
impacts. To support the bank’s materiality assessment, monitor portfolio alignment to decarbonization targets, and for
risk management purposes, Deutsche Bank uses several complementary KPI and metrics such as:
Upstream Oil & Gas: Scope 3 Absolute financed emissions (million tons of CO2)
Coal mining (million tons of CO2)
Power Generation: Physical emission intensity (kgCO2e per MWh)
Automotive (Light Duty Vehicles) sector: Physical emission intensity (gCO2e per vehicle km)
Steel production sector: Physical emission intensity (kgCO2e per ton of steel)
Shipping (Poseidon Principles portfolio alignment score, %)
Cement (kgCO2e per ton of cement)
219
Deutsche Bank
Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Environmental risk
Aviation (Pegasus Guidelines portfolio alignment score, %)
Corporate loan commitments: absolute financed emissions (scope 1 and 2, million tons of CO2e) and annual increase
in financed emissions
Corporate loan outstanding: absolute financed emissions (scope 1 and 2, million tons of CO2e)
Sectors in scope of net-zero targets: Share of net-zero clients
Relevant sectors in scope of net-zero targets: Technology mix
Financed emissions for selected mortgage and commercial real estate portfolios (using proxies based on Energy
Performance Certificate ratings and internal methodologies)
Exposure to physical climate risk for uncollateralized loans and loans collateralized by Real Estate assets
Facilitated emissions for the bank’s capital market activities in key carbon-intensive sectors
Corporate, Sovereign and FI portfolio: KPIs established to monitor portfolio exposure, quality and tenor to clients and
sectors assessed as having higher vulnerability to climate transition, physical and nature-related risks
Furthermore, climate and broader environmental risk drivers are integrated into the frameworks and processes of
Deutsche Bank’s main risk types: Credit, Market, Liquidity and Non-Financial (Operational / Reputational) risks.
Credit risk - climate risk drivers are integrated across the different stages of the transaction lifecycle, including
transaction approval / client onboarding, risk classification and credit ratings, portfolio analysis and monitoring,
collateral valuation
Market risk - As part of the Market Risk Identification process individual business lines are asked to consider forward-
looking and/or idiosyncratic material risks including climate and other environmental risks; climate related risks are
currently managed within the existing risk framework and treated as a price trigger, in the same way as market events
such as central bank announcements or earnings announcements; furthermore, a new climate stress scenario used to
assess transition and physical risks in the trading book portfolio is now embedded into the bank’s market risk appetite
framework
Liquidity risk - Deutsche Bank uses stress testing and pathway analysis to assess the impact of climate risk; in
particular, the bank’s stressed Net Liquidity Position Scenarios, run on a daily basis, include climate disasters as
possible triggers of stress
Operational risk - climate risk identification takes place through analysis of past internal and external operational risk
events; exploratory scenario analysis is also used to analyze potential event situations and the effectiveness of related
controls to identify areas for further risk mitigation and strengthening of the control environment. Business Continuity
and Third-Party Risk Management frameworks are in place to manage risks of disruption to processes and services
taking an all-hazards approach
Reputational risk - impacts arising from the bank’s business activities in higher risk sectors are managed through its
Environmental and Social Policy Framework, an integral part of the bank’s Reputational Risk Framework which
outlines specific restrictions, escalation and due diligence requirements for sectors with elevated environmental risks
Data and methodologies for measuring and assessing climate-related risks for selected products and portfolios are still
under development. The lack of availability of comprehensive and consistent climate and environmental risk disclosures
by clients means that risk analysis is heavily reliant on proxy emissions estimates and top-down, sectoral-/ product-based
taxonomies.
Risk management: commitments and other forms of risk mitigation
The orderly and progressive execution of the bank’s sustainability strategy, including net- zero targets, growth in
sustainable and transition financing, greater integration of Nature into the bank’s risk frameworks, as well as client,
product and regional strategies, is key to mitigate credit and reputational risk impacts over the long term.
In addition, the management of exposures to transition, physical and nature risks through a) risk appetite around the
decarbonization targets and overall financed emission and b) Early Warning Indicators and c) sectoral requirements and
restrictions is discussed in sub-section “Business strategy and processes: objectives, targets and risk appetite” of these
qualitative disclosures.
On the capital side, results of the materiality assessment are considered in the risk management frameworks, including
the risk inventory and ICAAP assessment. To ensure that the bank remains resilient to these shocks and adequately
capitalized, Deutsche Bank has in place an expert-driven add-on to its economic capital. This add-on is designed to
capture uncertainty related to tail losses that could arise in certain sectors from unexpected and abrupt changes in
carbon prices.
More broadly environmental risks are managed by the bank through incorporation into the frameworks of each of its main
risk types: Credit, Market, Liquidity and Non-Financial, discussed in more detail below.
220
Deutsche Bank
Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Environmental risk
Credit risk framework
Climate and environmental risk drivers are integrated across the different stages of the transaction lifecycle, including
transaction approval/client onboarding, risk classification and credit ratings, portfolio analysis, and monitoring and
collateral valuation.
Climate and environmental risks are incorporated into the credit approval process for corporate clients via enhanced due
diligence requirements. New loan requests above selected tenor and rating-based thresholds to corporate clients in
carbon-intensive sectors as well as those in sectors vulnerable to climate-physical and nature (or other environmental)
risks require a dedicated risk assessment from the front office and review by Credit Risk Management.
As part of the internal credit rating process, climate and other environmental risks must be assessed and, where deemed
material, documented. For corporate clients, this assessment is supported by:
A Transition risk scorecard, which use externally sourced data to assess the clients’ historical performance in terms of
their GHG emissions, the scope and governance of climate commitments of clients versus their peers
A Physical risk scorecard, providing an indication of the financial impact a given client is likely to sustain, under a given
scenario, per natural hazard type, based on asset data held for the company by S&P; the scorecard is also used as a
basis for selected physical risk KPIs
The output of this assessment may lead to the adjustment of relevant inputs to the bank’s internal credit rating model.
Climate risks are considered as potential triggers for inclusion in the watchlist of groups or counterparties in carbon-
intensive industries and without adequate transition risk mitigation strategy in place and/or with limited financial
resources to finance their transition. The criteria take into consideration internal credit ratings and the scores from the
transition risk scorecards.
Lastly, Deutsche Bank's Environmental and Social Due Diligence Framework outlines specific restrictions, due diligence
and escalation requirements for sectors with inherently elevated potential for negative environmental impacts.
With regards to the valuation of collateral, the bank’s Global Collateral Management Guide (for Banking Book Collateral)
sets its environmental standards based on the requirements of the Capital Requirements Regulation for the initial
valuation, monitoring and review over the life of the loan. Deutsche Bank’s underwriting standards require real estate
collateral to be appropriately insured against relevant risks including applicable natural hazards. In some countries,
supplemental insurance against natural hazards is provided by the government. At year-end 2025, the European
residential real estate portfolio reached € 160.6 billion. Residential mortgages for private clients in Germany constitute
approximately 92% of this portfolio, encompassing around 1.1 million private residences in Germany. These properties,
financed by loans secured by immovable assets, are adequately insured against relevant risks, including applicable
natural hazards. The insurance cover by real estate owners is monitored and complemented or substituted by Deutsche
Bank´s own insurance.
In addition, new valuations and re-valuations require the identification of material environmental physical and transition
risks that could materialize. Any identified material risks must be reflected in the credit decision and/or valuation if not
mitigated by construction measures and/or insurance cover. Comparable requirements are in place for other physical
collateral, including large movable assets (such as airplanes and ships) and smaller assets (such as cars and machines).
Insurance coverage on loan collateral is monitored on a regular basis, including by means of onsite inspections.
Market risk framework
As part of the market risk identification process, individual business lines are asked to consider forward-looking and/or
idiosyncratic material risks, including climate and other environmental risks. These are integrated into the market risk
identification documentation. Additionally, as part of the new product and transaction approval control standards of the
Market and Valuation Risk Management function, climate and environmental drivers are required to be assessed and
recorded as part of the approval process.
Climate-related risks are managed within the existing market risk framework and treated as a price trigger, in the same
way as market events such as central bank announcements or earnings announcements. Market and Valuation Risk
Management function monitors and reports internally emissions in its traded credit portfolio, providing insights into the
top exposures, which are reported quarterly as a part of the Climate and Environmental Risk report.
Furthermore, a weekly climate stress scenario to assess transition and physical risks in the trading book portfolio is
embedded into the bank’s market risk appetite framework.
221
Deutsche Bank
Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Environmental risk
Liquidity risk framework
Deutsche Bank uses stress testing and pathway analysis to assess the impact of climate risk on liquidity. In particular, the
bank’s stressed net liquidity position scenarios, which are run daily, include climate disasters as possible triggers of stress
(physical risks).
The analysis shows that physical risks are generally smaller than other risks for which the bank daily reserves liquidity.
Transition risk, which is expected to develop incrementally over many years, will be managed through the Group’s annual
funding planning processes. The bank also runs an internal climate stress test on liquidity.
Operational risk framework
Operational Risk Management has dedicated Risk Framework Guidelines detailing sustainability-related requirements for
business divisions and Risk Type Controllers. The team uses an ESG flag to identify operational risk types where key ESG
risk drivers are identified in the taxonomy.
The impacts of ESG risk drivers are assessed as part of the risk and control self assessment process of relevant
operational risk types.
A monthly forum is in place to support collaboration between business divisions, risk and control functions on the
introduction and monitoring of ESG as an integral element of Operational Risk Management. This forum serves as a
platform for sharing activities, new regulations, remediation activities and monitoring ESG risk drivers across Deutsche
Bank’s operational risk profile.
In 2025, several banking supervisors and regulators continued to focus on the topic of greenwashing. Several initiatives
have been conducted by Deutsche Bank to improve its control environment and raise internal awareness on
greenwashing, including:
Conducting a deep dive risk review in relation to the existing control environment around greenwashing
Applying scenario analysis as a standard risk management tool to investigate potential sources of ESG-related
litigation risks, understand the main drivers and causes of such scenarios (e.g., the misrepresentation of sustainability
information in corporate communication or public disclosures) as well as which controls or remediation activities can
mitigate such scenarios and what steps are to be taken to improve the control environment
Continuous monitoring of external cases of greenwashing
Conducting mandatory greenwashing training for all Deutsche Bank employees
Furthermore, there have been additional enhancements on the identification and management of social and governance
topics and their integration into the risk framework.
The management of reputational risk arising from climate and environmental risks is covered in the “ESG due diligence”
chapter within this Sustainability Statement.
Social risk
ESGT2
Deutsche Bank’s responsibility to support and, where possible, accelerate the transformation towards a more sustainable
society and economy is also reflected in its approach towards social rights, including human rights. Their infringement
can result in reputational risks to the bank in case the bank supports clients appearing not to adhere to social minimum
standards as well as financial risks, e.g. credit and market risks, if client creditworthiness is directly or indirectly impacted
by the emergence of inadequate management of social risks.
Compared to environmental risks, the potential evolution of social risks is considered more heterogenous in nature. In
developed economies and many larger Emerging Market economies, strict laws and policies exist which seek the respect
of human rights and prohibit their related impacts, which may drive social risks. Selected economies suffer from weaker
legislation and may continue to present sources of elevated risks going forward. Social and Governance risks are not
considered material across DB’s portfolios in the short- to medium-term. While not currently material, their long-term
impacts are subject to significant uncertainty, driven by the anticipated evolution of key emerging trends and increasing
regulatory burdens.
These trends will be subject to continuous monitoring and re-assessment as part of the bank's forward-looking risk
management framework. Over the long-term, however, demographic pressures, including those driven by climate-
222
Deutsche Bank
Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Governance risk
related factors, may lead to increased pressure on public services and fiscal budgets in countries which are key sources
of inward migration. This may raise social risks to Deutsche Bank's clients.
The bank works with its stakeholders to tackle social challenges with a current focus on human rights. Deutsche Bank has
a long-standing commitment to respecting human rights and has voluntarily endorsed international standards such as
the UN Guiding Principles on business and human rights. Internationally recognized human rights, as they relate to
business and human rights, at a minimum are those expressed in the International Bill of Human Rights and the principles
concerning fundamental rights set out in the International Labour Organization’s Declaration on Fundamental Principles
and Rights at Work. More details of Deutsche Bank’s commitment can be found in Deutsche Bank Group’s Statement on
Human Rights.
Deutsche Bank acknowledges the relevance of other social risks besides those relating to human rights. Specifically, the
bank recognizes that socio-economic developments, for example, as a result of climate change and the transition to a
low carbon economy, may have social impacts such as ending of certain jobs and skills. This risk is particularly relevant
for countries heavily dependent on fossil-fuel industries as well as for those with limited means of funding the
transformation to a more sustainable, climate-resilient economy. For this reason, the bank has committed to supporting a
socially just transition as outlined in its updated Transition Plan, published in August 2023 (updated in 2025), and its
Transition Finance Framework, published in November 2025. As the concept of a just transition continues to evolve, the
bank recognizes the need to further context-specific guidance to enable broader integration across the bank’s processes.
Governance
Deutsche Bank has integrated the oversight of sustainability-related matters into governance structures on several
levels. Ultimately, the Management Board of Deutsche Bank AG as the parent company of the Deutsche Bank Group
assumes responsibility for matters relating to sustainability, including the supervision and management of social risks,
such as those stemming from human rights, in the short-, medium- and long term.
To integrate these responsibilities into the organizational structure, the Management Board has delegated these tasks to
the Group Sustainability Committee. It is chaired by the bank’s Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Sustainability Officer is
acting as deputy. The Group Sustainability Committee is the senior decision-making body for sustainability-related
matters at group level, including those related to social risks.
Apart from the Group Sustainability Committee, there are further senior committees who are responsible for the
development and management of specific elements of social risks:
The Group Reputational Risk Committee, a direct subcommittee of the Management Board since 2024, has the
responsibility to review, decide and manage all transactions, client relationships or other primary reputational risk
matters escalated in line with the underlying reputational risk policies and framework, including sustainability-related
matters
The Operational Risk Committee which oversees, governs, and coordinates the group-wide management of
operational risks and establishes a cross-risk and holistic perspective of the bank’s key operational risks, including risks
to the bank's own infrastructure and employees arising from climate, environmental, and social risks
As part of Deutsche Bank’s overall sustainability strategy and building on its former Human Rights Working Group, the
bank established a group-wide Human Rights Forum with a mandate to oversee Deutsche Bank’s management of human
rights-related matters, monitor human rights-related trends, liaise with external experts, and initiate human rights-
related projects.
The Human Rights Forum, which met five times in 2025, is co-chaired by the Head of Transparency and Stakeholder
Engagement and the Head of Human Rights, both part of the Chief Sustainability Office. The forum reports to the bank's
Group Sustainability Committee. It consists of senior representatives from the bank's business divisions and
infrastructure functions, each responsible within their respective areas for addressing relevant human rights issues as
they arise and for monitoring the effectiveness of remedial actions.
The Forum complements the bank's established risk management and due diligence processes within its business
activities and operations. In line with the Group’s reputational risk management processes, individual cases involving
potential human rights challenges linked to a client profile or transaction may be escalated under the bank’s
Reputational Risk Framework. Following review and support by the business divisions, matters may be escalated to one
of the bank's Regional Reputational Risk Committees or referred to the Group Reputational Risk Committee chaired by
the Chief Risk Officer.
Deutsche Bank also engages with stakeholders from broader society to understand their perspectives on local and global
environmental and social trends and challenges. In 2025, key topics raised through this engagement included the
223
Deutsche Bank
Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Governance risk
financing of fossil fuels and the protection of nature. The bank responded to written requests, surveys, and
questionnaires, and repeatedly engaged with non-governmental organizations to discuss the issues they highlighted. The
Chief Sustainability Office is responsible for conducting this engagement and reports on related activities and topics to
the Reputational Risk Team within Operational Risk Management on a monthly basis.
The Reputational Risk Team provides monthly updates on reputational risk topics to the Secretaries of the Unit
Reputational Risk Assessment Process. The Risk and Capital Profile Report, which includes updates on reputational risks,
is distributed to the Management Board and Supervisory Board on a monthly basis. It includes details such as the number
of reputational risk issues assessed by the various committees and their decisions. Externally, Deutsche Bank provides
information on its human rights approach by publishing the Deutsche Bank Statement on Human Rights and the annual
Deutsche Bank Statement on Modern Slavery and Human Trafficking.
To further strengthen its human rights management, a dedicated Head of Human Rights within the bank’s Chief
Sustainability Office supports the management of human-rights-related initiatives and is responsible for advancing these
initiatives throughout the bank. The Head of Human Rights assumes responsibilities for overseeing Deutsche Bank’s
management of human rights and coordinating processes and communication channels to evaluate the effectiveness of
the bank’s human rights management approach. Further responsibilities of the Head of Human Rights include the
development of overarching standards for human rights management, defining risk management standards in
collaboration with risk management and other functions, coordinating strategic human rights projects, representing
Deutsche Bank in relevant networks, and acting as a point of escalation for human-rights-related concerns.
Strategy and processes
Deutsche Bank places strategic importance on social topics. This includes the social dimension of
adherence to minimum human rights and related requirements
its sustainable and transition finance and ESG investments volumes,
specific restrictions on business activities with high-risk clients, as outlined in the bank’s Environmental and Social
Due Diligence Framework
While it remains the governments’ legal obligation to protect against human rights abuses by third parties, including
business enterprises, through appropriate policies, legislation, regulations, and adjudication, Deutsche Bank models its
corporate responsibility pursuant to the “Protect, Respect and Remedy” framework of the UN Guiding Principles on
Business and Human Rights.
This responsibility includes the need to respect human rights by avoiding causing or contributing to adverse human
rights impacts from the bank’s own activities and by seeking to identify, prevent, address, mitigate and manage actual
and potential adverse human rights impacts, which are directly linked to Deutsche Bank’s operations, products, or
services. As such, the bank has established a risk management framework, which also covers the management of human
rights risks. More details of Deutsche Bank’s commitment can be found in the Deutsche Bank Statement on Human
Rights and the Deutsche Bank Statement on Modern Slavery and Human Trafficking, which have been approved by the
Management Board and are publicly available.
Deutsche Bank's objectives in terms of the bank's contribution to identifying, preventing, addressing, mitigating,
measuring and managing actual and potential human rights-related risks and social challenges cover:
Understanding where the bank might trigger human rights impacts by identifying the bank’s exposure to human rights
risks across its upstream and downstream value chain as well as own operations
Identifying sectors and countries having inherently higher risks of negatively impacting human rights
Ensuring that the bank's frameworks and processes adequately address human rights risks based on the bank’s
exposure
Offering financial solutions helping to address human rights-related and other social challenges
Providing transparency on the bank's human rights management approach
To reinforce employee’s awareness of activities linked to potential human rights violations, Deutsche Bank has
implemented several initiatives. The bank conducted dedicated awareness sessions in cooperation with external partners
and delivered periodic training to strengthen employees’ awareness of activities linked to potential human rights
incidents. One example is a mandatory 45-minute annual online course on anti-money laundering and the prevention of
terrorist and proliferation financing, which addresses topics that may be connected to human rights incidents. The
course explains the concept of modern slavery and human trafficking and includes a scenario illustrating how typical
risks can be identified. All Deutsche Bank employees worldwide, including contingent workers, are required to complete
the module every year. The completion rate in 2025 was 99.82%. Since 2023, a mandatory Risk Awareness online training
224
Deutsche Bank
Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Governance risk
has been delivered to International Private Bank employees every other year. The training includes a dedicated case
study on modern slavery, covering questions on typical risk indicators.
The Anti-Financial Crime Team at Deutsche Bank supports a strong risk culture through collaboration across all lines of
defense and with law enforcement, regulators, and the private sector, closely addressing topics related to financial
crime, including human trafficking. In 2025, Deutsche Bank continued its industry engagements through associations
such as the Wolfsberg Group, and public-private partnerships, and supported initiatives aimed at information sharing.
Deutsche Bank has a seat on the German Anti-Financial Crime Alliance Board. Additional partnerships include the
Europol’s Financial Intelligence public-private partnership and the United Kingdom’s Joint Money Laundering
Intelligence Taskforce. Deutsche Bank’ human rights governance also benefits from the exchange of ideas and
experiences from its membership in the Thun Group of Banks, econsense, UNEP FI, and UN Global Compact. The bank’s
Head of Human Rights is a member of the Thun Group’s steering committee.
By year-end 2025, at least € 10 billion of the bank’s total € 471 billion volumes in sustainable finance and ESG
investments were categorized as social, while € 18 billion were related to both, environmental and social activities
(excluding DWS). While the volume of social investments remains smaller than that of environmental investments, the
bank continuous to strengthen its social financing activities, particularly in support of social housing and just transition as
reflected in the inclusion of just transition activities in the bank’s Transition Finance Framework. These social financing
activities may involve components such as nature-based solutions, which aim to protect both indigenous communities
and the environment. To demonstrate its commitment, Deutsche Bank issued extended its Green Instruments Framework
to incorporate social criteria within the Sustainable Instruments Framework; an inaugural social bond of € 500 million was
issued in July 2024.
Downstream due diligence processes are holistically managed through Deutsche Bank’s Environmental and Social Due
Diligence Framework. The Framework defines rules and responsibilities for risk identification, assessment, decision-
making, and post-transaction monitoring, and specifies the requirements for environmental and social due diligence.
Social criteria are directly linked to human rights which include child and forced labor; modern slavery; occupational
health and safety; health, safety, and security of communities; protection of vulnerable groups such as Indigenous
People; land and resource rights; and cultural heritage. The environmental and social due diligence requirements are
embedded in the Sustainability Strategy Implementation Policy, complementary supporting documents and sectoral
guidelines, and where reputational risk considerations are identified, these are referred to the Reputational Risk
Framework, as appropriate. They build on international standards such as the UN Guiding Principles on Business and
Human Rights and the International Labour Organization’s Core Labor Standards.
Furthermore, Deutsche Bank has established enhanced due diligence requirements for clients active in sectors or
countries identified as being sensitive to negative human rights impacts. Environmental and social issues that deem to
pose at least a moderate reputational risk are subject to the established reputational risk review process. The respective
social due diligence provisions are developed by the Chief Sustainability Office and are embedded into Deutsche Bank’s
reputational risk procedures. While assessing a client's human rights related practices, the bank expects compliance with
respective national laws and regulations and, where appropriate, the bank embeds industry specific internationally
recognized best practices and standards. As a signatory to the Equator Principles, the bank's due diligence for project
related financing in scope of the Equator Principles application follows the respective requirements, including the
International Finance Corporation’s Performance Standards 5 and 7, which specifically addresses social topics such as
resettlement and indigenous people’s rights. Additionally, the bank is guided by the Human Rights due diligence
guidance provided under Equator principles 4, where, if applicable, Deutsche Bank expects clients to undertake Human
Rights due diligence in line with UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights to assess their actual or potential
negative impacts on the human rights of affected communities and other stakeholders.
If Deutsche Bank has concerns about a client with regards to human rights, it consults with relevant stakeholders. This
might include direct engagement with the client as well as - in an anonymized form - with civil society representatives
that are familiar with the situation or affected communities. Where appropriate, the bank obtains the advice of
independent experts. Based on the available information and its assessment of the risks that have been identified, the
bank decides on the further course of action, which may include working closely with the client, introducing remediation
measures and seeking to encourage the client to prevent or mitigate the impact, or the termination of a business
relationship.
Risk Management
Deutsche Bank takes steps to identify, prevent, address, mitigate, measure, and manage actual or potential adverse
human rights risks by understanding where its business activities and operations might trigger a negative impact on
human rights. The bank’s minimum standards relating to human rights and other social risks, as long as they are not in
contradiction with regulatory or legal expectations, are:
225
Deutsche Bank
Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Governance risk
No engagement in business activities where the bank has substantiated evidence of material adverse human rights
impacts and it is determined through its internal processes that such adverse human rights impacts cannot be avoided
or appropriately mitigated
Enhanced due diligence requirements for a determined set of sectors, across project finance and in instances where
material controversies related to human rights have been identified
Enhanced due diligence requirements in the defense sector with exclusions including controversial weapons, conflict
countries, private military security companies, as well as civilian-use automatic and semi-automatic firearms and
human-out-of-the-loop weapon systems
Enhanced due diligence requirements with regard to adult entertainment, with exclusion of any business directly
associated with prostitution and/or pornography (commercial enterprises related to the sale or purchase of sex-
related services, ranging from individual workers in prostitution to the pornographic entertainment industry
Enhanced due diligence required regarding gambling with exclusion of online gambling Business-to-Consumer
operators with exposure to markets where gambling is prohibited.
As a global bank, Deutsche Bank operates in numerous jurisdictions across the world and supports many market sectors
with its financial products and services. This provides an opportunity to help address relevant social challenges but may
also expose the bank to the risk of being linked to adverse social impacts, including financial crime risks, such as modern
slavery and human trafficking. The Anti-Money Laundering Policy and Know Your Client Policy set out the group-wide
minimum Anti-Money Laundering requirements including internal safeguarding measures and are complemented by
country supplements to ensure compliance with local regulatory requirements. Relevant employees are required, among
other things, to conduct due diligence on clients, including establishing the identity, ownership structure, and residency,
as well as the purpose and nature of the client relationship, If adverse social issues are identified, for example through
negative media coverage, the client must be referred to the Chief Sustainability Office for further assessment in line with
the bank’s requirements for enhanced due diligence requirements. Deutsche Bank's Group-wide framework for the
prevention of financial crime aims, among other things, to prevent, deter, and detect client activities that may be linked
to potential human rights violations. The Financial Crime Risk Management Framework sets out the responsibilities of the
Anti-Financial Crime function and all Deutsche Bank employees in managing financial crime risks. It also defines the
organizational requirements and processes for effective risk management across the first and second lines of defense.
In line with the policies and processes that define due‑diligence requirements for clients regarding social and human
rights management practices, Deutsche Bank’s policies and procedures also address potential sector‑specific adverse
social risks associated with product offering by certain market segments. The bank has established dedicated policies for
the defense, gaming, and adult entertainment sectors, which fall under the scope of the Reputational Risk Framework. In
accordance with this framework, matters related to these industries must be reviewed by subject matter experts.
Governance risk
Governance
ESGT3
Governance is a priority for Deutsche Bank which is embedded in the organization’s code of conduct. This forms the basis
for Deutsche Bank’s management of governance risks. Types of governance risk include counterparties with issues such
as transparency and inclusiveness, or clients involved in bribery and corruption scandals, or accused of tax avoidance or
optimization. Deutsche Bank addresses these concerns via different frameworks and processes including those relating
to reputational risk and AFC.
ESG risks and governance risks specifically are integrated into the Reputational Risk Framework and AFC frameworks as
deemed appropriate by the organization e.g. the Reputational Risk Framework would review any concerns regarding
counterparties the institution is engaging with that could cause potential moderate or material reputational risk. The
Reputational Risk Framework provides consistent standards for the identification, assessment, and management of
reputational risk issues. The Regional Reputational Risk Committees, which are 2nd LoD Committees serve as escalation
bodies for their respective regions of Deutsche Bank and the Group Reputational Risk Committee serves as the
escalation body at the group level on behalf of the Management Board. The oversight, governance and coordination of
the management of reputational risk at Deutsche Bank falls under the responsibility of the Head of ORM.
The escalation procedure for reputational risk requires that relevant stakeholders are consulted for input, such as
country management, key control functions, and other second-line subject matter experts. The Unit Reputational Risk
Assessment Process (Unit RRAP) is chaired by a business division’s relevant senior manager and applies to all matters
deemed to pose moderate or greater reputational risk. If a matter is considered to pose a material reputational risk and/
or meets one of the bank’s mandatory referral criteria, it is referred for further review to the relevant Regional
Reputational Risk Committee. In exceptional circumstances, matters are referred to the Group Reputational Risk
Committee.
226
Deutsche Bank
Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Governance risk
AFC acts as an independent function setting policies and minimum control standards for the management and
mitigation of financial crime risks at Deutsche Bank, including those relating to clients or counterparties that may be the
subject of allegations of bribery and corruption. Deutsche Bank’s business divisions are responsible and accountable for
the implementation and operationalization of these policies and standards. The Management Board ensures that AFC
can execute its tasks independently and effectively.
Strategy and processes
Deutsche Bank's Group Risk Appetite Statement (GRAS) covers the bank’s position on reputational risk and AFC risk
appetite which integrates governance risk concerns. The GRAS is owned by Enterprise and Treasury Risk Management,
reviewed by the Group Risk Committee and acknowledged by the Management Board on an annual basis.
Deutsche Bank has limited appetite for transactions or relationships with material reputational risk or in areas which
inherently pose a higher reputational risk, such as the defense, gaming, or adult entertainment sectors, where there are
ethical concerns and potential concerns of corruption and bribery. Specifically, matters are deemed to pose material
reputational risk if they are considered likely to: attract significant negative media attention (incl. repeated criticism
across various channels), NGO letters or formal campaigns; opposed by significant cross-sections of the public; result in
regulatory criticism, negative impact on Deutsche Bank’s relationship with supervisory authorities; criticism at the bank’s
annual general meeting; trigger client attrition; or, result in employees questioning how the matter fits in with DB’s code
of conduct. These cases are reviewed via the Reputational Risk Framework on a case-by-case basis considering views
from a broad range of stakeholders. Reputational risk, including governance risk, cannot be precluded as it can be driven
by unforeseeable changes in perception of the Group’s practices by various stakeholders (e.g. public, clients,
shareholders and regulators).
Deutsche Bank has no tolerance for its employees or third parties acting on its behalf engaging in bribery or corruption.
On an annual basis, Deutsche Bank undertakes an assessment of inherent bribery and corruption risks and corresponding
controls across all its businesses. Deutsche Bank has continued to reduce its exposure to areas that present a higher
inherent risk of bribery and corruption, such as the use of business development consultants. Deutsche Bank continues
to implement new, and further enhance its existing, controls in these key risk areas. These controls are both preventative
and detective and include enhanced due diligence on clients, vendors and other third parties, contractual
representations, and warranties, monitoring of relevant payment flows, as well as the monitoring of client, vendor, and
other third-party relationships. Potential instances of bribery or corruption are independently investigated, and any
employee determined to be engaged in such behavior would be subject to disciplinary action, including red flags, up to
and including termination of employment. All Deutsche Bank’s bribery and corruption policies and procedures also apply
to all temporary/contract employees. Identified instances of bribery and corruption would be reported to senior
management and relevant legal or regulatory authorities. See chapter on “Whistleblowing” for further information.
Deutsche Bank has policies, procedures and controls that cover those areas that present an increased risk of bribery and
corruption, the cornerstone of which is the Anti-Bribery and Corruption Policy. These policies cover all key areas of
Deutsche Bank’s bribery and corruption risk exposure, including gifts and entertainment, charitable donations, hiring
practices, joint ventures and strategic investments, vendor risk management, books and records, and political
contributions.
Deutsche Bank has also implemented a holistic fraud risk management framework across all lines of defense, defining
governance and minimum standards, and establishing key controls to mitigate the risk of fraud, such as mandatory time
away and fraud transaction monitoring. The Anti-Fraud Policy also sets out the applicable minimum requirements and
defines the prohibition of fraud including internal fraud by employees against Deutsche Bank, its clients and other third
parties, fraud by external parties against Deutsche Bank, the understanding and assessment of fraud risk, as well as the
escalation of internal and external fraud.
Risk management
Deutsche Bank uses a risk-based approach to identify counterparties of concern and determine appropriate escalation
steps. This means for governance risk that the bank will assess areas such as ethical considerations, strategy and risk
management, inclusiveness, transparency, conflict of interest management and internal communication on critical
concerns, if they have been deemed to carry an additional risk factor. For example, via the presence of adverse media,
allegations, or NGO activities regarding concerns with the governance of the counterparty. Once concerns are identified
they are escalated within the existing Reputational Risk and AFC frameworks as deemed appropriate. Deutsche Bank’s
Sustainability Statement (https://investor-relations.db.com/reports-and-events/annual-reports) provides further details
on the Rep Risk Framework and AFC/KYC processes.
The Reputational Risk Framework is in place to manage the process through which active decisions are taken on matters
which may pose a reputational risk, before the event, and in doing so to prevent damage to Deutsche Bank’s reputation
227
Deutsche Bank
Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Governance risk
wherever possible. Along with other reputational risk matters, this Framework assess any issues identified in relation to
the governance performance of counterparties, including the role of the counterparty’s top governing body. Such
concerns can be driven by allegations of corruption and bribery, aggressive business practices and/or issues around
transparent business dealings. The Framework also discusses reputational risks arising from, but not limited to,
counterparty concerns perceived to be in contradiction with Deutsche Bank’s code of conduct, and potential issues with
the business purpose/economic substance of the transaction or product, high risk industries, environmental and social
considerations, and the nature of the transaction or product or its structure and terms.
Under the Reputational Risk Framework, all employees are responsible for identifying potential reputational risks and
reporting them by means of the Unit RRAP. Each Business Division has an established process through which matters,
which are deemed to be a moderate or greater reputational risk are assessed (Unit RRAP). The Framework is applicable
across all Business and Infrastructure Divisions and Regions. Whilst every employee has a responsibility to protect
Deutsche Bank’s reputation, the primary responsibility for the identification, assessment, management, monitoring and, if
necessary, referring or reporting of reputational risk matters lies with Deutsche Bank’s Business Divisions as the primary
risk owners.
To the extent the bank engages with third parties either to act on its behalf or as part of a joint venture or strategic
investment, AFC will conduct appropriate levels of due diligence before entering into such a relationship to gain comfort
with regard to the counterparty’s controls and whether engaging with the counterparty is within risk appetite. Equally, all
new client adoptions are assessed for bribery and corruption concerns, and, where appropriate, will be reviewed as part
of the reputational risk process described above.
Climate change transition risk
Financed emissions are emissions that banks and investors finance through on-balance sheet lending and investing
activities. Greenhouse gases (GHG) can be distinguished into three categories: Scope 1, 2 and 3.
Scope 1: Direct GHG emissions occur from sources owned or controlled by the counterparty
Scope 2: Indirect GHG emissions from generation of purchased electricity, steam, heating, or cooling consumed by
the counterparty
Scope 3: Other indirect GHG emissions not included in Scope 2 occurring in the value chain of the counterparty; it can
be further broken down into upstream emissions i.e., life cycle of materials, products or services up to the point of sale
and downstream emissions i.e., distribution, storage, use and end-of-life treatment of products and services
Table ESG1 highlights potential transition risks the Group is exposed to on loans and advances, debt securities and
equity instruments in the banking book as clients transition to a low-carbon and climate-resilient economy. Transition risk
is deemed to be higher for those exposures not aligned with the EU Paris-Benchmark and exposures with a longer
maturity, especially from clients operating in carbon-related sectors and highly contributing to climate change.
Starting June 30, 2025, Deutsche Bank reports the estimates of financed emissions (Scope 1,2 & 3) for exposures in the
banking book. The Bank calculates its financed emissions using the methodology described in the Sustainability
Statement 2025. Financed emissions reported in the table rely on MSCI data and the emission factors of the Partnership
for Carbon Accounting Financials (PCAF) where client-specific emissions data is not available. PCAF Data quality scores
are calculated according to the rules outlined in PCAF’s Global GHG Accounting and Reporting Standard for the
Financial Industry. They reflect the extent to which sectoral proxy estimates were utilized in the calculation of financed
emissions and are an indication of the challenges that the bank and the industry still face with getting access to
consistent and audited client-specific climate risk data.
Determination of clients not aligned with the EU Paris-Benchmark is done on a best-efforts basis, either based on
available third-party data or relevant NACE codes considered for the EU PAB benchmark exclusion which has further
been enhanced in December 2024 to include NACE codes as suggested by the Bundesverband Öffentlicher Banken
Deutschlands (association of public banks in Germany). The coverage of available information on counterparty exposures
is expected to improve over time and could result in further counterparties being identified as not aligned.
For exposures excluded from the EU-Paris aligned Benchmarks, the bank manages these exposures within its risk
management framework and in accordance with the bank’s net zero targets, its Environmental and Social Framework,
and related sectoral policies, where applicable.
The exposure towards sectors that highly contribute to climate change was € 140.6 billion as of December 31, 2025,
whereas the exposure towards sectors other than those that highly contribute to climate changes was € 222.0 billion.
The decline in total exposure of € 8.9 billion compared to € 371.3 billion as of June 30, 2025 was primarily driven by a
reclassification of approximately € 17 billion from Non‑Financial Corporations to Households, resulting from data quality
228
Deutsche Bank
Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Climate change transition risk
improvements that led to closer alignment with regulatory requirements. This effect was partially offset by an increase of
approximately € 6.7 billion in “K – Financial and insurance activities” within exposures to sectors other than those that
highly contribute to climate change. The average weighted maturity of “K - Financial and insurance activities” declined to
2.5 years, primarily due to updates to the complementary method, which enhanced data quality.
Exposures to financial corporates are included in “K - Financial and insurance activities” according to EBA Q&A
2022_6600. The industry classification is based on the counterparty’s NACE code. Determined exposures against holding
companies have been re-allocated to a different NACE code based on their economic operating model.
229
Deutsche Bank
Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Climate change transition risk
   
ESG1 – Banking book- Climate Change transition risk: Credit quality of exposures by sector, emissions and maturity
Dec 31, 2025
a
b
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
m
n
o
p
Gross carrying amount
Accumulated impairment,
accumulated negative changes in fair
value due to credit risk and provisions
GHG financed
emissions (scope 1,
scope 2 and scope 3
emissions of the
counterparty) (in Mtons
of CO2 equivalent)
GHG
emissions
(column i):
gross
carrying
amount
percentage
of the
portfolio
derived
from
company-
specific
reporting³
<= 5 years
> 5 year
<= 10
years
> 10 year
<= 20
years
> 20 years
Average
weighted
maturity
in € m.
of which:
exposures
towards
companies excl.
from EU Paris-
aligned
Benchmarks in
accordance with
pts (d) to (g) of
Art. 12.1 and
Art. 12.2 of
Climate
Benchmark
Standards
Regulation
of which:
stage 2
exposures
of which:
non-
performing
exposures
of which:
stage 2
exposures
of which:
non-
performing
exposures
of which:
Scope 3
financed
emissions
1
Exposures towards sectors that
highly contribute to climate
change*
140,436
10,463
21,599
8,105
(2,687)
(334)
(2,219)
162
136
118,945
9,696
7,077
4,718
3.3
2
A - Agriculture, forestry and fishing
992
104
63
36
(7)
(1)
(6)
1
1
904
62
20
6
2.9
3
B - Mining and quarrying
2,496
2,496
437
31
(33)
(4)
(26)
13
8
2,005
210
278
3
2.9
4
B.05 - Mining of coal and lignite
73
73
70
2
(3)
(1)
(2)
1
0
73
0
0
0
3.6
5
B.06 - Extraction of crude
petroleum and natural gas
1,598
1,598
250
25
(27)
(3)
(22)
9
5
1,169
158
272
0
3.4
6
B.07 - Mining of metal ores
53
53
25
0
(0)
(0)
0
0
0
47
0
3
3
5.1
7
B.08 - Other mining and
quarrying
145
145
49
4
(2)
(0)
(1)
0
0
130
11
3
0
2.8
8
B.09 - Mining support service
activities
626
626
43
0
(1)
(0)
0
2
1
586
41
0
0
1.4
9
C - Manufacturing
34,228
1,293
4,140
1,529
(707)
(48)
(628)
68
62
31,540
1,768
888
33
1.9
10
C.10 - Manufacture of food
products
3,459
64
289
86
(29)
(5)
(21)
4
3
3,264
162
14
18
1.8
11
C.11 - Manufacture of beverages
752
3
56
38
(10)
(1)
(8)
0
0
721
31
0
0
1.1
12
C.12 - Manufacture of tobacco
products
114
0
9
0
(0)
(0)
(0)
0
0
114
0
0
0
2.2
13
C.13 - Manufacture of textiles
337
0
47
25
(11)
(1)
(10)
1
1
287
27
22
0
2.5
14
C.14 - Manufacture of wearing
apparel
167
0
27
28
(16)
(0)
(15)
0
0
140
16
11
0
2.5
15
C.15 - Manufacture of leather
and related products
80
0
22
11
(5)
(0)
(5)
0
0
68
9
3
0
2.4
230
Deutsche Bank
Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Climate change transition risk
Dec 31, 2025
a
b
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
m
n
o
p
Gross carrying amount
Accumulated impairment,
accumulated negative changes in fair
value due to credit risk and provisions
GHG financed
emissions (scope 1,
scope 2 and scope 3
emissions of the
counterparty) (in Mtons
of CO2 equivalent)
GHG
emissions
(column i):
gross
carrying
amount
percentage
of the
portfolio
derived
from
company-
specific
reporting³
<= 5 years
> 5 year
<= 10
years
> 10 year
<= 20
years
> 20 years
Average
weighted
maturity
in € m.
of which:
exposures
towards
companies excl.
from EU Paris-
aligned
Benchmarks in
accordance with
pts (d) to (g) of
Art. 12.1 and
Art. 12.2 of
Climate
Benchmark
Standards
Regulation
of which:
stage 2
exposures
of which:
non-
performing
exposures
of which:
stage 2
exposures
of which:
non-
performing
exposures
of which:
Scope 3
financed
emissions
16
C.16 - Manufacture of wood and
of products of wood and cork,
except furniture; manufacture of
articles of straw and plaiting
materials
153
0
37
36
(23)
(1)
(22)
0
0
133
17
4
0
2.0
17
C.17 - Manufacture of pulp,
paper and paperboard
702
0
173
20
(11)
(1)
(9)
1
1
608
76
18
0
2.1
18
C.18 - Printing and service
activities related to printing
400
0
58
5
(6)
(3)
(3)
0
0
376
14
9
0
2.1
19
C.19 - Manufacture of coke oven
products
565
565
67
15
(1)
(0)
(0)
4
4
498
66
0
0
1.2
20
C.20 - Production of chemicals
2,236
121
213
140
(64)
(3)
(59)
3
2
1,979
78
174
5
2.4
21
C.21 - Manufacture of
pharmaceutical preparations
1,437
16
158
23
(9)
(1)
(7)
1
0
1,287
117
33
0
2.3
22
C.22 - Manufacture of rubber
products
1,734
101
271
148
(65)
(5)
(59)
4
4
1,663
54
18
0
1.5
23
C.23 - Manufacture of other non-
metallic mineral products
608
0
153
55
(38)
(4)
(34)
1
0
574
21
8
5
2.8
24
C.24 - Manufacture of basic
metals
1,880
2
484
164
(37)
(3)
(32)
5
4
1,568
131
181
0
2.2
25
C.25 - Manufacture of fabricated
metal products, except
machinery and equipment
1,301
0
331
110
(61)
(4)
(56)
2
2
1,115
142
44
0
2.3
26
C.26 - Manufacture of computer,
electronic and optical products
3,046
0
152
21
(17)
(3)
(12)
1
1
2,932
89
26
0
2.1
27
C.27 - Manufacture of electrical
equipment
3,923
52
145
74
(44)
(1)
(40)
6
6
3,560
339
24
0
1.5
28
C.28 - Manufacture of machinery
and equipment n.e.c.
3,325
68
305
200
(87)
(3)
(80)
7
6
3,120
156
48
1
1.8
231
Deutsche Bank
Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Climate change transition risk
Dec 31, 2025
a
b
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
m
n
o
p
Gross carrying amount
Accumulated impairment,
accumulated negative changes in fair
value due to credit risk and provisions
GHG financed
emissions (scope 1,
scope 2 and scope 3
emissions of the
counterparty) (in Mtons
of CO2 equivalent)
GHG
emissions
(column i):
gross
carrying
amount
percentage
of the
portfolio
derived
from
company-
specific
reporting³
<= 5 years
> 5 year
<= 10
years
> 10 year
<= 20
years
> 20 years
Average
weighted
maturity
in € m.
of which:
exposures
towards
companies excl.
from EU Paris-
aligned
Benchmarks in
accordance with
pts (d) to (g) of
Art. 12.1 and
Art. 12.2 of
Climate
Benchmark
Standards
Regulation
of which:
stage 2
exposures
of which:
non-
performing
exposures
of which:
stage 2
exposures
of which:
non-
performing
exposures
of which:
Scope 3
financed
emissions
29
C.29 - Manufacture of motor
vehicles, trailers and semi-trailers
3,642
192
469
133
(66)
(4)
(61)
22
22
3,536
101
6
0
1.1
30
C.30 - Manufacture of other
transport equipment
1,486
25
75
88
(50)
(1)
(48)
3
3
1,430
30
25
0
2.6
31
C.31 - Manufacture of furniture
244
0
56
13
(10)
(1)
(9)
0
0
236
3
5
0
1.3
32
C.32 - Other manufacturing
2,589
85
534
98
(45)
(5)
(38)
2
2
2,292
83
211
3
2.6
33
C.33 - Repair and installation of
machinery and equipment
48
0
9
1
(0)
(0)
(0)
0
0
39
4
5
0
2.4
34
D - Electricity, gas, steam and air
conditioning supply
6,215
3,667
521
182
(87)
(4)
(77)
14
6
4,938
652
451
175
3.8
35
D35.1 - Electric power
generation, transmission and
distribution
5,185
3,198
436
112
(39)
(3)
(31)
11
5
3,975
628
407
174
4.2
36
D35.11 - Production of electricity
2,946
2,479
349
88
(31)
(3)
(26)
7
4
2,172
379
221
174
5.1
37
D35.2 - Manufacture of gas;
distribution of gaseous fuels
through mains
580
445
83
69
(47)
(1)
(46)
1
1
523
17
40
0
3.0
38
D35.3 - Steam and air
conditioning supply
450
24
2
1
(0)
(0)
(0)
2
0
439
7
4
0
0.4
39
E - Water supply; sewerage, waste
management and remediation
activities
938
0
277
8
(10)
(5)
(4)
1
0
726
147
55
10
3.6
40
F - Construction
5,281
98
437
241
(109)
(11)
(92)
4
3
4,008
551
347
375
5.4
41
F.41 - Construction of buildings
2,720
13
156
108
(38)
(2)
(33)
2
1
2,048
246
114
311
6.3
42
F.42 - Civil engineering
852
17
42
15
(11)
(2)
(9)
1
0
597
101
141
13
5.3
43
F.43 - Specialized construction
activities
1,709
69
239
118
(59)
(7)
(50)
1
1
1,363
203
92
51
3.9
232
Deutsche Bank
Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Climate change transition risk
Dec 31, 2025
a
b
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
m
n
o
p
Gross carrying amount
Accumulated impairment,
accumulated negative changes in fair
value due to credit risk and provisions
GHG financed
emissions (scope 1,
scope 2 and scope 3
emissions of the
counterparty) (in Mtons
of CO2 equivalent)
GHG
emissions
(column i):
gross
carrying
amount
percentage
of the
portfolio
derived
from
company-
specific
reporting³
<= 5 years
> 5 year
<= 10
years
> 10 year
<= 20
years
> 20 years
Average
weighted
maturity
in € m.
of which:
exposures
towards
companies excl.
from EU Paris-
aligned
Benchmarks in
accordance with
pts (d) to (g) of
Art. 12.1 and
Art. 12.2 of
Climate
Benchmark
Standards
Regulation
of which:
stage 2
exposures
of which:
non-
performing
exposures
of which:
stage 2
exposures
of which:
non-
performing
exposures
of which:
Scope 3
financed
emissions
44
G - Wholesale and retail trade;
repair of motor vehicles and
motorcycles
23,495
2,694
2,628
1,034
(517)
(25)
(475)
44
43
22,508
763
196
28
1.0
45
H - Transportation and storage
9,088
109
690
332
(91)
(8)
(76)
6
3
6,914
1,664
452
58
4.0
46
H.49 - Land transport and
transport via pipelines
1,673
109
43
58
(27)
(1)
(25)
1
1
1,427
148
89
9
3.0
47
H.50 - Water transport
1,353
0
98
69
(2)
(0)
(0)
2
0
831
363
121
38
7.5
48
H.51 - Air transport
3,343
0
281
117
(13)
(3)
(7)
2
1
2,459
792
92
0
3.9
49
H.52 - Warehousing and support
activities for transportation
2,341
0
267
87
(49)
(4)
(43)
1
1
1,821
361
148
11
3.7
50
H.53 - Postal and courier
activities
378
0
1
1
(0)
(0)
(0)
0
0
376
1
1
0
0.2
51
I - Accommodation and food service
activities
3,148
0
919
98
(32)
(9)
(20)
1
1
2,155
750
235
9
4.1
52
L - Real estate activities
54,556
2
11,486
4,614
(1,094)
(220)
(816)
10
10
43,248
3,129
4,156
4,023
4.8
53
Exposures towards sectors other
than those that highly contribute to
climate change*
221,955
477
7,786
2,492
(878)
(90)
(677)
0
0
201,047
13,106
4,464
3,337
2.6
54
K - Financial and insurance
activities¹
165,918
204
3,070
780
(268)
(19)
(198)
0
0
152,169
8,361
3,100
2,287
2.5
55
Exposures to other sectors (NACE
codes J, M - U)
56,037
274
4,716
1,712
(610)
(71)
(478)
0
0
48,878
4,745
1,364
1,050
2.8
56
Total
362,390
10,940
29,385
10,597
(3,565)
(424)
(2,895)
162
136
319,992
22,802
11,541
8,055
2.9
1 Includes exposures to financial corporates as per EBA Q&A 2022_6600
2 Based on % of turnover contributing to environmentally sustainable activities aligned with the EU Taxonomy CCM objectives.
3 The Bank can derive the % of gross carrying amount for Scope 1 & 2 based on company specific reporting, however Scope 3 is based on estimates hence not reported
233
Deutsche Bank
Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Climate change transition risk
Jun 30, 2025
a
b
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
m
n
o
p
Gross carrying amount
Accumulated impairment,
accumulated negative changes in fair
value due to credit risk and provisions
GHG financed
emissions (scope 1,
scope 2 and scope 3
emissions of the
counterparty) (in Mtons
of CO2 equivalent)
GHG
emissions
(column i):
gross
carrying
amount
percentage
of the
portfolio
derived
from
company-
specific
reporting
<= 5 years
> 5 year
<= 10
years
> 10 year
<= 20
years
> 20 years
Average
weighted
maturity
in € m.
of which:
exposures
towards
companies excl.
from EU Paris-
aligned
Benchmarks in
accordance with
pts (d) to (g) of
Art. 12.1 and
Art. 12.2 of
Climate
Benchmark
Standards
Regulation
of which:
stage 2
exposures
of which:
non-
performing
exposures
of which:
stage 2
exposures
of which:
non-
performing
exposures
of which:
Scope 3
financed
emissions
1
Exposures towards sectors that
highly contribute to climate change*
148,553
14,785
27,245
7,713
(2,547)
(314)
(2,102)
163
136
123,833
10,072
8,253
6,395
3.6
2
A - Agriculture, forestry and fishing
1,355
200
72
30
(7)
(1)
(5)
2
2
1,203
64
64
25
3.2
3
B - Mining and quarrying
3,480
3,480
373
16
(23)
(5)
(15)
16
10
3,182
99
193
6
1.9
4
B.05 - Mining of coal and lignite
82
82
34
2
(3)
(1)
(2)
1
0
80
2
0
0
4.1
5
B.06 - Extraction of crude
petroleum and natural gas
2,504
2,504
309
11
(18)
(3)
(12)
12
9
2,231
86
186
1
1.9
6
B.07 - Mining of metal ores
106
106
21
0
(0)
(0)
(0)
1
0
103
0
0
3
1.4
7
B.08 - Other mining and quarrying
149
149
9
2
(1)
(0)
(1)
0
0
131
11
6
2
4.0
8
B.09 - Mining support service
activities
640
640
0
0
(1)
(0)
(0)
3
0
638
0
1
0
1.1
9
C - Manufacturing
34,622
1,669
5,128
1,434
(660)
(50)
(582)
70
64
31,459
1,880
1,042
242
2.1
10
C.10 - Manufacture of food
products
3,509
52
398
57
(35)
(4)
(28)
3
3
3,153
275
37
44
2.1
11
C.11 - Manufacture of beverages
741
0
83
13
(6)
(2)
(3)
0
0
700
37
4
1
1.5
12
C.12 - Manufacture of tobacco
products
145
0
8
0
(0)
(0)
(0)
0
0
130
15
0
0
1.6
13
C.13 - Manufacture of textiles
416
0
39
33
(14)
(1)
(13)
1
1
340
32
34
9
3.3
14
C.14 - Manufacture of wearing
apparel
253
0
38
31
(17)
(0)
(16)
0
0
171
22
21
39
7.1
15
C.15 - Manufacture of leather and
related products
100
0
44
9
(5)
(1)
(4)
0
0
81
10
8
1
3.3
16
C.16 - Manufacture of wood and of
products of wood and cork, except
furniture; manufacture of articles
of straw and plaiting materials
216
0
58
23
(22)
(2)
(20)
0
0
181
22
9
4
3.1
17
C.17 - Manufacture of pulp, paper
and paperboard
605
0
102
20
(12)
(0)
(11)
1
0
531
48
24
1
2.2
234
Deutsche Bank
Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Climate change transition risk
Jun 30, 2025
a
b
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
m
n
o
p
Gross carrying amount
Accumulated impairment,
accumulated negative changes in fair
value due to credit risk and provisions
GHG financed
emissions (scope 1,
scope 2 and scope 3
emissions of the
counterparty) (in Mtons
of CO2 equivalent)
GHG
emissions
(column i):
gross
carrying
amount
percentage
of the
portfolio
derived
from
company-
specific
reporting
<= 5 years
> 5 year
<= 10
years
> 10 year
<= 20
years
> 20 years
Average
weighted
maturity
in € m.
of which:
exposures
towards
companies excl.
from EU Paris-
aligned
Benchmarks in
accordance with
pts (d) to (g) of
Art. 12.1 and
Art. 12.2 of
Climate
Benchmark
Standards
Regulation
of which:
stage 2
exposures
of which:
non-
performing
exposures
of which:
stage 2
exposures
of which:
non-
performing
exposures
of which:
Scope 3
financed
emissions
18
C.18 - Printing and service
activities related to printing
585
0
58
7
(5)
(1)
(3)
0
0
533
27
15
9
2.2
19
C.19 - Manufacture of coke oven
products
539
539
123
0
(1)
(0)
(0)
3
3
501
36
1
1
0.8
20
C.20 - Production of chemicals
2,332
213
328
73
(34)
(4)
(29)
3
2
2,081
68
178
4
2.3
21
C.21 - Manufacture of
pharmaceutical preparations
1,440
18
127
24
(10)
(1)
(7)
1
0
1,311
105
23
1
2.0
22
C.22 - Manufacture of rubber
products
1,941
228
372
135
(44)
(4)
(39)
7
7
1,841
70
28
2
1.7
23
C.23 - Manufacture of other non-
metallic mineral products
984
0
131
46
(34)
(4)
(30)
2
1
948
15
13
8
2.0
24
C.24 - Manufacture of basic metals
1,698
0
313
188
(42)
(1)
(38)
4
3
1,479
117
98
4
2.2
25
C.25 - Manufacture of fabricated
metal products, except machinery
and equipment
1,826
0
402
109
(61)
(4)
(55)
3
3
1,577
160
74
15
2.5
26
C.26 - Manufacture of computer,
electronic and optical products
2,405
0
237
23
(15)
(2)
(12)
1
1
2,326
42
34
4
2.2
27
C.27 - Manufacture of electrical
equipment
2,389
50
626
70
(46)
(2)
(43)
7
7
2,147
203
35
4
1.9
28
C.28 - Manufacture of machinery
and equipment n.e.c.
3,579
41
344
145
(76)
(5)
(68)
9
8
3,354
131
85
9
1.8
29
C.29 - Manufacture of motor
vehicles, trailers and semi-trailers
4,060
409
782
120
(67)
(6)
(59)
20
19
3,994
50
12
5
1.1
30
C.30 - Manufacture of other
transport equipment
1,377
91
69
111
(34)
(1)
(33)
4
3
1,318
32
27
0
2.4
31
C.31 - Manufacture of furniture
227
0
36
15
(11)
(0)
(10)
0
0
195
9
17
7
3.4
32
C.32 - Other manufacturing
3,170
28
395
180
(67)
(4)
(60)
2
2
2,501
347
255
67
3.6
33
C.33 - Repair and installation of
machinery and equipment
86
0
17
1
(1)
(1)
(0)
0
0
68
6
8
4
3.5
235
Deutsche Bank
Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Climate change transition risk
Jun 30, 2025
a
b
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
m
n
o
p
Gross carrying amount
Accumulated impairment,
accumulated negative changes in fair
value due to credit risk and provisions
GHG financed
emissions (scope 1,
scope 2 and scope 3
emissions of the
counterparty) (in Mtons
of CO2 equivalent)
GHG
emissions
(column i):
gross
carrying
amount
percentage
of the
portfolio
derived
from
company-
specific
reporting
<= 5 years
> 5 year
<= 10
years
> 10 year
<= 20
years
> 20 years
Average
weighted
maturity
in € m.
of which:
exposures
towards
companies excl.
from EU Paris-
aligned
Benchmarks in
accordance with
pts (d) to (g) of
Art. 12.1 and
Art. 12.2 of
Climate
Benchmark
Standards
Regulation
of which:
stage 2
exposures
of which:
non-
performing
exposures
of which:
stage 2
exposures
of which:
non-
performing
exposures
of which:
Scope 3
financed
emissions
34
D - Electricity, gas, steam and air
conditioning supply
5,752
5,752
665
138
(70)
(4)
(62)
17
9
4,454
713
515
71
3.9
35
D35.1 - Electric power generation,
transmission and distribution
5,101
5,101
560
96
(32)
(3)
(25)
16
8
3,972
594
467
69
3.9
36
D35.11 - Production of electricity
2,682
2,682
432
96
(30)
(2)
(25)
7
3
2,012
366
238
67
4.4
37
D35.2 - Manufacture of gas;
distribution of gaseous fuels
through mains
622
622
102
41
(37)
(1)
(36)
2
1
476
103
44
0
3.7
38
D35.3 - Steam and air conditioning
supply
29
29
2
1
(0)
(0)
(0)
0
0
7
16
4
2
7.8
39
E - Water supply; sewerage, waste
management and remediation
activities
1,041
0
215
5
(5)
(1)
(3)
1
0
805
164
62
10
3.2
40
F - Construction
5,917
59
769
300
(109)
(17)
(86)
3
3
3,984
816
449
667
6.7
41
F.41 - Construction of buildings
2,775
42
261
120
(39)
(4)
(32)
2
1
1,905
321
143
406
7.5
42
F.42 - Civil engineering
720
0
70
7
(6)
(2)
(3)
0
0
501
133
58
28
4.7
43
F.43 - Specialized construction
activities
2,421
16
439
173
(64)
(11)
(51)
1
1
1,578
362
247
234
6.4
44
G - Wholesale and retail trade; repair
of motor vehicles and motorcycles
24,816
3,406
3,759
1,116
(567)
(31)
(516)
37
36
22,539
818
972
487
2.0
45
H - Transportation and storage
7,438
199
1,078
226
(82)
(8)
(67)
6
2
5,519
1,366
422
131
4.2
46
H.49 - Land transport and
transport via pipelines
846
199
96
41
(16)
(2)
(13)
0
0
662
134
26
24
4.3
47
H.50 - Water transport
1,246
0
417
1
(3)
(1)
(0)
2
0
796
305
136
9
5.8
48
H.51 - Air transport
2,408
0
264
84
(16)
(2)
(12)
2
1
1,671
630
106
1
4.0
49
H.52 - Warehousing and support
activities for transportation
2,636
0
287
98
(46)
(3)
(40)
1
1
2,099
295
152
90
3.9
50
H.53 - Postal and courier activities
303
0
13
2
(2)
(0)
(2)
0
0
292
3
2
7
1.1
236
Deutsche Bank
Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Climate change transition risk
Jun 30, 2025
a
b
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
m
n
o
p
Gross carrying amount
Accumulated impairment,
accumulated negative changes in fair
value due to credit risk and provisions
GHG financed
emissions (scope 1,
scope 2 and scope 3
emissions of the
counterparty) (in Mtons
of CO2 equivalent)
GHG
emissions
(column i):
gross
carrying
amount
percentage
of the
portfolio
derived
from
company-
specific
reporting
<= 5 years
> 5 year
<= 10
years
> 10 year
<= 20
years
> 20 years
Average
weighted
maturity
in € m.
of which:
exposures
towards
companies excl.
from EU Paris-
aligned
Benchmarks in
accordance with
pts (d) to (g) of
Art. 12.1 and
Art. 12.2 of
Climate
Benchmark
Standards
Regulation
of which:
stage 2
exposures
of which:
non-
performing
exposures
of which:
stage 2
exposures
of which:
non-
performing
exposures
of which:
Scope 3
financed
emissions
51
I - Accommodation and food service
activities
3,595
0
1,017
101
(38)
(11)
(25)
0
0
2,314
864
298
119
5.1
52
L - Real estate activities
60,537
20
14,170
4,349
(985)
(187)
(742)
11
10
48,375
3,288
4,237
4,636
4.8
53
Exposures towards sectors other
than those that highly contribute to
climate change*
222,726
477
10,676
3,487
(860)
(100)
(633)
0
0
194,624
15,901
6,718
5,483
9.3
54
K - Financial and insurance activities¹
159,224
212
3,878
949
(287)
(18)
(204)
0
0
145,028
9,520
2,829
1,847
11.3
55
Exposures to other sectors (NACE
codes J, M - U)
63,503
265
6,798
2,538
(573)
(82)
(430)
0
0
49,596
6,381
3,889
3,637
4.3
56
Total
371,280
15,262
37,920
11,200
(3,406)
(414)
(2,736)
163
136
318,457
25,973
14,971
11,878
7.0
1 Includes exposures to financial corporates as per EBA Q&A 2022_6600
2 Based on % of turnover contributing to environmentally sustainable activities eligible per the EU Taxonomy CCM objectives.
237
Deutsche Bank
Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Energy efficiency of real estate collateral
 
Energy efficiency of real estate collateral
Table ESG2 provides insights into the energy efficiency of residential and commercial real estate collateralizing
Deutsche Bank’s loans, utilizing kWh/m² and Energy Performance Certificate (EPC) labels.
Energy efficiency information is unavailable for the majority of the collateral. Although certain local EPC databases exist
for Spain and Italy, a 92% of the Group’s portfolios is located in Germany without a fully public EPC database. However,
Deutsche Bank is able to derive EPC estimates using internal collateral attributes and external reference datasets,
including PCAF.
For contracts secured by multiple properties, the calculated kWh/m² figures are allocated to each property on a pro-rata
basis, using the weighted average lending value as the allocation key. In total, Deutsche Bank reaches a PCAF Data
Quality score of 3.9 for its EU residential real estate portfolio. The scores reflect the extent to which proxy estimates
were utilized.
Loans secured by immovable property predominantly stem from the bank’s German residential real estate portfolio
(€ 147.8 billion), where Deutsche Bank maintains strong market coverage and can reliably estimate energy efficiency
metric. Owing to the significant share of recently constructed properties in the German mortgage portfolio, a 26% of the
gross carrying amount is associated with low energy consumption levels.
Deutsche Bank began collecting EPC information for new residential real estate loans within its EU based portfolio in
2022. Due to data protection requirements, EPCs cannot be systematically obtained from private households, resulting
in limited availability of actual EPC labels for residential immovable property.
For private household clients, EPC documentation is collected only where clients are legally required to hold a valid EPC
for their property. The 92% of reported EPC labels currently originate from the German and Spanish mortgage portfolios.
The collection process of energy efficiency data including certificates for commercial immovable property remains under
development.
Loans secured by garages and plots (classified under residential immovable property) do not have an associated kWh/m²
estimate and are therefore recorded as 0 kWh/m² in column b. Exposures for which no EPC label is available are reported
without EPCs in column o. Where an EPC label exists but does not include kWh/m² data, the gross carrying amount is
reported under “Level of energy efficiency estimated“ in column a5.
For portfolios outside the EU, comprehensive and harmonized energy-efficiency standards comparable to EU
frameworks are generally not in place. However, the coverage of both EU and non‑EU portfolios with kWh/m² or EPC
information has increased substantially compared with the second quarter of 2025 driven by two key factors: model
enhancements and more comprehensive data collection.
238
Deutsche Bank
Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Energy efficiency of real estate collateral
   
ESG2 – Banking book - Climate change transition risk: Loans collateralised by immovable property - Energy efficiency of the collateral
Dec 31, 2025
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
m
n
o
p
Total gross carrying amount amount
Level of energy efficiency (EP score in kWh/m² of collateral)
Level of energy efficiency (EPC label of collateral)
Without EPC label of
collateral
in € m.
(unless stated otherwise)
0; <= 100
> 100; <=
200
> 200; <=
300
> 300; <=
400
> 400; <=
500
> 500
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
of which:
level of
energy
efficiency
(EP score in
kWh/m² of
collateral)
estimated
(in %)
1
Total EU area
187,386
59,039
72,979
44,227
2,039
378
346
1,618
1,159
1,731
2,657
4,152
2,273
4,252
169,545
95
2
Of which Loans collateralized
by commercial immovable
property
26,813
5,115
11,143
3,969
594
25
184
184
62
188
215
100
119
344
25,601
78
3
Of which Loans collateralized
by residential immovable
property
160,564
53,923
61,836
40,259
1,445
354
153
1,434
1,096
1,543
2,442
4,052
2,154
3,908
143,934
98
4
Of which Collateral obtained
by taking possession:
residential and commercial
immovable properties
9
0
0
0
0
0
9
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
9
0
5
Of which Level of energy
efficiency (EP score in kWh/
m² of collateral) estimated
161,530
54,732
65,708
40,509
520
35
25
161,238
100
6
Total non-EU area
39,668
1,960
7,688
7,134
2,676
6,441
145
3
149
102
42
41
4
4
39,322
65
7
Of which Loans collateralized
by commercial immovable
property
35,096
1,838
6,288
7,080
2,561
6,436
145
0
147
97
34
27
0
0
34,790
69
8
Of which Loans collateralized
by residential immovable
property
4,572
123
1,400
54
114
5
0
3
2
6
8
14
4
4
4,532
37
9
Of which Collateral obtained
by taking possession:
residential and commercial
immovable properties
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
10
Of which Level of energy
efficiency (EP score in kWh/
m² of collateral) estimated
25,979
1,948
7,643
7,129
2,675
6,440
145
25,699
100
239
Deutsche Bank
Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Energy efficiency of real estate collateral
Jun 30, 2025
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
m
n
o
p
Total gross carrying amount amount
Level of energy efficiency (EP score in kWh/m² of collateral)
Level of energy efficiency (EPC label of collateral)
Without EPC label of
collateral
in € m.
(unless stated otherwise)
0; <= 100
> 100; <=
200
> 200; <=
300
> 300; <=
400
> 400; <=
500
> 500
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
of which:
level of
energy
efficiency
(EP score in
kWh/m² of
collateral)
estimated
(in %)
1
Total EU area
191,047
56,670
65,606
42,630
1,342
736
2,281
1,285
869
1,249
2,083
3,641
1,887
3,592
176,441
88
2
Of which Loans collateralized
by commercial immovable
property
27,142
1,873
3,382
1,494
54
391
1,889
35
31
39
107
70
36
287
26,537
32
3
Of which Loans collateralized
by residential immovable
property
163,895
54,797
62,224
41,136
1,288
345
382
1,250
838
1,211
1,976
3,571
1,851
3,305
149,894
98
4
Of which Collateral obtained
by taking possession:
residential and commercial
immovable properties
10
0
0
0
0
0
10
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
10
0
5
Of which Level of energy
efficiency (EP score in kWh/
m² of collateral) estimated
155,123
53,250
59,799
39,496
223
436
1,919
155,123
100
6
Total non-EU area
41,942
127
1,311
51
3
8
8
1
4
4
7
40
3
4
41,879
3
7
Of which Loans collateralized
by commercial immovable
property
37,242
1
212
1
0
6
7
0
0
0
0
27
0
0
37,214
1
8
Of which Loans collateralized
by residential immovable
property
4,701
126
1,099
50
3
2
1
1
4
4
7
13
3
4
4,665
27
9
Of which Collateral obtained
by taking possession:
residential and commercial
immovable properties
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
10
Of which Level of energy
efficiency (EP score in kWh/
m² of collateral) estimated
1,453
120
1,270
47
1
6
8
1,453
99
 
240
Deutsche Bank
Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Exposures to Top 20 carbon-intensive firms
Alignment metrics on relative scope 3 emissions
The following template discloses eight carbon intensive sectors currently tracked under Deutsche Bank’s Net Zero target
regime. This information is also available in the 2025 Sustainability Statement, where more details and context can be
found such as 2050 final decarbonization targets, year-on-year analysis, and high-level methodological details.
Deutsche Bank’s sectoral targets are calibrated using the International Energy Agency (IEA) Net Zero Emissions (NZE)
pathway, the decarbonization pathways from the Poseidon Principles methodology which follows the Revised
International Maritime Organisation (IMO) Strategy for shipping, and the Mission Possible Partnership Prudent Scenario
for Commercial Aviation.
Deutsche Bank’s Net Zero target regime reports the exposure in terms of total loan commitment (i.e., loan drawn and
undrawn) in line with the Sustainability Statement, instead of the gross carrying amount; the undrawn loan exposure is
included as it is a better reflection of the balance sheet commitment.
ESG3: Banking book - Indicators of potential climate change transition risk: Alignment metrics
Dec 31, 2025
c
d
e
f
g
Sector
Portfolio gross
carrying
amount¹
(in € m)
Alignment metric
Year of
reference
Distance to IEA
NZE2050 (in %)²
Target (year of
reference + 3
years)³
1
Power
12,843
195 kgCO2e/MWh
2024
70.6
114
3
Automotive
7,461
153 gCO2/v-km
2024
98.6
77
4
Aviation
1,835
1% Pegasus Guidelines
2024
1.0
0
5
Maritime transport
885
7.5% Poseidon Principles
(Revised-Striving)
2024
7.5
0
6
Cement, clinker and lime
production
439
749 kgCO2e/t cement
2024
55.3
483
7
Iron and steel, coke, and metal
ore production
1,788
1,231 kgCO2e/t steel
2024
22.6
1,004
9
Oil and Gas
7,765
17.6 MtCO2/y
2024
-2.1
18
10
Coal Mining
1,220
5.3 MtCO2/y
2024
32.2
4
1Includes drawn and undrawn loan commitments as of year end 2025
2% represented in terms of Distance to IEA NZE 2030, as the bank has not set a target with a 3-year horizon beyond the interim target set for 2030
3The bank has chosen to disclose the Target (2030) instead of the Target (year of reference + 3 years)
Exposures to Top 20 carbon-intensive firms
Table ESG4 highlights the aggregate exposure Deutsche Bank has towards the top 20 most carbon-intensive firms and
its subsidiaries in the world by gross carrying amount (including loans and advances, debt securities and equity
instruments) in the banking book and weighted average maturity. The underlying data source for identifying the top 20
most carbon-intensive firms is the publicly latest available list from the Carbon Majors Report 2020 with database as of
2018.
ESG4 – Exposures in the banking book to the top 20 carbon-intensive firms in the world
Dec 31, 2025
a
b
d
e
in € m.
Gross carrying
amount
(aggregate)
Gross carrying
amount towards
the
counterparties
compared to
total gross
carrying amount
(aggregate in %)
Weighted
average
maturity
Number of top
20 polluting
firms included
1
Top 20 polluting firms
1,707
0.24
1.1
12
241
Deutsche Bank
Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Exposures to Top 20 carbon-intensive firms
Jun 30, 2025
a
b
d
e
in € m.
Gross carrying
amount
(aggregate)
Gross carrying
amount towards
the
counterparties
compared to
total gross
carrying amount
(aggregate in %)
Weighted
average
maturity
Number of top
20 polluting
firms included
1
Top 20 polluting firms
2,088
0.30
1.0
13
Deutsche Bank’s exposure towards the Top 20 firms amounted to € 1.7 billion as per December 31, 2025, being
€ 0,4billion lower compared to June 30, 2025 where it stood at € 2.1 billion, resulting in a lower overall exposure ratio of
0.24%. The weighted average maturity remained broadly stable, with a slight increase to 1.1 years.
Climate change - physical risk
Physical risks arise from the increasing frequency, severity, and volatility of acute events, such as hurricanes, floods, and
wildfires, as well as chronic shifts in weather patterns, such as droughts disrupting agriculture production. These changes
can have a potential impact on economic output and productivity, can cause sudden damage to properties, disruption of
supply chains, and depreciation of assets, as well as additional cost related to operational downtime.
The bank utilizes data provided by Standard & Poor’s (S&P) to map locations as having acute or chronic hazard scores.
S&P’s exposure scores forecast climate event probabilities for eight hazards and four climate scenarios. The exposure
scores represent the likelihood of each climate hazard and scenario over the next eight decades. For the purpose of
determining physical risk, Deutsche Bank has selected the exposure scores from the Representative Concentration
Pathways 7 (RCP7) 2.1° by 2050) scenario projection for the 2040 decade.
Acute risks are defined by S&P as Coastal Flooding, Fluvial Flooding, Pluvial Flooding & Tropical Cyclones. Chronic risks
are defined by S&P as Extreme Heat, Extreme Cold, Wildfire, Water Stress, Drought and Landslide. A loan is considered
sensitive to impacts from climate change physical events if at least one or more of a loan’s physical exposure score
exceeds a threshold calibrated for a given natural hazard type.
If the loan has real estate as collateral, the bank uses the property zip code to determine the S&P exposure score. For
larger companies, with multiple, regionally diversified locations and for loans not secured by real estate, S&P provides an
exposure score from their internal assets and clients database, which aggregates the risk based on the company’s
multiple locations and operations. If the borrower is not in S&P’s database and does not have real estate as collateral, the
bank will use the clients domiciliation to determine the appropriate exposure score based on similar locations with
information available from S&P. As of December 31, 2025, the Group obtained exposure scores on 95% of the German
Private Bank real estate loans and 86% across Private Bank (excl. German Private Bank), Corporate Bank and Investment
Bank. Continuous enhancement to processes, refinement of methodology and forward-looking information can result in
changes to exposures subject to physical risk.
Table ESG5 provides information on exposures in the banking book (including loans and advances and debt securities)
towards non-financial corporates with a geographical grouping in four regions: Europe, the Middle East and Africa
(EMEA), Asia Pacific, North America and Latin America. The gross carrying amount of the loans do not consider any risk
mitigation, adaption or resilience measures the bank may have taken to reduce the risk of physical loss or any costs
related to climate change. The increase in exposures sensitive to impact from chronic climate change versus the prior
period is primarily driven by the inclusion of landslide hazards and the expanded asset level data coverage. In addition,
selected exposures were reclassified between the residential and commercial exposures in the EMEA region during the
second half of the year 2025 .
242
Deutsche Bank
Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Climate change - physical risk
   
ESG5 – Banking book - Climate change physical risk: Exposures subject to physical risk – EMEA
Dec 31, 2025
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
m
n
o
Total gross carrying amount amount
of which: exposures sensitive to impact from climate change physical events
Breakdown by maturity bucket
of which:
exposures
sensitive
to impact
from
chronic
climate
change
events
oh which:
exposures
sensitive
to impact
from
acute
climate
change
events
of which:
exposures
sensitive
to impact
both from
chronic
and acute
climate
change
events
of which:
Stage 2
exposures
of which:
non-per-
forming
exposures
Accumulated impairment,
accumulated negative changes in
fair value due to credit risk and
provisions
in € m.
<= 5
years
> 5 year
<= 10
years
> 10 year
<= 20
years
> 20
years
Average
weighted
maturity
of which:
Stage 2
exposures
of which:
non-per-
forming
exposures
1
A - Agriculture, forestry and fishing
385
33
33
25
0
3.8
88
2
0
23
7
(3)
(0)
(2)
2
B - Mining and quarrying
1,061
53
194
5
0
2.3
165
86
1
52
3
(2)
(0)
(1)
3
C - Manufacturing
21,604
1,438
616
180
0
2.4
2,041
172
22
417
218
(68)
(5)
(59)
4
D - Electricity, gas, steam and air conditioning supply
2,769
146
160
23
0
2.4
328
2
0
30
10
(3)
(0)
(3)
5
E - Water supply; sewerage, waste management and
remediation activities
548
36
20
1
0
2.0
56
0
0
26
5
(3)
(0)
(3)
6
F - Construction
2,975
284
98
101
11
3.5
489
5
0
110
49
(28)
(2)
(26)
7
G - Wholesale and retail trade; repair of motor
vehicles and motorcycles
16,018
2,092
538
30
0
1.1
2,566
86
7
224
149
(85)
(5)
(77)
8
H - Transportation and storage
5,798
135
377
173
0
2.8
605
35
45
74
31
(15)
(1)
(14)
9
L - Real estate activities
25,129
1,458
948
615
195
5.3
2,895
206
116
345
111
(52)
(2)
(44)
10
Loans collateralized by residential immovable
property
161,387
777
1,966
5,160
8,602
17.9
15,254
1,207
44
1,923
389
(127)
(29)
(93)
11
Loans collateralized by commercial immovable
property
32,750
1,669
1,152
902
191
5.3
3,588
321
5
380
164
(75)
(5)
(64)
12
Repossessed collaterals
9
3
0
2
1
2.3
7
0
0
0
7
0
0
(7)
13
Other relevant sectors (breakdown below where
relevant)
0
0
0
0
0
0.0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
 
243
Deutsche Bank
Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Climate change - physical risk
Jun 30, 2025
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
m
n
o
Total gross carrying amount amount
of which: exposures sensitive to impact from climate change physical events
Breakdown by maturity bucket
of which:
exposures
sensitive
to impact
from
chronic
climate
change
events
oh which:
exposures
sensitive
to impact
from
acute
climate
change
events
of which:
exposures
sensitive
to impact
both from
chronic
and acute
climate
change
events
of which:
Stage 2
exposures
of which:
non-per-
forming
exposures
Accumulated impairment,
accumulated negative changes in
fair value due to credit risk and
provisions
in € m.
<= 5
years
> 5 year
<= 10
years
> 10 year
<= 20
years
> 20
years
Average
weighted
maturity
of which:
Stage 2
exposures
of which:
non-per-
forming
exposures
1
A - Agriculture, forestry and fishing
622
32
26
15
3
5.1
73
3
0
13
2
(2)
(0)
(1)
2
B - Mining and quarrying
1,815
66
107
22
1
3.6
102
93
2
1
1
(0)
(0)
(0)
3
C - Manufacturing
22,938
1,444
879
197
28
2.8
2,405
123
19
444
190
(65)
(6)
(56)
4
D - Electricity, gas, steam and air conditioning supply
1,994
183
160
25
1
2.8
367
2
0
68
3
(2)
(0)
(2)
5
E - Water supply; sewerage, waste management and
remediation activities
603
21
22
2
2
4.0
48
0
0
14
1
(1)
(0)
(1)
6
F - Construction
3,464
302
121
177
72
6.2
660
11
1
159
99
(27)
(2)
(25)
7
G - Wholesale and retail trade; repair of motor
vehicles and motorcycles
17,448
1,829
509
234
241
4.1
2,705
103
5
487
180
(93)
(7)
(83)
8
H - Transportation and storage
4,611
337
616
78
26
3.1
788
268
1
120
34
(12)
(1)
(11)
9
L - Real estate activities
25,331
1,659
788
523
235
5.1
2,871
332
2
381
118
(52)
(2)
(46)
10
Loans collateralized by residential immovable
property
164,789
795
2,147
5,416
7,541
16.9
14,704
1,153
42
1,751
391
(126)
(30)
(90)
11
Loans collateralized by commercial immovable
property
32,991
1,796
1,052
700
189
4.8
3,313
423
2
524
175
(72)
(4)
(63)
12
Repossessed collaterals
10
4
1
2
1
2.9
7
0
0
0
7
0
0
(7)
13
Other relevant sectors (breakdown below where
relevant)
0
0
0
0
0
0.0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
244
Deutsche Bank
Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Climate change - physical risk
ESG5 – Banking book - Climate change physical risk: Exposures subject to physical risk – Asia Pacific
Dec 31, 2025
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
m
n
o
Total gross carrying amount amount
of which: exposures sensitive to impact from climate change physical events
Breakdown by maturity bucket
of which:
exposures
sensitive
to impact
from
chronic
climate
change
events
oh which:
exposures
sensitive
to impact
from
acute
climate
change
events
of which:
exposures
sensitive
to impact
both from
chronic
and acute
climate
change
events
of which:
Stage 2
exposures
of which:
non-per-
forming
exposures
Accumulated impairment,
accumulated negative changes in
fair value due to credit risk and
provisions
in € m.
<= 5
years
> 5 year
<= 10
years
> 10 year
<= 20
years
> 20
years
Average
weighted
maturity
of which:
Stage 2
exposures
of which:
non-per-
forming
exposures
1
A - Agriculture, forestry and fishing
41
10
0
0
0
6.5
10
0
0
0
0
(0)
0
0
2
B - Mining and quarrying
689
151
82
270
0
6.8
404
26
73
98
0
(1)
(1)
0
3
C - Manufacturing
6,410
1,791
296
137
1
1.3
977
950
297
89
23
(7)
(1)
(4)
4
D - Electricity, gas, steam and air conditioning supply
1,910
299
123
138
11
3.9
513
57
1
121
21
(5)
(1)
(4)
5
E - Water supply; sewerage, waste management and
remediation activities
126
50
0
1
0
1.1
49
1
1
48
0
(0)
(0)
0
6
F - Construction
880
347
23
107
0
1.5
166
265
46
74
3
(1)
(1)
(0)
7
G - Wholesale and retail trade; repair of motor
vehicles and motorcycles
4,214
1,009
36
72
1
1.1
807
230
81
62
24
(8)
(0)
(7)
8
H - Transportation and storage
1,038
201
348
45
5
3.6
337
39
222
55
5
(2)
(1)
(0)
9
L - Real estate activities
1,353
507
21
56
4
3.6
459
33
96
36
2
(1)
(0)
(0)
10
Loans collateralized by residential immovable
property
1,866
127
156
546
12
9.2
492
137
213
38
54
(10)
(0)
(8)
11
Loans collateralized by commercial immovable
property
1,302
335
204
92
0
3.3
484
60
86
68
70
(28)
(0)
(27)
12
Repossessed collaterals
0
0
0
0
0
0.0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
13
Other relevant sectors (breakdown below where
relevant)
0
0
0
0
0
0.0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
 
245
Deutsche Bank
Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Climate change - physical risk
Jun 30, 2025
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
m
n
o
Total gross carrying amount amount
of which: exposures sensitive to impact from climate change physical events
Breakdown by maturity bucket
of which:
exposures
sensitive
to impact
from
chronic
climate
change
events
oh which:
exposures
sensitive
to impact
from
acute
climate
change
events
of which:
exposures
sensitive
to impact
both from
chronic
and acute
climate
change
events
of which:
Stage 2
exposures
of which:
non-per-
forming
exposures
Accumulated impairment,
accumulated negative changes in
fair value due to credit risk and
provisions
in € m.
<= 5
years
> 5 year
<= 10
years
> 10 year
<= 20
years
> 20
years
Average
weighted
maturity
of which:
Stage 2
exposures
of which:
non-per-
forming
exposures
1
A - Agriculture, forestry and fishing
177
10
0
1
0
1.4
1
0
10
0
0
(0)
0
0
2
B - Mining and quarrying
755
287
99
185
0
4.8
436
66
70
108
0
(1)
(1)
0
3
C - Manufacturing
6,035
1,046
201
213
15
2.6
816
430
228
171
31
(12)
(1)
(8)
4
D - Electricity, gas, steam and air conditioning supply
1,829
263
135
58
0
3.0
309
135
12
124
0
(1)
(1)
0
5
E - Water supply; sewerage, waste management and
remediation activities
130
68
0
2
0
0.0
67
1
1
0
1
(0)
0
0
6
F - Construction
1,085
369
39
116
0
2.0
187
275
61
4
4
(1)
(0)
(1)
7
G - Wholesale and retail trade; repair of motor
vehicles and motorcycles
3,720
647
115
133
6
2.5
475
324
103
65
28
(10)
(0)
(8)
8
H - Transportation and storage
1,019
137
462
20
0
3.5
372
48
199
56
7
(3)
(1)
(1)
9
L - Real estate activities
1,957
194
113
86
0
4.2
206
60
128
1
0
(0)
(0)
0
10
Loans collateralized by residential immovable
property
1,836
123
155
579
10
9.3
477
173
216
83
46
(9)
(0)
(7)
11
Loans collateralized by commercial immovable
property
1,815
267
268
114
0
4.1
458
99
92
5
74
(17)
(0)
(17)
12
Repossessed collaterals
0
0
0
0
0
0.0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
13
Other relevant sectors (breakdown below where
relevant)
0
0
0
0
0
0.0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
246
Deutsche Bank
Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Climate change - physical risk
ESG5 – Banking book - Climate change physical risk: Exposures subject to physical risk – North America
Dec 31, 2025
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
m
n
o
Total gross carrying amount amount
of which: exposures sensitive to impact from climate change physical events
Breakdown by maturity bucket
of which:
exposures
sensitive
to impact
from
chronic
climate
change
events
oh which:
exposures
sensitive
to impact
from
acute
climate
change
events
of which:
exposures
sensitive
to impact
both from
chronic
and acute
climate
change
events
of which:
Stage 2
exposures
of which:
non-per-
forming
exposures
Accumulated impairment,
accumulated negative changes in
fair value due to credit risk and
provisions
in € m.
<= 5
years
> 5 year
<= 10
years
> 10 year
<= 20
years
> 20
years
Average
weighted
maturity
of which:
Stage 2
exposures
of which:
non-per-
forming
exposures
1
A - Agriculture, forestry and fishing
550
0
0
0
0
0.0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
B - Mining and quarrying
444
2
0
0
4
16.4
0
6
0
3
2
(0)
(0)
0
3
C - Manufacturing
4,502
378
596
60
0
3.0
652
374
8
81
59
(2)
(1)
(0)
4
D - Electricity, gas, steam and air conditioning supply
1,192
98
141
0
69
7.8
215
92
0
13
42
(12)
(0)
(12)
5
E - Water supply; sewerage, waste management and
remediation activities
198
4
57
0
9
8.2
9
61
0
4
0
(0)
(0)
0
6
F - Construction
1,363
549
49
0
27
2.8
273
261
92
15
0
(1)
(0)
0
7
G - Wholesale and retail trade; repair of motor
vehicles and motorcycles
2,970
236
288
0
0
0.5
119
405
0
55
246
(120)
(0)
(120)
8
H - Transportation and storage
1,934
142
0
0
0
1.2
12
131
0
0
26
(16)
(0)
(15)
9
L - Real estate activities
27,561
6,010
1,866
111
395
2.8
4,806
2,746
829
2,650
1,827
(239)
(54)
(174)
10
Loans collateralized by residential immovable
property
1,677
0
1
148
1,028
23.3
215
934
27
195
66
(3)
(2)
(0)
11
Loans collateralized by commercial immovable
property
26,949
5,691
2,136
112
270
2.5
4,468
2,819
923
3,033
1,918
(243)
(48)
(185)
12
Repossessed collaterals
0
0
0
0
0
0.0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
13
Other relevant sectors (breakdown below where
relevant)
0
0
0
0
0
0.0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
 
247
Deutsche Bank
Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Climate change - physical risk
Jun 30, 2025
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
m
n
o
Total gross carrying amount amount
of which: exposures sensitive to impact from climate change physical events
Breakdown by maturity bucket
of which:
exposures
sensitive
to impact
from
chronic
climate
change
events
oh which:
exposures
sensitive
to impact
from
acute
climate
change
events
of which:
exposures
sensitive
to impact
both from
chronic
and acute
climate
change
events
of which:
Stage 2
exposures
of which:
non-per-
forming
exposures
Accumulated impairment,
accumulated negative changes in
fair value due to credit risk and
provisions
in € m.
<= 5
years
> 5 year
<= 10
years
> 10 year
<= 20
years
> 20
years
Average
weighted
maturity
of which:
Stage 2
exposures
of which:
non-per-
forming
exposures
1
A - Agriculture, forestry and fishing
542
1
0
0
0
4.3
0
1
0
0
0
(0)
0
0
2
B - Mining and quarrying
537
1
23
0
5
6.5
23
6
0
3
2
(0)
(0)
0
3
C - Manufacturing
4,301
353
166
4
60
4.1
166
418
0
118
6
(3)
(3)
(0)
4
D - Electricity, gas, steam and air conditioning supply
1,066
108
130
0
33
5.6
142
128
0
0
0
(0)
(0)
0
5
E - Water supply; sewerage, waste management and
remediation activities
205
0
68
0
7
7.0
6
69
0
0
0
(0)
0
0
6
F - Construction
1,304
136
133
0
34
6.2
79
203
22
10
0
(0)
(0)
0
7
G - Wholesale and retail trade; repair of motor
vehicles and motorcycles
3,335
557
108
0
14
1.2
122
495
61
40
261
(120)
(0)
(119)
8
H - Transportation and storage
1,376
107
47
0
9
3.4
39
124
0
9
0
(0)
(0)
0
9
L - Real estate activities
32,586
6,652
1,693
159
570
3.2
3,798
4,900
375
2,820
1,347
(178)
(38)
(126)
10
Loans collateralized by residential immovable
property
1,859
3
1
137
1,025
23.5
182
981
2
253
77
(3)
(3)
(0)
11
Loans collateralized by commercial immovable
property
28,711
6,767
1,952
124
285
2.7
3,822
4,906
399
3,368
1,242
(183)
(42)
(127)
12
Repossessed collaterals
0
0
0
0
0
0.0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
13
Other relevant sectors (breakdown below where
relevant)
0
0
0
0
0
0.0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
 
248
Deutsche Bank
Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Climate change - physical risk
ESG5 – Banking book - Climate change physical risk: Exposures subject to physical risk – Latin America
Dec 31, 2025
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
m
n
o
Total gross carrying amount amount
of which: exposures sensitive to impact from climate change physical events
Breakdown by maturity bucket
of which:
exposures
sensitive
to impact
from
chronic
climate
change
events
oh which:
exposures
sensitive
to impact
from
acute
climate
change
events
of which:
exposures
sensitive
to impact
both from
chronic
and acute
climate
change
events
of which:
Stage 2
exposures
of which:
non-per-
forming
exposures
Accumulated impairment,
accumulated negative changes in
fair value due to credit risk and
provisions
in € m.
<= 5
years
> 5 year
<= 10
years
> 10 year
<= 20
years
> 20
years
Average
weighted
maturity
of which:
Stage 2
exposures
of which:
non-per-
forming
exposures
1
A - Agriculture, forestry and fishing
16
0
0
0
0
0.0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
B - Mining and quarrying
302
1
0
0
0
0.2
1
0
0
0
0
(0)
0
0
3
C - Manufacturing
1,712
198
35
169
0
5.9
396
5
0
39
0
(0)
(0)
0
4
D - Electricity, gas, steam and air conditioning supply
344
142
63
0
0
1.7
154
0
51
0
0
(0)
0
0
5
E - Water supply; sewerage, waste management and
remediation activities
67
0
0
0
0
0.0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
6
F - Construction
62
17
0
0
0
0.7
17
0
0
0
0
(0)
0
0
7
G - Wholesale and retail trade; repair of motor
vehicles and motorcycles
292
100
22
0
0
1.0
122
0
0
97
0
(0)
(0)
0
8
H - Transportation and storage
319
14
99
0
0
3.0
31
1
79
19
12
(1)
(1)
(0)
9
L - Real estate activities
498
0
0
0
0
0.0
0
0
0
0
0
(0)
(0)
0
10
Loans collateralized by residential immovable
property
205
0
0
4
0
14.8
5
0
0
0
0
(0)
0
0
11
Loans collateralized by commercial immovable
property
908
112
0
0
0
1.9
112
0
0
0
0
(1)
0
0
12
Repossessed collaterals
0
0
0
0
0
0.0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
13
Other relevant sectors (breakdown below where
relevant)
0
0
0
0
0
0.0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
 
249
Deutsche Bank
Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Climate change - physical risk
Jun 30, 2025
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
m
n
o
Total gross carrying amount amount
of which: exposures sensitive to impact from climate change physical events
Breakdown by maturity bucket
of which:
exposures
sensitive
to impact
from
chronic
climate
change
events
oh which:
exposures
sensitive
to impact
from
acute
climate
change
events
of which:
exposures
sensitive
to impact
both from
chronic
and acute
climate
change
events
of which:
Stage 2
exposures
of which:
non-per-
forming
exposures
Accumulated impairment,
accumulated negative changes in
fair value due to credit risk and
provisions
in € m.
<= 5
years
> 5 year
<= 10
years
> 10 year
<= 20
years
> 20
years
Average
weighted
maturity
of which:
Stage 2
exposures
of which:
non-per-
forming
exposures
1
A - Agriculture, forestry and fishing
15
0
0
0
0
0.0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
B - Mining and quarrying
364
2
0
0
0
0.2
2
0
0
0
0
(0)
0
0
3
C - Manufacturing
1,341
163
17
150
0
6.8
268
3
60
26
0
(0)
(0)
0
4
D - Electricity, gas, steam and air conditioning supply
408
85
68
0
0
2.4
104
50
0
0
0
(0)
0
0
5
E - Water supply; sewerage, waste management and
remediation activities
104
0
0
0
0
0.0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
6
F - Construction
64
13
0
0
0
0.5
13
0
0
0
0
(0)
0
0
7
G - Wholesale and retail trade; repair of motor
vehicles and motorcycles
313
95
0
0
0
0.2
81
14
0
90
0
(0)
(0)
0
8
H - Transportation and storage
432
77
81
23
8
7.1
17
173
0
80
17
(3)
(0)
(3)
9
L - Real estate activities
662
0
0
0
0
0.0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
10
Loans collateralized by residential immovable
property
149
0
0
4
1
0.0
5
0
0
0
0
(0)
0
0
11
Loans collateralized by commercial immovable
property
828
0
0
0
0
0.0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
12
Repossessed collaterals
0
0
0
0
0
0.0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
13
Other relevant sectors (breakdown below where
relevant)
0
0
0
0
0
0.0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
 
250
Deutsche Bank
Liquidity risk
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Risk management objectives and policies
 
Liquidity risk
Risk management objectives and policies
Liquidity risk management strategies and processes
Article 435 (1)(a) CRR (EU OVA & EU LIQA)
The Group’s liquidity risk management principles are documented in a policy document and the framework is described
in the framework document. Both the policy and framework documents adhere to and articulate how the eight key risk
management practices are applied to liquidity risk, with such key practices including 1) risk governance, 2) risk
organization (3 lines of defense), 3) risk culture, 4) risk appetite and -strategy, 5) risk identification and -assessment,
6) risk mitigation and controls, 7) risk measurement and reporting as well as 8) stress planning and execution. The
individual roles and responsibilities relevant to each of these practices are laid out and documented in the Global
Responsibility Matrix for liquidity risk, which provides further clarity and transparency on the roles and responsibilities
across all involved stakeholders.
Liquidity risk management structure and organization
Article 435 (1)(b) CRR (EU OVA & EU LIQA)
Liquidity and funding key risk metrics are embedded in the bank’s risk appetite framework and reviewed as well as
approved by the Management Board at least on an annual basis. The risk appetite is applied at the Group level and to
internally defined Key Liquidity Entities, e.g., Deutsche Bank AG, to monitor and control liquidity risk as well as the
Group’s long-term funding and issuance plan.
The Liquidity and Funding Risk Management Framework defines the organization of the liquidity managing functions in
alignment with the three lines of defense structure, which is described in the “Risk Management principles” under "Risk
Management structure and organization" section of this report, including the respective responsibilities of those
functions comprising of the three lines of defense. In the context of Liquidity and Funding risk framework, these
functions include the following:
First Line of Defense: The Corporate divisions and Treasury
Second Line of Defense: CRO - Enterprise and Treasury Risk Management (ETRM)
Third Line of Defense: Group Audit
Scope and nature of liquidity risk measurement and reporting system
Article 435 (1)(c) CRR (EU OVA & EU LIQA)
The Finance teams Liquidity and Treasury Reporting & Analysis (LTRA) and Liquidity Data Measurement and Reporting
(LDMR) together own the overall accountability for the accurate and timely production of both external regulatory
liquidity reporting (Pillar 1) as well as internal management reporting (Pillar 2) for the liquidity risk of the Group. In
addition, LTRA is responsible for the development of management information systems and the related analysis to
support the liquidity risk framework and its governance for Enterprise and Treasury Risk Management.
Policies for hedging and mitigating liquidity risk
Article 435 (1)(d) CRR (EU OVA & EU LIQA)The Group’s liquidity risk management principles are documented in a policy
document and the framework is described in the Framework document. The Liquidity and Funding Risk Management
Framework defines the organization of the liquidity managing functions in alignment with the three lines of defense
structure, which is described in the “Risk Management principles” section of this report, including the respective
responsibilities of those functions comprising of the three lines of defense.
Approach to centralized group liquidity management and individual legal entity liquidity
management
Furthermore, the Group ensures at the level of each Liquidity Relevant Entity that all local liquidity metrics are managed
in compliance with the defined risk appetite. Local liquidity surpluses are pooled in Deutsche Bank AG hubs and local
liquidity shortfalls can be met through support from these hubs. Transfers of liquidity capacity between entities are
subject to the Intercompany Funding approval framework involving the Group’s liquidity steering function as well as the
local liquidity managers.
251
Deutsche Bank
Liquidity risk
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Risk management objectives and policies
The bank's contingency funding plans
Deutsche Bank's Group Contingency Funding Plan (CFP) outlines how the bank would respond to an actual or
anticipated liquidity stress event. It includes a decisive set of actions that can be taken to raise cash and recover the
bank’s key liquidity metrics in times of liquidity stress. The CFP includes a clear governance structure and well-defined
liquidity risk indicators to ensure timely and effective decision-making, communication, and coordination during a
liquidity stress event. Deutsche Bank has established the Financial Resource Management Council (FRMC) which is
responsible for oversight of capital and liquidity across contingency, recovery, and resolution scenarios in a crisis
situation.
Liquidity stress testing and scenario analysis
Global internal liquidity stress testing and scenario analysis is used for measuring liquidity risk and evaluating the Group’s
short-term liquidity position within the liquidity framework. This complements the daily operational cash management
process. The long-term liquidity strategy based on baseline contractual or modelled maturities is represented by a long-
term metric known as the Funding Matrix (refer to Funding risk management and funding diversification section above for
additional information).
The global liquidity stress testing exposure is managed by Treasury in compliance with the respective risk appetite.
Treasury is responsible for the design of the overall stress test methodology, the choice of liquidity risk drivers and the
determination of appropriate assumptions (parameters) to translate input data into stress testing output. Enterprise and
Treasury Risk Management is responsible for the definition of the stress scenarios. Laid out by the Model Risk
Management Policy and Procedure, Liquidity Risk Management and Model Risk Management perform the independent
validation of liquidity risk models. Finance teams -Liquidity & Treasury Reporting & Analysis and Liquidity Data
Measurement and Reporting, are responsible for implementing these methodologies and performing the stress test
calculation in conjunction with Treasury, Liquidity Risk Management, Group Strategic Analytics and IT.
Stress testing and scenario analysis are used to describe and evaluate the impact of sudden and severe stress events on
the Group’s liquidity position. Deutsche Bank has selected four scenarios to calculate the Group’s stressed Net Liquidity
Position. These scenarios are designed to capture potential outcomes which may be experienced by the Group. The most
severe scenario assesses the potential consequences of a combined market-wide and severe idiosyncratic stress event,
including multi-notch downgrades of Deutsche Bank’s credit ratings. Under each of the scenarios, the impact of a
liquidity stress event over different time horizons and across multiple liquidity risk drivers, covering all business lines and
product areas and with that all portfolios and balance sheet, is considered. The output from this scenario analysis also
feeds the Group Wide Stress Test run by Enterprise Risk Management, which analyzes liquidity risk in conjunction with
the other defined risk types and evaluates their impact and interplay to both - Capital and Liquidity positions.
In addition, potential funding requirements from contingent liquidity risks which can arise under stress, including
drawdowns on lending facilities, increased collateral requirements under derivative agreements, and outflows from
deposits with a contractual rating linked trigger are included in the analysis. Subsequently, countermeasures, which are
the actions the Group would take to counterbalance the outflows incurred during a stress event, are also taken into
consideration. These countermeasures include the usage of the Group’s liquidity reserves and generating liquidity from
other unencumbered, marketable assets without causing any material impact on the Group’s business model.
Stress testing is conducted at a global level and for defined entities relevant for liquidity risk management. The stress
analysis covers a 3 month stress horizon which is considered to be the most critical time span during a liquidity crisis
requiring that liquidity is actively assessed and steered on a Group level. In addition to the consolidated currency stress
test, further stress tests are performed for material currencies, namely EUR and USD. At the global level as well as for the
U.S. entities liquidity stress tests also cover a twelve-months period for which a risk appetite limit has been set. Ad-hoc
analysis may be conducted to reflect the impact of potential downside events that could affect the Group such as
climate/ESG-related events. Relevant stress assumptions are applied to reflect liquidity flows from risk drivers and on-
balance sheet and off-balance sheet products. The suite of stress testing scenarios and assumptions are reviewed on a
regular basis and are updated when enhancements are made to stress testing methodologies.
Complementing daily liquidity stress testing, the Bank also conducts regular Group Wide Stress Testing (GWST) run by
Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) analyzing liquidity risks in conjunction with the other defined risk types and
evaluating their impact and interplay to both capital and liquidity positions.
252
Deutsche Bank
Liquidity risk
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Qualitative information on LCR
Qualitative information on LCR
Article 451a CRR (EU LIQB)
The Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR)
The LCR is intended to promote the short-term resilience of a bank’s liquidity risk profile over a 30 day stress scenario.
The ratio is defined as the amount of High Quality Liquid Assets (HQLA) that could be used to raise liquidity, measured
against the total volume of net cash outflows, arising from both contractual and modelled exposures, in a stressed
scenario.
The Group’s average Liquidity Coverage Ratio of 137% (twelve months average) as of December 31, 2025 has been
calculated in accordance with the Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/61 and the EBA Guidelines on LCR
disclosure to complement the disclosure of liquidity risk management under Article 435 CRR.
The Group’s Liquidity Coverage Ratio was 144% as of December 31, 2025, or € 80 billion of excess over the regulatory
minimum of 100%. This compares with September 30, 2025 LCR of 140% or € 67 billion of excess over the regulatory
minimum. The increase in surplus was predominantly driven by increased Private Bank and Corporate Bank deposits
through the second half of 2025.
Concentration of funding and liquidity sources
Diversification of the Group’s funding profile in terms of investor types, regions and products is an important element of
the Group’s liquidity risk management framework. The Group’s most stable funding sources stem from capital markets
issuances and equity, as well as from Private Bank and Corporate Bank deposits. Other customer deposits and secured
funding and short positions are additional sources of funding. Unsecured wholesale funding represents unsecured
wholesale liabilities sourced primarily by the Treasury Pool Management team. Given the relatively short-term nature of
these liabilities, it is predominantly used to fund liquid trading assets.
To promote the additional diversification of the Group’s refinancing activities, the bank holds a license to issue mortgage
Pfandbriefe. The Group continues to run a program for the purpose of issuing Covered Bonds under Spanish law
(Cedulas). Additionally, the Group also issues green bonds under the Group’s Sustainable Finance Framework. The Group
also issued a Panda bond, following recent regulatory changes by PBoC (People’s Bank of China) and SAFE (State
Administration of Foreign Exchange (of China)) to facilitate foreign remittance of Panda bond proceeds.
Unsecured wholesale funding comprises a range of institutional products, such as certificate of deposits, commercial
paper as well as Money Market deposits.
To avoid any unwanted reliance on these short-term funding sources, and to promote a sound funding profile which
complies with the defined risk appetite, the Group has implemented limits (across tenors) on these funding sources
which are derived from daily stress testing analysis. In addition, the bank limits the total volume of unsecured wholesale
funding to manage the reliance on this funding source as part of the overall funding diversification.
Composition of HQLA
The average HQLA of € 238 billion has been calculated in accordance with the Commission Delegated Regulation (EU)
2015/61 and the EBA Guidelines on LCR disclosure to complement the disclosure of liquidity risk management under
Article 435 CRR.
The HQLA as of December, 2025 of € 260 billion is primarily held in Level 1 cash and central bank reserves (55%) and
Level 1 high quality securities (40%). This compares to September 30, 2025 of which € 234 billion was primarily held in
Level 1 cash and central bank reserves (51%) and Level 1 high quality securities (44%)
Derivative exposures and potential collateral calls
The majority of outflows related to derivative exposures and other collateral requirements shown in item 11 below are in
relation to derivative contractual cash outflows that are offset by derivative cash inflows shown below in item 19 Other
cash inflows.
Other significant outflows included in item 11 relate to the impact of an adverse market scenario on derivatives based on
the 24 month historical look back approach and the potential posting of additional collateral as a result of a 3 notch
downgrade of Deutsche Bank’s credit rating (as per regulatory requirements).
253
Deutsche Bank
Liquidity risk
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Qualitative information on LCR
Currency mismatch in the LCR
The LCR is calculated for EUR and USD which have been identified as significant currencies (having liabilities > 5% of
total group liabilities excluding regulatory capital and off-balance sheet liabilities) in accordance with the Commission
Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/61. In addition to the above the Group also calculates an LCR for the GBP currency. No
explicit LCR risk appetite is set for the significant currencies. However, limits have been defined over the respective
significant currency stressed Net Liquidity Position (sNLP). This allows the internal monitoring and management of risks
stemming from currency mismatches that may arise from liquidity inflows and outflows over the short-term horizon.
Other items in the LCR calculation that are not captured in the LCR disclosure
template but that the institution considers relevant for its liquidity profile
The Pillar 3 disclosure obligations require Banks to disclose twelve months rolling averages each quarter. The Group does
not consider anything else relevant for disclosure.
254
Deutsche Bank
Liquidity risk
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Quantitative information on LCR
Quantitative information on LCR
Article 451a CRR
EU LIQ1 – LCR disclosure template
in € mn. (unless stated otherwise)
Total unweighted value (average)
Total weighted value (average)
EU 1a
Quarter ending on
Dec 31,
2025
Sep 30,
2025
Jun 30,
2025
Mar 31,
2025
Dec 31,
2025
Sep 30,
2025
Jun 30,
2025
Mar 31,
2025
EU 1b
Number of data points used in the
calculation of averages
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
High-quality liquid assets
1
Total high-quality liquid assets (HQLA)
238,150
233,383
230,050
226,221
Cash-outflows
2
Retail deposits and deposits from
small business costumers
288,259
286,505
283,309
280,544
16,050
15,802
15,338
14,876
of which:
3
Stable deposits
120,483
120,501
121,400
123,007
6,030
6,031
6,076
6,156
4
Less stable deposits
77,058
74,580
69,964
65,555
9,951
9,695
9,153
8,608
5
Unsecured wholesale funding
254,933
252,934
253,735
251,724
112,319
111,325
111,051
109,971
of which:
6
Operational deposits (all
counterparties) and deposits in
network of cooperative banks
81,576
77,907
75,748
73,226
20,242
19,326
18,786
18,155
7
Non-operational deposits (all
counterparties)
170,571
172,154
175,356
176,233
89,291
89,126
89,633
89,550
8
Unsecured debt
2,786
2,873
2,631
2,266
2,786
2,873
2,631
2,266
9
Secured wholesale funding
14,145
15,396
15,170
15,083
10
Additional requirements
241,457
240,336
239,205
238,889
86,088
85,651
82,901
80,164
of which:
11
Outflows related to derivative
exposures and other collateral
requirements
27,532
27,110
26,583
25,909
25,114
24,677
23,553
22,382
12
Outflows related to loss of funding
on debt products
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
13
Credit and liquidity facilities
213,925
213,226
212,622
212,980
60,973
60,974
59,348
57,782
14
Other contractual funding obligations
51,154
52,973
54,909
54,305
6,518
6,283
6,407
6,542
15
Other contingent funding obligations
328,673
323,181
316,364
308,983
3,392
3,268
3,198
3,108
16
Total cash outflows
238,512
237,725
234,064
229,743
Cash - inflows
17
Secured lending (e.g. reverse repos)
318,468
312,223
303,503
289,440
13,989
14,730
14,109
13,713
18
Inflows from fully performing
exposures
48,000
47,568
46,867
46,346
36,746
36,601
36,192
35,911
19
Other cash inflows
16,825
15,465
12,762
10,920
16,825
15,465
12,762
10,920
EU 19a
Difference between total weighted
inflows and total weighted outflows
arising from transactions in third
countries where there are transfer
restrictions or which are denominated
in non-convertible currencies
2681
2,672
2,422
2,136
EU 19b
Excess inflows from a related
specialized credit institution
0
20
Total cash inflows
383,292
375,256
363,133
346,707
64879
64,124
60,641
58,408
of which:
EU 20a
Fully exempt inflows
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
EU 20b
Inflows subject to 90% cap
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
EU 20c
Inflows subject to 75% cap
367,915
353,894
342,176
326,228
64,879
64,124
60,641
58,408
Total adjusted value
21
Liquidity buffer
238,150
233,383
230,050
226,221
22
Total net cash outflows
173,633
173,601
173,423
171,335
23
Liquidity coverage ratio (%)
137.22
134.67
132.65
132.03
 
255
Deutsche Bank
Unencumbered assets
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Qualitative information on unencumbered assets
Net Stable Funding Ratio
The NSFR requires banks to maintain a stable funding profile in relation to its on- and off-balance sheet activities. The
ratio is defined as the amount of available stable funding (the portion of capital and liabilities expected to be a stable
source of funding), relative to the amount of required stable funding (a function of the liquidity characteristics of various
assets held).
Deutsche Bank’s Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR) stood at 119% with a surplus of € 104 billion in the fourth quarter of
2025 compared to 120% with a surplus of € 107 billion in the second quarter of 2025. The reduction in surplus was
primarily due to a larger increase in Required Stable Funding (RSF) than Available Stable Funding (ASF), driven by
increased business inventory picked up during the forth quarter of 2025..
256
Deutsche Bank
Unencumbered assets
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Qualitative information on unencumbered assets
EU LIQ2 – Net stable funding ratio template
Dec 31, 2025
a
b
c
d
e
Unweighted value by residual maturity
Weighted
value
in € m. (unless stated otherwise)
No maturity
< 6 months
6 months to
< 1 year
≥ 1 year
Available stable funding (ASF) Items
1
Capital items and instruments
75,755
60
4
7,460
83,215
2
Own funds
75,755
60
4
6,991
82,746
3
Other capital instruments
0
0
469
469
4
Retail deposits
252,741
36,117
3,586
272,607
5
Stable deposits
154,761
26,222
2,380
174,314
6
Less stable deposits
97,980
9,894
1,206
98,293
7
Wholesale funding:
461,963
44,682
130,357
288,860
8
Operational deposits
84,654
0
0
42,327
9
Other wholesale funding
377,309
44,682
130,357
246,533
10
Interdependent liabilities
0
0
0
0
11
Other liabilities:
3,976
161,170
1,571
3,190
3,976
12
NSFR derivative liabilities
3,976
13
All other liabilities and capital instruments not included in the above
categories
161,170
1,571
3,190
3,976
14
Total available stable funding (ASF)
648,658
Required stable funding (RSF) Items
15
Total high-quality liquid assets (HQLA)
12,028
EU 15a
Assets encumbered for more than 12m in cover pool
12
33
18,951
16,146
16
Deposits held at other financial institutions for operational purposes
0
0
0
0
17
Performing loans and securities:
222,875
43,620
412,902
410,998
18
Performing securities financing transactions with financial customers
collateralized by Level 1 HQLA subject to 0% haircut
86,511
697
703
1,323
19
Performing securities financing transaction with financial customers
collateralized by other assets and loans and advances to financial
institutions
52,652
14,186
72,863
83,651
20
Performing loans to non-financial corporate clients, loans to retail and small
business customers, and loans to sovereigns, and PSEs,
43,542
20,466
143,043
154,993
of which:
21
With a risk weight of less than or equal to 35% under the Basel II
Standardized Approach for credit risk
1,846
155
5,036
4,291
22
Performing residential mortgages,
1,455
1,000
75,542
57,950
of which:
23
With a risk weight of less than or equal to 35% under the Basel II
Standardized Approach for credit risk
802
695
48,849
33,316
24
Other loans and securities that are not default and do not qualify as HQLA,
including exchange-traded equities and trade finance on-balance sheet
products
38,716
7,271
120,751
113,080
25
Interdependent assets
0
0
0
0
26
Other assets:
0
168,581
1,760
41,821
85,861
27
Physical traded commodities
9,685
8,232
28
Assets posted as initial margin for derivative contracts and contributions to
default funds of CCPs
6,655
0
0
5,657
29
NSFR derivative assets
15,617
15,617
30
NSFR derivative liabilities before deduction of variation margin posted
39,375
1,969
31
All other assets not included in the above categories
106,935
1,760
32,136
54,386
32
Off-balance sheet items
120,175
24,769
155,683
19,632
33
Total required stable funding (RSF)
544,664
34
Net Stable Funding Ratio (in percent)
119.09
257
Deutsche Bank
Unencumbered assets
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Qualitative information on unencumbered assets
Sep 30, 2025
a
b
c
d
e
Unweighted value by residual maturity
Weighted
value
in € m. (unless stated otherwise)
No maturity
< 6 months
6 months to
< 1 year
≥ 1 year
Available stable funding (ASF) Items
1
Capital items and instruments
74,186
0
100
7,352
81,538
2
Own funds
74,186
0
100
6,908
81,095
3
Other capital instruments
0
0
443
443
4
Retail deposits
248,742
36,586
3,589
269,390
5
Stable deposits
153,578
26,550
2,359
173,481
6
Less stable deposits
95,164
10,036
1,229
95,910
7
Wholesale funding:
441,441
33,247
133,427
275,124
8
Operational deposits
73,396
0
0
36,698
9
Other wholesale funding
368,045
33,247
133,427
238,426
10
Interdependent liabilities
0
0
0
0
11
Other liabilities:
0
161,002
3,318
4,069
5,729
12
NSFR derivative liabilities
0
13
All other liabilities and capital instruments not included in the above
categories
161,002
3,318
4,069
5,729
14
Total available stable funding (ASF)
631,781
Required stable funding (RSF) Items
15
Total high-quality liquid assets (HQLA)
11,897
EU 15a
Assets encumbered for more than 12m in cover pool
11
26
19,821
16,879
16
Deposits held at other financial institutions for operational purposes
0
0
0
0
17
Performing loans and securities:
215,169
43,482
410,613
408,005
18
Performing securities financing transactions with financial customers
collateralized by Level 1 HQLA subject to 0% haircut
85,243
766
663
1,488
19
Performing securities financing transaction with financial customers
collateralized by other assets and loans and advances to financial institutions
46,146
12,920
71,126
80,601
20
Performing loans to non-financial corporate clients, loans to retail and small
business customers, and loans to sovereigns, and PSEs,
46,584
21,963
106,716
126,176
of which:
21
With a risk weight of less than or equal to 35% under the Basel II Standardized
Approach for credit risk
1,824
154
2,774
2,810
22
Performing residential mortgages,
2,231
1,126
109,468
85,925
of which:
23
With a risk weight of less than or equal to 35% under the Basel II Standardized
Approach for credit risk
702
694
49,348
33,597
24
Other loans and securities that are not default and do not qualify as HQLA,
including exchange-traded equities and trade finance on-balance sheet
products
34,965
6,708
122,640
113,816
25
Interdependent assets
0
0
0
0
26
Other assets:
0
165,899
947
37,447
80,997
27
Physical traded commodities
8,006
6,805
28
Assets posted as initial margin for derivative contracts and contributions to
default funds of CCPs
7,281
0
0
6,189
29
NSFR derivative assets
15,270
15,270
30
NSFR derivative liabilities before deduction of variation margin posted
35,720
1,786
31
All other assets not included in the above categories
107,628
947
29,441
50,946
32
Off-balance sheet items
102,800
32,891
157,648
18,984
33
Total required stable funding (RSF)
536,762
34
Net Stable Funding Ratio (in percent)
117.70
 
258
Deutsche Bank
Unencumbered assets
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Qualitative information on unencumbered assets
Jun 30, 2025
a
b
c
d
e
Unweighted value by residual maturity
Weighted
value
in € m. (unless stated otherwise)
No maturity
< 6 months
6 months to
< 1 year
≥ 1 year
Available stable funding (ASF) Items
1
Capital items and instruments
75,365
0
139
7,322
82,688
2
Own funds
75,365
0
139
6,869
82,234
3
Other capital instruments
0
0
453
453
4
Retail deposits
244,893
33,595
5,275
264,667
5
Stable deposits
150,436
24,617
3,555
169,855
6
Less stable deposits
94,457
8,978
1,720
94,812
7
Wholesale funding:
428,842
34,764
138,067
280,257
8
Operational deposits
78,549
0
0
39,275
9
Other wholesale funding
350,293
34,764
138,067
240,982
10
Interdependent liabilities
0
0
0
0
11
Other liabilities:
0
153,942
2,854
4,072
5,499
12
NSFR derivative liabilities
0
13
All other liabilities and capital instruments not included in the above
categories
153,942
2,854
4,072
5,499
14
Total available stable funding (ASF)
633,110
Required stable funding (RSF) Items
15
Total high-quality liquid assets (HQLA)
13,745
EU 15a
Assets encumbered for more than 12m in cover pool
19
16
19,900
16,945
16
Deposits held at other financial institutions for operational purposes
0
0
0
0
17
Performing loans and securities:
214,351
40,208
412,687
403,566
18
Performing securities financing transactions with financial customers
collateralized by Level 1 HQLA subject to 0% haircut
90,990
3,239
1,725
3,950
19
Performing securities financing transaction with financial customers
collateralized by other assets and loans and advances to financial institutions
37,199
11,357
67,820
75,705
20
Performing loans to non-financial corporate clients, loans to retail and small
business customers, and loans to sovereigns, and PSEs,
49,628
18,375
137,595
152,198
of which:
21
With a risk weight of less than or equal to 35% under the Basel II Standardized
Approach for credit risk
2,864
144
2,338
3,042
22
Performing residential mortgages,
2,215
1,106
110,900
82,483
of which:
23
With a risk weight of less than or equal to 35% under the Basel II Standardized
Approach for credit risk
760
799
72,547
48,754
24
Other loans and securities that are not default and do not qualify as HQLA,
including exchange-traded equities and trade finance on-balance sheet
products
34,319
6,130
94,647
89,229
25
Interdependent assets
0
0
0
0
26
Other assets:
0
154,777
1,041
36,555
73,929
27
Physical traded commodities
6,491
5,518
28
Assets posted as initial margin for derivative contracts and contributions to
default funds of CCPs
7,223
0
0
6,139
29
NSFR derivative assets
10,816
10,816
30
NSFR derivative liabilities before deduction of variation margin posted
38,060
1,903
31
All other assets not included in the above categories
98,678
1,041
30,063
49,553
32
Off-balance sheet items
100,581
25,529
151,582
17,651
33
Total required stable funding (RSF)
525,836
34
Net Stable Funding Ratio (in percent)
120.40
259
Deutsche Bank
Unencumbered assets
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Qualitative information on unencumbered assets
Mar 31, 2025
a
b
c
d
e
Unweighted value by residual maturity
Weighted
value
in € m. (unless stated otherwise)
No maturity
< 6 months
6 months to
< 1 year
≥ 1 year
Available stable funding (ASF) Items
1
Capital items and instruments
76,503
1,745
0
9,716
86,219
2
Own funds
76,503
1,745
0
7,406
83,909
3
Other capital instruments
0
0
2,310
2,310
4
Retail deposits
243,699
33,952
3,639
262,315
5
Stable deposits
150,061
25,735
2,460
169,467
6
Less stable deposits
93,638
8,217
1,178
92,848
7
Wholesale funding:
440,816
36,720
134,000
277,691
8
Operational deposits
73,944
0
0
36,972
9
Other wholesale funding
366,872
36,720
134,000
240,719
10
Interdependent liabilities
0
0
0
0
11
Other liabilities:
0
182,436
2,198
4,605
5,704
12
NSFR derivative liabilities
0
13
All other liabilities and capital instruments not included in the above
categories
182,436
2,198
4,605
5,704
14
Total available stable funding (ASF)
631,929
Required stable funding (RSF) Items
15
Total high-quality liquid assets (HQLA)
15,132
EU 15a
Assets encumbered for more than 12m in cover pool
22
29
21,284
18,135
16
Deposits held at other financial institutions for operational purposes
0
0
0
0
17
Performing loans and securities:
220,579
41,266
415,063
407,793
18
Performing securities financing transactions with financial customers
collateralized by Level 1 HQLA subject to 0% haircut
85,297
3,311
1,379
3,175
19
Performing securities financing transaction with financial customers
collateralized by other assets and loans and advances to financial institutions
46,105
13,195
69,882
79,808
20
Performing loans to non-financial corporate clients, loans to retail and small
business customers, and loans to sovereigns, and PSEs,
50,262
15,901
139,382
152,961
of which:
21
With a risk weight of less than or equal to 35% under the Basel II Standardized
Approach for credit risk
902
938
1,939
2,210
22
Performing residential mortgages,
2,082
1,095
111,087
81,418
of which:
23
With a risk weight of less than or equal to 35% under the Basel II Standardized
Approach for credit risk
796
942
78,304
52,583
24
Other loans and securities that are not default and do not qualify as HQLA,
including exchange-traded equities and trade finance on-balance sheet
products
36,834
7,765
93,333
90,430
25
Interdependent assets
0
0
0
0
26
Other assets:
0
185,228
1,710
35,804
73,633
27
Physical traded commodities
4,719
4,011
28
Assets posted as initial margin for derivative contracts and contributions to
default funds of CCPs
7,178
0
0
6,101
29
NSFR derivative assets
9,300
9,300
30
NSFR derivative liabilities before deduction of variation margin posted
37,859
1,893
31
All other assets not included in the above categories
130,891
1,710
31,085
52,327
32
Off-balance sheet items
104,924
20,615
158,487
18,073
33
Total required stable funding (RSF)
532,765
34
Net Stable Funding Ratio (in percent)
118.61
260
Deutsche Bank
Unencumbered assets
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Qualitative information on unencumbered assets
Unencumbered assets
Qualitative information on unencumbered assets
Article 443 CRR and EU AE4
In accordance to the EBA ITS 2020/04 guideline the data on encumbered and unencumbered assets uses the median of
the last four quarterly data points. Therefore, the sum of sub-components does not necessarily add up in the quantitative
information disclosed below.
Encumbered assets primarily comprise those on- and off-balance sheet assets that are pledged as collateral against
secured funding, collateral swaps, and other collateralized obligations. Additionally, in line with the EBA technical
standards on regulatory asset encumbrance reporting, Deutsche Bank considers default funds and initial margins as
encumbered, as well as other assets pledged which cannot be freely withdrawn such as mandatory minimum reserves at
central banks. Deutsche Bank also includes derivative margin receivable assets as encumbered under these EBA
guidelines.
Quantitative information on unencumbered assets
Article 443 CRR
The below tables set out a breakdown of on- and off-balance sheet items, broken down between encumbered and
unencumbered. Any securities borrowed or purchased under resale agreements are shown based on the fair value of
collateral received. Following the European Commission’s disclosure guidance for asset encumbrance Deutsche Bank
has introduced the asset quality indicator concept “high-quality liquid assets” (HQLA) as defined under the Delegated
Act on Liquidity Coverage Ratio.
For December 2025, € 205 billion of the Group's on-balance sheet assets were encumbered. These assets primarily relate
to firm financing of trading inventory and other securities, funding (i.e. Pfandbriefe and covered bonds) secured against
loan collateral and cash collateral for derivative margin requirements.
For December 2025, the Group had received securities as collateral with a fair value of € 497 billion, of which
€ 384 billion were sold or on pledged. These pledges typically relate to trades to facilitate client activity, including prime
brokerage, collateral posted in respect of Exchange Traded Funds and derivative margin requirements.
‘Own debt securities issued other than covered bonds and asset backed securities’ refers to those own bond holdings
that are not derecognized from the balance sheet by a non-IFRS institution. This is not applicable for Deutsche Bank
Group.
EU AE1 – Encumbered and unencumbered assets
Dec 31, 2025
010
030
040
050
060
080
090
100
Encumbered assets
Unencumbered assets
Carrying amount
Fair value
Carrying amount
Fair value
in € m.
of which
notionally
eligible
EHQLA
and
HQLA
of which
notionally
eligible
EHQLA
and
HQLA
of which
EHQLA
and
HQLA
of which
EHQLA
and
HQLA
030
Equity instruments
20
12
3,479
322
040
Debt securities
107,464
70,754
107,464
70,754
103,494
69,711
103,494
69,711
of which:
050
Covered bonds
363
335
363
335
1,747
1,738
1,747
1,738
060
Securitisations
6,633
3,305
6,633
3,305
4,192
123
4,192
123
070
Issued by general governments
87,906
63,101
87,906
63,101
64,389
63,857
64,389
63,857
080
Issued by financial corporations
13,929
5,023
13,929
5,023
20,889
4,254
20,889
4,254
090
Issued by non-financial corporations
5,743
1,902
5,743
1,902
12,506
525
12,506
525
120
Other assets
94,840
13,200
1,090,837
125,311
010
Total
204,918
83,688
1,208,258
196,219
 
261
Deutsche Bank
Unencumbered assets
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Quantitative information on unencumbered assets
Dec 31, 2024
010
030
040
050
060
080
090
100
Encumbered assets
Unencumbered assets
Carrying amount
Fair value
Carrying amount
Fair value
in € m.
of which
notionally
eligible
EHQLA
and
HQLA
of which
notionally
eligible
EHQLA
and
HQLA
of which
EHQLA
and
HQLA
of which
EHQLA
and
HQLA
030
Equity instruments
220
10
3,580
850
040
Debt securities
83,300
61,050
83,300
61,050
97,150
62,670
97,150
62,670
of which:
050
Covered bonds
580
490
580
490
1,500
1,440
1,500
1,440
060
Asset-backed securities
4,010
620
4,010
620
3,780
310
3,780
310
070
Issued by general governments
69,620
57,700
69,620
57,700
63,450
59,980
63,450
59,980
080
Issued by financial corporations
9,500
1,920
9,500
1,920
19,030
2,640
19,030
2,640
090
Issued by non-financial
corporations
4,820
1,720
4,820
1,720
11,090
800
11,090
800
120
Other assets
100,220
12,930
1,118,510
128,330
010
Total
185,240
73,260
1,178,050
191,090
 
EU AE2 – Collateral received
Dec 31, 2025
010
030
040
060
Unencumbered
Fair value of encumbered
collateral received or
own debt securities issued
Fair value of collateral received
or own debt securities issued
available for encumbrance
in € m.
of which
notionally
eligible
EHQLA and
HQLA
of which
EHQLA
and
HQLA
140
Loans on demand
0
0
0
0
150
Equity instruments
931
211
6
6
160
Debt securities
381,877
341,564
112,860
73,273
of which:
170
Covered bonds
6,573
6,331
11,661
11,623
180
Asset-backed securities
7,260
2,095
8,679
157
190
Issued by general governments
341,114
329,277
73,454
60,914
200
Issued by financial corporations
28,697
8,901
33,536
11,164
210
Issued by non-financial corporations
13,769
3,535
7,290
1,099
220
Loans and advances other than loans on demand
0
0
0
0
230
Other collateral received
915
0
581
0
130
Total collateral received
383,899
341,758
113,448
73,279
240
Own debt securities issued other than own covered bonds or
securitizations
0
0
0
0
241
Own covered bonds and asset-backed securities issued and not
yet pledged
73,457
8,737
250
Total Assets, collateral received and own debt securities issued
589,972
428,312
 
262
Deutsche Bank
Unencumbered assets
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Quantitative information on unencumbered assets
Dec 31, 2024
010
030
040
060
Unencumbered
Fair value of encumbered
collateral received or
own debt securities issued
Fair value of collateral received
or own debt securities issued
available for encumbrance
in € m.
of which
notionally
eligible
EHQLA and
HQLA
of which
EHQLA
and
HQLA
140
Loans on demand
0
0
0
0
150
Equity instruments
590
190
60
40
160
Debt securities
330,450
295,100
98,860
62,460
of which:
170
Covered bonds
5,240
5,160
13,270
13,090
180
Asset-backed securities
10,190
3,010
8,690
620
190
Issued by general governments
292,870
281,230
61,990
48,930
200
Issued by financial corporations
25,140
8,760
31,250
11,620
210
Issued by non-financial corporations
11,810
3,210
5,620
660
220
Loans and advances other than loans on demand
0
0
370
0
230
Other collateral received
2,590
0
2,850
0
130
Total collateral received
333,970
295,710
101,930
62,490
240
Own debt securities issued other than own covered bonds or
asset-backed securities
0
0
0
0
241
Own covered bonds and asset-backed securities issued and not
yet pledged
32,430
6,510
250
Total Assets, collateral received and own debt securities issued
518,800
370,630
 
The below table shows selected amounts for encumbered on- and off-balance sheet assets against the corresponding
liabilities that have given rise to the encumbrance. These include assets pledged for derivatives margin, collateral
required for repurchase agreements, and assets needed, for example, for the Group’s covered bond issuance portfolio.
EU AE3 – Sources of encumbrance
Dec 31, 2025
Dec 31, 2024
010
030
010
030
in € m.
Matching
liabilities,
contingent
liabilities
or securities lent
Assets,
collateral
received
and own debt
securities
issued other
than
covered bonds
and
ABSs
encumbered
Matching
liabilities,
contingent
liabilities
or securities lent
Assets,
collateral
received
and own debt
securities
issued other
than
covered bonds
and
ABSs
encumbered
010
Carrying amount of selected financial liabilities
448,987
467,919
406,200
424,300
 
263
Deutsche Bank
Reputational Risk
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Risk management objectives and policies
Reputational Risk
Within the bank’s risk management process, reputational risk is defined as the risk of possible damage to Deutsche Bank’s
brand and reputation, and the associated risk to earnings, capital or liquidity arising from any association, action or
inaction which could be perceived by stakeholders to be inappropriate, unethical or inconsistent with Deutsche Bank’s
Code of Conduct.
Risk management objectives and policies
Reputational Risk Management strategies and processes
Article 435 (1)(a) CRR (EU OVA)
Deutsche Bank has limited appetite for transactions or relationships with material reputational risk or in areas which
inherently pose a higher reputational risk such as the defense, gaming, or adult entertainment sectors, or where there are
certain environmental concerns.  Decisions about specific transactions or relationships are made based on a risk based,
individualized and objective assessment. Reputational risk cannot be precluded as it can be driven by unforeseeable
changes in perception of its practices by its various stakeholders (e.g. public, clients, shareholders and regulators).
The Reputational Risk Framework (the Framework) is in place to manage the process through which active decisions are
taken on matters which may pose a reputational risk, before the event, and in doing so to prevent damage to Deutsche
Bank’s reputation wherever possible. The Framework provides consistent standards for the identification, assessment
and management of reputational risk issues.
Reputational Risk could arise from multiple sources including, but not limited to, Deutsche Bank’s employees, business
strategies and activities, clients, and counterparties.  Such events could contribute to among other consequences,
financial losses, litigation, regulatory enforcement actions, or monetary fines, as well as other reputational harm. 
The modelling and quantitative measurement of reputational risk internal capital is implicitly covered in the bank’s
economic capital framework primarily within strategic risk.
Reputational Risk Management structure and organization
Article 435 (1)(b) CRR (EU OVA)
Deutsche Bank manages reputational risk through a framework.  Under this framework, Deutsche Bank has established a
risk appetite statement and policies and controls embedded throughout our business and risk management processes,
with variances available when necessary to comply with applicable country laws, regulations and expectations.  .  Matters
specific to DWS are reviewed by the DWS Reputational Risk Committee and, if necessary, escalated to the DWS
Executive Board. Decisions are subject to the DWS and Deutsche Bank internal Corporate Governance policies.
Whilst every employee has a responsibility to protect Deutsche Bank's reputation, the primary responsibility for the
identification, assessment, management, monitoring and, if necessary, referring or reporting of reputational risk matters
lies with Deutsche Bank’s Business Divisions as the primary risk owners. Each Business Division has an established
process through which matters, which are deemed to be a moderate or greater reputational risk are assessed, the Unit
Reputational Risk Assessment Process.
The Unit Reputational Risk Assessment Process is required to refer any material reputational risk matters to the
respective Regional Reputational Risk Committee. The Framework also sets out a number of matters which are
considered inherently higher risk from a reputational risk perspective and are therefore mandatory referrals to the
Regional Reputational Risk Committees. The Regional Reputational Risk Committees are 2nd LoD Committees and meet
on an ad hoc basis as required. The Group Reputational Risk Committee (GRRC) reviews cases with a group-wide impact
and in exceptional circumstances, those that could not be resolved at a regional level. The Head of ORM is responsible
for ensuring the oversight, governance and coordination of the management of reputational risk of Deutsche Bank.
Scope and nature of reputational risk measurement and reporting systems
Article 435 (1)(c) CRR (EU OVA)
The Reputational Risk Team provides monthly updates on reputational risk topics to the secretaries of the Unit
Reputational Risk Assessment Process and the Regional Reputational Risk Committees. A monthly report is provided to
the Group Risk Committee covering material reputational risk discussions and breaches of the Reputational Risk
Framework. The Risk and Capital Profile report includes updates on reputational risk, which is distributed on a monthly
264
Deutsche Bank
Reputational Risk
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Risk management objectives and policies
basis to the Management Board and Supervisory Board. This includes details such as the number of reputational risk
issues assessed by the various committees and their decisions.
Policies for hedging and mitigating reputational risk
Article 435 (1)(d) CRR (EU OVA)
The Reputational Risk Framework is governed by the Reputational Risk Policy and Framework. The Framework has a
group wide scope and is globally applicable. Regional and divisional reputational risk procedures have been implemented
where deemed appropriate. Specific guidance on reputational risk issues is provided in the Reputational Risk Guidance
Statements. Subject Matter Expert input is required for specific reputational risk drivers such as defense, gaming, and
environmental issues.
Model risk
Risk management objectives and policies
Model Risk Management strategies and processes
Article 435 (1)(a) CRR (EU OVA)
Model risk is overseen by the Chief Risk Officer through the setting of a quantitative and qualitative risk appetite
statement, and managed through:
A Model Risk Management Policy and procedure, and supporting documents aligned to risk appetite, regulatory
requirements, and industry best practice, with clear roles and responsibilities for stakeholders
Inventorization of all sources of model risk, supporting ongoing model risk framework components including risk
assessments and attestations
Key controls for all sources of model risk from development through to decommissioning, including validation,
approval, deployment and monitoring:
Independent Validations, and subsequent independent approvals, verify that models have been appropriately
designed and implemented for their intended scope and purpose, and that respective controls are in place to assure
that they continue to perform as expected during their use
The controls identify limitations and weaknesses, resulting in findings and compensating controls, these may be
conditions for use, such as adjustments or overlays
Model risk governance, including senior forums for monitoring and escalation of model risk related topics, as well as
monthly updates to the Management Board on the model risk appetite metrics, and periodic model risk updates to the
Supervisory Board.
Model Risk Management structure and organization
Article 435 (1)(b) CRR (EU OVA)
Model risk is managed in accordance with the segregation of duties set out in the Risk Management Policy. Model risk is
attached to those functions that generate and steer model risk directly such as Model Owners, Model Developers, Senior
Model Users, including infrastructure functions.
The control function for model risk is Model Risk Management (MoRM) with its independent validation unit for model risk.
The Head of MoRM is part of the Bank's Risk Division, reporting directly to the Chief Risk Officer. Group Audit is
responsible for overseeing the activities of both the functions owning and using models and MoRM as the risk type
control function.
MoRM fulfils all the responsibilities of a risk type control function, including:
Defining and regularly updating the model risk framework by setting minimum risk management and/or control
standards to support the bank’s compliance with all applicable material rules and regulations
Independently assessing the implementation of, and adherence to, the framework of functions that generate and
steer model risk directly, and reporting an overall assessment of the bank’s risk profile
Acting as an advisor to these functions on how to identify, assess and manage risks and implement the framework
Monitoring model risk adherence to the defined risk appetite, including escalating confirmed breaches, and
recommending matters for potential consequence management, which can be enforced at a divisional and individual
level
265
Deutsche Bank
Model risk
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Risk management objectives and policies
MoRM is also responsible for the approval of the use of models within the bank and the initial and ongoing validation of
models in line with policy. Independent model validation functions outside of Model Risk Management are required to
have a sufficient level of independence and expertise, and to apply MoRM standards.
Scope and nature of model risk measurement and reporting systems
Article 435 (1)(c) CRR (EU OVA)
The governance and monitoring of model risk is facilitated by a combination of individuals in the functions that directly
generate and manage model risk and MoRM model risk managers, supported by Model Risk Councils and forums, which
escalate to the Risk Committee of the Board of Directors. They support the management of model risk for individual
models, as well as in the aggregate.
The Model Inventory owned by MoRM is the repository for sources of model risk across the firm and provides the basis for
the reporting of model risk.
MoRM provides (at least) quarterly updates on model risk topics to divisional/regional Model Risk fora, escalating into the
Group Model Risk Council, as well as providing updates to certain Deutsche Bank AG Branches (London and New York),
the Group Risk Committee and stand-alone model risk sections in the risk and capital profile. The risk and capital profile
is distributed monthly to the Management Board and quarterly to the Supervisory Board.
Model risk profiles are produced by MoRM, to enable the monitoring, reporting and governance of model risk. Model risk
profiles include: 
Current and emerging model risks and
Information to effectively monitor model risk and identify potential areas of concern
Individual metrics showing Risk Appetite results for that reporting period, including remediation plans, ‘paths to
green/amber’ and any compensatory measures implemented
Status of remediation of material problems; appropriate and timely responses to identified problems, with current and
forward-looking perspectives
Reporting on overdue validation findings
Policies for mitigating model risk
Article 435 (1)(d) CRR (EU OVA)
The model risk framework is governed by the Model Risk Policy and Procedure. Model Risk is mitigated at a model level,
through appropriate actions independently verified as proportionate. These may be built into the model, as part of
development, or subsequently identified as part of the initial validation process or subsequent monitoring processes.
As part of independent validation, MoRM may identify the need for temporary or permanent mitigants prior to permitting
the use of a model. These mitigants may take the form of adjustments to the output, the allocation of a reserve/buffer,
limitations or restrictions on the use of a model, additional monitoring and/or restrictions or amendments to inputs and/
or parameters.
These mitigants, are tracked and monitored as part of periodic reviews. Reassessments may also be triggered by
significant changes to the model or its materiality, or potentially through the resolution of related weaknesses in the
model.
266
Deutsche Bank
Remuneration policy
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Policy on diversity for board members
Remuneration policy
Article 450 CRR, Article 435 (2)(a)-(c) CRR and EU OVB
Article 450 CRR, Article 435 (2)(a)-(c) CRR and related requirements such as table EU REMA and EU OVB and templates
EU REM1-5 are addressed by the following section from the Employee Compensation Report from within the Annual
Report 2025.
Number of directorships held by board members
Article 435 (2)(a) CRR (EU OVB)
The number of directorships held by members of the management board are listed below in the table:
Number of directorships
Dec 31, 2025
Number of executive
and non-executive
directorships
Number of
supervisory board
directorships
Christian Sewing
0
0
James von Moltke
0
0
Raja Akram1
0
0
Fabrizio Campelli
0
0
Marcus Chromik
0
0
Bernd Leukert
0
1
Alexander von zur Mühlen
0
0
Laura Padovani
0
0
Claudio de Sanctis
0
0
Rebecca Short
0
0
1Raja Akram became a member of the Management Board on January 1, 2026, and will assume the role of Chief Financial Officer in March 2026
Recruitment policy for board members
Article 435 (2)(b) CRR (EU OVB)
Pursuant to the German Banking Act (KWG) the members of the Management Board must be professionally suitable and
reliable and devote sufficient time to their tasks. The Supervisory Board assesses the qualifications of the individual
members as well as the qualification of the Management Board as a whole (collective suitability). In this connection
diversity of backgrounds and mindsets plays an important role as well as gender, nationality and age. The Nomination
Committee supports the Supervisory Board in identifying suitable internal and external candidates to fill a position on
the bank’s Management Board while taking into account the applicable statutory and regulatory requirements. For this,
the Committee has developed a position description with a candidate profile and a statement of the related time
commitment for a Management Board member as well as questionnaires for the assessment of the knowledge, reliability
and time availability. The Nomination Committee and Supervisory Board regularly receive reports from the Management
Board on internal candidates for succession planning (“talent pipeline”) and the process from the perspective of the
Management Board. The members of the Supervisory Board have opportunities to meet selected senior managers at the
meetings of the Supervisory Board and its committees as well as bank-internal events. With a view to a sustainable,
ideally diverse succession planning while also taking gender diversity into consideration, the Supervisory Board also
works together with external service providers.
For the selection of suitable candidates, external and internal, the Nomination Committee takes into account the
strategic objectives of the bank, the area of functional responsibility on the Management Board, the qualifications,
reliability and time availability of the candidates as well as the balance and diversity of the knowledge, skills and
experience of all members of the Management Board, while also considering diversity principles. The appointment to a
Management Board position is always made in the interests of the company.
Building on the recommendation of the Nomination Committee, the Chairman’s Committee submits a recommendation
for the Supervisory Board’s resolution. Based on this, the Supervisory Board decides on the appointment of the
Management Board members. The first appointment period is for a maximum of three years. Management Board
members can be reappointed for one or several terms of office, which may be for a maximum of five years pursuant to
the law, whereby at Deutsche Bank such reappointments should generally also be for a maximum of three years.
267
Deutsche Bank
Remuneration policy
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Policy on diversity for board members
Policy on diversity for board members
Article 435 (2)(c) CRR (EU OVB)
The Stock Corporation Act (AktG) requires that a company that is listed on a stock exchange and has three or more
members of the Management Board, such as Deutsche Bank, must have at least one woman and one man as member of
its Management Board, failing which renders the appointment is rendered void. In addition, promoting cognitive diversity
on the Management Board is very important to the Supervisory Board, and it is actively working to ensure the on
Management Board has sufficient diversity, of thought, e.g., in terms of gender, nationality and age, as well as different
backgrounds and mindsets.
Moreover, the AktG requires that the Management Board of a listed company sets targets for the share of women in the
two management layers below the Management Board. The Supervisory Board and Management Board strive to and
should serve as role models for the bank to drive an inclusive culture. In accordance with the bank’s aim to embrace
dialogue and diverse views, diversity in the composition of the Supervisory Board and the Management Board also
facilitates the proper performance of the tasks and duties assigned to them by law, the Articles of Association and Terms
of Reference.
As an integral part of Deutsche Bank’s strategy as a leading European bank with a global reach and a strong home market
in Germany, diversity is a decisive factor for the bank’s success. With 160 nationalities represented across 55 countries in
2025, the bank is proud of its multicultural workforce. It sees the unique perspectives and experiences within its global
network as a competitive advantage as it fuels innovation, strengthens culture and drives more sustainable outcomes.
Age and gender as well as educational and professional backgrounds have long been accepted as key aspects of the far
more comprehensive understanding of diversity at Deutsche Bank.
As stated in its Code of Conduct, Deutsche Bank is committed to ensuring fair and equal opportunities for employees
from all backgrounds and experiences, an objective it advances through its multi-dimensional diversity and inclusion
strategy. Centered on five pillars - leadership accountability, adapting processes, driving behavioral change, thought
leadership, and ensuring legal compliance - the strategy is endorsed by the Management Board who monitors progress
against the agreed goals and objectives.
The targets for the proportion of women in management positions, the gender quota and the disclosure pursuant to
Section 96 (2) of the German Stock Corporation Act (AktG) are described in the "Sustainability Statement" in the section
"Own Workforce"
Diversity concept and succession planning for the Management Board
Through the composition of the Management Board, it has to be ensured that its members have, at all times, the required
knowledge, skills and experience necessary to properly perform their tasks. Accordingly, when selecting members for the
Management Board, care is to be taken that they collectively have sufficient expertise and diversity within the meaning
of the bank’s objectives specified above. Furthermore, the Supervisory Board and the Management Board should ensure
long-term succession planning.
The Act supplementing and amending the regulations for the equal participation of women and men in management
positions in the private sector and in the public service (“Zweites Führungspositionen Gesetz” - FüPoG II) stipulates that
at least one woman and one man are to be appointed to a board with more than three members, with no additional
targets to be set. As of December 31, 2025, the bank has fulfilled this requirement with two women on the Board. As a
rule, a member of the board of directors should not have exceeded the age limit for standard early retirement pension for
long-term insured persons in the German statutory pension insurance scheme by the expiry date of his or her
appointment.
Implementation
In accordance with the law, the Articles of Association and Terms of Reference, the Supervisory Board adopted a
candidate profile for the members of the Management Board, based on a proposal from the Nomination Committee. This
profile takes into account an “Expertise and Capabilities Matrix”, specifying, among other things, the required knowledge,
skills and experience to perform the tasks as Management Board member, in order to successfully develop and
implement the bank’s strategy in the respective market or the respective division and as a management body
collectively. The Management Board reviews succession plans for Management Board positions, both individually and as
a group. Individual succession plans are reviewed and internal succession candidates are discussed in detail based on
potential, leadership skills and experience as well as fit and proper suitability. As gender diversity is a key focus of
Deutsche Bank the respective succession metrics and data analytics support this process. After approval by the
268
Deutsche Bank
Remuneration policy
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Policy on diversity for board members
Management Board these plans are submitted to the Nomination Committee and the Supervisory Board, in principle at a
meeting for extensive deliberations.
In identifying candidates to fill a position on the bank’s Management Board, the Supervisory Board’s Nomination
Committee takes into account the appropriate diversity balance of all Management Board members collectively.
Furthermore, it also considers the targets set by the Supervisory Board in accordance with statutory requirements for the
percentage of women on the Management Board.
The Nomination Committee supports the Supervisory Board with the periodic assessment, to be performed at least once
a year, of the knowledge, skills and experience of the individual members of the Management Board and of the
Management Board in its entirety.
Results achieved in the 2025 financial year
As of December 31, 2025 the Management Board comprised two women (22%) and seven men. The age structure is
diverse, ranging from 50 to 59 years of age as of December 31, 2025.
In light of the bank’s strategy as a leading European bank with a global reach and a strong home market in Germany, five
of the nine Management Board members as of December 31, 2025 have a German background. Furthermore, the current
Management Board members are citizens of Italy, the United Kingdom, the U.S., Pakistan, Australia, New Zealand and
Switzerland. However, the ethnic diversity of the Management Board does not currently reflect the full diversity of the
markets where the bank do business or the diversity of the bank’s employees.
The diverse range of the members’ educational and professional backgrounds includes accounting, banking, business
administration, economics, engineering, finance, law, linguistics and philosophy.
The bank transparently reports on Management Board diversity in addition to the information presented above in this
Corporate Governance Statement in the section “Management Board and Supervisory Board” as well as on the bank’s
website: www.db.com (Heading Investor Relations, “Corporate Governance”, “Management Board”).
Compensation of the employees (unaudited)
The content of the 2025 Employee Compensation Report is based on the qualitative and quantitative remuneration
disclosure requirements outlined in Article 450 No. 1 (a) to (j) Capital Requirements Regulation (CRR) in conjunction with
Section 16 of the Remuneration Ordinance for Institutions (Institutsvergütungsverordnung – InstVV).
This Compensation Report takes a group-wide view and covers all consolidated entities of the Deutsche Bank Group. In
accordance with regulatory requirements, equivalent reports for 2025 are prepared for BHW Bausparkasse AG classified
as Significant Institution in the meaning of the German Banking Act as well as for other subsidiaries within Deutsche Bank
Group in accordance with local regulatory requirements.
Regulatory environment
Ensuring compliance with regulatory requirements is an overarching consideration in the bank’s Group Compensation
Strategy. The bank strives to be at the forefront of implementing regulatory requirements with respect to compensation
and will continue to maintain a close exchange with its prudential supervisor, the European Central Bank (ECB), to be in
compliance with all existing and new requirements.
As an EU-headquartered institution, Deutsche Bank is subject to the Capital Requirements Regulation/Directive (CRR/
CRD) globally, as transposed into German national law in the German Banking Act and InstVV. These rules are applied to
all of Deutsche Bank subsidiaries and branches world-wide to the extent required in accordance with Section 27 InstVV.
As a Significant Institution within the meaning of the German Banking Act, Deutsche Bank identifies all employees whose
work is deemed to have a material impact on the overall risk profile (Material Risk Takers or MRTs) in accordance with the
criteria stipulated in the German Banking Act and in the Commission Delegated Regulation 2021/923. MRT identification
is performed for Deutsche Bank Group as well as for institutions in the EU at institutional level.
Taking into account more specific sectorial legislation and in accordance with InstVV, some of Deutsche Bank’s
subsidiaries (in particular within the DWS Group) fall under sector specific remuneration rules, such as the Alternative
Investments Fund Managers Directive (AIFMD), the Undertakings for Collective Investments in Transferable Securities
Directive (UCITS) and the Investment Firm Directive (IFD) including the applicable local transpositions. MRTs are also
269
Deutsche Bank
Compensation of the employees
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Regulatory environment
identified in these subsidiaries. Identified employees are subject to the remuneration provisions outlined in the applicable
Guidelines on sound remuneration policies published by the European Securities and Markets Authority (ESMA) and the
European Banking Authority (EBA).
Deutsche Bank takes into account the regulations targeted at employees who engage directly or indirectly with the
bank’s clients, for instance as per the local transpositions of the Markets in Financial Instruments Directive II – MiFID II.
Accordingly, specific provisions for employees deemed to be Relevant Persons are implemented with a view to ensuring
that they act in the best interest of the bank’s clients.
Where applicable, Deutsche Bank is also subject to specific rules and regulations implemented by local regulators. Many
of these requirements are aligned with the InstVV. However, where variations are apparent, proactive and open
discussions with regulators have enabled the bank to follow the local regulations whilst ensuring that any impacted
employees or locations remain within the bank’s overall Group Compensation Framework. This includes, amongst others,
the compensation structures applied to Covered Employees in the United States under the requirements of the Federal
Reserve Board as well as the requirements related to compensation recovery for executive officers in the event of an
accounting restatement as required by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. In any case, the InstVV
requirements are applied as minimum standards globally.
Compensation governance
Deutsche Bank has a robust governance structure enabling it to operate within the clear parameters of its Compensation
Strategy and Policy. In accordance with the German two-tier board structure, the Supervisory Board governs the
compensation of the Management Board members while the Management Board oversees compensation matters for all
other employees in the Group. Both the Supervisory Board and the Management Board are supported by specific
committees and functions, in particular the Compensation Control Committee (CCC), the Compensation Officer, and the
Senior Executive Compensation Committee (SECC).
In line with their responsibilities, the bank’s control functions as per InstVV are involved in the design and application of
the bank’s remuneration systems, in the identification of MRTs and in determining the total amount of Variable
Compensation. This includes assessing the impact of employees’ behavior and the business-related risks, performance
criteria, granting of remuneration and severances as well as ex-post risk adjustments.
Reward governance structure
imagea.jpg
1Does not comprise a complete list of Supervisory Board Committees
270
Deutsche Bank
Compensation of the employees
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Compensation governance
Compensation Control Committee (CCC)
The Supervisory Board has set up the CCC to support in establishing and monitoring the structure of the compensation
system for the Management Board Members of Deutsche Bank AG. Furthermore, the CCC monitors the appropriateness
of the compensation systems for the employees of Deutsche Bank Group, as established by the Management Board and
the SECC. The CCC reviews whether the total amount of Variable Compensation is affordable and set in accordance with
the risk, capital and liquidity situation as well as in alignment with the business and risk strategies. Furthermore, the CCC
supports the Supervisory Board in monitoring the bank’s MRT identification process.
Further details, including the composition and the number of meetings held, can be found in the Report of the
Supervisory Board within this Annual Report.
Compensation Officer
The Management Board, in cooperation with the CCC, has appointed a Group Compensation Officer to support the
Supervisory Boards of Deutsche Bank AG and of the bank’s Significant Institutions in Germany in performing their
compensation related duties. The Compensation Officer is involved in the conceptual review, development, monitoring
and application of the employees’ compensation systems, the MRT identification and remuneration disclosures on an
ongoing basis. The Compensation Officer performs all relevant monitoring obligations independently, provides an
assessment on the appropriateness of the design and strategy of the compensation systems for employees at least
annually and regularly supports and advises the CCC.
Senior Executive Compensation Committee (SECC)
The SECC is a delegated committee established by the Management Board which has the mandate to develop
sustainable compensation principles, to prepare recommendations on Total Compensation levels and to ensure
appropriate compensation governance and oversight. As part of this mandate, the SECC establishes the Compensation
and Benefits Strategy, Policy and corresponding guiding principles, which provide the overarching framework for both
Fixed Pay and Variable Compensation. This includes ensuring that the overall compensation structures are aligned with
regulatory requirements and the bank’s compensation principles. Moreover, using quantitative and qualitative factors,
the SECC assesses Group and divisional performance as a basis for compensation decisions and makes recommendations
to the Management Board regarding the total amount of annual Variable Compensation and its allocation across
business divisions and infrastructure functions.
In order to maintain its independence, only representatives from infrastructure and control functions who are not aligned
to any of the business divisions are members of the SECC. In 2025, the SECC’s membership comprised of the DB AG
Management Board member responsible for Human Resources and the Chief Financial Officer as Co-Chairpersons, the
Head of Compliance, the Head of Human Resources and the Head of Performance & Reward as well as an additional
representative from both Finance and Risk as voting members. The Compensation Officer and an additional
representative from Finance participated as non-voting members. The SECC generally meets on a monthly basis but with
more frequent meetings during the compensation determination process. It held 15 meetings in total with regard to the
compensation process for the performance year 2025.
Compensation and Benefits Strategy
Deutsche Bank recognizes that its compensation framework plays a vital role in supporting its strategic objectives. It
enables the bank to attract and retain the individuals required to achieve the bank’s objectives. The Compensation and
Benefits Strategy is built on three core pillars (Principles, Performance and Processes as outlined below) that support the
bank’s global, client-centric business and risk strategy, reinforced by safe and sound compensation practices that
operate within the bank’s profitability, solvency and liquidity position.
271
Deutsche Bank
Compensation of the employees
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Compensation governance
floatingimage_3a.jpg
Group Compensation Framework
The compensation framework, generally applicable globally across all regions and business lines, emphasizes an
appropriate balance between Fixed Pay and Variable Compensation – together forming Total Compensation. It aligns
incentives for sustainable performance at all levels of Deutsche Bank whilst ensuring the transparency of compensation
decisions and their impact on shareholders and employees. The underlying principles of Deutsche Bank’s Compensation
Framework are applied to all employees equally and are supported by the key principle ‘equal pay for equal work or work
of equal value’ and the necessity for equal opportunities, irrespective of differences in, e.g., tenure, gender or ethnicity.
Pursuant to CRD and the requirements subsequently adopted in the German Banking Act, Deutsche Bank is subject to a
maximum ratio of 1:1 with regard to fixed-to-variable remuneration components, which was increased to 1:2 for a limited
population with shareholder approval on May 22, 2014 with an approval rate of 95.27%, based on valid votes by 27.68%
of the share capital represented at the Annual General Meeting. The remuneration of employees in control functions as
defined by InstVV (comprising Risk, Compliance and Anti-Financial Crime, Group Audit and the Group Compensation
Officer and his Deputy) is predominately based on Fixed Pay.
According to the bank’s compensation framework, all employees are entitled to individual Variable Compensation. The
standardized Variable Compensation orientation model, which incorporates orientation values determined by division,
profession, and seniority, indicates the average expected Variable Compensation as a percentage of Fixed Pay, thus
ensuring an appropriate balance between Fixed Pay and Variable Compensation.
Fixed Pay is the key and primary compensation element for most employees globally. It is a fixed regular payment based
on transparent and predetermined conditions. It is delivered in the form of base salary and where applicable local
specific fixed pay allowances. Fixed Pay reflects the value of the individual role and function within the organization,
regional and divisional specifics and rewards the factors an employee brings to the organization such as qualification,
skills and experience required for the role in line with remuneration levels in the specific geographic location and level of
responsibility.
Variable Compensation is a discretionary compensation component that reflects Group, Divisional risk-adjusted financial
and non-financial performance as well as individual contributions. It acknowledges that employees contribute to the
success of their Division and the Group as a whole. At the same time, Variable Compensation allows the bank to
differentiate individual contributions and to drive behavior and conduct through an incentive system that can positively
influence culture and the achievement of the bank’s strategic objectives and to apply consequences for falling below the
standards of delivery, behavior and conduct by reducing the Variable Compensation.
In the context of InstVV, severance payments are considered Variable Compensation. The bank’s severance framework
ensures full alignment with the respective InstVV requirements.
272
Deutsche Bank
Compensation of the employees
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Compensation governance
Employee benefits are considered Fixed Pay from a regulatory perspective, as they have no direct link to performance or
discretion. They are granted in accordance with applicable local market practices and requirements. Pension expenses
represent the main element of the bank’s benefits portfolio globally.
Total Compensation is made up of defined Fixed Pay, Variable Compensation and is supplemented by benefits.
Employee groups with specific compensation structures
For some areas of the bank, compensation structures deviate in some respects from the Group Compensation Framework
outlined above, but within regulatory boundaries.
Postbank units
While executive staff of former Postbank generally follow the remuneration structure of Deutsche Bank, the
compensation for any other staff in Postbank units is based on specific frameworks agreed with trade unions or with the
respective workers’ councils. Where no collective agreements exist, compensation is subject to individual contracts. In
general, non-executive and tariff staff in Postbank units receive Variable Compensation, but the structure and portion of
Variable Compensation can differ between legal entities. Notwithstanding these specific frameworks, Variable
Compensation of Postbank units is subject to the bank’s overarching compensation governance overseen by the SECC.
DWS
DWS asset management entities and employees fall under AIFMD, UCITS or IFD regulation, and only DWS employees
who are deemed to have a material impact on the risk profile of Deutsche Bank Group remain in scope of the bank’s
Group InstVV requirements. DWS has established its own compensation governance, policy, and structures, as well as
Risk Taker identification process in line with its regulatory requirements. These structures and processes are aligned with
InstVV where required but tailored towards the Asset Management business. Pursuant to the ESMA/EBA Guidelines,
DWS’s compensation strategy is designed to ensure an appropriate ratio between Fixed and Variable Compensation.
Generally, DWS applies remuneration rules that are equivalent to the Deutsche Bank Group approach, but use DWS
Group-related parameters, where possible. Notable deviations from the Group Compensation Framework include the use
of share-based instruments linked to DWS shares and fund-linked instruments. These serve to improve the alignment of
employee compensation with DWS’ shareholders’ and investors’ interests.
Tariff staff
Tariff staff are either subject to a collective agreement (Tarifvertrag für das private Bankgewerbe und die öffentlichen
Banken), as negotiated between trade unions and employer associations, or subject to agreements as negotiated with
the respective trade unions directly. The remuneration of tariff staff is included in the quantitative disclosures in this
Report.
Determination of performance-based Variable Compensation
The bank puts a strong focus on its governance related to compensation decision-making processes. A robust set of rule-
based principles for compensation decisions with close links to the performance of both businesses and individuals were
applied.
The total amount of Variable Compensation for any given performance year is derived from an assessment of the bank’s
profitability, solvency, and liquidity position (affordability assessment), Group performance and the performance of
divisions and infrastructure functions in support of achieving the bank’s strategic objectives.
In a first step, Deutsche Bank assesses the bank’s affordability as well as other limitations (such as external financial
goals) to determine what the bank “can” award in line with regulatory and internal requirements. This assessment also
takes into account forward‑looking considerations of the bank’s multi‑year strategic plan including its multi-year capital
plan. In the next step, the bank assesses divisional risk-adjusted performance, i.e., what the bank “should” award in order
to provide an appropriate compensation for contributions to the bank’s success.
The proportion of the Variable Compensation pools related to Group performance, which has a weighting of 25%, is
determined based on the performance of a selected number of Group’s Key Performance Indicators (KPIs), including
Cost/Income Ratio (CIR), Post-Tax Return on Tangible Equity (RoTE), ESG: Environmental - Sustainable Financing and
ESG Investments, Social - Gender Diversity and Governance - Audit Control Risk Management Grade.
273
Deutsche Bank
Compensation of the employees
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Employee groups with specific compensation structures
When assessing divisional performance, a range of considerations are referenced. Performance is assessed in the context
of financial and – based on Balanced Scorecards – non-financial targets. To ensure that performance is reviewed in its
entirety and that consideration is also given to criteria that are difficult to evaluate with a solely formulaic approach, the
SECC additionally conducts a qualitative review. Following the quantitative calculation of the combined performance
assessed Variable Compensation pools, the SECC will review a set of pre-defined qualitative criteria related to both
financial and non-financial performance and may decide to apply a maximum 10 percentage points up or down overlay
on the divisional performance assessment. The financial targets for front-office divisions are subject to appropriate risk-
adjustment, in particular by referencing the degree of future potential risks to which Deutsche Bank may be exposed, and
the amount of capital required to absorb severe unexpected losses arising from these risks. For the infrastructure
functions, the financial performance assessment is mainly based on the achievement of cost targets. While the allocation
of Variable Compensation to infrastructure functions, and in particular to control functions, depends on both Deutsche
Bank’s overall and their own performance, it is not dependent on the performance of the division(s) that these functions
oversee.
At the level of the individual employee, the Variable Compensation Guiding Principles are established, which detail the
factors and metrics that managers need to take into account when making Variable Compensation decisions. In doing so,
they must fully appreciate the risk-taking activities of individuals to ensure that Variable Compensation allocations are
balanced and risk-taking is not inappropriately incentivized. The factors and metrics to be considered include, but are not
limited to, (i) business delivery (“What”), i.e., quantitative and qualitative financial, risk-adjusted and non-financial
performance metrics, and (ii) behavior (“How”), i.e., culture, conduct and control considerations such as qualitative inputs
from control functions or disciplinary sanctions. Variable Compensation setting recommendations help managers to
translate individual performance (“What” and “How”) into appropriate pay outcomes. Generally, performance is assessed
based on a one-year period. However, for Management Board members of all Significant Institutions, a performance
period of three years is taken into account.
Variable Compensation structure
The compensation structures are designed to provide a mechanism that promotes and supports long-term performance
of employees and the bank. Whilst a portion of Variable Compensation is paid upfront, these structures require that an
appropriate portion is deferred to ensure alignment to the sustainable performance of the Group. For both parts of
Variable Compensation, Deutsche Bank shares are used as instruments and as an effective way to align compensation
with Deutsche Bank’s sustainable performance and the interests of shareholders.
The bank continues to go beyond regulatory requirements with the scope as well as the amount of Variable
Compensation that is deferred and the minimum deferral periods for certain employee groups. The deferral rate and
period are determined based on the risk categorization of the employee as well as the business unit. Where applicable,
the bank starts to defer parts of Variable Compensation for MRTs where Variable Compensation is set at or above
€ 50,000 or where Variable Compensation exceeds 1/3 of Total Compensation. For non-MRTs, deferrals start at higher
levels of Variable Compensation. MRTs are on average subject to deferral rates in excess of the minimum 40% (60% for
Senior Management) as required by InstVV. For MRTs in Material Business Units (MBU) the bank applies a deferral rate of
at least 50%. The Variable Compensation threshold for MRTs requiring at least 60% deferral is set at € 500,000. Moreover,
for all employees whose Fixed Pay exceeds the amount of € 600,000, the full amount of the Variable Compensation is
deferred.
As detailed in the table below, deferral periods range from three to five years, dependent on employee groups.
274
Deutsche Bank
Compensation of the employees
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Variable compensation structure
Overview of 2025 award types (excluding DWS Group)
Award Type
Description
Beneficiaries
Deferral Period
Retention
Period
Portion
Upfront:
Cash Variable
Compensation (VC)
Upfront cash
All eligible
employees
N/A
N/A
100% of VC, except
employees with
deferred awards
Upfront:
Equity Upfront
Award (EUA)
Upfront equity (linked to
Deutsche Bank’s share price
over the retention period)
MRTs with VC ≥
€ 50,000 or where
VC exceeds 1/3 of
Total
Compensation
(TC)
Non-MRTs with
deferred awards
where 2025 TC >
€ 500,000
N/A
12 months
50% of upfront VC
Deferred:
Restricted Incentive
Award (RIA)
Deferred cash
All employees
with deferred VC
Equal tranche vesting:
MRTs: 4 years
Senior Mgmt.1: 5 years
Non-MRTs: 3 years
N/A
50% of deferred VC
Deferred:
Restricted Equity
Award (REA)
Deferred equity (linked to
Deutsche Bank’s share price
over the vesting and
retention period)
All employees
with deferred VC
Equal tranche vesting:
MRTs: 4 years
Senior Mgmt.1: 5 years
Non-MRTs: 3 years
12 months
for MRTs
50% of deferred VC
N/A – Not applicable
1For the purpose of Performance Year 2025 annual awards, Senior Management is defined DB AG MB-1 positions; incumbents of MB-2 positions in IB and CB reporting to
Co-Heads of CB and Co-Heads of IB; further individuals with significant business responsibilities; MB members of Significant Institutions in the meaning of the German
Banking Act; respective MB-1 positions with managerial responsibility; for the specific deferral rules for the Management Board of Deutsche Bank AG refer to the
Compensation Report for the Management Board
Employees are not allowed to sell, pledge, transfer or assign a deferred award or any rights in respect to the award. They
may not enter into any transaction having the economic effect of hedging any Variable Compensation, for example
offsetting the risk of price movement with respect to the equity-based award. Compliance, overseen by the
Compensation Officer, monitors that employee trading activity complies with this requirement.
275
Deutsche Bank
Compensation of the employees
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Ex-post risk adjustment of variable compensation
Ex-post risk adjustment of Variable Compensation
In line with regulatory requirements relating to ex-post risk adjustment of Variable Compensation, the bank believes that
a long-term view on conduct and performance of its employees is a key element of deferred Variable Compensation. As a
result, under the Management Board’s oversight, all deferred awards are subject to performance conditions and
forfeiture provisions as detailed below.
Overview of Deutsche Bank Group performance conditions and forfeiture provisions of Variable Compensation granted for
Performance Year 2025
image1a.jpg
1Considering clearly defined and governed adjustments for relevant Profit and Loss items (e.g., business restructurings; impairments of goodwill or intangibles)
2Only applicable to InstVV MRTs in front office divisions
3Other provisions may apply as outlined in the respective plan rules
276
Deutsche Bank
Compensation of the employees
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Material Risk Taker compensation disclosure
Material Risk Taker compensation disclosure
On a global basis, 1,522 employees were identified as MRTs according to CRD/InstVV for financial year 2025, compared
to 1,451 employees for 2024. The number of 2025 Group MRTs amounts to 1,287 individuals. Moreover, 298 individuals
were identified at an institutional level (thereof 63 Group MRTs). The remuneration elements for all those MRTs on a
consolidated basis are detailed in the tables below in accordance with Article 450 CRR. Where applicable, the EU REM
tables display the prescribed business lines as per Annex XXXIII of Regulation No 575/2013.
With regard to deferral arrangements and pay-out instruments, 42 MRTs, whose total remuneration amounts to
€ 9.7 million (thereof € 3.3 million variable remuneration including severance payments) benefit from a derogation laid
down in Article 94(3) CRD point (a) and 96 MRTs, whose total remuneration amounts to € 14.3 million (thereof
€ 2.7 million variable remuneration including severance payments) benefit from a derogation laid down in Article 94(3)
CRD point (b).
Remuneration for 2025 - Material Risk Takers (REM 1)
2025
in € m.
(unless stated otherwise)¹
Super-
visory
Board²
Manage-
ment
Board3
Senior
Management4
Other Material
Risk Takers
Group
Total
Fixed Pay
Number of MRTs5
20
9
243
1,102
1,374
Total Fixed Pay
8
32
175
632
847
of which: cash-based
8
28
169
599
804
of which: shares or equivalent ownership
interests
0
0
0
0
0
of which: share-linked instruments or
equivalent non-cash instruments
0
0
0
0
0
of which: other instruments
0
0
0
0
0
of which: other forms
0
3
6
33
43
Variable Pay
Number of MRTs5
0
9
240
1,061
1,310
Total Variable Pay6
0
51
190
706
946
of which: cash-based
0
13
96
362
472
of which: deferred
0
2
83
264
349
of which: shares or equivalent ownership
interests
0
37
86
343
466
of which: deferred
0
28
81
264
373
of which: share-linked instruments or
equivalent non-cash instruments
0
0
6
0
6
of which: deferred
0
0
4
0
4
of which: other instruments
0
0
2
0
2
of which: deferred
0
0
2
0
2
of which: other forms
0
0
0
0
0
of which: deferred
0
0
0
0
0
Total Pay
8
82
365
1,338
1,793
1The table may contain marginal rounding differences
2Supervisory Board represents the Supervisory Board Members of Deutsche Bank AG
3Management Board represents the Management Board Members of Deutsche Bank AG
4Senior Management is defined as Deutsche Bank AG MB-1 positions; incumbents of MB-2 positions in IB and CB reporting to Co-Heads of CB and Co-Heads of IB; further
individuals with significant business responsibilities; MB members of institutions required to identify MRTs at a solo institutional level and respective MB-1 positions with
managerial responsibility
5Beneficiaries only as of December 31, 2025 (HC reported for Supervisory Board and Management Board, FTE reported for the remaining part); therefore, the totals do not
add up to the 1,522 individuals identified as MRTs; shows remuneration awarded to all MRTs (including 2025 leavers)
6Variable Pay includes Deutsche Bank´s year-end performance-based Variable Compensation for 2025, other Variable Compensation and severance payments; it also
includes fringe benefits and contractually agreed post-contractual non-compete compensation awarded to Management Board Members of Deutsche Bank AG which are
to be classified as variable remuneration, and reflects the newly implemented LTI Plan for Management Board members of Deutsche Bank AG set up for the performance
period 2025-2027, which during the 'transition phase' is shown with the target amount; the table does not include new hire replacement awards for lost entitlements
from previous employers (buyouts)
277
Deutsche Bank
Compensation of the employees
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Material Risk Taker compensation disclosure
Guaranteed variable remuneration and severance payments - Material Risk Takers (REM 2)
2025
in € m.
(unless stated otherwise)¹
Super-
visory
Board²
Manage-
ment
Board3
Senior
Management4
Other Material
Risk Takers
Group
Total
Guaranteed variable remuneration awards
Number of MRTs5
0
0
3
8
11
Total amount
0
0
2
17
19
of which: paid during financial year, not taken into
account in bonus cap
0
0
0
8
8
Severance payments awarded in previous periods, paid out
during financial year
Number of MRTs5
0
0
0
0
0
Total amount
0
0
0
0
0
Severance payments awarded during financial year
Number of MRTs5
0
1
8
39
48
Total amount6
0
6
4
10
21
of which: paid during financial year
0
3
4
10
16
of which: deferred
0
4
0
0
4
of which: paid during financial year, not taken into
account in bonus cap
0
3
4
10
16
of which: highest payment that has been awarded to a
single person
0
6
2
1
6
1The table may contain marginal rounding differences
2Supervisory Board represents the Supervisory Board Members of Deutsche Bank AG
3Management Board represents the Management Board Members of Deutsche Bank AG
4Senior Management is defined as Deutsche Bank AG MB-1 positions; incumbents of MB-2 positions in IB and CB reporting to Co-Heads of CB and Co-Heads of IB; further
individuals with significant business responsibilities; MB members of institutions required to identify MRTs at a solo institutional level and respective MB-1 positions with
managerial responsibility
5Beneficiaries only (HC reported for all categories)
278
Deutsche Bank
Compensation of the employees
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Material Risk Taker compensation disclosure
Deferred remuneration - Material Risk Takers (REM 3)
2025
in € m.
(unless stated otherwise)¹
Total amount
of deferred
remuneration
awarded for
previous
performance
periods
Of which due
to vest in the
financial year
Of which
vesting in
subsequent
financial years
Amount of
performance
adjustment
made in the
financial year
to deferred
remuneration
that was due
to vest in the
financial year
Amount of
performance
adjustment
made in the
financial year
to deferred
remuneration
that was due
to vest in
future
performance
years
Total amount
of adjustment
during the
financial year
due to ex post
implicit
adjustments5
Total amount
of deferred
remuneration
awarded
before the
financial year
actually paid
out in the
financial year6
Total of
amount of
deferred
remuneration
awarded for
previous
performance
period that
has vested
but is subject
to retention
periods
Supervisory Board2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Cash-based
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Shares or
equivalent
ownership interests
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Share-linked
instruments or
equivalent non-
cash instruments
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Other instruments
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Other forms
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Management Board3
106
24
82
0
0
24
14
Cash-based
48
11
38
0
0
11
0
Shares or
equivalent
ownership interests
58
14
44
0
0
14
14
Share-linked
instruments or
equivalent non-
cash instruments
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Other instruments
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Other forms
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Senior management4
460
98
362
0
0
98
45
Cash-based
218
47
171
0
0
47
0
Shares or
equivalent
ownership interests
229
49
180
0
0
49
44
Share-linked
instruments or
equivalent non-
cash instruments
10
2
8
0
0
2
1
Other instruments
3
0
3
0
0
0
0
Other forms
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Other Material Risk
Takers
1,594
393
1,201
0
0
392
146
Cash-based
770
191
579
0
0
191
0
Shares or
equivalent
ownership interests
824
202
622
0
0
202
146
Share-linked
instruments or
equivalent non-
cash instruments
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Other instruments
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Other forms
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Total amount
2,160
516
1,644
0
0
515
205
1The table may contain marginal rounding differences
2Supervisory Board represents the Supervisory Board Members of Deutsche Bank AG
3Management Board represents the Management Board Members of Deutsche Bank AG
4Senior Management is defined as Deutsche Bank AG MB-1 positions; incumbents of MB-2 positions in IB and CB reporting to Co-Heads of CB and Co-Heads of IB; further
individuals with significant business responsibilities; MB members of institutions required to identify MRTs at a solo institutional level and respective MB-1 positions with
managerial responsibility
5Changes of value of deferred remuneration due to the changes of prices of instruments
6Defined as remuneration awarded before the financial year which vested in the financial year (including where subject to a retention period)
279
Deutsche Bank
Compensation of the employees
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Material Risk Taker compensation disclosure
Remuneration of high earners – Material Risk Takers (REM 4)
2025
2024
in € 
Number of
individuals
Number of
individuals
Total Pay1
1,000,000 to 1,499,999
339
331
1,500,000 to 1,999,999
123
125
2,000,000 to 2,499,999
71
59
2,500,000 to 2,999,999
32
48
3,000,000 to 3,499,999
31
25
3,500,000 to 3,999,999
16
14
4.000,000 to 4,499,999
8
6
4,500,000 to 4,999,999
9
5
5,000,000 to 5,999,999
7
9
6,000,000 to 6,999,999
4
3
7,000,000 to 7,999,999
4
12
8,000,000 to 8,999,999
4
3
9,000,000 to 9,999,999
6
3
10,000,000 to 10,999,999
1
3
11,000,000 to 11,999,999
2
0
17,000,000 to 17,999,999
0
1
Total
658
647
1Includes all components of Fixed Pay and Variable Compensation (including severances); buyouts are not included
In total, 658 MRTs received a Total Pay of € 1 million or more for 2025. The number of MRT high earners remains
essentially flat compared to 2024.
Compensation awards 2025 – Material Risk Takers (REM 5)
Management Body Remuneration
Business Areas
in € m.
(unless stated otherwise)¹
Super-
visory
Board2
Manage-
ment
Board2
Total
Manage-
ment Body
Invest-
ment
Banking2
Retail
Banking2
Asset
Manage-
ment2
Corporate
Functions2
Control
Functions2
Total
Total number of Material Risk
Takers3
1,374
of which: Management Body
20
9
29
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
of which: Senior Management4
N/A
N/A
N/A
34
87
6
78
38
243
of which: Other Material Risk
Takers
N/A
N/A
N/A
634
251
1
114
102
1,102
Total Pay of Material Risk Takers
8
82
90
1,147
292
21
167
76
1,793
of which: variable pay5
0
51
51
644
143
12
78
20
946
of which: fixed pay
8
32
40
504
149
10
89
56
847
1The table may contain marginal rounding differences
2Supervisory Board represents the Supervisory Board Members of Deutsche Bank AG, Management Board represents the Management Board Members of Deutsche Bank
AG; Investment Banking = Investment Bank; Retail Banking = Private Bank and Corporate Bank; Asset Management = Asset Management (DWS); Control Functions
include Chief Risk Office, Group Audit, Compliance and Anti-Financial Crime; Corporate Functions include any Infrastructure Function which is neither captured as a
Control Function nor part of any division
3HC as of December 31, 2025 reported for Supervisory Board and Management Board, FTE as of December 31, 2025 reported for the remaining part; therefore, the totals
do not add up to the 1,522 individuals identified as MRTs; shows remuneration awarded to all MRTs (including 2025 leavers)
4Senior Management is defined as Deutsche Bank AG MB-1 positions; incumbents of MB-2 positions in IB and CB reporting to Co-Heads of CB and Co-Heads of IB; further
individuals with significant business responsibilities; MB members of institutions required to identify MRTs at a solo institutional level and respective MB-1 positions with
managerial responsibility
5Variable Pay includes Deutsche Bank´s year-end performance-based Variable Compensation for 2025, other Variable Compensation and severance payments; it also
includes fringe benefits and contractually agreed post-contractual non-compete compensation awarded to Management Board Members of Deutsche Bank AG which are
to be classified as variable remuneration, and reflects the newly implemented LTI Plan for Management Board members of Deutsche Bank AG set up for the performance
period 2025-2027, which during the 'transition phase' is shown with the target amount; the table does not include new hire replacement awards for lost entitlements
from previous employers (buyouts)
280
Deutsche Bank
Compensation of the employees
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Material Risk Taker compensation disclosure
List of tables
EU KM1 – Key metrics ................................................................................................................................................
EU CC1 – Composition of regulatory own funds ..................................................................................................
financial statements ...................................................................................................................................................
Overview prudential requirements and additional buffers ................................................................................
countercyclical capital buffer ..................................................................................................................................
EU CCyB2 – Institution-specific countercyclical capital buffer ........................................................................
G-SIB Assessment Exercise reporting template ...................................................................................................
Ranking of liabilities in an insolvency proceeding under German law .............................................................
EU TLAC3a – Creditor ranking ..................................................................................................................................
Total economic capital supply and demand ..........................................................................................................
EU OV1 – Overview of RWA ......................................................................................................................................
at asset class level ......................................................................................................................................................
EU CAE1 – Exposures to crypto-assets ..................................................................................................................
EU LR2 – LRCom: Leverage ratio common disclosure .........................................................................................
exposures) ....................................................................................................................................................................
Global All Currency Daily Stress Testing Results .................................................................................................
EU CR1-A – Maturity of exposures ..........................................................................................................................
EU CQ4 – Quality of non-performing exposures by geography ........................................................................
EU CR1 - Performing and non-performing exposures and related provisions ................................................
EU CR2 – Changes in the stock of non-performing loans and advances .........................................................
EU CQ1 – Credit quality of forborne exposures ...................................................................................................
CRR – new NPE’s originated after April 26, 2019 .................................................................................................
ECB – new NPE’s after April 1, 2018 .......................................................................................................................
ECB – NPE Stock .........................................................................................................................................................
Reconciliation of non-performing exposure ..........................................................................................................
EU CR3 – Credit Risk Mitigation techniques – Overview ....................................................................................
EU CR5 – Standardized approach ...........................................................................................................................
EU CR6-A - Scope of the use of IRB and SA approaches ....................................................................................
281
Deutsche Bank
Compensation of the employees
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Material Risk Taker compensation disclosure
EU CR9 IRB backtesting of PD per exposure class for Foundation IRBA .........................................................
Validation results for risk parameters used in advanced IRBA credit models .................................................
EU CR9 IRB backtesting of PD per exposure class for Advanced IRBA............................................................
estate (Slotting approach) ........................................................................................................................................
EU CR10.05 – Equity exposures ...............................................................................................................................
Contractual Obligations ............................................................................................................................................
EU CCR1 – Analysis of CCR exposure by approach .............................................................................................
method ..........................................................................................................................................................................
EU CCR8 – Exposures to CCPs ................................................................................................................................
EU CCR4 – FIRB approach – CCR exposures by portfolio and PD scale .........................................................
EU CCR4 – AIRB approach – CCR exposures by portfolio and PD scale .........................................................
EU CCR4 - Total FIRB & ARIB approach .................................................................................................................
EU CCR5 – Composition of collateral for exposures to CCR .............................................................................
EU CCR6 – Credit derivatives exposures ...............................................................................................................
EU SEC1 – Securitization exposures in the non-trading book ...........................................................................
EU SEC2 – Securitization exposures in the trading book ....................................................................................
requirements - institution acting as investor .........................................................................................................
adjustments ..................................................................................................................................................................
EU MR1 – Market risk under the standardized approach ....................................................................................
EU MR2-A – Market Risk under the internal models approach (IMA) ................................................................
EU MR2-B – RWA flow statements of market risk exposures under the IMA ..................................................
EU MR3 – IMA values for trading portfolios1 ........................................................................................................
EU MR4 – Comparison of VaR estimates with gains and losses .........................................................................
EU PV1 – Prudent valuation adjustments (PVA) ...................................................................................................
shock scenarios ...........................................................................................................................................................
EU OR1 – Operational risk .........................................................................................................................................
EU OR2 - Business Indicator, components and subcomponents ......................................................................
and maturity .................................................................................................................................................................
Energy efficiency of the collateral ...........................................................................................................................
America .........................................................................................................................................................................
America .........................................................................................................................................................................
EU LIQ1 – LCR disclosure template ........................................................................................................................
EU LIQ2 – Net stable funding ratio template ........................................................................................................
EU AE1 – Encumbered and unencumbered assets ..............................................................................................
EU AE2 – Collateral received ....................................................................................................................................
EU AE3 – Sources of encumbrance .........................................................................................................................
Number of directorships ............................................................................................................................................
Reward governance structure ..................................................................................................................................
282
Deutsche Bank
Compensation of the employees
Pillar 3 Report as of December 31, 2025
Material Risk Taker compensation disclosure
Overview of 2025 award types (excluding DWS Group) .....................................................................................
Compensation granted for Performance Year 2025 ............................................................................................
Remuneration for 2025 - Material Risk Takers (REM 1) ........................................................................................
Deferred remuneration - Material Risk Takers (REM 3) ........................................................................................
Remuneration of high earners – Material Risk Takers (REM 4) ...........................................................................
Compensation awards 2025 – Material Risk Takers (REM 5) ..............................................................................
Contact for inquiries
Deutsche Bank AG
Frankfurt, Germany
Phone: +49 69 910-00
Contact for inquiries
Deutsche Bank AG
Frankfurt, Germany
Phone: +49 69 910-00
deutsche.bank@db.com